{ "$schema": "https://paulineletters.com/data/agent/commons/v1/external-evidence.schema.json", "schemaVersion": "1.0", "version": "1.0.0", "dataset": "external-evidence", "locale": "mg", "title": "Porofo ivelan’ny Testamenta Vaovao momba ny Asan’ny Apostoly sy ny taratasin’i Paoly", "description": "Soratra voasokitra, vola madinika, toerana, sora-tanana, mpanoratra jiosy sy romana ary mpanoratra Kristiana tany am-boalohany mifandraika amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly sy ireo taratasy; samy misy izay porofoiny, izay tsy porofoiny ary izay tsy itovian’ny mpandika hevitra.", "method": "Novolavolaina avy amin’ny loharano voalohany sy firaketana katalaogy, avy eo nohamarinina indray tamin’ny fomba mahaleo tena: avy amin’ny fandikan-teny tsy voafehin’ny zon’ny mpamorona ny teny nalaina rehetra ary nampitahaina tamin’ny pejiny (jereo ny firaketana fanamarinana), nohamarinina ny laharana katalaogy, ary nisy famerenana nitsikera manokana ny filazana mihoatra ny porofo. Amin’ny anaran’ny asa ihany no anondroana ny fikarohana maoderina. Fanondroana andininy no anondroana ny Soratra Masina.", "license": "https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/", "attribution": "Pauline Letters — https://paulineletters.com", "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/data/agent/commons/v1/external-evidence.json", "scripture": "References only. No Bible translation text is included; cite the reference and read it in a licensed or public-domain edition.", "itemCount": 46, "items": [ { "id": "temple-warning-inscription", "kind": "inscription", "dateFrom": -23, "dateTo": 70, "corpusReferences": [ "OGIS 598", "CIIP I.1 no. 2", "CIJ II 1400", "IIP JERU0598", "IIP JERU0599" ], "confidence": "high", "epistemicStatus": "attested", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 21:26-36", "Acts 21:28-29", "Acts 20:4", "Acts 23:26", "Acts 24:6", "Acts 24:18", "Acts 25:8", "Acts 26:21", "Ephesians 2:14-15", "Romans 15:30-31" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul", "person.trophimus", "person.lysias", "person.tertullus", "person.josephus" ], "placeIds": [ "place.jerusalem", "place.ephesus", "place.judea" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "josephus-war-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "The Wars of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "War 5.193-194 (Whiston 5.5.2)", "url": "https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/2850/pg2850.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "there was a partition made of stone all round, whose height was three cubits: its construction was very elegant; upon it stood pillars, at equal distances from one another, declaring the law of purity, some in Greek, and some in Roman letters, that \"no foreigner should go within that sanctuary\"", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-war-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "The Wars of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "War 6.124-126 (Whiston 6.2.4)", "url": "https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/2850/pg2850.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Have not we given you leave to kill such as go beyond it, though he were a Roman?", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 15.417 (Whiston 15.11.5)", "url": "https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/2848/pg2848.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "In the midst of which, and not far from it, was the second, to be gone up to by a few steps: this was encompassed by a stone wall for a partition, with an inscription, which forbade any foreigner to go in under pain of death.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "wikidata", "work": "Temple Warning inscription (Q16934222)", "locator": "Q16934222", "url": "https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Special:EntityData/Q16934222.json", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Elias J. Bickerman", "work": "The Warning Inscriptions of Herod's Temple, Jewish Quarterly Review 37", "year": "1947", "view": "Assigns the notices to Herod's temple. The Inscriptions of Israel/Palestine records of both copies take their text and translation from this article." }, { "author": "Hannah M. Cotton, Leah Di Segni, Werner Eck, Benjamin Isaac et al. (eds.)", "work": "Corpus Inscriptionum Iudaeae/Palaestinae, vol. I: Jerusalem, Part 1", "year": "2010", "view": "Edits the warning inscription from Herod's temple as no. 2, covering both copies, in its section of religious and public inscriptions from Jerusalem before AD 70." }, { "author": "Stephen R. Llewelyn and Dionysia van Beek", "work": "Reading the Temple Warning as a Greek Visitor, Journal for the Study of Judaism 42", "year": "2011", "view": "The Greek is not translation Greek. A Greek-speaking visitor would read the warning in terms of Hellenistic law, and the architecture of the outer court would support that reading. Such a visitor would take the warning as royal rather than priestly in authority." }, { "author": "Wilhelm Dittenberger", "work": "Orientis Graeci Inscriptiones Selectae, vol. 2", "year": "1905", "view": "Edits the Istanbul stone alongside the parallels in Josephus. Quotes Mommsen's argument that the Romans had the notices cut after AD 6. Notes that the stone says hieron, a wider term, where Josephus speaks of the hagion." }, { "author": "J. Armitage Robinson", "work": "St Paul's Epistle to the Ephesians", "year": "1903", "view": "Reads the wall image of Ephesians 2:14 as an allusion to the temple balustrade and its warning stones. Links the barrier to the charge about Trophimus in Acts 21:29." }, { "author": "Charles Clermont-Ganneau", "work": "Discovery of a Tablet from Herod's Temple (PEF Quarterly Statement)", "year": "1871", "view": "The discoverer. Holds that the tablet follows Josephus's wording closely and sheds light on the riot of Acts 21." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q16934222", "label": "Temple Warning inscription" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "687928", "label": "Ierusalem/Hierosolyma/Col. Aelia Capitolina" } ], "title": "Soratra fampitandremana avy amin’ny tempoly tany Jerosalema", "summary": "Fampandrenesana roa amin’ny teny grika avy amin’ny tempolin’i Heroda Lehibe tany Jerosalema, ny iray feno (any Istanbul ankehitriny) ary ny iray sombiny (Israel Museum), no mandrara izay tsy Jiosy tsy hihoatra ny sakana manodidina ny kianja anatiny, ary mampitandrina fa izay mandika izany no tompon’andraikitra amin’ny fahafatesany. Rehefa ampiarahina amin’ny filazalazan’i Josefa izy ireo, dia manazava ny antony sy ny hamafin’ny fiampangana an’i Paoly ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 21:28–29; tsy manonona olona anefa izy ireo ary tsy afaka mampiseho fa marina ilay fiampangana.", "dating": "Nosokirina teo anelanelan’ny fanorenan’i Heroda Lehibe indray ny tempoly (nanomboka tokony ho 23–19 tal. J.K.) sy ny fandravana azy tamin’ny 70 taor. J.K. Ny katalaogin-tsoratra voasokitra dia mametraka ireo dika roa amin’ny 23 tal. J.K.–70 taor. J.K.; tsy fantatra ny daty marina nanosokirina azy.", "currentLocation": "Istanbul Archaeology Museums (vato feno, hita tamin’ny 1871); Israel Museum, Jerosalema (IAA 1936-989) (sombiny)", "establishes": [ "Nisy sakana nanodidina ny kianja anatiny tao amin’ny tempolin’i Heroda Lehibe, ary nisy fampandrenesana tamin’ny teny grika teo aminy. Nandrara izay tsy Jiosy (allogenes) tsy hiditra ao anatin’ny arofanina sy ny vala manodidina ny fitoerana masina ireo fampandrenesana ireo, sady nampitandrina fa izay tratra nandika izany no tompon’andraikitra amin’ny fahafatesany. Dika iray feno sy sombiny iray no mbola voatahiry.", "Mamaritra ilay sakana sy ny fandrarana narahina sazy fahafatesana i Josefa (Ant. 15.417), milaza fa tamin’ny teny grika sy latina ireo fampandrenesana (War 5.193-194), ary mampiteny an’i Titus jeneraly fa navelan’i Roma hamono izay nandika izany ny Jiosy, na dia Romana aza izy ireo (War 6.124-126).", "Ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 21:28–29, dia ampangaina ho nandoto ny tempoly tamin’ny fampidirana jentilisa tao i Paoly, noho ny fiheverana fa nampiditra an’i Trofimo avy any Efesosy izy. Fitsipika tena nisy sy naseho ampahibemaso no iorenan’ilay fiampangana: raharaha mety hahafaty ny fidiran’ny jentilisa hihoatra ilay sakana. Manampy hanazava ny herisetran’ny vahoaka izany (Asan’ny Apostoly 21:30–31). Niditra an-tsehatra ny toby miaramila tamin’ny korontana naterak’izany (Asan’ny Apostoly 21:31–36).", "Apetrak’i Josefa eo amin’ny fiakarana avy amin’ny kianja ivelany mankany amin’ny kianja anatiny ilay sakana, ary lazainy fa nandrara ny vahiny tsy handroso lavitra kokoa ireo fampandrenesana (War 5.193-194; Ant. 15.417). Koa ny fandikan-dalàna nolazaina dia ny fampidirana jentilisa hihoatra ilay sakana, fa tsy ny fampidirana azy tao amin’ny faritry ny tempoly fotsiny." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy mampiseho izy io fa nampiditra an’i Trofimo, namany avy any Asia (Asan’ny Apostoly 20:4), na jentilisa hafa hihoatra ilay sakana i Paoly. Asehon’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ho fehin-kevitra notsoahina avy amin’ny fahitana azy roa niaraka tao an-tanàna ilay fiampangana (Asan’ny Apostoly 21:29); mandà ny ho nanao fandikan-dalàna tamin’ny tempoly i Paoly (Asan’ny Apostoly 24:18; Asan’ny Apostoly 25:8). Averin’i Tertolo eo anatrehan’i Feliksa ilay fiampangana (Asan’ny Apostoly 24:6), ary tsaroan’i Paoly ny nisamborana azy tao amin’ny tempoly (Asan’ny Apostoly 26:21).", "Tsy manonona olona ireo soratra voasokitra. Manamarina ny fisian’ilay fitsipika sy ny hamafiny izy ireo, fa tsy ilay fisamborana na antsipiriany hafa ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 21–26, toy ny anjara asan’ilay komandy izay antsoin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly tatỳ aoriana hoe Klaodio Lysia (Asan’ny Apostoly 23:26).", "Ilay jentilisa niditra an-tsokosoko no iharan’ny sazy eo amin’ny vato; tsy misy sazy voalaza ho an’ny Jiosy nampiditra azy. Noho izany, tsy manazava irery ny antony nitodihan’ny vahoaka tamin’i Paoly mihitsy ilay vato.", "Tsy mamaha fanontaniana roa izy io: raha manondro io sakana io ny Efesiana 2:14, ary raha didim-pitsarana, herisetran’ny vahoaka navela hitranga, na sazy avy amin’Andriamanitra no tian’ilay fampitandremana momba ny fahafatesana holazaina." ], "debate": "Mbola misokatra ny fanontaniana maromaro. Iza no namoaka ireo fampandrenesana, ary oviana: ny mpanorina niasa ho an’i Heroda Lehibe, ny mpisorona, sa ny manam-pahefana romana taorian’ny 6 taor. J.K.? Io farany io no hevitr’i Mommsen, voatonona ao amin’ny OGIS 598, mifototra amin’ny dika latina lazain’i Josefa (tsy misy mbola voatahiry) sy ny tenin’i Titus jeneraly. Famonoana araka ny didim-pitsarana, herisetran’ny vahoaka navela hitranga, sa sazy avy amin’Andriamanitra no dikan’ny hoe tompon’andraikitra amin’ny fahafatesany? Hatraiza no anehoan’ny lahatenin’i Titus jeneraly, nosoratan’i Josefa, ny tena politikan’ny Romana? Farany, manondro io sakana io ve ny sarin’ny rindrina ao amin’ny Efesiana 2:14, sa ny Lalàna (Efesiana 2:15)? Miankina amin’ny ampahany amin’ny daty sy ny mpanoratra ilay taratasy, izay samy iadian-kevitra, izany fanontaniana izany.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Toerana sy toe-javatra marina, fa tsy fanamarinana ilay zava-nitranga", "statement": "Fantatry ny maro ilay fitsipika: mitatitra azy mihoatra ny indray mandeha i Josefa, ary naseho tamin’ny teny grika teo amin’ny tempoly izy io. Afaka namaritra tsara ny toe-javatra ny mpanoratra iray lavidavitra tamin’ireo zava-nitranga; noho izany, mampiseho ilay fifanarahana fa mahalala tsara ny tempoly ny Asan’ny Apostoly, nefa tsy manamarina ilay rotaka sy fisamborana. Mampiseho kosa ny taratasin’i Paoly fa nanantena loza avy amin’ny tsy mpino tany Jodia izy (Romana 15:30–31), na dia tsy ilay rotaka aza izany." }, { "label": "Ny Lalàna no tondroin’ny Efesiana 2:14, fa tsy ilay arofanina", "statement": "Araka io famakiana io, ny sarin’ny rindrina dia maneho ny Lalàna sy ny didiny, izay lazain’ny andininy manaraka fa nesorina (Efesiana 2:15). Samy hafa koa ny voambolana momba ny rindrina ao amin’ny Efesiana, eo amin’ny vato (tryphaktos, peribolos), ary ao amin’i Josefa (dryphaktos); koa ny sakana tao amin’ny tempoly dia fanoharana nampian’ireo mpandika hevitra toa an’i Robinson (1903). Raha nosoratana taorian’ny 70 taor. J.K. ny Efesiana, dia efa rava ilay sakana." }, { "label": "Avy amin’ny Romana ireo fampandrenesana", "statement": "Nihevitra i Theodor Mommsen, araka ny itanisàn’i Dittenberger azy ao amin’ny OGIS 598, fa ny Romana no nampanosokitra ireo fampandrenesana taorian’ny nahatongavan’i Jodia ho faritany tamin’ny 6 taor. J.K. Niantehitra tamin’ny dika latina izay lazain’i Josefa fa nisy teo anilan’ny teny grika izy (tsy mbola nisy hita), sy tamin’ny tenin’i Titus jeneraly ao amin’i Josefa. Ny hafa mihevitra azy ireo ho anisan’ny fanorenan’i Heroda Lehibe indray ny tempoly. Na iza amin’ireo hevitra roa ireo no arahina, dia teo izy ireo tamin’ny andron’i Paoly." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence/temple-warning-inscription" }, { "id": "ephesus-theatre", "kind": "site", "dateFrom": -200, "dateTo": 117, "corpusReferences": [ "I.Ephesos 27", "SEG 15, 698", "SEG 41, 974", "GIBM III 481" ], "confidence": "high", "epistemicStatus": "attested", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 19:23-41", "Acts 19:29-31", "Acts 19:35-41", "Acts 19:39", "1 Corinthians 15:32", "1 Corinthians 16:8-9", "2 Corinthians 1:8-10" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul", "person.demetrius", "person.gaius", "person.aristarchus", "person.alexander" ], "placeIds": [ "place.ephesus" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "pleiades", "author": "Pleiades", "work": "Theater of Ephesus", "locator": "Pleiades 818256726 (connected to Ephesus 599612)", "url": "https://pleiades.stoa.org/places/818256726/json", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "wikidata", "author": "Wikidata", "work": "Theater (Ephesus)", "locator": "Q15723477", "url": "https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Special:EntityData/Q15723477.json", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "ramsay-st-paul-traveller", "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen", "year": "1895", "locator": "ch. XII, sec. 5, p. 277", "url": "https://archive.org/download/paulthetraveller00ramsuoft/paulthetraveller00ramsuoft_djvu.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "The scene which follows is the most instructive picture of society in an Asian city at this period that has come down to us.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "philostratus-conybeare", "author": "Philostratus", "work": "The Life of Apollonius of Tyana", "translator": "F. C. Conybeare", "year": "1912", "locator": "VA 4.10", "url": "https://archive.org/download/lifeofapollonius00philuoft/lifeofapollonius00philuoft_djvu.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "And with these words he led the population entire to the theatre, where the image of the Averting god has been set up.", "role": "primary-text" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Peter Ruggendorfer and Friedrich Krinzinger (eds.)", "work": "Das Theater von Ephesos: Archäologischer Befund, Funde und Chronologie (Forschungen in Ephesos)", "year": "2017", "view": "Traces the theatre through eight building or usage phases. Dates the Hellenistic stage building to the first half of the 2nd century BC but finds that the auditorium's original date and shape cannot be determined. The most extensive Roman changes (stage building, extended upper seating) are placed under Domitian, with the south wing finished under Trajan, and the whole stage facade is assigned to the late Flavian period rather than to AD 66. Only limited early-imperial work is documented before then." }, { "author": "Gudrun Styhler-Aydın", "work": "Der Zuschauerraum des Theaters von Ephesos: Baubefund und architekturhistorische Analyse", "year": "2022", "view": "The Hellenistic theatre was already one of the large theatres of Asia Minor. Building from the 1st into the first half of the 2nd century AD made it one of the largest Roman-period auditoria in the region, with a diameter close to 150 m." }, { "author": "Rudolf Heberdey, George Niemann and Wilhelm Wilberg", "work": "Das Theater in Ephesos (Forschungen in Ephesos II)", "year": "1912", "view": "The first full Austrian publication of the theatre. As reported in the 2017 volume, it reconstructed the Hellenistic auditorium as already three-tiered, seating about 23,000, and dated the first stage-facade storeys to AD 66 from an architrave inscription." }, { "author": "J. T. Wood", "work": "Discoveries at Ephesus", "year": "1877", "view": "Excavated the theatre, computed its seating at 24,500, and found the Salutaris inscription in its southern entrance." }, { "author": "E. L. Hicks", "work": "The Collection of Ancient Greek Inscriptions in the British Museum, Part III: Priene, Iasos and Ephesos", "year": "1890", "view": "Edits the Salutaris bequest as no. 481 from inscribed marble blocks that formed the wall on the right flank of the theatre's south entrance, most still in their original courses when found. Notes that its documents regulate the carrying of the images to and from the theatre and reserve a place for the city's boys at assemblies held there." }, { "author": "Guy MacLean Rogers", "work": "The Sacred Identity of Ephesos: Foundation Myths of a Roman City", "year": "1991", "view": "Edits and translates the Salutaris foundation (I.Ephesos 27) and argues that its processions of images from the Artemision into the theatre at assemblies and festivals expressed an Ephesian civic identity centred on Artemis." }, { "author": "A. N. Sherwin-White", "work": "Roman Society and Roman Law in the New Testament", "year": "1963", "view": "Judged the author of Acts very well informed about Ephesian municipal institutions: the town clerk's control of the gathering, the theatre as the assembly's usual meeting place (citing a Salutaris inscription), and the appeal to a properly convened assembly. Argued that a scene in which the civic assembly still mattered belongs to an era that did not outlast the Antonines." }, { "author": "Colin J. Hemer", "work": "The Book of Acts in the Setting of Hellenistic History", "year": "1989", "view": "Argues that Acts' many local and institutional details, including those of the Ephesian episode, reflect accurate knowledge of first-century conditions and support the general reliability of its narrative." }, { "author": "Richard I. Pervo", "work": "Profit with Delight: The Literary Genre of the Acts of the Apostles", "year": "1987", "view": "Reads Acts' riots and crowd scenes as entertaining literary set-pieces comparable to the ancient novel. On this reading a vivid, accurate setting is not by itself evidence that the event happened." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q15723477", "label": "Theater (Ephesus)" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "818256726", "label": "Theater of Ephesus" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "599612", "label": "Ephesus/Arsinoe(ia)" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q47611", "label": "Ephesus" } ], "title": "Ny teatra lehibe tany Efesosy", "summary": "Ny teatra lehibe tany Efesosy, natao teo amin’ny tehezan’i Panayır Dağı, no toerana tena misy sy mbola hita izay ametrahan’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 19:29 ny vahoaka. Azo inoana fa efa nahazaka olona maro izy io tamin’ny vanim-potoana helenistika, ary misy soratra voasokitra ao amin’ilay teatra mampiseho fa nivory tao ny fivorian’ny olom-pirenena tamin’ny 104 taor. J.K. Manamarina ny toerana ilay toerana arkeolojika, fa tsy ilay rotaka, ary taorian’i Paoly ny ankamaroan’ny sisa hita maso.", "dating": "Tranon-tsehatra helenistika, tapany voalohan’ny taonjato faha-2 tal. J.K. (tsy azo faritana ny daty sy ny endriky ny toerana fipetrahana tany am-boalohany); fanitarana lehibe nataon’ny Romana tamin’ny andron’i Domitian sy Trajan (tokony ho 81–117 taor. J.K.); soratra Salutaris tamin’ny 104 taor. J.K.", "currentLocation": "Mbola eo amin’ny toerany, toerana arkeolojikan’i Efesosy, Selçuk (Faritanin’i İzmir), Torkia; ny soratra Salutaris dia mbola eo amin’ny toerany amin’ny ampahany, ary any amin’ny British Museum ny vato sasany", "establishes": [ "Efa nisy teatra tany Efesosy, natao teo amin’ny tehezan’i Panayır Dağı, ela be talohan’ny nijanonan’i Paoly tany. Ny tranon-tsehatrany dia tamin’ny tapany voalohan’ny taonjato faha-2 tal. J.K., ary iray tamin’ireo tranon-tsehatra helenistika lehibe indrindra tany Asia Minora; manondro toerana fipetrahana lehibe izany, na dia tsy fantatra aza ny tena habeny.", "Ny soratra Salutaris (I.Ephesos 27, 104 taor. J.K.), nosokirina teo amin’ny rindrin’ny fidirana atsimon’ilay teatra, dia mandamina ny hitondrana sarin’i Artemisy sy olona hafa avy ao amin’ny tempoliny hankao amin’ny teatra, sy hametrahana azy ireo isaky ny fivoriana ara-dalàna. Tamin’izay fotoana izay, ny teatra dia sady toeram-pivorian’ny olom-pirenena no sehatra nanehoana fanompoana an’i Artemisy, mifanaraka amin’ny toe-javatra ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 19:23–41.", "Ilay toerana sy ilay soratra voasokitra dia manazava, araka ny fomba tany Efesosy, ny fanavahan’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ny vahoaka nivory tao amin’ny teatra sy ny fivoriana nantsoina araka ny tokony ho izy izay tondroin’ny mpitan-tsoratry ny tanàna (Asan’ny Apostoly 19:39).", "Ny ankamaroan’izay hitan’ny mpitsidika ankehitriny, anisan’izany ny endrika anoloan’ny sehatra sy ny fipetrahana ambony nitarina (savaivony manakaiky ny 150 m), dia avy amin’ny fanitarana izay apetraka indrindra tamin’ny fotoana nanjakan’i Domitian sy Trajan (tokony ho 81–117 taor. J.K.), taorian’i Paoly. Tamin’ny tapaky ny taona 50, ilay teatra helenistika taloha no teo, miaraka amin’ny fanovana sasany natao tamin’ny fiandohan’ny vanim-potoanan’ny emperora.", "Misy fitantarana angano tamin’ny taonjato faha-3 milaza an’i Apollonius nitarika ny mponin’i Efesosy rehetra hankao amin’ny teatra (Philostratus, Life of Apollonius 4.10). Tara izy io ary tsy porofo mahaleo tena ho an’ny Asan’ny Apostoly, fa mampiseho fa tsaroana ho toeram-pivorian’ny tanàna ilay teatra." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy manamarina amin’ny fomba mahaleo tena izy io fa nitranga ilay rotaka ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 19:23–41, na ny antsipiriany momba azy: i Demetrio, ny fisamborana an’i Gaio sy Aristarko, i Aleksandra, na ny antsoantso nandritra ny adiny roa. Tsy misy zavatra hita tao amin’ny teatra manonona an’i Paoly na ilay korontana.", "Ireo isa momba ny olona zakany (24,500 araka ny kajin’i Wood tamin’ny 1877; tokony ho 20,000 ho an’ny cavea tamin’ny vanim-potoana romana ao amin’ny boky aotrisiana tamin’ny 2017; hatramin’ny 25,000 ao amin’ny Pleiades) dia mamaritra ilay trano nitarin’ny Romana na mifototra amin’ny fanarenana an-tsaina. Tsy milaza izy ireo hoe firy no zakan’ilay teatra tamin’ny tapaky ny taona 50 na firy no tao, ary tsy manome isa ny Asan’ny Apostoly.", "Ny soratra Salutaris dia dimampolo taona eo ho eo taorian’ny nijanonan’i Paoly, ary mampiasa mpamaritra grika hafa ho an’ny fivoriana voalahatra noho ilay ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 19:39. Mampiseho fanao sivily izy io, fa tsy ny zava-nitranga tamin’ny taona 50. Tsy milaza koa ny Asan’ny Apostoly fa niditra na niteny tao amin’ny teatra i Paoly (Asan’ny Apostoly 19:30–31), na dia misy fitantarana malaza milaza izany aza." ], "debate": "Mbola misokatra ny fanontaniana roa. Voalohany, nanao ahoana ilay trano tamin’ny andron’i Paoly? Ny fikarohana aotrisiana dia mametraka ny fanitarana lehibe nataon’ny Romana sy ny endrika anoloan’ny sehatra tamin’ny andron’i Domitian sy Trajan; ny asa taloha kosa nametraka ny rihana voalohan’ny endrika anoloana tamin’ny 66 taor. J.K. Hitan’ny tatitra momba ny fihadian-tany tamin’ny 2017 koa fa tsy azo faritana ny daty sy ny endriky ny toerana fipetrahana helenistika, ka tsy azo antoka ny olona zakany tamin’izany. Faharoa, inona no hevitry ny fahamarinan’ny toe-javatra? Noheverin’i Sherwin-White sy Hemer ho mariky ny lovantsofina nahalala tsara ny zava-misy ireo antsipiriany sivily marina. Mamaky ilay tantara ho seho literera voarafitra i Pervo, ary ny hafa manamarika fa afaka nanome antsipiriany teo an-toerana toy izany ny mpanoratra nahalala tsara ny zava-misy tatỳ aoriana; koa tsy afaka manamarina irery ilay rotaka ny toe-javatra.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Toe-javatra marina ho an’ny korontana tena nisy", "statement": "Naka vaovao azo itokisana momba ny krizy tena nisy tany Efesosy i Lioka. Ny teatra ho toeram-pivoriana, ny voambolana momba ny fivoriana, ny mpitan-tsoratry ny tanàna ary ny Asiarchs dia mifanaraka amin’i Efesosy tamin’ny fiandohan’ny vanim-potoanan’ny emperora (Sherwin-White, Hemer); nantsoin’i Ramsay ho sary mbola voatahiry manazava indrindra ny fiaraha-monina tao amin’ny tanàna iray tany Asia ilay seho. Mitatitra loza mafy tany Efesosy sy Asia ny taratasin’i Paoly (1 Korintiana 15:32; 1 Korintiana 16:8–9; 2 Korintiana 1:8–10), nefa tsy manonona rotaka tao amin’ny teatra mihitsy." }, { "label": "Seho literera voarafitra teo amin’ny sehatra efa fantatra", "statement": "Ny ampahany betsaka amin’ilay tantara dia famoronan’i Lioka mampihetsi-po, araka ny fomba isehoan’ny vahoaka ampitahain’i Pervo amin’ny tantara foronina fahiny. Ny teatra, ny fanompoana an’i Artemisy ary ireo andraikitra sivily dia toetra ampahibemaso sy naharitra tany Efesosy, mbola nisongadina tamin’ny 104 taor. J.K.; koa afaka nametraka seho tao ny mpanoratra nahalala ny zava-misy, na dia tsy nanana loharano manokana aza. Araka io hevitra io, ny fahamarinan’ny toe-javatra dia tsy manamarina ilay zava-nitranga sady tsy mamaritra ny datin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly." }, { "label": "Fahoriana tena nisy, seho narafitra", "statement": "Misy hevitra anelanelany milaza fa korontana tena nisy no ao ambadik’ilay fitantarana, satria manaporofo loza lehibe tany Efesosy ny taratasin’i Paoly, saingy i Lioka no nandrafitra ny seho sy ny lahateniny. Araka io hevitra io, ny toe-javatra dia manohana lovantsofina momba ny fifandonana nefa tsy manamarina ny antsipiriany." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-ephesus-theatre" }, { "id": "erastus-inscription", "kind": "inscription", "dateFrom": 31, "dateTo": 150, "corpusReferences": [ "Corinth VIII.3 232", "AE 1930, 118", "EDH HD025815", "EDCS-32001186", "TM 177152" ], "confidence": "medium", "epistemicStatus": "debated", "scriptureReferences": [ "Romans 16:23", "Acts 19:22", "2 Timothy 4:20", "1 Corinthians 1:26" ], "personIds": [ "person.erastus", "person.paul" ], "placeIds": [ "place.corinth", "place.achaia" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "edh-heidelberg", "author": "Epigraphic Database Heidelberg (record last updated 2013-05-24, Cowey)", "work": "EDH inscription record: building/dedicatory inscription from Colonia Laus Iulia Corinthus", "year": "2013", "locator": "EDH HD025815", "url": "https://edh.ub.uni-heidelberg.de/edh/inschrift/HD025815", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "edcs", "author": "Epigraphik-Datenbank Clauss / Slaby", "work": "EDCS monument record (JSON data endpoint)", "locator": "EDCS-32001186", "url": "https://edcs.hist.uzh.ch/data/monument/320/32001186.json", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "trismegistos", "author": "Trismegistos", "work": "TM text relations data service", "locator": "TM 177152", "url": "https://www.trismegistos.org/dataservices/texrelations/177152", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "pleiades", "author": "Pleiades", "work": "Corinthus/Korinthos", "locator": "Pleiades 570182", "url": "https://pleiades.stoa.org/places/570182/json", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "paley-horae-paulinae", "author": "William Paley", "work": "Horae Paulinae, or, The Truth of the Scripture History of St. Paul", "year": "1790 (Cambridge, Mass. edition, 1806)", "locator": "ch. II (Epistle to the Romans), No. II", "url": "https://archive.org/download/horaepaulinaeort00pale/horaepaulinaeort00pale_djvu.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Erastus was one of those who had attended St. Paul in his travels, Acts xix. 22; and when those travels had, upon some occasion, brought our apostle and his train to Corinth, Erastus staid there, for no reason so probable as that it was his home.", "role": "early-study" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Henry J. Cadbury", "work": "\"Erastus of Corinth,\" Journal of Biblical Literature 50", "year": "1931", "view": "Read the civic title in Romans as rendering arcarius rei publicae, a municipal post held by slaves or men of servile origin, and judged identification with the paving aedile improbable and close to impossible, chiefly because one career was unlikely to include both posts. Did not treat the objection that a Christian could not serve as aedile as decisive. Warned that the three New Testament Erasti are not certainly one person and that the aedile may be a later Corinthian." }, { "author": "John Harvey Kent", "work": "Corinth VIII.3: The Inscriptions, 1926-1950", "year": "1966", "view": "Corpus edition of no. 232. As summarised by Gill (1989), Kent dated the pavement to about the middle of the first century and judged the identification with the Erastus of Romans sound. He cited the rarity of the cognomen at Corinth and argued that the civic title in Romans describes a Corinthian aedile's functions." }, { "author": "Gerd Theissen", "work": "The Social Setting of Pauline Christianity: Essays on Corinth (English translation)", "year": "1982", "view": "As reported by Gill (1989) and Clarke (1991), equates the civic title in Romans with a junior office such as quaestor rather than aedile. Allows the identification as possible without being convinced." }, { "author": "Victor P. Furnish", "work": "Corinth in Paul's Time: What Can Archaeology Tell Us?, Biblical Archaeology Review 15", "year": "1988", "view": "As reported by Gill (1989), follows Theissen in proposing that Erastus was first quaestor and later aedile, and accepts that the aedile is the Erastus whom Paul and the author of 2 Timothy mention." }, { "author": "David W. J. Gill", "work": "\"Erastus the Aedile,\" Tyndale Bulletin 40", "year": "1989", "view": "The evidence allows neither a certain identification nor a certain rejection. The lack of space for filiation and tribe suggests the aedile was a freedman, and the civic title in Romans could correspond to aedile at Corinth. Reports the complete slab found in situ in 1929 in the paved area east of the stage building, with other pieces found in 1928 and 1947." }, { "author": "Andrew D. Clarke", "work": "\"Another Corinthian Erastus Inscription,\" Tyndale Bulletin 42", "year": "1991", "view": "Draws attention to a second-century dedication, first published by Pallas and Dantes, that probably names an Erastus at Corinth, and rejects identifying that man with Paul's associate. Holds that identifying the first-century aedile remains a significant possibility." }, { "author": "John K. Goodrich", "work": "\"Erastus, Quaestor of Corinth,\" New Testament Studies 56", "year": "2010", "view": "Argues that Erastus's civic title in Romans 16:23 corresponds to the quaestorship, a high-ranking municipal office held by the economic elite. Rejects arcarius and aedile as the Latin equivalents." }, { "author": "Alexander Weiss", "work": "\"Keine Quästoren in Korinth: Zu Goodrichs (und Theißens) These über das Amt des Erastos (Röm 16.23),\" New Testament Studies 56", "year": "2010", "view": "Argues that the municipal office of quaestor did not exist at Corinth, against Theissen and Goodrich." }, { "author": "Steven J. Friesen", "work": "\"The Wrong Erastus: Ideology, Archaeology, and Exegesis,\" in Corinth in Context: Comparative Studies on Religion and Society (Supplements to Novum Testamentum 134)", "year": "2010", "view": "As summarised in reviews and responses, argues that the inscription lies in a secondary context and was probably not commissioned before the mid-second century, so it names a non-Christian elite aedile rather than Paul's Erastus. Holds that the Erastus of Romans was a low-status public servant, possibly a slave, and probably not a believer." }, { "author": "John K. Goodrich", "work": "\"Erastus of Corinth (Romans 16.23): Responding to Recent Proposals on his Rank, Status, and Faith,\" New Testament Studies 57", "year": "2011", "view": "Responds to Weiss and Friesen, including Friesen's proposal that Erastus was an unbelieving public slave, and defends the view that Erastus was a Christian who served as a Corinthian municipal quaestor." }, { "author": "Timothy A. Brookins", "work": "\"The (In)frequency of the Name 'Erastus' in Antiquity: A Literary, Papyrological, and Epigraphical Catalog,\" New Testament Studies 59", "year": "2013", "view": "Catalogues ancient occurrences of the name and finds it rare, with very few records from first-century Greece." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "trismegistos", "id": "177152", "label": "Building/dedicatory inscription from Colonia Laus Iulia Corinthus" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "570182", "label": "Corinthus/Korinthos" } ], "title": "Ny soratra Erasto eo amin’ny rarivato tany Korinto", "summary": "Soratra latina ao amin’ny kianja voaravaka rarivato any atsinanan’ny teatra tany Korinto no mitatitra fa Erasto edilina iray no nandoa ny rarivato tamin’ny volany ho setrin’ny fahazoany ny andraikitra edilina. Mametraka lehilahy manana izany anarana izany eo anivon’ny manam-pahefana tany Korinto romana izy io, karazana toe-javatra sivily resahin’ny Romana 16:23. Tsy manaporofo fa izy no Erasto namàn’i Paoly: very ny anarany feno, iadian-kevitra raha mifanaraka amin’ny andraikitra edilina ny anaram-boninahitra ao amin’ny Romana, ary iadian-kevitra ny daty.", "dating": "Voarakitra ho 31–70 taor. J.K. ao amin’ny katalaogy (EDH, EDCS), mifanaraka amin’ny daty napetrak’i Kent teo amin’ny tapaky ny taonjato voalohany. Milaza i Friesen (2010) fa azo inoana fa tsy napetraka talohan’ny tapaky ny taonjato faharoa izy io; mifarana amin’ny 150 taor. J.K. ny elanelana omena eto, fiandohan’io tolo-daty io, fa tsy fiafarany.", "currentLocation": "Toerana arkeolojikan’i Korinto fahiny, Gresy: ilay takela-bato mbola eo amin’ny toerany ao amin’ny faritra misy rarivato atsinanan’ny teatra; tsy voamarina eto ny toerana misy ireo sombiny hafa.", "establishes": [ "Misy soratra fanorenana latina avy any Korinto romana (Kent, Corinth VIII.3 no. 232; EDH HD025815) mitatitra fa lehilahy nanana ny cognomen Erasto no nanao ny rarivato tamin’ny volany (sua pecunia) ho setrin’ny andraikitra edilina (pro aedilitate). Very ny praenomen sy nomen-ny, ary ireo lavaka nosokirina handraisana ny litera metaly nampidirina ihany no mbola hita.", "Mampiseho izy io fa nanana edilina ilay zanatany romana tany Korinto, tao amin’ny faritanin’i Akaia, ary afaka namaly ny nifidianana azy ny tompon’andraikitra iray tamin’ny fandoavana rarivato ho an’ny besinimaro.", "Mametraka Erasto edilina iray eo anivon’ny sokajin’olona nitana andraikitra tany Korinto izy io, tamin’ny fotoana iray teo anelanelan’ny tapaky ny taonjato voalohany sy, araka ny tolo-daty tara indrindra, ny tapaky ny taonjato faharoa na tatỳ aoriana. Koa mifanaraka amin’ny toe-javatra voarakitra momba ilay tanàna ny Erasto iray avy any Korinto manana anaram-boninahitra sivily (Romana 16:23)." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy mampiseho fa ilay edilina no Erasto ao amin’ny Romana 16:23, Asan’ny Apostoly 19:22 na 2 Timoty 4:20 izy io. Very ny praenomen sy nomen-ny, iadian-kevitra raha mifanaraka amin’ny andraikitra edilina ny anaram-boninahitra sivily ao amin’ny Romana, ary iadian-kevitra ny daty.", "Tsy mampiseho izy io fa olona iray ihany ilay Erasto voatonona ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly, Romana ary 2 Timoty; mifototra amin’ireo lahatsoratra izany fanontaniana izany, fa tsy amin’ity vato ity. Nanatsoaka hevitra avy amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 19:22, Romana 16:23 ary 2 Timoty 4:20 i Paley (1790) fa tany Korinto no fonenan’i Erasto; efa talohan’ny nahitana ilay vato izany tohan-kevitra izany ary miankina amin’ireo lahatsoratra.", "Tsy mampiseho izy io fa nisy manam-pahefana manankarena tao amin’ny fiangonan’i Paoly tany Korinto, na hoe Kristiana no nitana ny andraikitra edilina; samy miankina amin’ilay fampitoviana olona iadian-kevitra ireo. Ny fanamarihan’i Paoly fa tsy maro tamin’ireo mpino tany Korinto no ambony saranga (1 Korintiana 1:26) dia sady tsy mandà no tsy manamarina ny fisian’ny mpikambana iray tao amin’ny saranga ambony." ], "debate": "Mbola misokatra ny fanontaniana telo. Daty: napetrak’i Kent teo amin’ny tapaky ny taonjato voalohany ny rarivato, ary raketin’ny EDH sy EDCS ho 31–70 taor. J.K. izy io. Mitatitra i Gill fa hita teo amin’ny toerany ilay takela-bato feno tamin’ny 1929; i Friesen kosa milaza fa ao amin’ny toerana nampiasana azy fanindroany ilay soratra, ary azo inoana fa tsy napetraka talohan’ny tapaky ny taonjato faharoa. Andraikitra: misy mampitovy ny anaram-boninahitra sivily nananan’i Erasto ao amin’ny Romana 16:23 amin’ny edilina (Kent, Gill), ny hafa amin’ny quaestor (Theissen, Goodrich), ary ny hafa (Cadbury; Friesen) mamaky azy ho andraikitra iva tao an-tanàna, mety notanan’ny andevo; mandà i Weiss fa nanana quaestors monisipaly i Korinto. Olona: hitan’i Brookins fa tsy fahita ilay anarana; kanefa ny Erasto tamin’ny taonjato faharoa izay azo inoana fa tany Korinto (Clarke 1991) dia mampiseho fa tsy olona tokana tao no nanana izany anarana izany. Satria very ny praenomen sy nomen, dia mbola azo atao ihany ilay fampitoviana olona fa tsy voaporofo.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Olona iray ihany, asa tatỳ aoriana", "statement": "Noheverin’i Kent ho mitombina ny fampitoviana azy amin’i Erasto ao amin’ny Romana, ary mbola raisin’i Clarke ho fahafahana manan-danja izany. Nampitovin’i Theissen tamin’ny andraikitra ambany kokoa, toy ny quaestor, ilay andraikitra ao amin’ny Romana; nanaraka azy i Furnish ka nanolotra fa quaestor i Erasto tamin’ny fotoana nanoratana ilay taratasy, ary edilina tatỳ aoriana. Manohana andraikitra quaestor koa i Goodrich, izay heveriny ho andraikitra ambony notanan’ny saranga ambony." }, { "label": "Edilina hafa, tatỳ aoriana", "statement": "Milaza i Friesen fa eo amin’ny toerana nampiasana azy fanindroany ilay soratra, ary azo inoana fa tsy napetraka talohan’ny tapaky ny taonjato faharoa. Araka io hevitra io, manonona olona tao amin’ny saranga ambony tsy Kristiana izy io, fa tsy i Erasto ao amin’ny Romana, izay mpiasam-panjakana iva tao an-tanàna, mety ho andevo; misalasala koa i Friesen raha mpino akory i Erasto ao amin’ny Romana." }, { "label": "Tsy azo tapahina amin’ny porofo ankehitriny", "statement": "Mihevitra i Gill fa ny porofo dia tsy mamela fampitoviana olona azo antoka na fandavana azo antoka. Manampy Erasto edilina iray avy any Korinto ao amin’ny firaketana ilay rarivato, nefa tsy mamaha raha izy no ilay lehilahy tononin’i Paoly." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence/erastus-inscription" }, { "id": "gallio-inscription", "kind": "inscription", "dateFrom": 51, "dateTo": 52, "corpusReferences": [ "FD III 4, 286", "SIG3 801 D", "AE 2002, 1335", "Oliver, Greek Constitutions 31", "EDH HD043294", "EDCS-66400014", "PHI 240470", "SEG 32, 546 (Deiana's reading of line 17; PHI 240472)", "TM 177226" ], "confidence": "high", "epistemicStatus": "attested", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 18:12-17", "Acts 18:1-11", "Acts 18:18", "1 Corinthians 1:1" ], "personIds": [ "person.gallio", "person.claudius", "person.paul" ], "placeIds": [ "place.achaia", "place.corinth" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "edh-heidelberg", "work": "Epigraphic Database Heidelberg: public legal inscription from Delphi (Achaia)", "locator": "EDH HD043294", "url": "https://edh.ub.uni-heidelberg.de/edh/inschrift/HD043294", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record", "author": "Epigraphic Database Heidelberg (record last updated by Cowey)", "year": "2011" }, { "sourceKey": "edcs", "work": "Epigraphik-Datenbank Clauss/Slaby (references FDelphes 286; AE 2002, 1335; dated 52; Delphoi, Achaia)", "locator": "EDCS-66400014", "url": "https://edcs.hist.uzh.ch/monument/66400014", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "trismegistos", "work": "Trismegistos Texts, text-relations service (links EDH HD043294, EDCS 66400014, PHI 240470-240472)", "locator": "TM 177226", "url": "https://www.trismegistos.org/dataservices/texrelations/177226", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "wikidata", "work": "Wikidata: Delphi Inscription", "locator": "Q5254406", "url": "https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Special:EntityData/Q5254406.json", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "collection of letter fragments written by Claudius", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "seneca-epistles-gummere", "work": "Seneca, Moral Letters to Lucilius (Ad Lucilium Epistulae Morales), vol. 3", "locator": "Ep. 104.1", "url": "https://en.wikisource.org/wiki/Moral_letters_to_Lucilius/Letter_104", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "for I remembered my master Gallio’s words, when he began to develop a fever in Achaia and took ship at once, insisting that the disease was not of the body but of the place.", "role": "primary-text", "author": "Seneca", "translator": "Richard Mott Gummere", "year": "1925" }, { "sourceKey": "tacitus-annals-church-brodribb", "work": "Tacitus, Annals, Book 15", "locator": "Ann. 15.73", "url": "https://en.wikisource.org/wiki/The_Annals_(Tacitus)/Book_15", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Salienus Clemens denounced Junius Gallio, who was terror-stricken at his brother Seneca's death", "role": "primary-text", "author": "Tacitus", "translator": "Alfred John Church and William Jackson Brodribb (Wikisource text based on their translation)", "year": "1876" }, { "sourceKey": "dio-cassius-cary", "work": "Cassius Dio, Roman History, Book 60 (Loeb vol. VII)", "locator": "60.24.1", "url": "https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Cassius_Dio/60*.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Achaia and Macedonia, which ever since the reign of Tiberius had been assigned to governors directly appointed, Claudius now made to depend upon the lot once more.", "role": "primary-text", "author": "Cassius Dio", "translator": "Earnest Cary", "year": "1924" }, { "sourceKey": "dio-cassius-cary", "work": "Cassius Dio, Roman History, Book 60 (Loeb vol. VII)", "locator": "60.17.3", "url": "https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Cassius_Dio/60*.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "he gave notice to the governors chosen by lot, since they were slow even now about leaving the city, that they must begin their journey before the middle of April.", "role": "primary-text", "author": "Cassius Dio", "translator": "Earnest Cary", "year": "1924" }, { "sourceKey": "edcs", "work": "Epigraphik-Datenbank Clauss/Slaby: CIL 06, 01256 (p 3129, 3798, 4365) = ILS 218a", "locator": "EDCS-17800159 (CIL 06, 01256 (p 3129, 3798, 4365) = ILS 218a)", "url": "https://edcs.hist.uzh.ch/data/monument/178/17800159.json", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Émile Bourguet", "work": "De rebus Delphicis imperatoriae aetatis capita duo", "year": "1905", "view": "First published the four fragments together as a letter of Claudius (one had earlier been drawn by Nikitsky). Without discussing Paul, he gave Gallio's year of office as AD 52 on the authority of the Prosopographia (as reported by Deissmann 1912 and SIG3)." }, { "author": "Adolf Deissmann", "work": "St. Paul: A Study in Social and Religious History, Appendix I (English translation of Paulus, 1911)", "year": "1912", "view": "Dated the letter between the end of 51 or, more probably, the beginning of 52 and 1 August 52, using Dessau's acclamation data and Dessau's date of 1 August 52 for the aqueduct's dedication. Argued that Gallio took office in the summer of 51 and placed Paul in Corinth from early 50 to late summer 51." }, { "author": "André Plassart", "work": "Fouilles de Delphes III.4, no. 286", "year": "1970", "view": "Edited the assembled fragments. Read line 5 as showing that Gallio had reported Delphi's depopulation, and divided line 17 to give a second-person singular pronoun, so that the recipient was an individual, probably Gallio's successor as proconsul (as reported by Oliver 1971)." }, { "author": "James H. Oliver", "work": "The Epistle of Claudius Which Mentions the Proconsul Junius Gallio (Hesperia 40)", "year": "1971", "view": "Accepted most of Plassart's text but doubted the second-person reading of line 17, preferring to take the letters as the end of a verb. Argued that Gallio appears to be proconsul when the emperor writes and that the recipient was a community, either the city of Delphi or the Amphictyonic Council." }, { "author": "Gerd Lüdemann", "work": "Paul, Apostle to the Gentiles: Studies in Chronology (German original 1980)", "year": "1984", "view": "Argues that Acts 18 conflates accounts of two of Paul's visits to Corinth and dates the Gallio incident to the later visit. Reported here via Fellows 2005; not checked in the book itself." }, { "author": "Richard G. Fellows", "work": "Renaming in Paul's Churches: The Case of Crispus-Sosthenes Revisited (Tyndale Bulletin 56.2)", "year": "2005", "view": "Names Donfried, Lüdemann and Hurd as proponents of the view that Acts 18 conflates two visits, and rejects it: since Sosthenes was already a believer who had left Corinth when 1 Corinthians was written, the Gallio incident probably belongs to Paul's first visit." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q5254406", "label": "Delphi Inscription" }, { "scheme": "trismegistos", "id": "177226", "label": "Letter of Claudius to Delphi naming Gallio (TM text)" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q452194", "label": "Lucius Junius Gallio Annaeanus" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q75459", "label": "Delphi" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "540726", "label": "Delphi" } ], "title": "Ny soratra momba an’i Galiona tany Delphi", "summary": "Sombin-taratasy nosoratan’i Klaodio, voasokitra tany Delphi, no manonona an’i Galiona, naverina hoe [L. Ju]nius Gallio, ho naman’ny emperora sy prokonsily. Ny fanambarana faha-26 an’i Klaodio ho imperator dia mametraka ilay taratasy, azo inoana indrindra, tao anatin’ny fito volana voalohan’ny 52 taor. J.K.; koa tokony ho tamin’ny 51/52, na mety ho 52/53, no nitondran’i Galiona an’i Akaia. Mamatotra amin’ny fotoana ny fihainoana raharaha ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 18:12–17 izy io, na dia tsy manonona an’i Paoly na ilay fihainoana aza.", "dating": "Azo inoana indrindra fa ny fito volana voalohan’ny 52 taor. J.K. (talohan’ny 1 Aogositra); tsy azo lavina tanteraka ny daty amin’ny tena faran’ny 51 taor. J.K. Dika voasokitra amin’ny taratasin’i Klaodio, omena daty araka ny fanambarana faha-26 azy ho imperator.", "currentLocation": "Delphi (EDH). Mitatitra i Deissmann (1912) fa ao amin’ny Delphi Museum ireo sombiny efatra hitan’i Bourguet (Inv. 3883, 2178, 2271, 4001); tsy voamarina ny fampirantiana ankehitriny.", "establishes": [ "Taratasy nosoratan’i Klaodio, voasokitra tany Delphi, no manonona an’i Galiona ho naman’ny emperora sy prokonsily, ao amin’ny andalana momba ny tsy fahampian’ny olom-pirenena tao Delphi izay toa notateriny (naverina ilay matoanteny). Ny ‘-nios Gallion’ ihany no mbola voatahiry amin’ilay anarana; naverina avy amin’ny litera ampahany ny ‘Junius’, ‘namana’ ary ‘prokonsily’, nefa eken’ny ankamaroany. Tao Akaia i Delphi, koa manamarina, tsy miankina amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly, ilay taratasy fa nitondra an’i Akaia i Galiona (Asan’ny Apostoly 18:12).", "Mbola mitahiry ny isa 26 ho an’ny fanambarana azy ho imperator ireo anaram-boninahitr’i Klaodio. Soratra iray avy any Kys no mampiaraka ny faha-26 amin’ny taona faha-12 nitondrany fahefana tribunisiana; ny lahatsoratra momba ny lakan-drano Porta Maggiore (CIL VI 1256; EDR104278) kosa mampiaraka ny faha-12 amin’ny faha-27. Satria nametraka an’io lakan-drano io tamin’ny 1 Aogositra 52 i Dessau, narahin’i Deissmann (1912), dia azo inoana indrindra fa tao anatin’ny fito volana voalohan’ny 52 ilay taratasy; tsy azo lavina tanteraka ny faran’ny 51.", "Niasa herintaona teo ho eo mazàna ny prokonsily, koa nifanindry tamin’ny tapany voalohan’ny 52 ny fotoam-piasan’i Galiona: azo inoana indrindra fa 51/52, mety ho 52/53. Raha mametraka tsara ilay fihainoana raharaha ny Asan’ny Apostoly 18:12–17, dia tokony ho tao anatin’ny 51–53 izany. Nanohana ny 51/52 i Deissmann (1912); i Ramsay kosa, araka ny tatitr’i Deissmann, nisafidy ny 52/53.", "Manonona an’i Galiona ho rahalahin’i Seneca i Tacitus (Ann. 15.73); i Seneca (Ep. 104.1) mahatsiaro azy niala tany Akaia tamin’ny sambo rehefa nanomboka nanavy, koa mety ho fohy noho ny nokasaina ny fotoam-piasany (fehin-kevitra notsoahina). Milaza i Dio (60.24.1) fa tamin’ny 44 taor. J.K. dia naverin’i Klaodio ho tantanan’ny mpitondra voafidy tamin’ny antsapaka i Akaia, mifanaraka amin’ny anaram-boninahitra prokonsily ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 18:12." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy manonona an’i Paoly, ny Jiosy tany Korinto, na fihainoana raharaha izy io. Manamarina ilay mpitondra voatonona ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 18:12 izy io, fa tsy ny hoe nitranga araka ny fitantarana ilay seho ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 18:12–17.", "Tsy manome daty fiandohana na fiafaran’ny fotoam-piasan’i Galiona izy io. Miankina amin’ny faharetana mahazatra herintaona, ny fotoana nanombohan’ny fotoam-piasana, ary ny hoe raisin’ilay taratasy ho prokonsily mbola teo am-perinasa i Galiona, ny fisafidianana ny 51/52 na 52/53.", "Tsy afaka mampiseho izy io hoe tamin’ny fotoana inona tao anatin’ny valo ambin’ny folo volana na mihoatra nijanonan’i Paoly tany Korinto no nitrangan’ilay fihainoana (Asan’ny Apostoly 18:11 sy Asan’ny Apostoly 18:18). Noho izany, fehin-kevitra fanampiny notsoahina ny daty nahatongavan’i Paoly tany Korinto.", "Tsy mampiseho izy io fa fitsidihana tokana tsy tapaka no tantarain’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 18:1–18." ], "debate": "Mifototra amin’ilay isa manambara ny fanambarana ho imperator mbola hita eo amin’ny vato ny daty 52 taor. J.K.; aorian’izany vao miseho ireo fanontaniana misokatra. Ny fetra 1 Aogositra dia mitombina raha maneho ny daty nitokanana ilay lakan-drano ny lahatsoratra Porta Maggiore (ny EDR dia mametra azy amin’ny 52/53 fotsiny); ary neken’i Dessau, na dia noheveriny ho tsy dia azo inoana aza, fa mety ho tamin’ny tena faran’ny 51 ilay fanambarana faha-26. Mety ho 51/52 na 52/53 ny taonan’i Galiona. Milaza i Dio (60.17.3) fa tamin’ny 43 taor. J.K. dia nandidy ireo mpitondra voafidy tamin’ny antsapaka i Klaodio handao an’i Roma alohan’ny tapaky ny Aprily; manondro fiandohana amin’ny lohataona na fiandohan’ny fahavaratra izany (fehin-kevitra notsoahina). Nihevitra ny 1 Jolay ho fiandohana ara-panjakana i Deissmann, nanaraka an’i Mommsen. Ny famakian’i Plassart ny andalana 17 amin’ny olona faharoa, fantatra eto araka ny tatitr’i Oliver (1971), dia mahatonga ny nandimby an’i Galiona ho mpandray ilay taratasy. Vondrom-piarahamonina no nofidin’i Oliver ho mpandray azy; ny hafa mizara ny andalana 17 ho matoanteny εἴασε, ka manala ilay mpisolo anarana (Deiana, SEG 32.546; PHI 240472). Fehin-kevitra notsoahina ny fametrahana ilay fihainoana tany am-piandohan’ny fotoam-piasan’i Galiona, toy ny nataon’i Deissmann; ary fitsarana ara-tantara misaraka ny hoe tena nitranga ilay seho.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "52/53 ny taonan’i Galiona", "statement": "Mety ho nanomboka niasa tamin’ny lohataona na fiandohan’ny fahavaratra 52 i Galiona, ary nanoratra talohan’ny 1 Aogositra 52 i Klaodio. Tamin’izany dia tamin’ny 52 na fiandohan’ny 53 ilay fihainoana, ary tokony ho tamin’ny 51 ny nahatongavan’i Paoly tany Korinto. Mitatitra i Deissmann fa napetrak’i Ramsay (1909) tamin’ny Aprily 52 hatramin’ny Aprily 53 ny fotoam-piasana prokonsily, ary tamin’ny Oktobra 51 ny fahatongavan’i Paoly, ary nisafidy elanelam-potoana mitovitovy amin’izany i Babut (1911)." }, { "label": "Nalefa taorian’ny fotoam-piasan’i Galiona ilay taratasy", "statement": "Nozarain’i Plassart, araka ny tatitr’i Oliver (1971), ny andalana 17 mba hahazoana mpisolo anarana olona faharoa tokana; noho izany, olona iray no mpandray azy, azo inoana fa ny nandimby an’i Galiona, ka ampahafantarina izay notaterin’i Galiona. Hametraka ny taonan’i Galiona amin’ny 51/52 sy ilay fihainoana amin’ny 51 na fiandohan’ny 52 izany. Nisalasala tamin’ilay famakiana i Oliver satria mbola antsoin’i Klaodio hoe prokonsily i Galiona, ary manala ilay mpisolo anarana ny fizaran’i Deiana ny andalana." }, { "label": "Manambatra fitsidihana roa ny Asan’ny Apostoly 18", "statement": "Mihevitra i Donfried, Lüdemann ary Hurd (araka ny tatitr’i Fellows 2005) fa manambatra fitsidihana roa tany Korinto ny Asan’ny Apostoly 18, ka mametraka ilay raharaha momba an’i Galiona amin’ilay fitsidihana faharoa; amin’izany dia ilay fihainoana no omen’ny soratra daty, fa tsy ny fahatongavan’i Paoly. Mamaly i Fellows fa azo inoana fa tamin’ny fitsidihana voalohany ilay raharaha: raha niara-nandefa ny 1 Korintiana (1 Korintiana 1:1) ilay Sostena ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 18:17, dia sarotra ny mametraka ilay raharaha aorian’io taratasy io." }, { "label": "Voamarina ny andraikitra, tsy voaporofo ny seho", "statement": "Afaka manaiky ny mpamaky misalasala fa nitondra an’i Akaia i Galiona tamin’io fotoana manodidina io, nefa mbola mandray ny Asan’ny Apostoly 18:12–17 ho fomba nandrafetan’i Lioka ny tantara tany Korinto. Mitatitra i Deissmann fa napetrak’i Loisy tamin’ny 52 na fiandohan’ny 53 ilay fihainoana, raha ara-tantara izy io. Mamaha ny momba ny andraikitra sy ny daty manakaiky azy ilay soratra; mila fanombanana misaraka ny Asan’ny Apostoly ny hoe nitranga ilay zava-nitranga." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence/gallio-inscription" }, { "id": "ephesus-artemis-neokoros", "kind": "inscription", "dateFrom": -334, "dateTo": 244, "corpusReferences": [ "RPC I 2626", "RPC I 2627", "RPC I 2628", "IPriene 231 (= IK Priene 150)", "IEph 27B (= GIBM 481)", "IEph 27E", "IEph 300 (= CIG 2972)", "IEph 1578A (= GIBM 578; SEG 36, 1028)", "IEph 2040", "IEph 2212", "IEph 4336" ], "confidence": "medium-high", "epistemicStatus": "debated", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 19:23-41", "Acts 19:24", "Acts 19:27", "Acts 19:35" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul", "person.demetrius", "person.nero" ], "placeIds": [ "place.ephesus" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "pausanias-jones", "work": "Description of Greece", "author": "Pausanias", "translator": "W. H. S. Jones and H. A. Ormerod", "year": "1918", "locator": "Paus. 4.31.8", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.01.0160%3Abook%3D4%3Achapter%3D31%3Asection%3D8", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "But all cities worship Artemis of Ephesus, and individuals hold her in honor above all the gods.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "ramsay-st-paul-traveller", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen", "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "year": "1895 (text read from the 1903 printing)", "locator": "ch. XII §5, 'Demetrius the Silversmith' (p. 278 in the 1903 printing)", "url": "https://archive.org/download/cu31924029332297/cu31924029332297_djvu.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "The richer tradesmen made shrines in the more expensive material, and silver was evidently a favourite material among the wealthy.", "role": "early-study" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "E. L. Hicks", "work": "Demetrius the Silversmith (The Expositor, 4th series, vol. 1); Ephesus: A Postscript (The Expositor, 4th series, vol. 2)", "year": "1890", "view": "Combined fragments of an honorary list of neopoioi (GIBM 578 = IEph 1578A) and identified the Demetrios of its dating formula, whom he took as foreman of the neopoioi, with the silversmith of Acts 19. He dated the list before Vespasian, possibly to Paul's time, and preferred metal statuettes like the Salutaris images to shrines. The first article is known here through Rogers 1986; the postscript was read." }, { "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen", "year": "1895", "view": "The shrines were small shrines of the goddess sold for dedication: cheap ones in terracotta, costlier ones in marble or silver. Demetrius was a leading figure in these trades, and the riot reflects threatened commercial and temple interests." }, { "author": "G. M. Rogers", "work": "Demetrios of Ephesos: Silversmith and Neopoios? (Belleten 50)", "year": "1986", "view": "Doubts Hicks's dating and identification: the Demetrios of the dating formula appears to be a city official and is not definitely a neopoios, while the Demetrios of lines 6-7 certainly is, and identifying him with the silversmith is speculation. Neopoioi conferred citizenship and guarded the Artemision's dedications, including the Salutaris images; if Demetrius was one, Luke's silence about the office would reveal his narrative purpose." }, { "author": "S. J. Friesen", "work": "Twice Neokoros: Ephesus, Asia and the Cult of the Flavian Imperial Family", "year": "1993", "view": "Dates the provincial temple of the Sebastoi at Ephesus, the city's first securely attested imperial neokorate, to AD 89/90, and approves Keil's reading of the Neronian neokoroi coins as referring to Artemis. Both points are reported via Witetschek 2009 and secondary summaries, not checked in the book." }, { "author": "B. Burrell", "work": "Neokoroi: Greek Cities and Roman Emperors", "year": "2004", "view": "A comprehensive study of neokoros cities. Connects the Neronian coins with an imperial temple granted under Nero, and treats Acts 19:35 as reflecting the 50s, arguing that 'neokoros of Artemis' would not have suited Ephesus between its imperial neokorate and the early third century. Reported via Witetschek 2009." }, { "author": "S. Witetschek", "work": "Artemis and Asiarchs: Some Remarks on Ephesian Local Colour in Acts 19 (Biblica 90)", "year": "2009", "view": "Acts 19:35 is the earliest clear attestation of Ephesus as neokoros of Artemis; the official title dates from Caracalla's reign. The coins alone are inconclusive, but read alongside Acts as evidence for the late first century they more plausibly show that Ephesians could already call their city neokoros of Artemis. Acts 19 is evidence mainly for Luke's own time." }, { "author": "C. J. Hemer", "work": "The Book of Acts in the Setting of Hellenistic History", "year": "1989", "view": "Counts the neokoros title in Acts 19:35 among Luke's specific local knowledge. Reported via Witetschek 2009, not checked in Hemer directly." }, { "author": "J. Keil", "work": "Die erste Kaiserneokorie von Ephesos (Numismatische Zeitschrift 12)", "year": "1919", "view": "Rejected the idea of a Neronian imperial neokorate and took the neokoros title on the coins of AD 65/6 to refer to Artemis. Reported via Witetschek 2009." }, { "author": "F. Kirbihler", "work": "Les grands-prêtres d'Éphèse: aspects institutionnels et sociaux de l'asiarchie (in Pathways to Power, ed. A. D. Rizakis and F. Camia)", "year": "2008", "view": "Supports a provincial neokorate granted to Ephesus under Nero, arguing that Tacitus could have passed over it. Reported via Witetschek 2009." }, { "author": "R. I. Pervo", "work": "Acts (Hermeneia)", "year": "2009", "view": "Suspects that the neokoros title in Acts 19:35 may be a slight anachronism. Reported via Witetschek 2009." }, { "author": "A. Burnett, M. Amandry and P. P. Ripollès", "work": "Roman Provincial Coinage I: From the Death of Caesar to the Death of Vitellius (44 BC-AD 69)", "year": "1992", "view": "Catalogues the Neronian neokoroi coins of Ephesus as RPC I 2626-2628. The online note on 2628 says its legend is mostly illegible, assigns it to the group by type and style, and allows that the bees may symbolize the Artemis temple." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q43018", "label": "Temple of Ephesian Artemis" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q1553679", "label": "neocorus (temple-warden office and title)" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "873985034", "label": "Temple of Artemis, Ephesus" } ], "title": "I Efesosy ho mpiambina ny tempolin’i Artemisy: vola madinika, soratra voasokitra ary fanontaniana momba ny tempoly kely", "summary": "Ny Asan’ny Apostoly 19:35 no lahatsoratra mazava voalohany manome an’i Efesosy ny anaram-boninahitra mpiambina ny tempolin’i Artemisy. Ny vola madinika tamin’ny 65/6 taor. J.K. dia miantso ny Efesiana hoe neokoroi nefa tsy manonona ilay tempoly; manomboka tokony ho tamin’ny 200 taor. J.K. vao manampy ny hoe an’i Artemisy ny soratra voasokitra. Ny soratra tamin’ny 104 taor. J.K. sy tamin’ny vanim-potoana romana dia manaporofo mpiasan’ny tempoly, mpanefy volafotsy ary sarivongana volafotsin’i Artemisy. Tsy mahita tempoly kely volafotsin’i Artemisy, miavaka amin’ny sarivongana kely, ireo loharano nodinihina eto.", "dating": "Tokony ho 334 tal. J.K. hatramin’ny 244 taor. J.K. (loharano maromaro): neokoros an’i Artemisy ho andraikitry ny olona iray tokony ho 334 tal. J.K. (IPriene 231); vola madinika tamin’ny andron’i Nero, 65/6 taor. J.K.; fanomezana voatokan’i Salutaris 104 taor. J.K.; ‘neokoros an’i Artemisy’ ho anaram-boninahitry ny tanàna amin’ny soratra manomboka 200/210 hatramin’ny 244 taor. J.K.", "currentLocation": "Toeran’i Efesosy sy ny Artemision (Selçuk, Türkiye); tany Priene no nahitana ny IPriene 231. Navoaka avy amin’ny vato tao amin’ny British Museum ho GIBM 481 sy 578 ny soratra Salutaris sy neopoioi; tsy nohamarinina tamin’ny firaketan’ny BM ny toerana misy azy ankehitriny. Raketan’ny RPC fa ao amin’ny British Museum ny hany santionan’ny RPC I 2628 fantatra; ao amin’ny fanangonana maromaro kosa ireo santionan’ny 2626-2627.", "establishes": [ "Miantso ny Efesiana hoe neokoroi ny vola halimo namboarina tany Efesosy tamin’ny 65/6 taor. J.K.: RPC I 2626-2627, manonona an’i Aviola prokonsily sy Aichmokles manam-pahefana, ary atambatra amin’io famoahana io araka ny endrika sy ny fomba ny 2628. Nampiasa ilay anaram-boninahitra ny tanàna folo taona teo ho eo taorian’ny nijanonan’i Paoly, talohan’ny neokorate ho an’ny emperora voalohany voaporofo azo antoka (ny tempoly flaviana, nomen’i Friesen daty 89/90 taor. J.K.). Tsy manonona ilay tempoly ireo soratra amin’ny vola.", "Andraikitra nekena tao amin’ny Artemision ny neokoros ela be talohan’i Paoly. Soratra hita tany Priene, tokony ho 334 tal. J.K., no manome voninahitra an’i Megabyxos zanak’i Megabyxos (naverina ilay anarana voalohany) ho neokoros an’i Artemisy tany Efesosy (IPriene 231).", "Manomboka tokony ho 200 taor. J.K., antsoin’ny soratra tany Efesosy hoe neokoros an’i Artemisy ilay tanàna, miaraka amin’ireo neokorates ho an’ny emperora: IEph 2040 (fanamboarana teatra, 200/210 taor. J.K.), IEph 300 (214/217 taor. J.K.; neokoros intelo, indroa ho an’ny emperora ary indray mandeha ho an’i Artemisy) sy IEph 4336 (244 taor. J.K.), izay manonona koa ny mpitan-tsoratry ny vahoaka sy neopoioi roa. Mety ho taloha kely noho ilay fanomezana tamin’ny andron’i Caracalla izay raisin’i Witetschek ho ofisialy ny IEph 2040.", "Tamin’ny 104 taor. J.K. dia nanolotra sarivongana volamenan’i Artemisy sy sarivongana volafotsy maromaro ny fanomezana voatokan’i Salutaris (IEph 27) (naverina ny fitambarany feno). Didin’ny filankevitra no nampitondra azy ireo avy eo amin’ny lavarangan’ny Artemision ho any amin’ny fivoriana sy ny lalao, narahin’ny neopoioi (mpiasan’ny tempoly). Fasan’ny mpanefy volafotsy iray izay neopoios koa ny fasana tsy misy daty tamin’ny vanim-potoana romana (IEph 2212), nokarakarain’ny synedrion-n’ny mpanefy volafotsy.", "Milaza i Pausanias, nanoratra tamin’ny taonjato faharoa taor. J.K., fa ny tanàna rehetra dia manompo an’i Artemisy any Efesosy, ary ny tsirairay manome voninahitra azy mihoatra noho ny andriamanitra rehetra (4.31.8). Io fitoviana tatỳ aoriana amin’ny filazana ny fanompoana azy eran-tany ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 19:27 io dia manaporofo ny lazany tamin’ny andron’ilay mpanoratra, fa tsy tamin’ny taona 50." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy mampiseho izy io fa nitranga araka ny fitantaran’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 19:23–41 ny momba an’i Demetrio, ilay rotaka tao amin’ny teatra, na ny lahatenin’ny mpitan-tsoratry ny tanàna. Mampiseho fa azo inoana ny toe-javatra sivily sy ara-pivavahana izy io.", "Tsy manaporofo ny fisian’ny tempoly kely volafotsin’i Artemisy izy io. Sarivongana kely ireo zavatra volafotsy Salutaris. Tamin’ny 1890 dia tsy nahafantatra tempoly metalin’i Artemisy avy any Efesosy i Hicks, ary tsy manampy na iray aza ireo loharano nodinihina eto. Mahalana no mbola voatahiry ny zavatra vita amin’ny metaly sarobidy, koa malemy io porofon’ny fahanginana io.", "Tsy manaporofo izy io fa anaram-boninahitra sivily ofisialy tamin’ny taona 50 ny ‘neokoros an’i Artemisy’. Tsy manonona ilay tempoly ny vola tamin’ny andron’i Nero, ary manomboka tokony ho tamin’ny 200 taor. J.K. vao miseho amin’ny soratra ny teny manonona an’i Artemisy.", "Manonona an’i Demetrios ao amin’ny raikipohy simba fanomezana daty ny IEph 1578A, nefa very ny andraikiny; ary manonona an’i Demetrios zanak’i Menophilos ho neopoios voalohany ao amin’ny lisitra. Mety ho olona iray izy ireo, mety tsy ho izany. Tsy azo ampitovina amin’ilay mpanefy volafotsy ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 19:24 ny iray na ny iray." ], "debate": "Efa nampiasaina tamin’ny andron’i Paoly ve ny ‘neokoros an’i Artemisy’? Novakin’i Keil (1919), neken’i Friesen, ho manondro an’i Artemisy ny vola tamin’ny andron’i Nero. Ampifandraisin’i Burrell sy Kirbihler amin’ny tempoly ho an’ny emperora nomena tamin’ny andron’i Nero kosa izany; mbola raisin’i Burrell ho maneho ny taona 50 ny Asan’ny Apostoly 19:35, satria heveriny fa tsy ho nifanaraka tamin’i Efesosy ilay anaram-boninahitra teo anelanelan’ny neokorate ho an’ny emperora sy ny fiandohan’ny taonjato fahatelo. Hitan’i Witetschek fa tsy manome valiny mazava irery ireo vola, nefa vakiny ho porofo ny Asan’ny Apostoly 19:35 fa afaka nampiasa ilay anaram-boninahitra ny Efesiana tamin’ny andron’i Lioka, tamin’ny faramparan’ny taonjato voalohany; mahatonga ny famakian’i Keil ny vola ho azo inoana kokoa izany. Miahiahy tsy fifanarahana kely amin’ny fotoana i Pervo. Momba ny tempoly kelin’i Demetrio, nanolotra tempoly kelin’ilay andriamanibavy vita amin’ny tanimanga nodorana, marbra ary volafotsy i Ramsay; sarivongana kely no nofidin’i Hicks, ary nampitoviny tamin’ny tompon’andraikitra iray tao amin’ny neopoioi i Demetrio; heverin’i Rogers ho tombantombana izany fampitoviana olona izany.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Anaram-boninahitra tsy ofisialy efa nampiasaina (mifanaraka amin’ny taona 50 ny Asan’ny Apostoly)", "statement": "Nantsoin’i Efesosy tsy ofisialy hoe neokoros an’i Artemisy ny tenany talohan’ny tempoly ho an’ny emperora rehetra, ary manondro an’i Artemisy ilay soratra amin’ny vola tamin’ny andron’i Nero, 65/6 taor. J.K. (Keil, neken’i Friesen; mandinika tempolin’i Artemisy koa ny fanamarihan’ny RPC momba ny 2628). Araka io hevitra io, mifanaraka amin’ny andron’i Paoly ny tenin’ny mpitan-tsoratry ny tanàna ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 19:35, na dia ny Asan’ny Apostoly aza no lahatsoratra mazava voalohany manome an’ilay tanàna io anaram-boninahitra mifandray amin’i Artemisy io." }, { "label": "Manondro tempoly ho an’ny emperora ny vola tamin’ny andron’i Nero", "statement": "Maneho tempoly faritany ho an’ny emperora, nomena tamin’ny andron’i Nero ary nitsahatra taorian’ny nahafatesany, ny vola tamin’ny 65/6 taor. J.K. (Burrell, Kirbihler). Tsy hilaza na inona na inona momba ny anaram-boninahitra mifandray amin’i Artemisy izy ireo amin’izany, ary ny Asan’ny Apostoly 19:35 irery no hijoro ho porofo tamin’ny taonjato voalohany ho azy. Heverin’i Witetschek fa mifototra kokoa amin’ny tombantombana sy ny banga ao amin’ny loharano noho ny porofo mazava io teoria io." }, { "label": "Ny andron’i Lioka mihitsy, na tsy fifanarahana amin’ny fotoana", "statement": "Maneho ny fomba nahatakaran’ny Efesiana ny tanànany tamin’ny fotoana nanoratana ny Asan’ny Apostoly, tamin’ny faramparan’ny taonjato voalohany, ilay teny (Witetschek), na mety ho tsy fifanarahana kely amin’ny fotoana (Pervo). Na ahoana na ahoana, porofo momba ny tontolon’i Lioka izy io fa tsy firaketana teny nolazaina tamin’ny taona 50." }, { "label": "Inona ireo tempoly kelin’i Demetrio?", "statement": "Mety ho tempoly kelin’ilay andriamanibavy namidy hatolotra ho fanomezana izy ireo: mora vidy vita amin’ny tanimanga nodorana, na lafo kokoa vita amin’ny marbra na volafotsy (Ramsay). Noheverin’i Hicks fa azo inoana kokoa ny sarivongana metaly kely toy ireo sarivongana Salutaris, ary nampitoviny tamin’ilay Demetrios ao amin’ny raikipohy fanomezana daty ao amin’ny IEph 1578A i Demetrio, izay noraisiny ho lehiben’ny neopoioi. Heverin’i Rogers ho tombantombana izany fampitoviana izany." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence/ephesus-artemis-neokoros" }, { "id": "ephesus-officials", "kind": "inscription", "dateFrom": 14, "dateTo": 114, "corpusReferences": [ "I.Ephesos 508 (PHI PH248466; McCabe, Ephesos 753)", "I.Ephesos 234 (PHI PH248454; McCabe, Ephesos 741)", "I.Ephesos 424 (PHI PH247993; McCabe, Ephesos 285)", "I.Ephesos 858 (PHI PH248477; McCabe, Ephesos 763)", "Suppl. Ephes. 241 (PHI PH255995; new fragments of the donor list I.Ephesos 1687)", "Suppl. Ephes. 142+0144 (PHI PH255972)", "SEG 57.1220 (PHI PH348884)" ], "confidence": "high", "epistemicStatus": "attested", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 19:31", "Acts 19:35-41", "Acts 19:23-41" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul", "person.demetrius" ], "placeIds": [ "place.ephesus" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "work": "Church History, Book 4 (quoting the Martyrdom of Polycarp), Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers, Series II vol. 1", "locator": "Hist. eccl. 4.15.27", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250104.htm", "year": "1890", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "they cried out and asked the Asiarch Philip to let a lion loose upon Polycarp. But he said that it was not lawful for him, since he had closed the games.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "ramsay-st-paul-traveller", "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen (10th ed., CCEL text)", "locator": "ch. XII §5, 'Demetrius the Silversmith'", "url": "https://www.ccel.org/ccel/r/ramsay/paul_roman/cache/paul_roman.txt", "year": "1907 (10th ed.; first published 1895)", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "The Asiarchs, or High Priests of Asia, were the heads of the imperial, political-religious organisation of the province in the worship of \"Rome and the Emperors\"", "role": "early-study" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Steven J. Friesen", "work": "Asiarchs (Zeitschrift für Papyrologie und Epigraphik 126)", "year": "1999", "view": "Uses a systematic count of attestations to argue that identifying Asiarchs with the high priests of Asia is wrong, and that Magie's conclusion that Asiarchs were a special category of agonothete is more likely. Notes that Asiarch titles begin to appear in the public record only in the late first century AD." }, { "author": "R. A. Kearsley", "work": "Asiarchs, Archiereis, and the Archiereiai of Asia (Greek, Roman and Byzantine Studies 27)", "year": "1986", "view": "Argues that high priestesses of Asia held a real office, not an honorary one. In at least two cases (AD 130/1 and 217/8) a husband was Asiarch while his wife was high priestess of Asia in the same year, which she argues shows that the Asiarch's office was not the provincial high priesthood." }, { "author": "Stephan Witetschek", "work": "Artemis and Asiarchs: Some Remarks on Ephesian Local Colour in Acts 19 (Biblica 90)", "year": "2009", "view": "His abstract states that the Asiarchs of Acts 19:31 call into question their identification with the provincial high priests. He grants that the office existed before AD 89/90, citing Strabo's Asiarchs at Tralles, but reads Acts 19:31 as an updating from Luke's own time, when the office had gained new prominence." }, { "author": "Jürgen Deininger", "work": "Die Provinziallandtage der römischen Kaiserzeit von Augustus bis zum Ende des dritten Jahrhunderts n. Chr.", "year": "1965", "view": "Defended the identification of Asiarchs with the high priests of Asia. Friesen (1999) calls it the last significant exposition of that view, and Witetschek (2009) cites it for the majority position." }, { "author": "M. Rossner", "work": "Asiarchen und Archiereis Asias (Studii Clasice 16)", "year": "1974", "view": "Supported the identification of Asiarchs with the high priests of Asia. Reported via Friesen 1999 and Witetschek 2009." }, { "author": "D. Magie", "work": "Roman Rule in Asia Minor to the End of the Third Century After Christ", "year": "1950", "view": "Concluded that Asiarchs were a special category of agonothete (games-president), the view Friesen 1999 develops. Reported via Friesen 1999." }, { "author": "F. Kirbihler", "work": "Les grands-prêtres d'Éphèse: aspects institutionnels et sociaux de l'asiarchie (in Pathways to Power, ed. A. D. Rizakis and F. Camia)", "year": "2008", "view": "Suggests that Acts 19:31 results from a Flavian rewriting in which Luke used a term of his own time, incorrectly, for an office of Paul's time. Reported via Witetschek 2009." }, { "author": "C. J. Hemer", "work": "The Book of Acts in the Setting of Hellenistic History", "year": "1989", "view": "Counted the Asiarchs of Acts 19:31 among Luke's specific local knowledge and held that their friendship with Paul should not be dismissed as highly unlikely. Reported via Witetschek 2009." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q727844", "label": "Asiarch" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q47611", "label": "Ephesus" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "599612", "label": "Ephesus/Arsinoe(ia)" } ], "title": "Ny mpitan-tsoratry ny tanàna sy ny Asiarchs tany Efesosy", "summary": "Mampiseho ny soratra voasokitra fa tena nisy ireo anaram-boninahitra roa ampiasain’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ao amin’ilay rotaka tany Efesosy. Sombin-didy tamin’ny andron’i Tiberius no nankatoavina tamin’ny taonan’ny grammateus (mpitan-tsoratra) an’ny vahoaka, very anarana; ary ny fanolorana iray tamin’ny 92/93 taor. J.K. dia nomena daty araka an’i Tiberius Claudius Aristion ho grammateus sy ‘ilay Asiarch’. Tsy manonona an’i Paoly na ilay rotaka ireo lahatsoratra ireo. Manomboka amin’ny faramparan’ny taonjato voalohany ihany ny soratra Asiarch tany Efesosy, ary mbola iadian-kevitra ny momba ny Asiarchs.", "dating": "Ny soratra tany Efesosy ihany no raketin’ilay elanelam-potoana, manomboka amin’ny andron’i Tiberius (14–37 taor. J.K.) hatramin’ny 102/114 taor. J.K. Ny SEG 57.1220 avy any Silandos any Lydia dia omen’ireo tonian-dahatsoratra azy daty taonjato voalohany tal. J.K., nefa tsy maintsy taorian’ny 29/27 tal. J.K.; ny hafa misafidy ny taonjato voalohany taor. J.K. Ny Martyrdom of Polycarp, tononina amin’ny alalan’i Eusebius, dia tamin’ny tapaky ny taonjato faha-2 taor. J.K.", "currentLocation": "Tany Efesosy (Selçuk, Türkiye) no nahitana ireo lahatsoratra tany, afa-tsy ny sombiny c amin’ny Suppl. Ephes. 241, hita tany Pamucak. Avy any Silandos any Lydia ny SEG 57.1220 (toerana nahitana: Tamasis/Selmanhacılar). Tsy nohamarinina ny toerana misy ireo vato ankehitriny. Mbola voatahiry ho lahatsoratra ny Martyrdom of Polycarp, tononina eto amin’ny alalan’i Eusebius.", "establishes": [ "Nanana tompon’andraikitra sivily nantsoina hoe grammateus (mpitan-tsoratra) an’ny vahoaka i Efesosy talohan’ny nijanonan’i Paoly tany. Sombin-didy, nomena daty araka ny raikipohiny tamin’ny andron’i Tiberius (14–37 taor. J.K.), no nankatoavina tamin’ny taonan’ny mpisoronaben’i Tiberius sy grammateus an’ny vahoaka (very anarana), niaraka tamin’ny faneken’ny ‘strategoi sy ny grammateus an’ny vahoaka’. Ny fanolorana tatỳ aoriana tamin’ny andron’i Domitian sy Trajan dia omena daty araka ny grammateus.", "Mety ho voaporofo talohan’i Paoly ny Asiarch iray tany ivelan’i Efesosy. Lahatsoratra avy any Silandos any Lydia (SEG 57.1220) no manome voninahitra an’i Tiberius [Iulius?] Damas ho Asiarch sy sebastophant. Omen’ireo toniany daty taonjato voalohany tal. J.K. izy io, nefa mitaky daty aorian’ny 29/27 tal. J.K. ilay anaram-boninahitra ao amin’ny fanompoana an’i Augustus; ny taonjato voalohany taor. J.K. kosa no nofidin’i Campanile (araka ny tatitr’i Witetschek 2009).", "Afaka nitana ireo andraikitra roa ireo ny olona ambony iray ihany. I Ti. Claudius Aristion dia ‘mpisoronaben’i Asia’ tamin’ny 88/89 taor. J.K. (I.Ephesos 234), ary grammateus sy ‘ilay Asiarch’ tamin’ny 92/93 taor. J.K. (I.Ephesos 508); i Claudius Aristion, izay ampitovina aminy amin’ny ankapobeny, dia ‘Asiarch intelo’ tamin’ny 102/114 taor. J.K. (I.Ephesos 424). I T. Flavius Pythion dia grammateus fanindroany sady Asiarch tamin’ny 104/105 taor. J.K. (I.Ephesos 858).", "Tena nisy ireo anaram-boninahitra ao amin’ny fitantarana ilay rotaka (Asan’ny Apostoly 19:31 sy Asan’ny Apostoly 19:35): grammateus tany Efesosy talohan’i Paoly, Asiarch tany Efesosy nanomboka tamin’ny faramparan’ny taonjato voalohany, ary mety ho taloha kokoa tany amin’ny faritra hafa tao Asia." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy manonona an’i Paoly, Demetrio, ilay rotaka na ilay mpitan-tsoratry ny tanàna tsy voatonona anarana ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 19:35 ireo lahatsoratra ireo. Manamarina ireo anaram-boninahitra sy ny toe-javatra izy ireo, fa tsy ireo zava-nitranga tantarain’ny Asan’ny Apostoly.", "Tsy mamaha izay atao hoe Asiarch na izay nataony izy ireo. Mety ho anarana hafa ho an’ny mpisoronabe tao amin’ny fanompoana ny emperora tao amin’ny faritany ilay anaram-boninahitra, na voninahitra misaraka mifandray amin’ny fanohanana lalao, na andraikitra tao an-tanàna.", "Amin’ny faramparan’ny vanim-potoana flaviana (tokony ho 89/90 taor. J.K.) vao manomboka ny soratra Asiarch tany Efesosy. Tsy afaka mampiseho irery izy ireo raha ny taona 50 na ny andron’i Lioka mihitsy no hita taratra ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 19:31; amin’ireo lahatsoratra voatonona eto dia ny SEG 57.1220 ihany no mety ho taloha kokoa, ary tsy azo antoka ny datiny.", "Avy any Smyrna, zato taona eo ho eo taorian’i Paoly, ny Martyrdom of Polycarp, tononin’i Eusebius. Mampiseho Asiarch mitarika lalao any izy io, fa tsy ny fomba tany Efesosy tamin’ny taona 50." ], "debate": "Manam-pahaizana maro, manomboka amin’i Ramsay ka hatramin’i Deininger sy Rossner, no namaky ny ‘Asiarch’ ho anarana hafa ho an’ny mpisoronabe tao amin’ny fanompoana ny emperora tao amin’ny faritanin’i Asia. Nilaza i Kearsley (1986) sy Friesen (1999) fa samy hafa ireo anaram-boninahitra; ary naverin’i Friesen ny hevitr’i Magie fa sokajy manokana tamin’ny mpitarika lalao ny Asiarchs. Ao amin’ny Martyrdom of Polycarp, araka ny itanisàn’i Eusebius azy, dia mandà tsy hamaha liona i Philip Asiarch satria efa nofaranany ny lalao. Fanontaniana faharoa ny daty. Eken’i Witetschek fa efa nisy talohan’ny 89/90 taor. J.K. ilay andraikitra, ka tondroiny ireo Asiarchs tany Tralles tamin’ny andron’i Augustus lazain’i Strabo; nefa milaza izy fa noho ilay andraikitra nanjary nisongadina kokoa tatỳ aoriana, dia fanavaozana araka ny andron’i Lioka mihitsy ny Asan’ny Apostoly 19:31. Miresaka fanoratana indray tamin’ny vanim-potoana flaviana i Kirbihler; i Hemer kosa nampiditra ny Asiarchs ho anisan’ny fahalalan’i Lioka ny zava-misy teo an-toerana.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Ny Asiarch ho mpisoronaben’ny faritany", "statement": "Araka io hevitra io, ‘Asiarch’ dia anaram-boninahitra hafa ho an’ny mpisoronabe tao amin’ny fanompoana ny emperora tany Asia. Amin’izany, ireo Asiarchs maromaro ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 19:31 dia tompon’andraikitra taloha mbola nitahiry ilay anaram-boninahitra (Deininger), na mpisoronaben’ny tempoly tao amin’ilay faritany. Manohitra i Witetschek fa roa na telo monja ireo tempoly ireo, herintaona ny fotoam-piasana, ary hafa ny iantsoana ny Asiarchs taloha ao amin’ny soratra tany Efesosy." }, { "label": "Ny Asiarch ho voninahitra misaraka", "statement": "Araka io hevitra io, voninahitra misaraka sy maro mpanana kokoa ny Asiarchs. Ho an’i Friesen, manaraka an’i Magie, sokajy manokana tamin’ny mpitarika lalao (agonothetes) izy ireo; nanolotra manam-pahefana tao an-tanàna kosa i Kearsley tatỳ aoriana (araka ny tatitr’i Friesen 1999). Na iza amin’ireo, dia afaka niara-tao Efesosy ny Asiarchs maromaro, tsy nisy ifandraisany tamin’ny andraikitra mpisoronabe tao amin’ny fanompoana ny emperora." }, { "label": "Antsipiriany teo an-toerana avy amin’ny andron’i Lioka mihitsy", "statement": "Ireo Asiarchs ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 19:31 dia maneho ny toe-javatra tamin’ny fotoana nanoratana ny Asan’ny Apostoly, rehefa nanjary nisongadina kokoa ilay andraikitra: fanavaozana fa tsy tsy fifanarahana amin’ny fotoana (Witetschek 2009), na fanoratana indray tamin’ny vanim-potoana flaviana izay nampihatra voambolana tatỳ aoriana tamin’ny andraikitra tamin’ny andron’i Paoly (Kirbihler, araka ny tatitr’i Witetschek). Na ahoana na ahoana, dia porofo momba ny tontolon’i Lioka kokoa ilay andininy noho ny momba ny an’i Paoly." }, { "label": "Fahatsiarovana ny andron’i Paoly", "statement": "Efa nisy ny Asiarchs tamin’ny endriny taloha talohan’ilay tempoly flaviana, koa mety ho manondro azy ireo i Lioka, ary tsy voatery holavina ho tsy azo inoana ny fisakaizany tamin’i Paoly (Hemer, araka ny tatitr’i Witetschek). Eken’i Witetschek fa azo atao izany, nefa aleony mamaky ilay andininy ho fanavaozana." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-ephesus-officials" }, { "id": "thessalonica-politarchs", "kind": "inscription", "dateFrom": -27, "dateTo": 200, "corpusReferences": [ "CIG 1967", "GIBM II 171" ], "confidence": "high", "epistemicStatus": "attested", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 17:1-9", "Acts 17:5-9", "Acts 17:6", "Acts 17:8", "Acts 19:29", "Acts 20:4", "Romans 16:21" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul", "person.silas", "person.jason" ], "placeIds": [ "place.thessalonica", "place.macedonia" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "museum-record", "author": "C. T. Newton (ed.)", "work": "The Collection of Ancient Greek Inscriptions in the British Museum, Part II", "year": "1883", "locator": "GIBM II no. CLXXI (171), Macedonia section", "url": "https://archive.org/download/collectionofanci00brit/collectionofanci00brit_djvu.txt", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "ramsay-st-paul-traveller", "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen", "year": "1895", "locator": "ch. X, sec. 6, p. 227", "url": "https://archive.org/download/paulthetraveller00ramsuoft/paulthetraveller00ramsuoft_djvu.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "The curious and rare title \"politarchs\" was given to the supreme board of magistrates at Thessalonica, as is proved by an inscription.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "wikidata", "work": "Wikidata: Golden Gate (Thessaloniki), alias Vardar Gate", "locator": "Q96631855", "url": "https://www.wikidata.org/w/api.php?action=wbgetentities&ids=Q96631855&props=labels%7Cdescriptions%7Caliases%7Cclaims%7Csitelinks&languages=en%7Cel%7Cde%7Cfr&format=json", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "pleiades", "work": "Pleiades: Thessalonica", "locator": "491741", "url": "https://pleiades.stoa.org/places/491741/json", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Ernest DeWitt Burton", "work": "The Politarchs, American Journal of Theology 2", "year": "1898", "view": "Collects 17 inscriptions attesting politarchs (19 with probable restorations). Shows that Thessalonica had politarchs from Augustus to Antoninus Pius, dates the Vardar Gate block after 30 BC and possibly as late as AD 143 or later, and records the office also in Thrace, Bithynia, the Bosporus and Egypt." }, { "author": "Illinois Greek Club (trans.)", "work": "Aeneas Tacticus, Asclepiodotus, Onasander (Loeb Classical Library)", "year": "1923", "view": "In a note on Aeneas Tacticus 26.12, observes that this rare title occurs elsewhere almost exclusively at Thessalonica and its vicinity, and suggests Aeneas met it during military service in the north Aegean." }, { "author": "Charles Edson", "work": "Inscriptiones Graecae X 2,1: Inscriptiones Thessalonicae et viciniae", "year": "1972", "view": "The standard corpus of Thessalonian inscriptions. Athanasiadis (2026) reports that Edson dated the politarch list IG X 2,1 126 to the 2nd century AD." }, { "author": "G. H. R. Horsley", "work": "The Politarchs, in D. W. J. Gill and C. Gempf (eds.), The Book of Acts in Its Graeco-Roman Setting", "year": "1994", "view": "Collects and analyses the non-literary evidence for politarchs; later epigraphers and New Testament scholars cite it as a standard reference on the office." }, { "author": "G. H. R. Horsley", "work": "Politarchs in Macedonia and Beyond, Mediterranean Archaeology 7", "year": "1994", "view": "Collects and analyses the non-literary evidence for politarchs in Macedonia and elsewhere; later epigraphers cite it as a standard reference on the office." }, { "author": "Colin J. Hemer", "work": "The Book of Acts in the Setting of Hellenistic History", "year": "1989", "view": "Applies epigraphic and archaeological evidence about local titles and institutions to the historicity of Acts, arguing that the author was well informed about the places he describes." }, { "author": "Richard I. Pervo", "work": "Dating Acts: Between the Evangelists and the Apologists", "year": "2006", "view": "Argues that Acts was written in the early 2nd century (about AD 115). On this view, accurate local titles cannot by themselves secure an early date." }, { "author": "Manuela Mari", "work": "Istituzioni cittadine della Macedonia preromana: alcune novità epigrafiche, Historika 7", "year": "2017", "view": "Argues that the ephebarchic law from Amphipolis, a royal-period text recopied in 24/3 BC, settles that politarchs existed before the Roman settlement of 167 BC, while their spread to all Macedonian cities, and probably the growth in their numbers, belongs to the Roman period." }, { "author": "Bradley Ritter", "work": "On the 'politeuma in Heracleopolis', Scripta Classica Israelica 30", "year": "2011", "view": "Reads the petitions to the politarches in the Ptolemaic Heracleopolis papyri as addressed to that city's civic politeuma, not to the head of a Jewish association as their editors proposed. Either way, the title also occurs in Ptolemaic Egypt." }, { "author": "Giorgos Athanasiadis", "work": "Roman Rule and Local Society in the Province of Macedonia: The Case of Thessaloniki, CHS Research Bulletin 14", "year": "2026", "view": "Dates a politarch list he cites as IG X 2,1 126, described in terms that fit the Vardar Gate text (a first politarch named with his mother and his father's full Roman name, two officials surnamed Rheglos), to the early 1st century AD, saying it was rightly redated from Edson's 2nd-century date on prosopographical grounds." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q96631855", "label": "Golden Gate (Vardar Gate), Thessaloniki" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q7210123", "label": "Politarch" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q17151", "label": "Thessaloniki" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "491741", "label": "Thessalonica" } ], "title": "Ny soratra politarchs tany Tesalonika sy ny vaton’ny Vavahady Vardar", "summary": "Mampiseho ny soratra avy any Tesalonika fa mampiasa ny anaram-boninahitra marina, politarchs, ho an’ireo manam-pahefana sivily ambony tao an-tanàna ny Asan’ny Apostoly 17:6 sy 17:8: lahatsoratra manomboka amin’ny andron’i Augustus hatramin’ny 143 taor. J.K. no mitanisa filankevitra misy dimy na enina. Ny vato avy amin’ny Vavahady Vardar, ao amin’ny British Museum ankehitriny, dia mitanisa enina araka ny famakiana mahazatra, na dia iadian-kevitra aza ny datiny. Tsy fahita firy amin’ny literatiora ilay anaram-boninahitra, nefa fahita amin’ny soratra tany Makedonia. Tsy manamarina zava-nitranga, antoka na olona ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 17:1–9 ireo vato.", "dating": "Tsy misy raikipohy fanomezana daty ny vato avy amin’ny Vavahady Vardar. Napetrak’i Burton taorian’ny 30 tal. J.K. izy io, ary mety ho tara hatramin’ny 143 taor. J.K. na tatỳ aoriana; i Athanasiadis kosa mametraka lisitra izay tononiny hoe IG X 2,1 126, ary faritany amin’ny teny mifanaraka amin’ity lahatsoratra ity, amin’ny fiandohan’ny taonjato voalohany taor. J.K., fa tsy amin’ny taonjato faharoa araka an’i Edson. Ireo lahatsoratra politarch hafa tany Tesalonika dia manomboka amin’ny andron’i Augustus hatramin’ny 143 taor. J.K.", "currentLocation": "British Museum, Londres (vato avy amin’ny Vavahady Vardar, natolotr’i J. E. Blunt tamin’ny 1877, araka ny GIBM). Very ilay lahatsoratra politarch tamin’ny andron’i Augustus avy amin’ny vavahady Kalamaria (Burton).", "establishes": [ "Nivondrona tao amin’ny filankevitra nantsoina hoe politarchs ireo manam-pahefana sivily ambony tany Tesalonika, ireo tompon’andraikitra antsoin’ny dika anglisin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 17:6 sy 17:8 hoe mpitondra ny tanàna. Lahatsoratra tamin’ny andron’i Augustus avy amin’ny vavahady Kalamaria, very ankehitriny, no manonona dimy; lahatsoratra tamin’ny 143 taor. J.K. no manonona enina; ary ny vato avy amin’ny Vavahady Vardar dia manonona enina araka ny famakiana mahazatra. Mifanaraka amin’ilay filankevitra maromaro nanolorana an’i Jasona sy ny mpino hafa izany.", "Ao amin’ny literatiora Grika mbola voatahiry, dia ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ihany no ahitana ilay anaram-boninahitra; manana endrika mifandray aminy, politarchos, kosa ny Aeneas Tacticus 26.12 (tapaky ny taonjato faha-4 tal. J.K.). Manaporofo matetika an’ilay andraikitra ny soratra voasokitra, any Makedonia ny ankamaroany indrindra. Koa voambolana faritra voafaritra tsara no ampiasain’ny Asan’ny Apostoly, fa tsy teny ankapobeny ilazana mpitondra.", "Manonona koa ny filankevitry ny tanàna (boule) sy ny vahoaka (demos) ilay lahatsoratra tamin’ny 143 taor. J.K., ilay toe-javatra sivily heverin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 17:5–9 rehefa mikatsaka hitondra ireo misionera hivoaka ho eo amin’ny vahoaka ny olona. Fanao mahazatra tao amin’ny tanàna Grika ny fivoriana sy ny filankevitra, koa antsipiriany ankapobeny izany; ny anaram-boninahitra politarch no fifanarahana miavaka." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy manamarina zava-nitranga ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 17:1–9 izy io: na ny fitoriana tao amin’ny synagoga, na ilay rotaka, na ny fampiantranoan’i Jasona, na ny antoka nalaina tamin’i Jasona sy ny hafa.", "Voaporofo ilay andraikitra nanomboka talohan’ny fandaminana nataon’ny Romana tamin’ny 167 tal. J.K. (araka ny famakian’i Mari ny lalàna ephebarchique tany Amfipolia) ka hatramin’ny taonjato faha-3 taor. J.K., tany amin’ny tanàna maro tao Makedonia sy tany ankoatra. Koa tsy afaka mamaritra irery ny datin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly na mampiseho fa vavolombelona nahita maso ny mpanoratra azy ny fampiasana marina ilay anaram-boninahitra.", "Fahita ireo anarana Sosipatros, Sekondo ao amin’ny soratra ary Gaio ao amin’ny soratra eo amin’ilay vato. I Sekondo ao amin’ny soratra no rain’ilay politarch voalohany, ary i Gaio ao amin’ny soratra no anarana voalohan’ny politarch iray hafa, Gaio Agilleius Poteitus; koa tsy mampahafantatra an’i Sekondo na Gaio ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 19:29 sy 20:4, na Sosipater ao amin’ny Romana 16:21 izy ireo." ], "debate": "Anisan’ny fanontaniana misokatra ny datin’ny vato avy amin’ny Vavahady Vardar. Nifototra tamin’ny anarana diso novakina ny daty flaviana na tatỳ aoriana napetrak’i Boeckh (tsy talohan’ny 69 taor. J.K.); napetrak’i Burton taorian’ny 30 tal. J.K. izy io, ary mety ho tamin’ny 143 taor. J.K. na tatỳ aoriana; i Athanasiadis kosa mitatitra fametrahana daty vaovao amin’ny fiandohan’ny taonjato voalohany ho an’ny lisitra iray tononiny hoe IG X 2,1 126, izay toa ity lahatsoratra ity, manohitra ny daty taonjato faharoa napetrak’i Edson. Mitanisa politarchs enina ilay vato araka ny famakiana mahazatra, na dia noheverin’i Mordtmann ho azo atao aza ny dimy. Ny fanontaniana lehibe kokoa dia ny habetsahan’ny fanampian’ny anaram-boninahitra marina iray amin’ny fahatokisana ny Asan’ny Apostoly: raisin’i Hemer ho porofon’ny mpanoratra nahalala tsara ny zava-misy ny antsipiriany toy izany, fa i Pervo mametraka ny Asan’ny Apostoly tokony ho tamin’ny 115 taor. J.K. Tsy voamarina ny filazana fa nisalasala tamin’ilay anaram-boninahitra ny manam-pahaizana mandra-pahitan’ity vato ity: efa navoaka tamin’ny 1740 izy io, ary efa nanonona azy ny rakibolana Testamenta Vaovao tamin’ny taonjato faha-19 (Burton).", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Mpanoratra nahalala tsara, nefa tatỳ aoriana", "statement": "Mampiseho ny porofon’i Burton fa mbola nisy politarchs hatramin’ny taonjato faha-3 taor. J.K.; koa mbola afaka nampiasa tsara ilay anaram-boninahitra ny mpanoratra nahalala tsara, nanoratra tamin’ny fiandohan’ny taonjato faha-2 (araka ny hevitr’i Pervo momba ny Asan’ny Apostoly). Araka io hevitra io, manamarina ny fahamarinan’ny toe-javatra ireo soratra, fa tsy daty aloha na fitantaran’ny vavolombelona nahita maso." }, { "label": "Antsipiriany marina ao anatin’ny tohan-kevitra mitambatra", "statement": "Raisin’i Hemer sy ny hafa ho iray amin’ireo antsipiriany marina maro momba ny toerana ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ilay anaram-boninahitra marina; rehefa atambatra ireo dia manondro mpanoratra nahalala akaiky ireo toerana faritany. Na araka io hevitra io aza, ny anaram-boninahitra no hamarinin’ireo soratra, fa tsy ilay tantara." }, { "label": "Fomba tany Makedonia, fa tsy tany Tesalonika irery", "statement": "Voaporofo tany amin’ny tanàna hafa tao Makedonia, ary tany Thrace, Bitynia sy Bosporus koa ny politarchs; ary misy politarches ao amin’ny papiry ptolemaika avy any Heracleopolis any Ejipta. Noho izany, marina ho an’ny tanàna iray ao Makedonia amin’ny ankapobeny ilay teny, fa tsy antsipiriany fantatry ny ao anatiny sy tsy hita afa-tsy tany Tesalonika, na dia avy any Tesalonika aza ny ampahany lehibe tsy mahazatra amin’ny porofo." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence/thessalonica-politarchs" }, { "id": "sergius-paulus-inscriptions", "kind": "inscription", "dateFrom": 14, "dateTo": 96, "corpusReferences": [ "CIL VI 31545", "ILS 5926", "EDR127293", "TM 281782", "EDH HD046352", "AE 2002, 1457", "TM 176947", "EDH HD046353", "AE 2002, 1458", "TM 176948", "IGR III 300", "Sterrett, EJ 134,108", "JRS 3 (1913) 262,5", "IGR III 930", "ABSA 42 (1947) 201,1", "IGR III 935", "SEG 20:302", "SEG 55:1526", "Myres 1914, no. 1903" ], "confidence": "medium", "epistemicStatus": "debated", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 13:6-12", "Acts 13:7" ], "personIds": [ "person.sergius-paulus", "person.paul", "person.barnabas", "person.elymas", "person.claudius" ], "placeIds": [ "place.rome", "place.cyprus", "place.paphos", "place.pisidian-antioch" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "edcs", "work": "Epigraphik-Datenbank Clauss/Slaby: CIL 06, 31545 (p 3796, 4362) = ILS 5926; TM 281782", "locator": "EDCS-19500065 (CIL 06, 31545 (p 3796, 4362) = ILS 5926; TM 281782)", "url": "https://edcs.hist.uzh.ch/data/monument/195/19500065.json", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "edh-heidelberg", "work": "Epigraphic Database Heidelberg: honorific base of L. Sergius Paullus filius, Antiochia Pisidiae", "locator": "EDH HD046352 (AE 2002, 1457; TM 176947)", "url": "https://edh.ub.uni-heidelberg.de/data/api/inschrift/suche?hd_nr=HD046352", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "edh-heidelberg", "work": "Epigraphic Database Heidelberg: fragment naming Paullus Ser[gius] and L. Serg[ius], Antiochia Pisidiae", "locator": "EDH HD046353 (AE 2002, 1458; TM 176948)", "url": "https://edh.ub.uni-heidelberg.de/data/api/inschrift/suche?hd_nr=HD046353", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "museum-record", "author": "John L. Myres", "work": "Handbook of the Cesnola Collection of Antiquities from Cyprus (Metropolitan Museum of Art)", "year": "1914", "locator": "no. 1903, p. 319 (appendix text p. 548)", "url": "https://archive.org/download/handbookofcesnol00metruoft/handbookofcesnol00metruoft_djvu.txt", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "ramsay-st-paul-traveller", "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen", "year": "1896", "locator": "ch. IV, p. 74", "url": "https://archive.org/download/stpaultravellerr00rams/stpaultravellerr00rams_djvu.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "dated \"in the proconsulship of Paulus,\" who probably is the same governor that played a part in the strange and interesting scene now to be described.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "dio-cassius-cary", "author": "Cassius Dio", "translator": "Earnest Cary", "work": "Roman History (Loeb Classical Library, vol. VI)", "year": "1917", "locator": "54.4.1", "url": "https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Cassius_Dio/54*.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "It was at this time that he restored to the people both Cyprus and Gallia Narbonensis as districts no longer needing the presence of his armies; and thus proconsuls began to be sent to those provinces also.", "role": "primary-text" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "work": "The Bearing of Recent Discovery on the Trustworthiness of the New Testament", "year": "1915", "view": "Proposed, as a hypothesis, that the Antioch L. Sergius Paullus was the proconsul's son, whom he inferred governed Galatia about AD 72-74, and that Sergia Paulla was the proconsul's daughter. Held that Christianity passed into this female line, while the son's branch stayed pagan." }, { "author": "R. Cagnat (ed.)", "work": "Inscriptiones Graecae ad res Romanas pertinentes III", "year": "1906", "view": "Suggests that the Quintus Ser[gius] of no. 935 was perhaps proconsul of Cyprus, and doubts that the Paulus of no. 930 is L. Sergius Paullus." }, { "author": "T. B. Mitford", "work": "Notes on Some Published Inscriptions of Roman Cyprus (Annual of the British School at Athens 42)", "year": "1947", "view": "Re-edited the Soli epitaph. As reported by van Elderen, he read the Paulus year as 10, computed AD 50 at the earliest if it is a Claudian regnal year, judged the inscription probably considerably later, and thought Myres's restoration at Kythrea at least plausible." }, { "author": "Bastiaan Van Elderen", "work": "Some Archaeological Observations on Paul's First Missionary Journey, in Apostolic History and the Gospel (ed. W. W. Gasque and R. P. Martin)", "year": "1970", "view": "Held that the Soli text cannot be tied to the Acts proconsul and that the Tiber-curator identification is unproven, since nothing links L. Sergius Paullus to Cyprus. Rejected Ramsay's family theory, and thought the Kythrea fragment the most attractive candidate, with reservation." }, { "author": "Douglas A. Campbell", "work": "Possible Inscriptional Attestation to Sergius Paul[l]us (Acts 13:6-12), and the Implications for Pauline Chronology (Journal of Theological Studies n.s. 56)", "year": "2005", "view": "Restores Tiberius and Quintus Sergius Paul[l]us, probably the governor, in the Kythrea text. On that cautious restoration, Paul's first journey took place during or before AD 37, about ten years earlier than usually thought." }, { "author": "Jonathan Bernier", "work": "When Paul Met Sergius: An Assessment of Douglas Campbell's Pauline Chronology for the Years 36 to 37 (Journal of Biblical Literature 138)", "year": "2019", "view": "Judges Campbell's reconstruction not impossible on the present data, but improbable enough that it should be rejected." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q2566388", "label": "Sergius Paulus, proconsul of Cyprus" }, { "scheme": "trismegistos", "id": "281782", "label": "CIL VI 31545, Tiber cippus naming L. Sergius Paullus" }, { "scheme": "trismegistos", "id": "176947", "label": "Base of L. Sergius Paullus filius, Pisidian Antioch (EDH HD046352)" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "423025", "label": "Roma" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "609307", "label": "Antiochia/Col. Caesarea (Pisidian Antioch)" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "707624", "label": "Soloi/Aipeia? (Cyprus)" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "707496", "label": "Chyt(h)roi (Kythrea, Cyprus)" } ], "title": "Soratra mety manonona an’i Sergio Paolo prokonsily", "summary": "Tsy misy soratra mbola voatahiry manonona azo antoka an’i Sergio Paolo prokonsily ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 13:7. Vato famaritana sisin-tany tamin’ny andron’i Klaodio tany Roma no manonona senatera iray, L. Sergius Paullus; misy Sergii Paulli tany Antiokia any Pisidia tatỳ aoriana tamin’io taonjato io; soratra fasana avy any Soli no manonona andraikitra notanana teo ambany fitondran’i Paulus prokonsily; sombiny avy any Kythrea no vakina ho manonona an’i Quintus Serg-. Mampiseho izy ireo fa mifanaraka amin’ny senatera tamin’io fotoana io ilay anarana; nefa miankina amin’ny famerenana soratra, fehin-kevitra notsoahina na lahatsoratra tsy misy daty ny rohy rehetra amin’ny mpitondra an’i Kyprosy.", "dating": "Vato cippus tany Roma, 41–54 taor. J.K. (Klaodio; manolotra 41–47 ny EDR). Sombiny avy any Kythrea: tapany voalohan’ny taonjato voalohany araka ny firaketan’ny Met, ary taonjato voalohany araka ny endriky ny litera (van Elderen), ka averina ho Tiberius na Klaodio ilay emperora. Soratra fasana avy any Soli, taorian’i Klaodio (PHI); taloha kokoa ilay taonan’i Paulus prokonsily lazainy, ary tsy misy vanim-potoana fanisana taona voatonona. Antiokia any Pisidia: lahatsoratra Sergia Paulla, 81–96 taor. J.K.; tsy misy daty ny faladian-tsangambaton’i L. Sergius Paullus filius (napetrak’i Ramsay tamin’ny 60–100 taor. J.K. ny litera ao amin’ilay lahatsoratra mitovy avy any Salir).", "currentLocation": "Roma, Museo Nazionale Romano, tokotanin’ny cloître Michelangelo, inv. 242 (cippus avy amin’i Tiber, araka ny EDR). New York, Metropolitan Museum of Art, Cesnola Collection, accession 74.51.2425 (sombiny avy any Kythrea, araka ny firaketan’ny Met). Tsy voamarina ny toerana misy ireo vato avy any Soli sy Antiokia any Pisidia ankehitriny.", "establishes": [ "Prokonsily no nitondra an’i Kyprosy taorian’ny namerenan’i Augustus azy ho eo ambany fitantanan’ny vahoaka tokony ho tamin’ny 22 tal. J.K. (Dio 54.4.1); koa mifanaraka amin’ilay vanim-potoana ny anaram-boninahitra omen’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ny mpitondra ilay nosy, araka ny nohamafisin’i Ramsay.", "Cippus famaritana sisin-tany avy eo amoron’i Tiber tany Roma (CIL VI 31545 = ILS 5926), natsangana araka ny fahefan’i Klaodio (41–54 taor. J.K.), no mitanisa an’i L. Sergius Paullus ho iray amin’ny mpikarakara dimy ny morona sy ny lalan’ilay renirano. Noho izany, nisy senatera nitondra ireo anarana roa omen’ny Asan’ny Apostoly nitana andraikitra ampahibemaso tany Roma tamin’ny andron’i Klaodio.", "Tany Antiokia any Pisidia, faladian-tsangambato fanomezam-boninahitra tsy misy daty (EDH HD046352) no manonona an’i L. Sergius Paullus, zanak’i Lucius, antsoina hoe filius (ilay zandriny), teo am-piandohan’ny asa maha-senatera: mpikarakara lalana (IIIIvir viarum curandarum), tribon’ny tafika ao amin’ny legio VI Ferrata, ary quaestor. Navoakan’i Ramsay ny lahatsoratra mitovy avy amin’ny dika natao tany Salir tamin’ny 1912. Manome voninahitra ny rafozambavin’i Paullus Ser[gius] ny sombiny iray (EDH HD046353).", "Lahatsoratra fanomezam-boninahitra amin’ny teny grika, tamin’ny 81–96 taor. J.K., avy any Antiokia any Pisidia (IGR III 300), no manonona an’i [Ser]gia(?) Paulla, zanakavavin’i Lucius, ho vadin’i C. Caristanius Fronto, legatan’i Domitian tany Lykia sy Pamfylia; naverina amin’ny ampahany ilay anarana Sergia. Miaraka amin’ilay faladian-tsangambato, manondro fianakaviana senatera Sergii Paulli nomena voninahitra tany Antiokia any Pisidia tamin’ny faramparan’ny taonjato voalohany izy io.", "Soratra fasana avy any Soli (IGR III 930) no mitatitra fa i Apollonios, fony censor, no nanavao ny lisitry ny filankevitra tamin’ny taona faha-10 teo ambany fitondran’i Paulus prokonsily (naverina amin’ny ampahany ilay anaram-boninahitra; tsy misy vanim-potoana fanisana taona voatonona). Sombiny avy any Kythrea (IGR III 935) no vakina hoe Quintus Serg-, eo anilan’ny emperora iray very anarana. Averin’ny tonian-dahatsoratra ho raikipohy fanomezana daty manonona ilay mpitondra izy io; hafa kosa ny famakian’i Rigsby azy." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy misy amin’ireo soratra ireo manonona azo antoka an’ilay prokonsily ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 13:7. Tsy manome andraikitra tany Kyprosy ilay vato tany Roma, Paulus ihany no omen’ny lahatsoratra Soli, ary eo amin’ilay sombiny Kythrea dia famerenan’ny tonian-dahatsoratra manontolo ireo teny Paulus sy proconsul.", "Tsy mamaritra ny datin’ny fitsidihan’i Paoly an’i Kyprosy izy ireo. Ny famerenana ny lahatsoratra Kythrea dia manomboka amin’i Tiberius (Campbell: hatramin’ny 37 taor. J.K.) ka hatramin’i Klaodio (SEG 20.302: 46–48 taor. J.K.), ary tsy misy vanim-potoana fanisana taona voatonona amin’ilay taonan’i Paulus any Soli.", "Tsy mampiseho izy ireo fa taranak’ilay mpitondra an’i Kyprosy ny Sergii Paulli tany Antiokia any Pisidia, na hoe lasa Kristiana izy na ny havany. Mifototra amin’ny fehin-kevitra avy amin’ny anarana sy ny fahanginana ny fanarenan’i Ramsay ilay fianakaviana, ary izy mihitsy no niantso izany hoe petrakevitra. Tsy manamarina ilay tantara momba an’i Elyma koa ireo vato." ], "debate": "Voaporofo amin’ny soratra voasokitra ve ilay prokonsily ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly? Maro no mampitovy azy amin’i L. Sergius Paullus mpikarakara an’i Tiber, satria mety ho taloha na taorian’ny andraikitra mpikarakara tamin’ny andron’i Klaodio ny andraikitra prokonsily tany Kyprosy. Nefa, araka ny nohamafisin’i van Elderen, tsy misy lahatsoratra mampifandray io lehilahy io amin’i Kyprosy, ary tsy manome praenomen ny Asan’ny Apostoly. Tsy manana anaram-pianakaviana ilay Paulus any Soli: nikajy 50 taor. J.K. ho daty aloha indrindra i Mitford, araka ny tatitr’i van Elderen, ary nihevitra fa azo inoana fa tara lavitra kokoa ilay soratra; ny famakian’i Ramsay taloha kosa nandray ilay teny ho datin’ilay vato mihitsy. Quintus Serg- ihany no mbola voatahiry any Kythrea, ka nolavin’i Myres ilay fifandraisana. Naverin’i Campbell ho Tiberius ilay anarana ary napetrany hatramin’ny 37 taor. J.K. ilay fitsidihana, fizotry ny fotoana heverin’i Bernier ho tsy azo inoana. Nolavin’i van Elderen ho tombantombana loatra ny teoria momba ny fianakaviana tany Antiokia any Pisidia naroson’i Ramsay.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Fampitoviana amin’ilay mpikarakara an’i Tiber", "statement": "Araka io hevitra io, L. Sergius Paullus, ilay mpikarakara an’i Tiber tamin’ny andron’i Klaodio ao amin’ny CIL VI 31545, no ilay prokonsily ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 13:7, ka nitondra an’i Kyprosy taloha na taorian’io andraikitra io. Mahatonga izany ho azo inoana ny anarana sy ny daty, nefa tsy misy soratra mampifandray azy amin’i Kyprosy, ary tsy manome praenomen ny Asan’ny Apostoly." }, { "label": "Quintus Sergius any Kythrea", "statement": "Araka ny famerenan’i Campbell, manonona an’i Quintus Serg[ius Paullus], azo inoana fa ilay mpitondra, ilay sombiny; naverina manontolo ny Paulus sy proconsul. Averin’i Campbell ho Tiberius ilay anarana, ka apetrany hatramin’ny 37 taor. J.K., aloha noho ny mahazatra, ny asa misionera tany Kyprosy; averin’ilay famakiana taloha SEG 20.302 ho Klaodio kosa izy io (46–48). Nihevitra i Myres fa Lucius ilay prokonsily ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly, ka nandà ilay fifandraisana; i van Elderen nihevitra azy ho kandidà mahasarika indrindra, nefa nitandrina." }, { "label": "Ny petrakevitr’i Ramsay momba ny fianakaviana", "statement": "Nanolotra ho petrakevitra i Ramsay fa zanakalahin’ilay prokonsily i L. Sergius Paullus tany Antiokia any Pisidia, ary zanany vavy i Sergia Paulla, ka nifindra tamin’ny alalany ho amin’ny zanany lahy ny fivavahana kristiana, fa mbola mpanompo sampy kosa ny taranaka lahy. Nolavin’i van Elderen ilay rafitra, ka notanisainy ny fitsaran’i Lake fa fampifandraisana marani-tsaina nefa tsy maharesy lahatra izany." }, { "label": "Mbola tsy voaporofo", "statement": "Tsy misy soratra mbola voatahiry manonona azo antoka ilay prokonsily ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly. Senatera maromaro no nitondra ny anarana Paullus: ny IGR III 939 any Palaepaphos dia manonona an’i Paullus Fabius Maximus, izay notsoahin’i Dessau fa nitondra an’i Kyprosy. Tsy afaka mamaha ny fampitoviana olona ny anarana iombonana fotsiny." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence/sergius-paulus-inscriptions" }, { "id": "derbe-inscription", "kind": "inscription", "dateFrom": 157, "dateTo": 600, "corpusReferences": [ "SEG 16.758" ], "confidence": "high", "epistemicStatus": "source-supported", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 14:6", "Acts 14:20-21", "Acts 16:1", "Acts 20:4" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul", "person.barnabas", "person.timothy", "person.gaius" ], "placeIds": [ "place.derbe", "place.lystra", "place.lycaonia", "place.galatia" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "sterrett-wolfe-expedition", "author": "J. R. S. Sterrett", "work": "The Wolfe Expedition to Asia Minor (Papers of the American School of Classical Studies at Athens III)", "year": "1888", "locator": "p. 22 (itinerary for 5 June, Bosola to Almassen)", "url": "https://archive.org/download/papersofamerican03arch/papersofamerican03arch_djvu.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "I consider that the ruins of Bosola and Losta, being so near together, represent one and the same ancient city. This city I should like to call Derbe. Stephanus Byzantinus says Derbe was a fortress of Isauria, a designation which would suit this site well enough.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "ramsay-st-paul-traveller", "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen", "year": "1896", "locator": "ch. VIII §5, p. 192", "url": "https://archive.org/download/stpaultravellerr00rams/stpaultravellerr00rams_djvu.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Derbe alone is not mentioned either in the tradition (so far as my knowledge extends) or in the history of the Church until we come down to A.D. 381, when its bishop Daphnus was present at the Council of Constantinople.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "ramsay-st-paul-traveller", "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen", "year": "1896", "locator": "ch. V §9, p. 120", "url": "https://archive.org/download/stpaultravellerr00rams/stpaultravellerr00rams_djvu.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "In Derbe nothing special is recorded : the same process went on as in previous cases. Here on the limits of the Roman province the Apostles turned.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "pleiades", "work": "Pleiades: Derbe/Claudioderbe", "locator": "Pleiades 648620", "url": "https://pleiades.stoa.org/places/648620/json", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "wikidata", "work": "Wikidata: Derbe (ancient city)", "locator": "Q20717624", "url": "https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Special:EntityData/Q20717624.json", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "M. Ballance", "work": "The Site of Derbe: A New Inscription (Anatolian Studies 7)", "year": "1957", "view": "Published the dedication by the council and people of Derbe that he found in 1956 at Kerti Höyük, about 22 km north-north-east of Karaman, and argued that Derbe lay north-east of Laranda rather than at the western sites proposed by Sterrett and Ramsay. Van Elderen reports that he judged the block too heavy to have travelled far." }, { "author": "M. H. Ballance", "work": "Derbe and Faustinopolis (Anatolian Studies 14)", "year": "1964", "view": "Judged that the lack of Byzantine settlement at Kerti Höyük counted against it as the city site, and reported the Michael epitaph he was shown at Sudurağı (Sidrova) in 1958. Because that stone was said to come from Devri Şehri, he proposed Devri Şehri as Derbe (as reported by Van Elderen and by Wagner and Wilson)." }, { "author": "George Ogg", "work": "Derbe (New Testament Studies 9)", "year": "1963", "view": "In light of the re-siting, judged that no compelling reason had been given for placing Derbe in the province of Galatia in Paul's time, leaving it an open question (as reported by Van Elderen and by Wagner and Wilson)." }, { "author": "Bastiaan Van Elderen", "work": "Some Archaeological Observations on Paul's First Missionary Journey, in Apostolic History and the Gospel (ed. W. W. Gasque and R. P. Martin)", "year": "1970", "view": "Was told in 1962 that the Michael stone came from Kerti Höyük, and held that Derbe lay near, and probably on, that mound. Argued that Acts 14:20 dates only the departure for Derbe and need not mean a one-day journey, and that Derbe's provincial status in Paul's day could not yet be decided." }, { "author": "Gertrud Laminger-Pascher", "work": "Die kaiserzeitlichen Inschriften Lykaoniens, Faszikel I (Ergänzungsbände zu den Tituli Asiae Minoris 15)", "year": "1992", "view": "Corpus of the imperial-period inscriptions of Lycaonia; the MAMA XI overview of southern Lykaonia cites its Derbe section." }, { "author": "Peter Thonemann (ed.)", "work": "Monumenta Asiae Minoris Antiqua XI (Journal of Roman Studies Monograph)", "year": "2013", "view": "Its overview of southern Lykaonia calls Kerti Höyük the likely site of ancient Derbe." }, { "author": "Richard J. A. Talbert (ed.)", "work": "Barrington Atlas of the Greek and Roman World", "year": "2000", "view": "Map 66 has an entry Derbe/Claudioderbe (cited by Pleiades). Wagner and Wilson report that the map marks Derbe/Claudioderbe at Kerti Höyük and a Derbe at Devri Şehri, leaving the centre ambiguous." }, { "author": "A. H. M. Jones", "work": "The Cities of the Eastern Roman Provinces", "year": "1971", "view": "As reported by Wagner and Wilson, held that Derbe probably received its Claudian prefix from Claudius himself, like Iconium and other cities refounded in his reign, and so was not in the kingdom of Antiochus IV." }, { "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "work": "The Cities of St. Paul", "year": "1907", "view": "Placed Derbe at the Gudelisin mound north-west of Karaman, arguing from surface remains, road geography and a bishopric-list gloss linking Derbe with Possala; he had no inscription naming the city." }, { "author": "Cilliers Breytenbach and Christiane Zimmermann", "work": "Early Christianity in Lycaonia and Adjacent Areas: From Paul to Amphilochius of Iconium", "year": "2018", "view": "As reported by Wagner and Wilson: both mounds lie within Derbe's territory, and the city was near the Laranda-Sidamaria road. They also hold that Derbe was under Antiochus IV of Commagene, not Roman rule, when Paul visited." }, { "author": "Bob Wagner and Mark Wilson", "work": "Why Derbe? An Unlikely Lycaonian City for Paul's Ministry (Tyndale Bulletin 70.1)", "year": "2019", "view": "Review the history of attempts to locate Derbe. They hold that the two inscriptions situate it more precisely but leave the choice between Kerti Höyük and Devri Şehri open, and report that excavation begun at Kerti Höyük in 2013 did not continue and is unpublished." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "648620", "label": "Derbe/Claudioderbe" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q20717624", "label": "Derbe (ancient city)" }, { "scheme": "trismegistos", "id": "59721", "label": "Derbe (Kerti Hüyük)" } ], "title": "Soratra manonona an’i Derbe akaikin’i Karaman (Kerti Höyük sy Devri Şehri)", "summary": "Soratra roa amin’ny teny grika no manonona an’i Derbe eo amin’ny lemaka avaratra-atsinanan’i Karaman (Laranda fahiny). Ny iray dia fanolorana sivily ho an’i Antoninus Pius tamin’ny 157 taor. J.K., hita teo amin’ny Kerti Höyük (soratana koa hoe Kerti Hüyük) tamin’ny 1956. Ny iray dia soratra fasana tatỳ aoriana an’i Michael, evekan’i Derbe, hita tany Sudurağı akaiky teo. Rehefa atambatra izy roa dia mametraka an’i Derbe ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 14:20–21 sy 16:1 ao amin’io faritra io. Tsy tamin’ny taonjato voalohany izy roa, ary mbola iadian-kevitra ny toerana marin’ilay tanàna.", "dating": "157 taor. J.K. ho an’ilay fanolorana sivily ho an’i Antoninus Pius (Van Elderen; Wagner sy Wilson). Ny soratra fasan’ilay eveka dia manome ny 8 Jona amin’ny taona faha-14 amin’ny tsingerina indiction ihany; noheverin’i Van Elderen fa mety ho faramparan’ny taonjato faha-4 ka hatramin’ny faha-5 ireo litera, ary manome ny taonjato faha-5–faha-6 i Wagner sy Wilson.", "currentLocation": "Konya Archaeological Museum (fanolorana; Van Elderen 1970, ary Wagner sy Wilson 2019 manonona an’i McLean 2002). Zaridainan’ny Karaman Archaeological Museum (soratra fasan’i Michael; Wagner sy Wilson 2019).", "establishes": [ "Tamin’ny 1956 no nahitan’i Ballance vato sokay nisy soratra teo amin’ny tehezan’ny Kerti Höyük, tokony ho 22 km avaratra-avaratra-atsinanan’i Karaman (SEG 16.758). Manome voninahitra an’i Antoninus Pius izy io, tamin’ny 157 taor. J.K., ary natsangan’ny filankevitra (boule) sy ny vahoaka (demos) tao Derbe; averin’ilay lahatsoratra navoaka ho [Claudio]derbetans ny anaran’ny mponin’ilay tanàna.", "Noho izany, tamin’ny tapaky ny taonjato faha-2 dia vondrom-piarahamonina sivily nitantana tena i Derbe, nanana ny filankeviny sy ny fivoriany, ary nanome voninahitra ny emperora araka ny endrika sivily Grika mahazatra.", "Soratra fasana Kristiana iray no mamaritra an’i Michael ho evekan’i Derbe tena tia an’Andriamanitra, ary omena daty 8 Jona amin’ny taona faha-14 amin’ny tsingerina indiction ihany. Hitan’i Ballance tany Sudurağı (Sidrova) izy io tamin’ny 1958, ary hitan’i Van Elderen tamin’ny 1962. Manaporofo foiben’ny eveka tany Derbe tatỳ aoriana tao amin’io faritra io ihany izy io.", "Rehefa atambatra ireo lahatsoratra roa dia mametraka an’i Derbe ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 14:6, 14:20–21 sy 16:1 any avaratra-atsinanan’i Laranda, tokony ho 95 km amin’ny tsipika mahitsy avy any Lystra. Nisolo ireo toerana natolotra taloha tany avaratra-andrefan’i Karaman izany (Bosola sy Losta, antsoina koa hoe Zosta, an’i Sterrett; Gudelisin an’i Ramsay), izay tsy nisy notohanan’ny soratra manonona an’i Derbe." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy avy amin’ny andron’i Paoly ny iray amin’ireo soratra ireo. Tokony ho zato taona tatỳ aoriana ilay fanolorana, ary mbola tatỳ aoriana kokoa ilay soratra fasana. Manaporofo ilay tanàna sy ny fiangonany tatỳ aoriana izy ireo, fa tsy ny fitorian’i Paoly sy Barnabasy tany, ny mpianatra azo tany, na ny fifandraisan’i Timoty na Gaio tamin’i Derbe.", "Tsy nisy hita tamin’ny fihadian-tany voarakitra ireo vato roa. Teo amin’ny tehezan’ilay havoana ilay fanolorana, ary miankina amin’ny tatitra nifanohitra nomena an’i Ballance sy Van Elderen ny toerana nahitana ilay soratra fasana. Koa tsy manapa-kevitra ireo vato raha Kerti Höyük, Devri Şehri, na faritany lehibe kokoa ahitana azy roa no foiben’ilay tanàna.", "Tsy mamaha ny sata nananan’ilay tanàna tamin’ny taona 40 ny anarany mifandray amin’i Klaodio: raisin’i Breytenbach sy Zimmermann (araka ny tatitr’i Wagner sy Wilson) ho voninahitra nomena tamin’ny andron’i Antiochus IV tany Commagene izany; i Jones kosa nandray ilay tovona ho nomen’i Klaodio mihitsy, ka hametraka an’i Derbe ho ivelan’ny fanjakan’i Antiochus.", "Tsy miteraka fifanoherana amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 14:20 izy ireo. Mametraka an’i Derbe tokony ho 95 km avy any Lystra ilay famindrana toerana, nefa ny fiaingana ihany no omen’ilay andininy fotoana, fa tsy ny fahatongavana; koa tsy voatery ho dia iray andro no tiany holazaina (Van Elderen)." ], "debate": "Noheverin’i Ballance fa tsy azo inoana ny hoe nafindra lavitra ilay vato mavesatra (tokony ho iray taonina, araka an’i Van Elderen), ka napetrany teo amin’ny Kerti Höyük na teo akaikiny i Derbe. Tamin’ny 1964 dia i Devri Şehri, tokony ho 4 km atsimo-atsimo-atsinanana, no nofidiny, satria tsy nahitana fonenana bizantina ny Kerti Höyük, ary nolazaina fa avy any Devri Şehri ny vaton’ilay eveka. Nilazana i Van Elderen tamin’ny 1962 fa avy any Kerti Höyük izy io; nanamarika zavatra bizantina teo amin’ny havoana akaiky izy, ary nitazona ny Kerti Höyük. I Van Elderen, MAMA ary ny lisitry ny toerana ao amin’ny faritanin’i Karaman dia manohana ny Kerti Höyük; manamarika azy roa kosa ny Barrington Atlas, araka ny tatitr’i Wagner sy Wilson. Mitatitra i Wagner sy Wilson fa nanomboka tamin’ny 2013 ny fihadian-tany, nefa tsy nitohy ary tsy navoaka. Mbola fanontaniana misokatra misaraka ny hoe tao anatin’i Galatia romana ve i Derbe rehefa tonga i Paoly.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Devri Şehri no toeran’ilay tanàna", "statement": "Nifidy an’i Devri Şehri, tokony ho 4 km atsimo-atsimo-atsinanan’ny Kerti Höyük, i Ballance (1964), satria tsy nahitana fonenana bizantina ny Kerti Höyük, ary nolazaina fa avy any Devri Şehri ny soratra fasan’ilay eveka. Manamarika i Wagner sy Wilson fa manaraka io fametrahana io ny IVP Atlas." }, { "label": "Faritany iray, foibe tsy voafaritra", "statement": "Araka ny tatitr’i Wagner sy Wilson (2019), raisin’i Breytenbach sy Zimmermann (2018) ho samy ao anatin’ny faritanin’i Derbe ireo havoana roa, ary apetrany akaikin’ny lalana Laranda-Sidamaria ilay tanàna nefa tsy faritany ny foiben’ny tanàna." }, { "label": "Fampitoviana taloha tany avaratra-andrefana", "statement": "Talohan’ny 1956, i Sterrett (Bosola sy Losta, antsoina koa hoe Zosta) ary avy eo i Ramsay (Gudelisin, ao amin’ny The Cities of St. Paul, 1907) dia nametraka an’i Derbe tany avaratra-andrefan’i Karaman, akaiky kokoa an’i Lystra. Nino mafy i Sterrett fa tsy maintsy akaikin’i Lystra i Derbe; i Ramsay kosa niantehitra tamin’ny sisa teny ambonin’ny tany, ny jeografian’ny lalana ary fanazavana tatỳ aoriana tao amin’ny lisitry ny foiben’ny eveka. Tsy nisy nanana soratra manonona an’i Derbe izy roa, ary niala tamin’io hevitra io ireo atlas vao haingana." }, { "label": "I Derbe tany ivelan’ny faritany tamin’ny andron’i Paoly", "statement": "Nilaza i Ogg (1963) fa mbola navelan’ilay famindrana toerana hisokatra ny hoe tao anatin’ny faritanin’i Galatia ve i Derbe tamin’ny andron’i Paoly; nanampy porofon’ny vola madinika i Van Elderen fa an’i Antiochus IV i Laranda teo akaiky nanomboka tamin’ny 41 taor. J.K. Apetrak’i Breytenbach sy Zimmermann (araka ny tatitra) ho eo ambany fitondran’i Antiochus IV i Derbe; i Jones kosa nihevitra fa avy amin’i Klaodio mihitsy ilay tovona mifandray aminy. Misy fiantraikany amin’ny teoria momba an’i Galatia atsimo ho an’ny Galatiana ny valiny." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-derbe-inscription" }, { "id": "corinth-macellum", "kind": "inscription", "dateFrom": -27, "dateTo": 50, "corpusReferences": [ "Corinth VIII.2 124", "Corinth VIII.2 125", "Corinth VIII.3 321", "EDH HD058881", "EDH HD058882", "EDCS-32001248", "EDCS-08200358", "TM 177612", "TM 177613" ], "confidence": "high", "epistemicStatus": "attested", "scriptureReferences": [ "1 Corinthians 10:25", "1 Corinthians 10:23-33", "1 Corinthians 8:1-13", "Acts 18:1-18" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul" ], "placeIds": [ "place.corinth", "place.achaia" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "edh-heidelberg", "work": "Epigraphic Database Heidelberg: building/dedicatory inscription from Colonia Laus Iulia Corinthus (West 124 + Kent 321, copy 1)", "locator": "EDH HD058881", "url": "https://edh.ub.uni-heidelberg.de/edh/inschrift/HD058881", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record", "author": "Epigraphic Database Heidelberg (Cowey)", "year": "2010" }, { "sourceKey": "edh-heidelberg", "work": "Epigraphic Database Heidelberg: building/dedicatory inscription from Colonia Laus Iulia Corinthus (West 125, copy 2)", "locator": "EDH HD058882", "url": "https://edh.ub.uni-heidelberg.de/edh/inschrift/HD058882", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record", "author": "Epigraphic Database Heidelberg (Cowey)", "year": "2012" }, { "sourceKey": "edcs", "work": "Epigraphik-Datenbank Clauss-Slaby (Corinth-08-02, 00124; Corinth-08-03, 00321)", "locator": "EDCS-32001248", "url": "https://edcs.hist.uzh.ch/data/monument/320/32001248.json", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "edcs", "work": "Epigraphik-Datenbank Clauss-Slaby (Corinth-08-02, 00125)", "locator": "EDCS-08200358", "url": "https://edcs.hist.uzh.ch/data/monument/082/08200358.json", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "trismegistos", "work": "Trismegistos text relations: Corinth macellum dedication, copy 1", "locator": "TM 177612", "url": "https://www.trismegistos.org/dataservices/texrelations/uri/177612", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "trismegistos", "work": "Trismegistos text relations: Corinth macellum dedication, copy 2", "locator": "TM 177613", "url": "https://www.trismegistos.org/dataservices/texrelations/uri/177613", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Henry J. Cadbury", "work": "The Macellum of Corinth (Journal of Biblical Literature 53)", "year": "1934", "view": "Cadbury believed he was the first to link the Corinthian MACELLV fragment, which he says was found in 1898, to Paul's term in 1 Corinthians 10:25. He reported West's dating to the last years of Augustus or the reign of Tiberius, questioned the assumption that both copies had identical wording and named a single Macellum Piscarium, and reported de Waele's proposal of two separate market buildings. He held that macella sold fish and other provisions as well as meat, doubted that they were necessarily close to idolatry, noted that the word's ultimate origin is disputed though it was regarded as Roman, and left the building's location open." }, { "author": "Allen Brown West", "work": "Corinth VIII.2: Latin Inscriptions, 1896-1926", "year": "1931", "view": "West published nos. 124 and 125 as dedications of a macellum by the Cornelii, with a piscarium, and on epigraphic grounds placed them in the last years of Augustus or the reign of Tiberius. Cadbury and Gill describe differently whether he inferred one combined Macellum Piscarium or a separate fish market. Known here only through their reports and the EDH and EDCS records." }, { "author": "John Harvey Kent", "work": "Corinth VIII.3: The Inscriptions, 1926-1950", "year": "1966", "view": "Kent added a thirteenth fragment of copy 1, found in the South Basilica in 1936 (no. 321), revised West's text of no. 124, read the freedman's patron as Quintus, and translated the restored text as a meat market given with a fish market. He dated it to the reign of Augustus by the tail of the letter Q." }, { "author": "Ned Nabers", "work": "A Note on Corinth VIII, 2, 125 (American Journal of Archaeology 73)", "year": "1969", "view": "As Gill (1992) summarizes it, Nabers argued that the Cornelii are unlikely to have built two buildings serving the same function. On this view the 'macellum cum ...' formula lists features of one complex, here including provision for fish." }, { "author": "David W. J. Gill", "work": "The Meat-Market at Corinth (1 Corinthians 10:25) (Tyndale Bulletin 43.2)", "year": "1992", "view": "Gill argues that the pair of Latin inscriptions establishes a Corinthian macellum, given probably in the Augustan period by a member of the local elite, with fish facilities inside one complex. He sets aside the South Stoa graffito once read as naming a butcher because Broneer revised it to a personal name. He reports de Waele's Peribolos proposal, Wiseman's note of a macellum north of Temple Hill and Ward-Perkins's description of the North Market, says the macellum has not been identified with certainty, and infers its probable form from macella at Pompeii and Lepcis Magna." }, { "author": "Gordon D. Fee", "work": "The First Epistle to the Corinthians", "year": "1987", "view": "As quoted by Gill (1992), Fee treated a Latin macellum inscription from Corinth as undoubtedly naming the very market Paul refers to, without citing the inscription." }, { "author": "Vasilis Evangelidis", "work": "Macella and Makelloi in Roman Greece: The Archaeological and Textual Evidence (Hesperia 88.2)", "year": "2019", "view": "Evangelidis surveys the evidence, mostly inscriptions and texts, for food-market buildings in Roman Greece from the 1st century BC to the 3rd century AD, treating makellos as the likely Hellenized form of Latin macellum, and asks what they reveal about Italo-Roman influence. EDCS cites this article for both Corinth texts. Only the abstract was checked." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "570182", "label": "Corinthus/Korinthos" }, { "scheme": "trismegistos", "id": "177612", "label": "Corinth macellum dedication, copy 1 (Corinth VIII.2 124 + VIII.3 321)" }, { "scheme": "trismegistos", "id": "177613", "label": "Corinth macellum dedication, copy 2 (Corinth VIII.2 125)" } ], "title": "Ny soratra macellum (tsenan-kena) tany Korinto romana", "summary": "Nanana tranon-tsena ho an’ny besinimaro nantsoina tamin’ny fomba ofisialy hoe macellum i Korinto romana, ilay teny latina ampifandraisina mazàna amin’ny tsena lazain’i Paoly ao amin’ny 1 Korintiana 10:25. Mitahiry ny MACELLV[M] ny sombiny iray; fanolorana faharoa tena mitovy aminy no naverina hifanaraka aminy. Omena daty amin’ny andron’i Augustus ka hatramin’i Tiberius ireo lahatsoratra, manonona an’i Q. Cornelius Secundus sy ny fianakaviany ho mpanome, toa niaraka tamin’ny toeram-pivarotana trondro (piscarium). Tsy mampiseho ny toerana nisy ilay trano, na mbola nampiasaina tamin’ny taona 50 izy, na izay hena namidiny izy ireo.", "dating": "Andron’i Augustus ka hatramin’i Tiberius. Manome 27 tal. J.K. hatramin’ny 14 taor. J.K. ny EDCS; i Kent nametraka ny dika 1 tamin’ny andron’i Augustus araka ny endriky ny litera; i West, araka ny tatitr’i Cadbury, nanome ny taona faran’ny andron’i Augustus na ny andron’i Tiberius; ny firaketan’ny fihadian-tany kosa manome ny tapany voalohan’ny taonjato voalohany taor. J.K. Mandrakotra ireo tombana ireo ny elanelana 27 tal. J.K. hatramin’ny 50 taor. J.K.", "currentLocation": "Corinth Excavations, Korinto fahiny (samy an’ny dika 1 ireo sombiny voatonona amin’ny laharana I 70 sy I 27; tsy voamarina raha tahirizina na aseho).", "establishes": [ "Fanolorana latina roa tena mitovy, vita amin’ny marbra fotsy ary raisina ho dika mitovy mazàna, no mbola voatahiry amin’ny sombiny. Ny dika 1 (Corinth VIII.2 124, nitarin’i Kent ho VIII.3 321) dia natambatr’ireo tonian-dahatsoratra avy amin’ny sombiny maromaro; ny dika 2 dia VIII.2 125. Ao amin’ny dika 1 ihany no mbola hita ny litera MACELLV[; ao amin’ny dika 2 dia naverina manontolo ny teny macellum.", "I Q. Cornelius Secundus avy amin’ny foko Aemilia, i Maecia vadiny ary ny zanak’izy ireo no mpanome. Lehilahy nafahana tamin’ny fanandevozana, Q. Maecius Cleogenes, no tononina amin’ny endrika genitiva ao amin’ny teny naverina amin’ny ampahany, azo inoana fa ho vadin’i Cornelia Secunda zanakavavy, fa tsy ho mpanome.", "Ny litera mbola hita PI[ (dika 1) sy ]SCARIO (dika 2) dia averina ho piscarium, toeram-pivarotana trondro, nomena niaraka tamin’ny macellum. Iadian-kevitra raha tao anatin’ny macellum na teo anilany izy io. Na iza amin’ireo, mifanaraka amin’ny hevitr’i Cadbury ilay fanomezana fa nivarotra trondro sy sakafo hafa ny macella, fa tsy hena ihany.", "Nametraka ny dika 1 tamin’ny andron’i Augustus araka ny endriky ny litera i Kent, ary nametraka ireo lahatsoratra roa tamin’ny taona faran’ny andron’i Augustus na tamin’ny andron’i Tiberius i West. Noho izany, nisy trano nantsoina hoe macellum nomena an’ilay zanatany talohan’ny nijanonan’i Paoly tany Korinto (Asan’ny Apostoly 18), mety ho am-polony taona maro talohan’izany.", "Nampiasaina tamin’ny fomba ofisialy sy ampahibemaso tao amin’ilay zanatany romana ilay teny latina. Ny tenin’i Paoly ao amin’ny 1 Korintiana 10:25 dia makellon, teny noheverina tamin’ny vanim-potoana romana ho ilay teny latina macellum (iadian-kevitra ny tena fiaviany), ary, araka ny nomarihin’i Cadbury, iray amin’ireo teny latina nindramina vitsy dia vitsy ao amin’ny taratasin’i Paoly." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Ny toerana nisy ilay macellum. Avy tao amin’ny South Basilica ny sombiny nampian’i Kent, ary milaza i Gill fa mbola tsy fantatra azo antoka ilay trano. Mitatitra ny famaritan’i Ward-Perkins ny North Market tany Korinto ho tsena mitovy karazana amin’ny tany Pompeii izy, sy ny fanamarihan’i Wiseman momba ny macellum avaratry ny Temple Hill; nefa tsy misy mampifandray ireo soratra amin’ny iray amin’ireo, na amin’ny trano iray azo antoka fa nampiasaina tamin’ny andron’i Paoly.", "Raha mbola nampiasaina ilay trano tamin’ny fotoana nanoratan’i Paoly, na firy tamin’ny hena namidy tao no avy tamin’ny fanatitra tao amin’ny tempoly. Ny lahatsoratra mbola voatahiry dia manonona ny mpanome sy ilay trano, fa tsy ny varotra na ny famatsiana azy.", "Zava-nitranga ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 18 na antsipiriany momba ny adihevitra tany Korinto momba ny sakafo natolotra ho an’ny sampy. Misaraka amin’izany, soratra kisarisary grika avy ao amin’ny South Stoa, izay novakina taloha ho manonona mpivaro-kena, dia naverin’i Broneer mpihady azy novakina ho anaran’olona tatỳ aoriana, araka ny tatitr’i Gill; koa tsy porofo momba ilay tsena izy io." ], "debate": "Mbola misokatra ny fanontaniana telo. Voalohany, anisan’ny macellum iray ve ilay piscarium (Nabers, narahin’i Gill), sa trano misaraka? Nanolotra tranon-tsena roa akaikin’ny Lalana Lechaion i De Waele, araka ny tatitr’i Cadbury; neken’i Cadbury fa mety ho tsenan-trondro misaraka nefa mifandray; ary samy hafa ny famaritan’i Cadbury sy Gill ny famakian’i West mihitsy. Faharoa, taiza ilay trano? Napetrak’i De Waele teo amin’ny toerana nisy ny Peribolos of Apollo teo anilan’ny Lalana Lechaion izy io (tatitr’i Cadbury sy Gill); manamarika koa i Gill ny famaritan’i Ward-Perkins ny North Market ho tsena mitovy karazana amin’ny tany Pompeii. Tsy misy amin’ireo toerana ireo mifamatotra amin’ireo soratra. Fahatelo, hatraiza no ifandraisan’ny henan-tsena amin’ny fanatitra? Nisalasala i Cadbury raha akaiky ny fanompoana tao amin’ny tempoly ny macella amin’ny maha-izy azy. Ny toromarik’i Paoly ao amin’ny 1 Korintiana 10:25–28 dia mihevitra fa mety tsy hahafantatra ny mpividy raha efa natolotra ho fanatitra ny hena.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Tranon-tsena roa misaraka", "statement": "Tao amin’ny taratasy tamin’ny 1934 notaterin’i Cadbury, nanolotra macellum teo amin’ny toerana nisy ny Peribolos of Apollo tatỳ aoriana i De Waele, sy piscarium misaraka tany avaratry ny basilika romana. Neken’i Cadbury fa mety ho tsenan-trondro misaraka nefa mifandray. Milaza i Gill fa Macellum Piscarium misaraka no novakin’i West, narahin’i Kent; milaza kosa i Cadbury fa iray ihany no notsoahin’ilay famakiana voalohany." }, { "label": "Macellum iray misy toeram-pivarotana trondro", "statement": "Mitatitra i Gill fa nilaza i Nabers (1969) fa tsy azo inoana ny nanomezan’ny Cornelii trano roa mitovy asa. Mampiasa ny ‘macellum cum ...’ ny soratra macellum hafa hitanisana ny singa ao amin’ny fitambarana iray; koa azo inoana fa nahitana toeram-pivarotana trondro ny macellum tany Korinto. Manaraka io famakiana io i Gill (1992)." }, { "label": "Ilay tsena mihitsy tian’i Paoly holazaina", "statement": "Raisin’i Fee (1987), araka ny itanisàn’i Gill azy, ho manonona ilay tsena mihitsy ao amin’ny 1 Korintiana 10:25 ny soratra macellum iray avy any Korinto. Azo inoana izany raha mbola tsenan-tsakafon’ilay zanatany ilay trano tamin’ny taona 50, nefa tsy mampiseho ny soratra na mbola nisy izy, na taiza izy, na hoe izy irery no nivarotana hena." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-corinth-macellum" }, { "id": "corinth-bema", "kind": "site", "dateFrom": -44, "dateTo": 54, "corpusReferences": [ "Corinth VIII.3 322", "Corinth VIII.2 47", "Corinth VIII.2 52", "Corinth VIII.3 157", "Corinth VIII.3 306", "Corinth VIII.3 728", "AE 1939, 110", "AE 1947, 198", "EDCS-08200272", "EDCS-15300190" ], "confidence": "medium", "epistemicStatus": "reconstructed", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 18:12-17", "Acts 25:6", "Acts 25:17", "John 19:13" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul", "person.gallio", "person.sosthenes" ], "placeIds": [ "place.corinth", "place.achaia" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "edcs", "author": "Epigraphik-Datenbank Clauss-Slaby", "work": "EDCS record of the rostra revetment inscription, Corinth (cites West no. 47; = Kent no. 322)", "locator": "EDCS-08200272", "url": "https://edcs.hist.uzh.ch/data/monument/082/08200272.json", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "edcs", "author": "Epigraphik-Datenbank Clauss-Slaby", "work": "EDCS record of a governor's letter to Corinth with the note that it was read from the rostra (AE 1939, 110; = Kent no. 306)", "locator": "EDCS-15300190", "url": "https://edcs.hist.uzh.ch/data/monument/153/15300190.json", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "pleiades", "author": "Pleiades", "work": "Corinthus/Korinthos", "locator": "570182", "url": "https://pleiades.stoa.org/places/570182/json", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Oscar Broneer", "work": "Studies in the Topography of Corinth at the Time of St. Paul (Archaiologike Ephemeris)", "year": "1937", "view": "Cited by Scranton (1957) for the view that the church on the Bema commemorated Paul's trial there (bibliography only, not inspected)." }, { "author": "Robert L. Scranton", "work": "Corinth I.3: Monuments in the Lower Agora and North of the Archaic Temple", "year": "1951", "view": "Standard architectural publication of the Bema; Kent relies on it for the revetment fit and an original poros facade (bibliography only, not inspected)." }, { "author": "Allen Brown West", "work": "Corinth VIII.2: Latin Inscriptions, 1896-1926", "year": "1931", "view": "First published two of the fragments that Kent later joined into no. 322, as West nos. 47 and 52, before the fragment preserving ROST was found in 1937-1938 (known here through Kent's concordance and EDCS)." }, { "author": "John Harvey Kent", "work": "Corinth VIII.3: The Inscriptions, 1926-1950", "year": "1966", "view": "Restored scattered marble fragments as a building text naming the rostra and, matching the slab's thickness and finish to the platform's orthostates, concluded that the central structure was the Bema, officially called the Rostra, with marble revetments of the first half of the 1st century AD, probably the second quarter. He held that it first had a poros facade, and thought a 9th/10th-century text naming a church of Paul probably belonged to the church on the Bema." }, { "author": "Robert L. Scranton", "work": "Corinth XVI: Mediaeval Architecture in the Central Area of Corinth", "year": "1957", "view": "Found a church or burial chapel near the Bema from the 9th or early 10th century, and a church on the Bema certainly by the 12th. He judged that the common explanation, that the church commemorated Paul's trial, requires a continuity from antiquity that is difficult to establish." }, { "author": "Andrew Gallia (Corinth Computer Project, dir. David Gilman Romano)", "work": "Central Shops, Bema, and Temple of Hermes (Corinth Computer Project, Roman Forum ca. A.D. 150)", "year": "2007", "view": "Holds that the Rostra was likely built soon after the colony's foundation in 44 BC, its concrete core faced with poros blocks, and that its white marble decoration and flanking benched alcoves came later, tentatively in the early to mid-1st century AD. It served events such as public oratory and important legal tribunals." }, { "author": "Paul D. Scotton, Catherine de Grazia Vanderpool and Carolynn Roncaglia", "work": "Corinth XXII: The Julian Basilica: Architecture, Sculpture, Epigraphy", "year": "2022", "view": "According to the publisher's description, the Julian Basilica at the east end of the forum held one of the largest known shrines to the imperial cult and was the likely site of the imperial court of law for the province of Achaia. That makes it a possible alternative venue for formal proconsular hearings." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "570182", "label": "Corinthus/Korinthos (the ancient city; no separate Pleiades entry for the bema)" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q1363688", "label": "Ancient Corinth (the city; no Wikidata item found for the bema itself)" } ], "title": "Ny bema (rostra) tao amin’ny forum romana tany Korinto", "summary": "Mety, nefa tsy azo porofoina. Ilay lampihazo lehibe tao amin’ny forum romana tany Korinto dia kandidà mitombina ho toeram-pitsarana (bēma) izay nandavan’i Galiona hitsara an’i Paoly (Asan’ny Apostoly 18:12–17). Naverin’i Kent ireo sombina marbra niparitaka ho manonona azy ho rostra an’ilay zanatany, ary azo inoana fa efa nisy lampihazo tao tamin’ny andron’i Paoly. Tsy misy loharano fahiny manonona ilay toerana; fehin-kevitra maoderina avy amin’ny fihadian-tany ny fampitoviana azy; ary safidy hafa manan-danja ny toeram-pitsarana tao amin’ny Julian Basilica.", "dating": "Azo inoana fa naorina fotoana fohy taorian’ny nanorenana ilay zanatany tamin’ny 44 tal. J.K. ny lampihazo, nasiana lafiny anoloana poros tamin’ny voalohany (Corinth Computer Project; Kent). Ny epistyle misy soratra avy amin’ilay efitra kelin’ny atsinanana misy dabilio dia apetraka amim-pitandremana amin’ny andron’i Augustus (Kent 157). Nomen’i Kent daty araka ny endriky ny litera tamin’ny tapany voalohan’ny taonjato voalohany taor. J.K., azo inoana fa ny ampahefany faharoa, ny rakotra marbra (Kent 322), na dia tanisain’ny tabilaony momba ny fanorenana eo ambanin’i Klaodio aza izy io. Efa nisy fiangonana na trano fiangonana fandevenana teo akaikiny nanomboka tamin’ny taonjato faha-9 na fiandohan’ny faha-10; azo antoka fa nisy fiangonana teo ambonin’ilay lampihazo tamin’ny taonjato faha-12 (Scranton).", "currentLocation": "Mbola eo amin’ny toerany ao amin’ny forum romana ao amin’ny toerana arkeolojikan’i Korinto fahiny, Gresy, ilay lampihazo. Anisan’ny fanangonana Corinth Excavations ireo sombin-drakotra Kent 322 (inv. 285, 410, 682, 727, 1929, 2119 an’i Kent); tsy voamarina raha tahirizina na aseho izy ireo.", "establishes": [ "Nampifandray sombin-drakotra marbra fotsy, hita tamin’ny 1901–1938 nanodidina ny forum, ho lahatsoratra fanorenana i Kent; naveriny ho rost[ra] ny litera ROST mbola hita (Corinth VIII.3 322; EDCS-08200272). Nampitahainy tamin’ny rakotr’ilay lampihazo ny hatevin’ilay takelaka sy ny fomba namitana azy, ka nanatsoaka izy fa Rostra no anarana ofisialin’ilay lampihazo afovoany, teny latina mifanitsy amin’ny bēma grika (toeram-pitsarana).", "Apetraka amim-pitandremana amin’ny andron’i Augustus ny epistyle misy soratra avy ao amin’ny schola atsinanana (Kent 157). Napetrak’i Kent tamin’ny tapany voalohan’ny taonjato voalohany, azo inoana fa ny ampahefany faharoa, ilay rakotra marbra, na dia tanisain’ny tabilaony momba ny fanorenana eo ambanin’i Klaodio aza izy io. Koa azo inoana fa efa nisy lampihazo tao amin’ny forum, fara faharatsiny tamin’ny endriny taloha nirakotra poros, rehefa nitondra an’i Akaia i Galiona tamin’ny fiandohan’ny taona 50.", "Nanana rostra namakiana taratasy ofisialy i Korinto tokony ho tamin’ny 170 taor. J.K. (Kent 306; AE 1939, 110). Tsy milaza ilay lahatsoratra hoe trano iza izany, ary ny fomba tamin’ny taonjato faharoa ihany no asehony.", "Apetraky ny Asan’ny Apostoly 18:12, 16 sy 17 eo amin’ny bēma ny fihainoana raharaha nataon’i Galiona. Asehon’ny fihadian-tany fa nanana lampihazo ho an’ny besinimaro nisongadina tahaka izany ny foibe sivily tany Korinto; koa mifanaraka amin’ny firafitry ny tanàna ny toe-javatra faritan’i Lioka. Tokony ho nanana toeram-pitsarana toy izany ny renivohi-paritany rehetra, koa fifanarahana andrasana izany fa tsy miavaka." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Fa nijoro teo anoloan’io lampihazo io i Paoly. Tsy misy lahatsoratra na soratra voasokitra fahiny mampifandray azy amin’i Galiona na Paoly; fehin-kevitra maoderina avy amin’ny toerana sy ny asan’ilay lampihazo ilay fampitoviana.", "Ny daty na ny antsipirian’ilay fihainoana raharaha. Ilay taratasin’i Klaodio misaraka avy any Delphi no manome daty ny fotoam-piasan’i Galiona, ary ny Asan’ny Apostoly ihany no fitantarana ilay fihainoana.", "Fahatsiarovana Kristiana nitohy momba an’i Paoly teo amin’ilay toerana. Nisy fiangonana na trano fiangonana fandevenana teo akaikin’ilay lampihazo nanomboka tamin’ny taonjato faha-9 na fiandohan’ny faha-10, ary azo antoka fa nisy fiangonana teo amboniny tamin’ny faha-12; noheverin’i Scranton ho sarotra porofoina ilay fitohizana ilaina hatramin’ny andro fahiny. Soratra tamin’ny taonjato faha-9/faha-10 manonona fiangonan’i [Masindahy] Paoly (Kent 728) no mampiseho fanokanana ho an’i Paoly tamin’izany, fa tsy fahatsiarovana tamin’ny taonjato voalohany." ], "debate": "Noheverin’i Kent ho azo antoka ny fampitoviana an’ilay rostra an’ny mpitondra, ary averin’ireo katalaogy tatỳ aoriana (EDCS) ny famerenany, na dia ny ROST ihany aza no mbola voatahiry amin’ilay teny fototra, ary neken’i Kent fa mety tsy ho marina amin’ny antsipiriany rehetra ny famerenany. Mbola misokatra ny fanontaniana telo. Voalohany, teo amin’io lampihazo io ve no nitrangan’ny fihainoana nataon’i Galiona, sa tany amin’ny toeram-pitsarana hafa? Araka ny famaritan’ny mpamoaka ny Corinth XXII (2022), azo inoana fa tao amin’ny Julian Basilica ny fitsaran’ny empira tao amin’ny faritany. Faharoa, firy amin’ny marbra hita maso ankehitriny no talohan’ny fotoam-piasan’i Galiona? Fahatelo, mitahiry fahatsiarovana fahiny ve ilay fiangonana tamin’ny Moyen Âge teo ambonin’ilay lampihazo, sa maneho fampitoviana tatỳ aoriana?", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Fitsarana natao tao amin’ny basilika", "statement": "Mety ho tao amin’ny basilika no nanaovana ny fihainoana ofisialin’ny prokonsily, fa tsy teo amin’ny rostra an-kalamanjana. Ny famaritan’ny mpamoaka ny Corinth XXII (2022) dia miantso ny Julian Basilica, any amin’ny faran’ny forum atsinanana, ho toerana azo inoana nisy ny fitsaran’ny empira tany Akaia. Mety ho tao ny toeram-pitsaran’i Galiona. Tsy miresaka an’i Paoly ilay famaritana." }, { "label": "Toeram-pitsarana no tondroin’ny bēma, fa tsy trano", "statement": "Mampiasa io teny io koa ny Asan’ny Apostoly ho an’ny toeram-pitsaran’i Festo tany Kaisaria (Asan’ny Apostoly 25:6; Asan’ny Apostoly 25:17), ary mampiasa azy ny Jaona ho an’ny an’i Pilato teo amin’ilay toerana nantsoina hoe Rarivato (Jaona 19:13). Toe-javatra samihafa no amaritana ny toeram-pitsaran’ny mpitondra; koa tsy voatery ho ilay rostra maharitra no tian’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 18 holazaina; kandidà azo inoana iray amin’ny maro ilay lampihazo tao amin’ny forum." }, { "label": "Fampitoviana tamin’ny Moyen Âge fa tsy fahatsiarovana", "statement": "Mety maneho fampitoviana ilay toerana nataon’ny Kristiana tatỳ aoriana ilay fiangonana bizantina teo ambonin’ny lampihazo, fa tsy fahatsiarovana nampitaina nanomboka tamin’ny taonjato voalohany. Noheverin’i Scranton ho sarotra porofoina ilay fitohizana ilaina; ary ny fanokanana ho an’i Paoly tranainy indrindra voaporofo teo akaiky (Kent 728) dia tamin’ny taonjato faha-9 na faha-10." }, { "label": "Trano taloha kokoa na mbola tsy vita tamin’ny andron’i Paoly", "statement": "Mametraka ilay rakotra marbra eo ambanin’i Klaodio (41–54 taor. J.K.) ny tabilaon’i Kent momba ny fanorenana, na dia misafidy ny ampahefany faharoan’ilay taonjato aza ny lahatsorany. Noho izany, mety ho vita taloha kelin’ny fotoam-piasan’i Galiona na taoriany ilay rostra marbra, ary mety ho ilay lampihazo taloha nirakotra poros (vato sokay teo an-toerana) no hitan’i Paoly." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence/corinth-bema" }, { "id": "malta-protos", "kind": "inscription", "dateFrom": 1, "dateTo": 200, "corpusReferences": [ "IG XIV 601", "IGRR I 512", "CIG 5754", "PHI 140928", "I.Sicily ISic003683", "TM 285166", "EDR112577", "EDCS-39101548", "CIL X 7495", "ILS 5415", "EDCS-22100614", "EDR112567", "TM 285139" ], "confidence": "medium-high", "epistemicStatus": "attested", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 28:7", "Acts 28:1-10", "Acts 13:50", "Acts 28:17" ], "personIds": [ "person.publius", "person.paul" ], "placeIds": [ "place.malta" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "kaibel-ig-xiv", "work": "Inscriptiones Graecae XIV: Inscriptiones Siciliae et Italiae", "author": "Georg Kaibel (ed.)", "year": "1890", "locator": "IG XIV 601, p. 142 (lemma, text and commentary)", "url": "https://archive.org/details/bub_gb_WNFOCQoUpq4C/page/n190", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "edition" }, { "sourceKey": "edcs", "work": "Epigraphik-Datenbank Clauss/Slaby: IG XIV 601", "locator": "EDCS-39101548 (IG 14, 00601)", "url": "https://edcs.hist.uzh.ch/data/monument/391/39101548.json", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "trismegistos", "work": "Trismegistos text relations: IG XIV 601", "locator": "TM 285166", "url": "https://www.trismegistos.org/dataservices/texrelations/uri/285166", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "edcs", "work": "Epigraphik-Datenbank Clauss/Slaby: CIL X 7495", "locator": "EDCS-22100614 (CIL 10, 07495 (p 994) = D 05415)", "url": "https://edcs.hist.uzh.ch/data/monument/221/22100614.json", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "trismegistos", "work": "Trismegistos text relations: CIL X 7495", "locator": "TM 285139", "url": "https://www.trismegistos.org/dataservices/texrelations/uri/285139", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "smith-voyage-shipwreck-1848", "work": "The Voyage and Shipwreck of St. Paul", "author": "James Smith", "year": "1848", "locator": "pp. 112-114 (Malta; the title of Publius)", "url": "https://archive.org/details/voyageandshipwr01smitgoog/page/n168", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "may mean either that Publius was the principal person in the island, as our translators have understood it, or it may be an official title.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "ramsay-st-paul-traveller", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen", "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "year": "1895", "locator": "ch. XIV, sec. 9 'Malta', p. 343", "url": "https://archive.org/details/paulthetraveller00ramsuoft/page/n362", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "The title \"first\" is technically correct in Melita: it has inscriptional authority.", "role": "early-study" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Colin J. Hemer", "work": "First Person Narrative in Acts 27-28 (Tyndale Bulletin 36)", "year": "1985", "view": "Treats IG XIV 601 (= IGRR I 512), dated AD 14-37, as attesting the title of Malta's chief local magistrate. He judges the Latin CIL X 7495 indecisive, because its first line is usually quoted out of a mutilated context, and, citing Greek parallels, thinks primus there more likely means first to perform the benefactions listed. He notes that several commentators cite the Latin text as confirming Luke without addressing its restoration." }, { "author": "Loredana Cappelletti", "work": "Documenti epigrafici sulle istituzioni di Melita (Malta) in età romana (Gerión 42, special issue)", "year": "2024", "view": "Treats the Greek inscription's title, the title in Acts 28:7 and CIL X 7495 as one settled, official local title rooted in Melita's social and economic hierarchy, with likely municipal effects; agrees with Suhl's honorific parallels; and leaves its actual powers open. She records that modern opinion is divided between a supreme local magistracy and an honorific title, notes that IG XIV 601 is now lost, and dates Melita's municipium probably to Augustus, against Ashby's later date." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "462311", "label": "Melita/Malta (island)" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "462310", "label": "Melita (town at Mdina/Rabat; findspot of both texts)" }, { "scheme": "trismegistos", "id": "285166", "label": "IG XIV 601 (TM text record)" }, { "scheme": "trismegistos", "id": "285139", "label": "CIL X 7495 (TM text record)" } ], "title": "Ny ‘voalohany amin’ny Melitans’ tany Malta: ny anaram-boninahitra protos amin’ny soratra grika sy latina", "summary": "Nampiasaina tany Malta ny anaram-boninahitra mitovy amin’ilay omen’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 28:7 an’i Poblio: soratra grika very, fantatra amin’ny dika tamin’ny fiandohan’ny vanim-potoana maoderina ihany (IG XIV 601), no miantso an’i L. Castricius Prudens, avy amin’ny sarangan’ny mpitaingin-tsoavaly romana, hoe voalohany amin’ny Melitans. Faladian-tsangambato latina tamin’ny taonjato faharoa (CIL X 7495) no misy primus omni[um] simba sy naverina amin’ny ampahany, izay iadian-kevitra ny heviny. Tsy manonona an’i Poblio ireo lahatsoratra roa, ary tsy mitovy hevitra ny manam-pahaizana raha andraikitra na voninahitra no tondroin’ilay anaram-boninahitra.", "dating": "IG XIV 601: taonjato voalohany taor. J.K. (EDR sy EDCS, 1–100 taor. J.K.; tamin’ny andron’i Tiberius araka an’i Mommsen, voarakitr’i Kaibel, ary araka an’i Hemer, 14–37 taor. J.K.). CIL X 7495: taonjato faharoa taor. J.K. (EDR, 100–200 taor. J.K.; EDCS, 101–200 taor. J.K.).", "currentLocation": "IG XIV 601: very (EDR112577; Cappelletti 2024). CIL X 7495: Museum of Roman Antiquities, Rabat, Malta (araka ny EDR112567).", "establishes": [ "Ny IG XIV 601, very ankehitriny ary fantatra amin’ny dika tamin’ny fiandohan’ny vanim-potoana maoderina, dia miantso an’i L. Castricius Prudens avy amin’ny foko Quirina (naverina amin’ny ampahany ny nomen), tao amin’ny sarangan’ny mpitaingin-tsoavaly romana, hoe voalohany amin’ny Melitans sady mpiaro, rehefa efa archon sy amphipolos (mpisorona) an’i Augustus natao andriamanitra izy.", "Farafahakeliny olona ambony iray avy any Melita no nitondra io anaram-boninahitra io tamin’ny fiandohan’ny vanim-potoanan’ny emperora; koa mifanaraka amin’ny fampiasana teo an-toerana ilay teny ampiharin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 28:7 amin’i Poblio.", "Ny CIL X 7495, vato marbra latina sombiny tamin’ny taonjato faharoa avy any Mdina, azo inoana fa faladian-tsarivongana, dia manome voninahitra mpanao soa tsy voatonona anarana noho ny asa tamin’ny tempoly, anisan’izany ny andry, ny podium ary ny rarivato. Toy izao ny famakiana ny andalana voalohany simba: [muni]cipi(i) Mel(itensium) primus omni[um]; very ny fiandohan’ilay andalana, ary iadian-kevitra ny hevitry ny teny mbola voatahiry.", "Mampiseho archons, mpiaro ary andraikitra mpisorona ho an’i Augustus tamin’ny fiandohan’ny taonjato voalohany ilay lahatsoratra grika. Amin’ireo lahatsoratra roa ireo, ilay faladian-tsangambato latina tamin’ny taonjato faharoa ihany no manaporofo decurions sy sata municipium. Iadian-kevitra ny fotoana nahatongavan’i Melita ho municipium." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy manonona an’i Poblio ireo soratra roa. Tsy manamarina ilay vaky sambo, ny nijanonan’i Paoly, ny fanasitranana ny rain’i Poblio, na zava-nitranga hafa ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 28:1–10 izy ireo.", "Izay fahefana, raha nisy, niaraka tamin’ilay anaram-boninahitra tokony ho tamin’ny 60 taor. J.K. Ireo lahatsoratra dia tamin’ny fiandohan’ny taonjato voalohany ka hatramin’ny taonjato faharoa taor. J.K., ary tanisain’ilay lahatsoratra grika eo anilan’ny naha-archon an’ilay tompon’anarana taloha ny hoe ‘voalohany’, fa tsy misolo izany.", "Fa anaram-boninahitra ny primus omni[um] ao amin’ny CIL X 7495, fa tsy fiandohan’ny fehezanteny hoe ‘voalohany tamin’ny rehetra nanao ...’ momba ireo asa soa voatanisa.", "Ny toerana tany Malta niakaran’ilay sambo an-tanety." ], "debate": "Misokatra ny fanontaniana roa. Voalohany, inona no dikan’ny ‘voalohany’ tany Malta? Noraisin’i Smith sy Ramsay ho anaram-boninahitra ofisialy izy io; i Kaibel nahita voninahitra sivily voafaritra tsara, ary nampifandray azy tamin’i Poblio; i Hemer namaky azy ho anaram-boninahitry ny manam-pahefana ambony indrindra teo an-toerana. Ny hafa, indrindra i Suhl, mandray azy ho fanomezam-boninahitra. Eken’i Cappelletti ireo ohatra fanomezam-boninahitra mitovy natolotr’i Suhl, nefa antsoiny ho anaram-boninahitra teo an-toerana raikitra sy ofisialy tao anatin’ny ambaratongam-piarahamonina sy toe-karena izy io, ka avelany hisokatra ny momba ny fahefany. Ao amin’ny IG XIV 601 dia mijoro eo anilan’ny ‘rehefa efa archon’, fa tsy misolo izany. Faharoa, mitovy aminy ve ilay teny latina simba ao amin’ny CIL X 7495? Manonona ohatra Grika mitovy i Hemer ka mihevitra fa tsy manome valiny mazava ilay lahatsoratra latina; heveriny fa azo inoana kokoa ny primus ho midika hoe voalohany nanao ireo asa soa voatanisa. Iadian-kevitra koa ny fotoana nahatongavan’i Melita ho municipium: nanatsoaka avy amin’ny lahatsoratra Castricius i Mommsen, araka ny firaketan’i Kaibel, fa tsy nanana sata sivily romana ny Melitans tamin’ny andron’i Tiberius; i Cappelletti mihevitra fa azo inoana fa tamin’ny andron’i Augustus ilay municipium, manohitra ny daty tatỳ aoriana napetrak’i Ashby.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Laharana fanomezam-boninahitra, fa tsy andraikitra", "statement": "Mety mametraka ilay olona ambony indrindra tao amin’ny nosy amin’ny laharana fanomezam-boninahitra ilay anaram-boninahitra, fa tsy manonona andraikitra voafaritra. Miseho amin’ny soratra grika any amin’ny faritra atsinanan’ny empira ny anaram-boninahitra mitovy hoe ‘voalohany amin’ny faritany’ sy ‘voalohany amin’ny tanàna’, izay nangonin’i Suhl ary dinihin’i Cappelletti. Araka io hevitra io, lehilahy ambony indrindra tany Malta i Poblio, nefa tsy milaza na inona na inona momba ny fahefany ofisialy ilay anaram-boninahitra." }, { "label": "Teny famaritana ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly", "statement": "Mety mamaritra fotsiny an’i Poblio ho lehilahy ambony indrindra tao amin’ilay nosy amin’ny heviny tsy ara-teknika i Lioka. Mampiasa ny endrika maro i Lioka ho an’ireo lehilahy ambony tany Antiokia any Pisidia sy ireo mpitarika jiosy tany Roma (Asan’ny Apostoly 13:50; Asan’ny Apostoly 28:17). Nanazava io famakiana io, izay narahin’ireo mpandika teny anglisy taloha, i Smith (1848), talohan’ny niadiany hevitra ho an’ny anaram-boninahitra ofisialy." }, { "label": "‘Voalohany nanao X’ ao amin’ny CIL X 7495", "statement": "Ao amin’ilay faladian-tsangambato latina, ny primus omni[um] dia mety manomboka fehezanteny hoe ‘voalohany tamin’ny rehetra nanao ...’. Noheverin’i Hemer (1985) fa tsy manome valiny mazava ilay lahatsoratra, ka notanisainy ireo ohatra Grika mitovy. Misy lahatsoratra fanomezam-boninahitra latina mampiasa io raikipohy io, ohatra ny CIL XI 6054 sy CIL IX 2237; ireo ohatra mitovy ireo dia avy amin’ny fikarohana EDCS ho an’ity singa ity, fa tsy avy amin’i Hemer." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-malta-protos" }, { "id": "philippi-colony-magistrates", "kind": "inscription", "dateFrom": -42, "dateTo": 161, "corpusReferences": [ "RPC I 1649", "RPC I 1650", "RPC I 1653", "EDCS-15900071", "AE 1938, 52", "Pilhofer, Philippi II 253", "CIPh II.1, 136", "EDCS-43000131", "AE 2006, 1330", "Pilhofer, Philippi II 324a", "CIPh II.1, 121", "EDCS-24200017", "CIL III 14206,19", "Pilhofer, Philippi II 452", "CIPh II.1, 15", "EDCS-20200004", "CIL II 5439", "ILS 6087", "CIL II²/5, 1022" ], "confidence": "high", "epistemicStatus": "attested", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 16:10-17", "Acts 16:12", "Acts 16:19-24", "Acts 16:35-39", "Acts 22:25-29", "Acts 25:10-12", "1 Thessalonians 2:2", "2 Corinthians 11:25" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul", "person.silas", "person.claudius" ], "placeIds": [ "place.philippi", "place.macedonia", "place.amphipolis" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "edcs", "author": "Epigraphik-Datenbank Clauss/Slaby (University of Zurich)", "work": "Funerary text for [Varin]ius Macedo, aedile, quaestor, IIvir iure dicundo at Philippi, munerarius (dated 1st century AD)", "locator": "EDCS-15900071 = AE 1938, 52 = Pilhofer, Philippi II 253 = CIPh II.1, 136", "url": "https://edcs.hist.uzh.ch/monument/15900071", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "edcs", "author": "Epigraphik-Datenbank Clauss/Slaby (University of Zurich)", "work": "Inscription for M. Figilius Pudens, holder of honorary decurional rank (ornamenta decurionalia), aedile, IIvir iure dicundo at Philippi, flamen of Antoninus (AD 138-161)", "locator": "EDCS-43000131 = AE 2006, 1330 = Pilhofer, Philippi II 324a = CIPh II.1, 121", "url": "https://edcs.hist.uzh.ch/monument/43000131", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "edcs", "author": "Epigraphik-Datenbank Clauss/Slaby (University of Zurich)", "work": "Dedication by col(onia) Philipp(iensium) to the children and grandchildren of Augustus (EDCS date 1st century AD)", "locator": "EDCS-24200017 = CIL III 14206,19 = Pilhofer, Philippi II 452 = CIPh II.1, 15", "url": "https://edcs.hist.uzh.ch/monument/24200017", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "edcs", "author": "Epigraphik-Datenbank Clauss/Slaby (University of Zurich)", "work": "Lex Coloniae Genetivae Iuliae (Urso charter), ch. 62: each duovir to have two lictors, an accensus, two scribes and two viatores", "locator": "EDCS-20200004 = CIL II 5439 = ILS 6087 = CIL II²/5, 1022, ch. LXII", "url": "https://edcs.hist.uzh.ch/monument/20200004", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "dio-cassius-cary", "author": "Cassius Dio", "translator": "Earnest Cary", "year": "1917", "work": "Roman History, Book 51", "locator": "51.4.6", "url": "https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Cassius_Dio/51*.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "To most of those who were dispossessed he made compensation by permitting them to settle in Dyrrachium, Philippi, and elsewhere", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "suetonius-rolfe", "author": "Suetonius", "translator": "J. C. Rolfe", "year": "1914", "work": "Life of Claudius", "locator": "Claud. 25.3", "url": "https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Suetonius/12Caesars/Claudius*.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Those who usurped the privileges of Roman citizenship he executed in the Esquiline field.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "ramsay-st-paul-traveller", "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "year": "1895", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen (CCEL text of the 10th edition, 1907)", "locator": "ch. X, §3 'Accusation and Condemnation in Philippi'", "url": "https://www.ccel.org/ccel/r/ramsay/paul_roman/cache/paul_roman.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "The title Prætors was not technically accurate, but was frequently employed as a courtesy title for the supreme magistrates of a Roman colony; and, as usual, Luke moves on the plane of educated conversation in such matters, and not on the plane of rigid technical accuracy.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "ramsay-st-paul-traveller", "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "year": "1895", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen (CCEL text of the 10th edition, 1907)", "locator": "ch. V, §4 'The Church at Pisidian Antioch'", "url": "https://www.ccel.org/ccel/r/ramsay/paul_roman/cache/paul_roman.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Now, since the Roman governors whom he met were favourable to him, these beatings must have taken place in \"colonies,\" whose magistrates were attended by lictors.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "ramsay-st-paul-traveller", "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "year": "1895", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen (CCEL text of the 10th edition, 1907)", "locator": "ch. IX, §4 'The Entrance into Macedonia'", "url": "https://www.ccel.org/ccel/r/ramsay/paul_roman/cache/paul_roman.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Of old Amphipolis had been the chief city of the division, to which both belonged. Afterwards Philippi quite outstripped its rival; but it was at that time in such a position, that Amphipolis was ranked first by general consent, Philippi first by its own consent.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "paley-horae-paulinae", "author": "William Paley", "year": "1790", "work": "Horae Paulinae (SPCK edition, 1855)", "locator": "ch. IV (Second Epistle to the Corinthians), No. IX", "url": "https://archive.org/download/horpaulinortrut00palegoog/horpaulinortrut00palegoog_djvu.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "These particulars cannot be extracted out of the Acts of the Apostles; which proves, as hath been already observed, that the epistle was not framed from the history; yet they are consistent with it", "role": "early-study" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Cédric Brélaz", "work": "Philippes, colonie romaine d'Orient: Recherches d'histoire institutionnelle et sociale (BCH Supplément 59)", "year": "2018", "view": "Antony founded the colony, and its duoviri iure dicundo were its highest financial and judicial authority. Brélaz notes that the Greek title Acts uses commonly rendered duumvir, as in Greek inscriptions of the colony of Corinth, and that Acts applies it specifically to Philippi's duoviri, who send their lictors to the prison. He uses the episode to illustrate summary municipal justice while leaving its truth open." }, { "author": "Cédric Brélaz", "work": "Corpus des inscriptions grecques et latines de Philippes, II.1: La colonie romaine, La vie publique de la colonie", "year": "2014", "view": "Standard corpus of the colony's public inscriptions, including a section on municipal magistrates and local administration. It is the CIPh II.1 numbering used in the EDCS records cited here." }, { "author": "Peter Pilhofer", "work": "Philippi, Band 2: Katalog der Inschriften von Philippi (2nd edition)", "year": "2009", "view": "Catalogue of the inscriptions of Philippi and its territory. It is the source of the 'Philippi' catalogue numbers in EDCS concordances (e.g. no. 253, 324a, 452)." }, { "author": "Andrew Burnett, Michel Amandry and Pere Pau Ripollès", "work": "Roman Provincial Coinage, vol. I: From the Death of Caesar to Vitellius (44 BC-AD 69)", "year": "1992", "view": "Catalogues Philippi's colonial coinage, including RPC I 1649 (legend A I C V P, expanded as Antoni iussu colonia victrix Philippensis, with Q. Paquius Rufus named as legate for founding the colony), RPC I 1650 (Augustus) and RPC I 1653 (Claudius, reverse COL AVG IVL PHILIP)." }, { "author": "A. N. Sherwin-White", "work": "Roman Society and Roman Law in the New Testament", "year": "1963", "view": "A Roman historian's Sarum Lectures, including 'The Roman citizenship and Acts'. He discusses the Roman rules, notably the Julian law on public violence, that protected citizens from being bound or beaten, and argues that Acts' picture of Roman legal and civic procedure fits first-century conditions as far as it can be tested." }, { "author": "John Clayton Lentz Jr.", "work": "Luke's Portrait of Paul (SNTSMS 77)", "year": "1993", "view": "Sceptical. He judges it improbable that a strict Pharisee held Roman and Tarsian citizenship, and he reads Acts' citizenship motif as part of a deliberate literary portrayal of Paul's high status and virtue." }, { "author": "Ekkehard Weber", "work": "Das römische Bürgerrecht des Apostels Paulus (Tyche 27)", "year": "2012", "view": "Argues that the appeal to the emperor (Acts 25:11) implies that Paul held Roman citizenship. He leaves open how the family acquired it, either through a grant to Tarsus or through a manumitted ancestor." }, { "author": "H. G. Liddell, R. Scott, H. S. Jones", "work": "A Greek-English Lexicon (9th edition)", "year": "1940", "view": "Its entry for the Greek title Acts gives Philippi's magistrates includes the sense Roman praetor and applies the word to the duoviri, or chief magistrates, of Roman colonies. Its example for colonies is Acts 16:20 itself, so for that usage it is not independent of Acts." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "501482", "label": "Krenides/Philippi/Col. Augusta Iulia Philippensis" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q379652", "label": "Philippi (ancient city in eastern Macedonia)" } ], "title": "I Filipy zanatany romana: ny volany, ny duoviri ary ny liktoran’ny zanatany", "summary": "Ny vola madinika, ny soratra latina ary i Dio Cassius dia mampiseho fa zanatany romana i Filipy, araka ny Asan’ny Apostoly 16:12, ary mpitsara ambony roa (duoviri) no nitantana azy. Ny sata mifehy zanatany hafa, dia i Urso any Espaina, dia manome liktora ho an’izany mpitsara izany. Mifanaraka amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly izany: mandidy hikapoka amin’ny tsorakazo ny mpitsara, ary mandefa manamboninahitra mpitondra tsorakazo tatỳ aoriana (Asan’ny Apostoly 16:22, 35–38). Tsy misy amin’izany manamarina ilay zava-nitranga, ary ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ihany no voalaza fa olom-pirenena romana i Paoly.", "dating": "Vola madiniky ny zanatany nanomboka tamin’ny nanorenan’i Antony azy taorian’ny 42 tal. J.K. ka hatramin’i Klaodio (41–54 taor. J.K.); soratra latina manonona ny mpitsaran’ny zanatany, taonjato voalohany–faha-2 taor. J.K. (138–161 taor. J.K. no datin’ny farany voatonona); porofo fampitahana avy amin’ny satan’i Urso (44 tal. J.K. araka ny EDCS)", "currentLocation": "Filipy (Krenides), atsinanan’i Makedonia, Gresy (toerana nahitana ireo soratra avy any Filipy); avy any Osuna any atsimon’i Espaina ny satan’i Urso; tahirizam-bahoaka sy tahiry manokana maro no mitahiry santionan’ireo vola (RPC); voatahiry tamin’ny fampitana sora-tanana ny lahatsoratr’i Dio", "establishes": [ "Zanatany romana i Filipy tamin’ny andron’i Paoly. Miantso azy hoe zanatany ny volany tamin’ny andron’i Antony, izay voatonona ao amin’ny soratra amin’ny vola ny baikony (RPC I 1649), tamin’ny andron’i Augustus (RPC I 1650, COL AVG IVL PHIL IVSSV AVG), ary tamin’ny andron’i Klaodio (RPC I 1653). Milaza i Dio Cassius (51.4.6) fa nampitoetra Italiana very fananana tao i Octavian. Ny Asan’ny Apostoly 16:12 irery ao amin’ny Testamenta Vaovao no miantso tanàna iray hoe zanatany romana.", "Ny soratra latina avy any Filipy dia manome ny mpitsara ambony tao amin’ny zanatany ny anaram-boninahitra IIvir iure dicundo, ao anatin’ny fizotran’asa manaraka fomba romana, izay ahitana ny aedile sy ny quaestor. Araka ny EDCS, avy amin’ny taonjato voalohany taor. J.K. ny iray (EDCS-15900071), ary avy amin’ny 138–161 taor. J.K. ny iray hafa momba an’i M. Figilius Pudens, izay nahazo ny laharam-boninahitry ny decurio (ornamenta decurionalia) (EDCS-43000131). Miseho ho mpanolotra ny fanokanana koa ilay zanatany (EDCS-24200017).", "Nanana liktora ny mpitsaran’ny zanatany. Ny satan’ny zanatany tao Urso (toko 62) dia manome liktora roa ho an’ny duovir tsirairay, miaraka amin’ny mpanampy iray (accensus), mpanoratra roa ary iraka roa (EDCS-20200004). Nihevitra i Ramsay fa tao amin’ny zanatany no nikapohana an’i Paoly tamin’ny tsorakazo, satria nisy liktora nanotrona ny mpitsara tao. Mifanaraka amin’izany ny Asan’ny Apostoly: manamboninahitra manana anarana midika hoe mpitondra tsorakazo, izany hoe liktora, no mitondra ny hafatry ny mpitsara (Asan’ny Apostoly 16:35, 38).", "Milaza i Suetonius fa nasain’i Klaodio novonoina ireo nisandoka ho olom-pirenena romana (Claud. 25.3); araka ny fizotry ny fotoana mahazatra, nandritra ny fanjakany no nitsidihan’i Paoly ilay tanàna (tokony ho 49–50 taor. J.K.). Nandinika ny fitsipika romana i Sherwin-White (1963), indrindra ny lalàna juliana momba ny herisetra ataon’ny manam-pahefana, izay niaro ny olom-pirenena tsy hofatorana na hokapohin’ny mpitsara. Noho izany, azo takarina ao anatin’ny lalàna romana ny tahotry ny mpitsara ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 16:38." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy misy soratra na vola madinika manonona ireo mpitsara, ilay mpiambina fonja, i Lydia na olon-kafa ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 16, na mitantara ny fisamborana, fikapohana, fanagadrana na famotsorana an’i Paoly sy i Silasy. Tsy ampy hanaporofoana fa nitranga araka ny fitantarana ilay zava-niseho ny fahamarinan’ny rafitra ara-panjakana aseho.", "Tsy manaporofo izany fa olom-pirenena romana i Paoly. Ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ihany io filazana io (Asan’ny Apostoly 16:37 sy 22:25–29). Manamafy ny taratasin’i Paoly fa nampijalina tany Filipy izy (1 Tesaloniana 2:2) ary nokapohina tamin’ny tsorakazo intelo (2 Korintiana 11:25), nefa tsy miresaka ny zom-pirenena mihitsy. Misy koa manontany hoe nahoana no nokapohina tamin’ny tsorakazo intelo ny olom-pirenena iray (2 Korintiana 11:25); tsy manazava izany ny taratasy.", "Tsy voatahiry ny satan’i Filipy manokana, ka fampitahana amin’ny zanatany hafa (Urso) no iorenan’ny porofo momba ny liktora. Mampiasa ny IIvir ny soratra latina voatonona eto; mbola tsy voavaha raha nampiasa ilay anaram-boninahitra grika ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ny mpiteny grika tany Filipy, tamin’ny fomba ofisialy na andavanandro." ], "debate": "Mbola misy fanontaniana misokatra. IIvir (duovir) no ao amin’ny soratra latina avy any Filipy. Noheverin’i Ramsay ho anaram-panajana ilay anarana iantsoan’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ireo lehilahy ireo, izay nadikany hoe ‘praetors’; milaza i Brélaz fa io teny grika io ihany no fandikana mahazatra ny duumvir, toy ny amin’ireo soratra grika avy amin’ny zanatany tao Korinto. Momba ny zom-pirenena, misalasala i Lentz raha mety nanana izany ny Fariseo hentitra iray, ary heveriny ho anisan’ny sarin’i Paoly asehon’i Lioka izany; i Weber kosa milaza fa mitaky izany ny fampakarana ny raharaha tany amin’i Kaisara. Manontany koa ny mpitsikera hoe nahoana no taorian’ny fikapohana vao nanambara izany i Paoly. Farany, sarotra ampifanarahana amin’ny toerana efa notanan’i Amfipolia ho renivohitry ny fizarana ny fiantsoan’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 16:12 an’i Filipy ho tanàna voalohany ao amin’ny distrika misy azy. Heverin’i Ramsay ho fireharehan’ny tanàna ilay teny: laharana notakian’i Filipy, nefa neken’ny besinimaro ho an’i Amfipolia. Ny hafa manaraka vakiteny hafa na fanitsiana vinavinaina, hita amin’ny fanontana tsikera maoderina sasany, izay milaza fa tanàna ao amin’ny distrika voalohany i Filipy, na mihevitra ilay laharana ho mari-panajana fa tsy laharana ara-pitantanana.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Tontolo marina, seho narafitra", "statement": "Nahalala ny fomba fiasan’ny zanatany tany atsinanana i Lioka na ny loharanony. Mampiseho fahalalana an’ilay tontolo ny fahamarinan’ny anaram-boninahitra sy ny fomba fiasa, nefa mety hifanaraka amin’ny tantara novolavolaina na noforonina koa izany. Amin’ity fomba fijery ity, anisan’ny sarin’i Paoly manana toerana ambony asehon’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ny fanambarana tara ny zom-pireneny (araka an’i Lentz), fa tsy zava-nitranga azo hamarinina." }, { "label": "Anaram-panajana, fa tsy hadisoana ara-teknika", "statement": "Duoviri ara-dalàna ireo mpitsara, araka ny asehon’ny soratra. Ny anarana grika omen’ny Asan’ny Apostoly azy ireo dia maneho ny fiteny fanajana na ny fitenin’ny besinimaro momba ny mpitsaran’ny zanatany. Heverin’i Ramsay fa marina amin’ny resaka eo amin’ny olona nahita fianarana izany, fa tsy amin’ny fahitsiana ara-teknika. Heverin’i Brélaz ho teny grika mahazatra mitovy amin’ny duumvir izy io, ary ampiharin’ny LSJ amin’ny duoviri amin’ny zanatany ilay teny, na dia ny Asan’ny Apostoly ihany aza no ohatra omeny." }, { "label": "Mpitantara mahafantatra tsara, tohanan’ny porofo mahaleo tena amin’ny ampahany", "statement": "Tonga any Filipy ilay fitantarana amin’ny hoe ‘izahay’ (Asan’ny Apostoly 16:10–17), na dia mijanona alohan’ny fisamborana aza. Ny taratasin’i Paoly mihitsy no mitatitra misaraka ny fampijaliana tany Filipy (1 Tesaloniana 2:2) sy ny fikapohana tamin’ny tsorakazo (2 Korintiana 11:25). Nanamafy i Paley fa tsy nalaina avy amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ilay taratasy nefa mifanaraka aminy; noheverin’i Ramsay fa nahafantatra tsara ny toerana ilay mpitantara. Tsy manamafy ny filazana ny zom-pirenena na ny antsipirian’ny fitsarana anefa ireo taratasy." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-philippi-colony-magistrates" }, { "id": "festus-coins", "kind": "coin", "dateFrom": 58, "dateTo": 59, "corpusReferences": [ "RPC I 4972", "Meshorer 35 (as cited by RPC I 4972)" ], "confidence": "medium", "epistemicStatus": "debated", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 24:10", "Acts 24:27", "Acts 25:1-12", "Acts 27:9" ], "personIds": [ "person.festus", "person.felix", "person.nero", "person.claudius", "person.paul" ], "placeIds": [ "place.judea", "place.jerusalem", "place.caesarea" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1895 edition", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "locator": "Ant. 20.182 (Whiston 20.8.9)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.01.0146%3Abook%3D20%3Awhiston+chapter%3D8%3Awhiston+section%3D9", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Now when Porcius Festus was sent as successor to Felix by Nero, the principal of the Jewish inhabitants of Cesarea went up to Rome to accuse Felix; and he had certainly been brought to punishment, unless Nero had yielded to the importunate solicitations of his brother Pallas", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1895 edition", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "locator": "Ant. 20.137-138 (Whiston 20.7.1)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.01.0146%3Abook%3D20%3Awhiston+chapter%3D7%3Awhiston+section%3D1", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "SO Claudius sent Felix, the brother of Pallas, to take care of the affairs of Judea; and when he had already completed the twelfth year of his reign, he bestowed upon Agrippa the tetrarchy of Philip and Batanea", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1895 edition", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "locator": "Ant. 20.197 (Whiston 20.9.1)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.01.0146%3Abook%3D20%3Awhiston+chapter%3D9%3Awhiston+section%3D1", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "AND now Caesar, upon hearing the death of Festus, sent Albinus into Judea, as procurator.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1895 edition", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "locator": "Ant. 20.200 (Whiston 20.9.1)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.01.0146%3Abook%3D20%3Awhiston+chapter%3D9%3Awhiston+section%3D1", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Festus was now dead, and Albinus was but upon the road", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-war-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1895 edition", "work": "The Wars of the Jews", "locator": "War 2.271 (Whiston 2.14.1)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.01.0148%3Abook%3D2%3Awhiston+chapter%3D14%3Awhiston+section%3D1", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "NOW it was that Festus succeeded Felix as procurator, and made it his business to correct those that made disturbances in the country.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-war-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1895 edition", "work": "The Wars of the Jews", "locator": "War 6.300 (Whiston 6.5.3)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.01.0148%3Abook%3D6%3Awhiston+chapter%3D5%3Awhiston+section%3D3", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "four years before the war began, and at a time when the city was in very great peace and prosperity, came to that feast whereon it is our custom for every one to make tabernacles to God in the temple", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-war-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1895 edition", "work": "The Wars of the Jews", "locator": "War 6.305 (Whiston 6.5.3)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.01.0148%3Abook%3D6%3Awhiston+chapter%3D5%3Awhiston+section%3D3", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Albinus (for he was then our procurator)", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "tacitus-annals-church-brodribb", "author": "Tacitus", "translator": "Alfred John Church and William Jackson Brodribb", "year": "1942 reprint", "work": "Annals", "locator": "Ann. 13.14 (narrative of AD 55)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.02.0078%3Abook%3D13%3Achapter%3D14", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "And so Nero, furious with those who abetted such arrogance in a woman, removed Pallas from the charge of the business with which he had been entrusted by Claudius, and in which he acted, so to say, as the controller of the throne.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "tacitus-annals-church-brodribb", "author": "Tacitus", "translator": "Alfred John Church and William Jackson Brodribb", "year": "1942 reprint", "work": "Annals", "locator": "Ann. 13.23 (narrative of AD 55)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.02.0078%3Abook%3D13%3Achapter%3D23", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "But the proved innocence of Pallas did not please men so much, as his arrogance offended them.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "suetonius-rolfe", "author": "Suetonius", "translator": "J. C. Rolfe", "year": "1914", "work": "Lives of the Caesars: Claudius", "locator": "Claud. 45", "url": "https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Suetonius/12Caesars/Claudius*.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "He died on the third day before the Ides of October in the consulship of Asinius Marcellus and Acilius Aviola, in the sixty-fourth year of his age and the fourteenth of his reign.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890", "work": "Church History", "locator": "HE 2.22.1", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250102.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Festus was sent by Nero to be Felix's successor. Under him Paul, having made his defense, was sent bound to Rome.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890", "work": "Notes to Eusebius, Church History (NPNF, Second Series, vol. 1)", "locator": "HE 2.22.1, note 469", "url": "https://ccel.org/ccel/schaff/npnf201/npnf201.iii.vii.xxiii.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "The exact year of the accession of Festus is not known, but it is known that his death occurred before the summer of 62 a.d.; for at that time his successor, Albinus, was already procurator, as we can see from Josephus, B. J. VI. 5. 3.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "ramsay-st-paul-traveller", "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "year": "1895", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen (CCEL text of the 10th edition, 1907)", "locator": "ch. XIV, §3 'The Council'", "url": "https://www.ccel.org/ccel/r/ramsay/paul_roman/cache/paul_roman.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "The great Fast fell in 59 on Oct. 5, and, as Paul and Aristarchus observed the Fast, Luke uses it as an indication of date.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "ramsay-st-paul-traveller", "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "year": "1895", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen (CCEL text of the 10th edition, 1907)", "locator": "Chronological Index to the Life of St. Paul", "url": "https://www.ccel.org/ccel/r/ramsay/paul_roman/cache/paul_roman.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Imprisonment in Palestine June 57 to July 59", "role": "early-study" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Andrew Burnett, Michel Amandry and Pere Pau Ripollès", "work": "Roman Provincial Coinage, vol. I: From the Death of Caesar to Vitellius (44 BC-AD 69)", "year": "1992 (online edition 2019)", "view": "Catalogues the type as RPC I 4972, struck at Jerusalem under Nero in year 5 and dated AD 59, without naming the governor who issued it. Its Claudius year-14 issues (RPC I 4970-4971, AD 54) name Julia Agrippina, and Britannicus and Nero, but no governor." }, { "author": "Frederic W. Madden", "work": "Coins of the Jews (International Numismata Orientalia II)", "year": "1881", "view": "Lists the year-5 type (AD 58-59) under Felix and dates Festus to AD 60 to the end of 61, while reporting that de Saulcy had assigned the coin to Festus." }, { "author": "Emil Schürer", "work": "A History of the Jewish People in the Time of Jesus Christ, Division I (English translation by John Macpherson)", "year": "1890", "view": "Holds that Felix was probably recalled in AD 60, the date most investigators then preferred. Reports that Kellner (November 54) and V. Weber (summer 55) argued for an early recall from Eusebius's Chronicle and Pallas's influence, and rebuts them: the Chronicle's dates are often arbitrary, Josephus puts almost all of Felix's acts under Nero, and Pallas was acquitted before the end of 55." }, { "author": "Michael J. G. Gray-Fow", "work": "Why Festus, Not Felix? Paul's Caesarem Appello (Journal of the Evangelical Theological Society 59/3)", "year": "2016", "view": "Places Festus's arrival and Paul's appeal in the summer of AD 60, and calls that date approximate but traditional." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q464307", "label": "Porcius Festus" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "687928", "label": "Ierusalem/Hierosolyma (mint named by RPC)" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "678401", "label": "Stratonos Pyrgos/Caesarea (governor's seat)" } ], "title": "Vola madinika avy any Jodia tamin’ny taona fahadimy nanjakan’i Nero, lazaina fa an’i Festo", "summary": "Matetika no lazaina fa an’i Porcio Festo, ilay governora nandimby an’i Feliksa ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 24:27, ireo vola varahina madinika natao ho an’i Jodia tamin’ny taona fahadimy nanjakan’i Nero (58/59 taor. J.K.), izay tsy ahitana afa-tsy ny anarana hoe Nero sy Kaisara ary ny taona. Mifanaraka amin’ny tontolo romana ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 24–25 izy ireo, nefa tsy manonona governora mihitsy, ka tsy ampy hamaritana ny fotoana nahatongavan’i Festo; eo anelanelan’ny 54 sy 61 taor. J.K. ny daty natolotra.", "dating": "Taona faha-5 nanjakan’i Nero (voamarika L E), 58/59 taor. J.K.; nandimby an’i Klaodio tamin’ny Oktobra 54 i Nero (Suetonius, Claud. 45); 59 taor. J.K. no datin’io karazany io araka ny RPC", "currentLocation": "Maro ny santionany; mitanisa 34 ny RPC I 4972, any amin’ny tahirizam-bahoaka sy tahiry manokana.", "establishes": [ "Nisy vola varahina madinika natao ho an’i Jodia tamin’ny anaran’i Nero, tamin’ny taona fahadimy nanjakany (voamarika L E, 58/59 taor. J.K.). Ny ilany dia mitondra ny anaran’i Nero ao anaty fehiloha ravina; ny ilany kosa manome ny taona sy ny anarana hoe Kaisara eo akaikin’ny sampan-drofia. Ataon’ny RPC ao Jerosalema io karazany io, amin’ny laharana RPC I 4972, ary omeny daty 59 taor. J.K.", "Tsy manonona governora koa ireo vola avy any Jodia tamin’ny taona faha-14 nanjakan’i Klaodio (54 taor. J.K.; RPC I 4970–4971), natao nandritra ny fitondran’i Feliksa. Araka ny tatitr’i Madden (1881), i De Saulcy no nilaza fa an’i Porcio Festo ilay karazana tamin’ny taona faha-5, ary katalaogy maoderina maro no manaraka azy. Samy manonona an’i Festo ho mpandimby an’i Feliksa ny Asan’ny Apostoly 24:27 sy i Josefa (Ant. 20.182; War 2.271), ary milaza i Josefa fa i Nero no naniraka azy.", "Maty teo am-perinasa i Festo talohan’ny nahatongavan’i Albinus (Ant. 20.197–200), ary efa prokuratora i Albinus tamin’ny Fetin’ny Tabernakely, efa-taona talohan’ny ady (War 6.300–305), ka nifarana tamin’ny 62 taor. J.K. farafahatarany ny fitondran’i Festo." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy manonona governora ireo vola. Miankina amin’ny fizotry ny fotoana ekena ny filazana fa an’i Festo na an’i Feliksa izy ireo: 60–61 taor. J.K. no daty nomen’i Madden (1881) ho an’i Festo, ary nataony teo ambanin’i Feliksa ilay karazana tamin’ny taona faha-5.", "Tsy mamaritra ny taona nahatongavan’i Festo izy ireo. Raha raisina ho volany voalohany ireo, dia heverina mialoha fa namoaka vola ny governora vaovao taoriana kelin’ny nahatongavany. Mitantara ny fanendrena an’i Feliksa i Josefa taloha kelin’ny zava-nitranga iray taorian’ny nahafeno ny taona faharoa ambin’ny folo nanjakan’i Klaodio (tokony ho 53 taor. J.K.; Ant. 20.137), nefa tamin’ny 54 taor. J.K. ireo vola avy any Jodia nandritra ny fitondrany izay mitondra daty tamin’i Klaodio. Raha arahina izany tsoakevitra izany, dia tsy voatery nanaraka avy hatrany ny fahatongavana ny famokarana vola.", "Tsy milaza na inona na inona momba an’i Paoly, ny fihainoana ny raharahany teo anatrehan’i Feliksa sy i Festo, na ny faharetan’ny fitazonana azy izy ireo (Asan’ny Apostoly 24:27)." ], "debate": "Ny fahatongavan’i Festo, izay miankina amin’ny fotoana nampodiana an’i Feliksa, dia nomena daty teo anelanelan’ny 54 sy 61 taor. J.K. Ny daty aloha dia mifototra amin’ny Chronicle nosoratan’i Eusebius: ny lahatsoratra armeniana dia mametraka ny fampodiana tamin’ny taona farany nanjakan’i Klaodio, ary ny dikantenin’i Jerome kosa tamin’ny taona faharoa nanjakan’i Nero. Mifototra koa izany amin’ny fanamarihan’i Josefa fa mbola niaro an’i Feliksa i Pallas, izay nesorina tamin’ny asany tamin’ny 55 (Ant. 20.182; Tacitus, Ann. 13.14). Namaly i Schürer fa matetika no tsy misy fototra mazava ny datin’ny Chronicle, fa apetrak’i Josefa ao anatin’ny fanjakan’i Nero saika ny asa rehetra nataon’i Feliksa, ary fa afaka tamin’ny fiampangana i Pallas talohan’ny faran’ny 55 (Ann. 13.23). Ny teny fideran’i Paoly ny traikefa maharitra nananan’i Feliksa ho mpitsara ilay firenena (Asan’ny Apostoly 24:10) koa dia manondro fitondrana naharitra. Nampiasa ilay fifadian-kanina izay voalazan’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 27:9 fa efa lasa i Ramsay hamaritana ny datin’ny dia an-dranomasina; ny 5 Oktobra no nitrangan’izany tamin’ny 59. Raha an’i Festo ireo vola tamin’ny taona faha-5, dia efa teo amin’ny fitondrana izy tamin’ny 59 taor. J.K., ka manohitra ny 60 na 61 izany; nefa miankina amin’ny vola tsy manonona governora sy amin’ny lamina famokarana vola heverina mialoha io famakiana io.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Fampodiana aloha an’i Feliksa (54–55 taor. J.K.)", "statement": "Araka ny tatitr’i Schürer (1890), nametraka ny fampodiana an’i Feliksa tamin’ny Novambra 54 i Kellner, ary tamin’ny fahavaratry ny 55 i V. Weber, sady nanondro ny Chronicle nosoratan’i Eusebius sy ny fahefan’i Pallas tamin’i Nero (Ant. 20.182). Namaly i Schürer fa apetrak’i Josefa ao anatin’ny fanjakan’i Nero saika ny asa rehetra nataon’i Feliksa, ary fa efa afaka tamin’ny fiampangana i Pallas talohan’ny faran’ny 55 (Tacitus, Ann. 13.23). Amin’io fomba fijery manohana daty aloha io, dia teo antenatenan’ny fitondrana no namoahana ny vola tamin’ny taona faha-5." }, { "label": "Fahatongavana tamin’ny 59 taor. J.K. (Ramsay)", "statement": "Tamin’ny fararanon’ny 59 no nametrahan’i Ramsay ny dia an-dranomasina nankany Roma, noho ny kajy momba ny kalandrie, fa tsy momba ny vola: tamin’ny 5 Oktobra tamin’ny 59 ilay fifadian-kanina voalazan’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 27:9 fa efa lasa. Ao amin’ny tondro ara-potoanany dia voafonja tany Palestina i Paoly nanomboka tamin’ny Jona 57 ka hatramin’ny Jolay 59, ka tamin’ny 59 no nahatongavan’i Festo araka ny kajiny. Mifanaraka amin’ny filazana fa an’i Festo ireo vola tamin’ny taona faha-5 izany, natao tao anatin’ireo volana voalohany nitondrany." }, { "label": "Daty mahazatra (60 taor. J.K.)", "statement": "Ny ankamaroan’ny mpikaroka nodinihin’i Schürer tamin’ny 1890 dia nametraka ny fampodiana an’i Feliksa tamin’ny 60; i McGiffert (1890), nanaraka an’i Wieseler, dia nanome ny 59–61 ho elanelana malalaka indrindra ho an’ny niantombohan’ny fitondran’i Festo. Mbola raisin’i Gray-Fow (2016) ho daty mahazatra ny fahavaratry ny 60. Amin’io fomba fijery io, tamin’ny fitondran’i Feliksa no namoahana ireo vola tamin’ny taona faha-5, araka ny nitanisan’i Madden azy tamin’ny 1881; ary araka ny lisitr’i Madden, tsy misy vola fantatra an’i Festo." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-festus-coins" }, { "id": "aretas-damascus", "kind": "literary-non-christian", "dateFrom": -9, "dateTo": 40, "corpusReferences": [ "RPC I 4781-4806 (civic coinage of Damascus, 37/36 BC to AD 65/6)", "RPC I 4800-4802A (Damascus under Tiberius, year 345 = AD 33/4, the last dated issue before the gap)", "RPC I 4803-4806 (Damascus under Nero, year 377 = AD 65/6)" ], "confidence": "high", "epistemicStatus": "source-supported", "scriptureReferences": [ "2 Corinthians 11:32-33", "Acts 9:23-25", "Acts 9:26", "Galatians 1:17-18", "Galatians 1:21" ], "personIds": [ "person.aretas", "person.paul", "person.josephus", "person.claudius", "person.nero" ], "placeIds": [ "place.damascus", "place.nabatea", "place.arabia", "place.syria" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737 (Perseus text of the 1895 Beardsley edition)", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "locator": "Ant. 18.109-115 (Whiston 18.5.1)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=18:whiston%20chapter=5:whiston%20section=1", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "So Herod wrote about these affairs to Tiberius, who being very angry at the attempt made by Aretas, wrote to Vitellius to make war upon him, and either to take him alive, and bring him to him in bonds, or to kill him, and send him his head.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737 (Perseus text of the 1895 Beardsley edition)", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "locator": "Ant. 18.120-129 (Whiston 18.5.3)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=18:whiston%20chapter=5:whiston%20section=3", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "But when on the fourth day letters came to him, which informed him of the death of Tiberius, he obliged the multitude to take an oath of fidelity to Caius; he also recalled his army, and made them every one go home, and take their winter quarters there", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737 (Perseus text of the 1895 Beardsley edition)", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "locator": "Ant. 16.293-299 (Whiston 16.9.4)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=16:whiston%20chapter=9:whiston%20section=4", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "who indeed was angry that Aretas had not sent to him first before he took the kingdom", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737 (Perseus text of the 1895 Beardsley edition)", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "locator": "Ant. 16.351-355 (Whiston 16.10.9)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=16:whiston%20chapter=10:whiston%20section=9", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "so he admitted Aretas's ambassadors; and after he had just reproved him for his rashness, in not tarrying till he received the kingdom from him, he accepted of his presents, and confirmed him in his government.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737 (Perseus text of the 1895 Beardsley edition)", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "locator": "Ant. 14.117 (Whiston 14.7.2), quoting Strabo on the Jews of Egypt", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=14:whiston%20chapter=7:whiston%20section=2", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "There is also an ethnarch allowed them, who governs the nation, and distributes justice to them, and takes care of their contracts, and of the laws to them belonging, as if he were the ruler of a free republic.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-war-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737 (Perseus text of the 1895 Beardsley edition)", "work": "The Wars of the Jews", "locator": "War 2.93 (Whiston 2.6.3)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0148:book=2:whiston%20chapter=6:whiston%20section=3", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "he gave the one half of Herod's kingdom to Archelaus, by the name of Ethnarch, and promised to make him king also afterward, if he rendered himself worthy of that dignity.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737 (Perseus text of the 1895 Beardsley edition)", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "locator": "Ant. 13.392 (Whiston 13.15.2)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=13:whiston%20chapter=15:whiston%20section=2", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "reigned over Celesyria, being called to the government by those that held Damascus, by reason of the hatred they bare to Ptolemy Menneus.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "dio-cassius-cary", "author": "Cassius Dio", "translator": "Earnest Cary", "year": "1924", "work": "Roman History, Book 59", "locator": "59.12.2", "url": "https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Cassius_Dio/59*.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "he granted to Sohaemus the land of the Ituraean Arabians, to Cotys Lesser Armenia", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "paley-horae-paulinae", "author": "William Paley", "year": "1790 (London: Religious Tract Society printing, 1852)", "work": "Horae Paulinae", "locator": "ch. IV (Second Epistle to the Corinthians), No. II", "url": "https://archive.org/download/horaepaulinaeort00pale_0/horaepaulinaeort00pale_0_djvu.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "The account in the Epistle of St. Paul’s escape from Damascus, though agreeing in the main fact with the account of the same transaction in the Acts, is related with such difference of circumstance, as renders it utterly improbable that one should be derived from the other.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "wikidata", "author": "Wikidata", "work": "Aretas IV Philopatris", "locator": "Q302986", "url": "https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Special:EntityData/Q302986.json", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "pleiades", "author": "Pleiades", "work": "Damascus", "locator": "Pleiades 678106", "url": "https://pleiades.stoa.org/places/678106/json", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Rainer Riesner", "work": "\"Pauline Chronology,\" in Stephen Westerholm (ed.), The Blackwell Companion to Paul", "year": "2011", "view": "Neither literary nor numismatic evidence establishes that Gaius handed Damascus to Aretas or that the Nabataeans seized it. Aretas's official was probably the overseer of the Nabataean quarter of Damascus, as the Jewish ethnarch was at Alexandria. The only firm point is that the flight came before Aretas IV died in AD 40. Riesner dates Paul's call to 31/32 and his first Jerusalem visit to 33/34." }, { "author": "Emil Schürer", "work": "A History of the Jewish People in the Time of Jesus Christ, Division I, vol. II, Appendix II (English translation by John Macpherson)", "year": "1890", "view": "Takes 2 Corinthians 11:32 to show that Damascus then belonged to Aretas, probably restored to him by Gaius, noting that no Damascus coins with the emperor's image are known from Gaius and Claudius. Judges a forcible seizure very improbable. Reports el-Hegr inscriptions and coins of Aretas IV reaching his 48th year." }, { "author": "Benjamin W. Bacon", "work": "A Criticism of the New Chronology of Paul, II (The Expositor, 5th series, vol. 10)", "year": "1899", "view": "Argues that Aretas was probably not in control of Damascus before late AD 38. Reports Holtzmann's view that Aretas's official was only the representative of Arabian interests in the city, and doubts that such a consul-like appointee could guard a Roman-held city to stop a Roman citizen leaving. Inclines to Weizsäcker's view that the escape belongs c. AD 39, after Paul's first Jerusalem visit." }, { "author": "Douglas A. Campbell", "work": "\"An Anchor for Pauline Chronology: Paul's Flight from 'the Ethnarch of King Aretas' (2 Corinthians 11:32-33),\" Journal of Biblical Literature 121", "year": "2002", "view": "Treats the flight from Aretas's official as a fixed point on which to build a Pauline chronology from the letters, and dates it narrowly in the later 30s." }, { "author": "Laurence L. Welborn", "work": "\"The Runaway Paul,\" Harvard Theological Review 92", "year": "1999", "view": "Calls the episode important for chronology because Aretas is the only political figure named in an authentic letter of Paul, and notes that Acts 9:23-25 parallels it in partly overlapping wording, which is unusual for Acts." }, { "author": "Laurence L. Welborn", "work": "\"Primum tirocinium Pauli (2 Cor 11,32-33),\" Biblische Zeitschrift 43", "year": "1999", "view": "As Riesner (2011) reports it, argues that Gaius (Caligula) handed Damascus over to Aretas IV in 37-39." }, { "author": "Martin Hengel and Anna Maria Schwemer", "work": "Paul Between Damascus and Antioch: The Unknown Years", "year": "1997", "view": "As cited by Riesner, they hold that the literary sources do not establish Nabataean rule of Damascus, and that Paul's early activity in the Nabataean kingdom may explain Aretas's hostility." }, { "author": "Zeyad Al-Salameen", "work": "\"A new Ancient North Arabian inscription with a reference to the Nabataean king Aretas,\" Arabian Archaeology and Epigraphy 22", "year": "2011", "view": "Publishes an inscription from al-Hussayniah, north of Ma'an, dated to the year a king Aretas died. He takes this most likely to be Aretas IV's death in AD 40." }, { "author": "Andrew Burnett, Michel Amandry and Pere Pau Ripollès", "work": "Roman Provincial Coinage, vol. I: From the Death of Caesar to Vitellius (44 BC-AD 69)", "year": "1992 (online edition 2019)", "view": "Catalogues Damascus's civic coinage as RPC I 4781-4806 with 4802A. Dated issues under Tiberius end with year 345 (AD 33/4); the next secure issues are Nero's, of year 377 (AD 65/6), and none of Gaius or Claudius are listed." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q302986", "label": "Aretas IV Philopatris" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q3766", "label": "Damascus" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "678106", "label": "Damascus" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q11029653", "label": "Nabataean kingdom" } ], "title": "I Areta IV mpanjaka sy ny fandosiran’i Paoly avy tany Damaskosy", "summary": "Manamarina ny fisian’i Areta IV i Josefa; izy irery amin’ireo mpanjaka mitondra ny anarana hoe Areta no nifanaraka tamin’ny androm-piainan’i Paoly ny fanjakany, ka izy ilay mpanjaka voatonona ao amin’ny 2 Korintiana 11:32. Mametraka ny fanjakany ho tokony ho 9 tal. J.K.–40 taor. J.K. ny soratra sy vola misy daty, ka talohan’ny tokony ho 40 taor. J.K. no nandosiran’i Paoly tao anaty sobika avy tany Damaskosy. Tsy voaporofo raha nifehy an’i Damaskosy i Areta tamin’izany; mifototra amin’ny banga eo amin’ny volan’ilay tanàna sy amin’ny famakiana ny anaram-boninahitry ny manamboninahitr’i Areta ny tohan-kevitra. Ampiasain’i Josefa ho an’ny mpitondra faritany sy ny lehiben’ny vondrom-piarahamonina io teny io.", "dating": "Fanjakan’i Areta IV, tokony ho 9 tal. J.K.–40 taor. J.K. Nialoha ny fahafatesan’i Areta ny fandosiran’i Paoly, ary tsaroany ao amin’ny 2 Korintiana, nosoratana teo antenatenan’ny taona 50.", "currentLocation": "Fampitana lahatsoratra (i Josefa, Antiquities sy Jewish War; Cassius Dio). Tranombakoka sy tahiry manokana maro no mitahiry ny vola monisipalin’i Damaskosy, ary voarakitra ao amin’ny RPC izy ireo.", "establishes": [ "Mpanjaka nabateana voamarina ivelan’ny Testamenta Vaovao i Areta IV. Milaza i Josefa fa nandray fahefana izy rehefa maty i Obodas, ary nisalasala mafy i Augustus vao nanamafy azy. Mitatitra koa i Josefa fa nandresy an’i Heroda Antipasy izy, ary najanon’i Vitellius ny diabe namely an’i Areta rehefa tonga ny vaovao momba ny fahafatesan’i Tiberius tamin’ny 37 taor. J.K.", "Tombanana ho tokony ho 9 tal. J.K.–40 taor. J.K. ny fanjakany, na dia tsy azo antoka aza ny taona niakarany teo amin’ny fitondrana. Mitanisa soratra avy any el-Hegr sy vola misy daty amin’ny taona faha-48 nanjakany i Schürer (1890); i Al-Salameen (2011) kosa mamoaka soratra iray misy daty amin’ny taona nahafatesan’ny mpanjaka iray mitondra ny anarana hoe Areta, izay azo inoana indrindra fa i Areta IV tamin’ny 40 taor. J.K.", "Milaza i Paoly fa nasain’ny manamboninahitry ny mpanjaka Areta nambenana i Damaskosy mba hisamborana azy, ka talohan’ny tokony ho 40 taor. J.K. ilay fandosirana (2 Korintiana 11:32–33; ampitahao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 9:23–25). Raha talohan’ny fitsidihana voalohany nataon’i Paoly tany Jerosalema ilay fandosirana (Asan’ny Apostoly 9:23–26; Galatiana 1:17–18), dia tamin’ny tokony ho 37 taor. J.K. farafahatarany no niovany finoana.", "Mitanisa vola monisipalin’i Damaskosy tamin’ny andron’i Tiberius hatramin’ny taona 345 (33/4 taor. J.K.) ny RPC I. Ny famoahana manaraka azo antoka dia tamin’ny andron’i Nero (taona 377, 65/6 taor. J.K.), ary tsy misy vola avy any Damaskosy tamin’ny andron’i Gaius na i Klaodio voarakitra ao." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy mampiseho izany fa i Areta no nitondra an’i Damaskosy. Tsy misy soratra, vola na lahatsoratra tsy kristiana milaza izany. Manonona faritany arabo ny lisitr’i Dio momba ny fanomezana nataon’i Gaius tamin’ny 38 taor. J.K., fa tsy i Areta na i Damaskosy (59.12.2).", "Tsy manaporofo fiovan’ny mpitondra ilay banga eo amin’ny vola. Tsy tsy tapaka ny famokarana vola tao Damaskosy: tsy misy vola misy daty eo anelanelan’ny 4/3 tal. J.K. sy ny 13/14 taor. J.K. ao amin’ny RPC I. Tohan-kevitra miorina amin’ny tsy fisian’ny porofo ilay banga.", "Tsy mamaritra ny taonan’ny fandosirana izany, ary tsy mahatonga ny Asan’ny Apostoly sy ny 2 Korintiana ho vavolombelona mahaleo tena tanteraka. Miaro daty manomboka amin’ny fiandohan’ny taona 30 ka hatramin’ny 39/40 taor. J.K. ny manam-pahaizana, ary misy voambolana iombonan’ireo fitantarana roa.", "Tsy mitovy ny mpanenjika tononin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly sy i Paoly: ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ny Jiosy no miambina eo amin’ny vavahady (Asan’ny Apostoly 9:23–24), fa i Paoly manonona ny manamboninahitr’i Areta (2 Korintiana 11:32). Izay fampifanarahana azy, toy ny fiaraha-miasa teo amin’izy ireo, dia tsoakevitra ihany." ], "debate": "Ny fanontaniana misokatra dia ny andraikitr’ilay manamboninahitr’i Areta tao Damaskosy. Noraisin’i Schürer (1890) ho midika ny tenin’i Paoly fa an’i Areta i Damaskosy tamin’izany, azo inoana fa naverin’i Gaius taminy, ary nanondro ny banga eo amin’ny volan’ilay tanàna izy; araka ny tatitr’i Riesner (2011), niaro ny hevitra hoe nisy famindrana nataon’i Gaius tamin’ny 37–39 i Welborn. I Bacon (1899) dia nametraka izay fanaraha-maso toy izany ho tsy talohan’ny faramparan’ny 38. I Riesner, izay manonona an’i Hengel sy Schwemer ary ny hafa, dia mahita fa samy tsy voaporofo na ny fanomezana na ny fakana ilay tanàna. I Holtzmann, araka ny tatitr’i Bacon (1899), dia nandray ilay manamboninahitra ho solontenan’ny tombontsoa arabo tao Damaskosy; i Riesner kosa mihevitra azy ho mpiandraikitra ny faritra nabateana tao an-tanàna, tahaka ny lehiben’ny Jiosy tao Aleksandria, izay antsoin’i Josefa, naka teny avy amin’i Strabo, hoe ethnarch (Ant. 14.117). Raisin’i Campbell ho teboka raikitra amin’ny fizotry ny fiainan’i Paoly ilay fandosirana.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Fitondrana nabateana tao an-tanàna, tokony ho 37–40 taor. J.K.", "statement": "Nifehy an’i Damaskosy vetivety tamin’ny alalan’ny manamboninahiny i Areta, angamba noho ny fanomezana nataon’i Gaius taorian’ny fahafatesan’i Tiberius. Efa niantso mpanjaka Areta taloha iray hitondra an’i Coele-Syria ireo nifehy an’i Damaskosy (Ant. 13.392), ary nomen’i Josefa an’i Archelaus, mpitondra ny antsasaky ny fanjakan’i Heroda Lehibe, io anaram-boninahitra io ihany (War 2.93). Mifanaraka amin’izany ilay banga eo amin’ny vola, tamin’ny tokony ho 37–40 taor. J.K. ilay fandosirana, ary miaraka amin’ny Galatiana 1:18 dia mifindra ho eo antenatenan’ny taona 30 ny fiovam-pon’i Paoly." }, { "label": "Manamboninahitra ho lehiben’ny vondrom-piarahamonina na iraky ny mpanjaka", "statement": "Nijanona ho tanàna tao amin’i Syria romana i Damaskosy. Ny manamboninahitr’i Areta dia na lehiben’ny vondrom-piarahamonina nabateana teo an-toerana (Riesner), na iraka nisolo tena ny tombontsoan’ny mpanjaka (Holtzmann, araka ny tatitr’i Bacon). Amin’ireo fomba roa ireo dia afaka niambina an’i Paoly izy nefa tsy nitondra ny tanàna, ka mety ho talohan’izany tao anatin’ny taona 30 ilay fandosirana. Nisalasala i Bacon (1899) raha afaka niambina tanàna notanan’ny Romana mba hisakanana olona tsy hivoaka ny voatendry toy izany." }, { "label": "Daty iorenana ao anatin’ny elanelana tery", "statement": "Ataon’i Campbell ho fototry ny fizotry ny fotoana naorina avy amin’ny taratasy ny fandosirana ilay manamboninahitr’i Areta, ary ferany ho amin’ny faramparan’ny taona 30 ny datiny. Mamaly i Riesner (2011) fa tsy azo apetraka ho zava-misy ny fahefana nabateana tamin’i Damaskosy, ka ny hany azo antoka dia ny hoe talohan’ny fahafatesan’i Areta tamin’ny 40 taor. J.K. ilay fandosirana." }, { "label": "Fandosirana tatỳ aorian’ny fotoana ametrahan’ny Asan’ny Apostoly azy", "statement": "I Weizsäcker, araka ny tatitr’i Bacon (1899), izay nanaraka azy tamim-pisalasalana, dia nametraka ilay fandosirana tamin’ny fijanonana tatỳ aoriana tao Damaskosy, tokony ho 39 taor. J.K., taorian’ny fitsidihana voalohany nataon’i Paoly tany Jerosalema (Asan’ny Apostoly 9:26), nandritra ny asany tany Syria sy Kilikia (Galatiana 1:21). Amin’io fomba fijery io, diso toerana ao amin’ny fizotry ny fotoana ny fametrahan’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 9 ilay zava-nitranga." }, { "label": "Lovantsofina iombonana na fiankinana ara-literatiora", "statement": "Nampitaha ireo fitantarana roa i Paley (1790): ny iray milaza ny manamboninahitry ny mpanjaka miambina ny tanàna, ny iray kosa ny Jiosy miambina eo amin’ny vavahady. Noheveriny fa samy hafa loatra ny toe-javatra ka tsy mety ho avy tamin’ny iray ny iray hafa. Manamarika i Welborn fa misy teny iraisany, zavatra tsy fahita firy eo amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly sy ny taratasy. Mbola misokatra ny hoe nampiasa ny taratasin’i Paoly ve ny Asan’ny Apostoly sa lovantsofina iombonana." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-aretas-damascus" }, { "id": "aratus-epimenides-menander", "kind": "literary-non-christian", "dateFrom": -343, "dateTo": -274, "corpusReferences": [ "Aratus, Phaenomena 5 (CTS urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0653.tlg001)", "Menander, Thais fr. 218 Kock", "Euripides fr. 1013 Nauck (cross-reference given by Allinson 1921)", "Callimachus, Hymn 1 (To Zeus) 8", "Diogenes Laertius 1.109-112 (Epimenides)" ], "confidence": "high", "epistemicStatus": "attested", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 17:28", "Acts 17:22-31", "1 Corinthians 15:33", "Titus 1:12-13", "Acts 22:3" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul", "person.luke", "person.titus" ], "placeIds": [ "place.athens", "place.areopagus", "place.crete", "place.corinth", "place.tarsus" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "aratus-mair", "author": "Aratus", "work": "Phaenomena (English translation, Loeb Classical Library)", "translator": "G. R. Mair", "year": "1921", "locator": "Phaen. 4-6 (English translation)", "url": "https://archive.org/download/callimachuslycop0000wmai/callimachuslycop0000wmai_djvu.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "always we all have need of Zeus. For we are also his offspring; and he in his kindness unto men giveth favourable signs and wakeneth the people to work", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "aratus-mair", "author": "Aratus", "work": "Phaenomena (Greek text, ed. G. R. Mair)", "year": "1921", "locator": "Phaen. 5", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:2008.01.0483", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "τοῦ γάρ καὶ γένος εἰμέν", "role": "edition" }, { "sourceKey": "aratus-mair", "author": "G. R. Mair", "work": "Introduction to Aratus, in Callimachus and Lycophron; Aratus (Loeb Classical Library)", "year": "1921", "locator": "Introduction to Aratus, p. 360 (birthplace)", "url": "https://archive.org/download/callimachuslycop0000wmai/callimachuslycop0000wmai_djvu.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Aratus of Soli in Cilicia—as distinct from Soli in Cyprus—was the son of Athenodorus and Letophila", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "aratus-mair", "author": "G. R. Mair", "work": "Introduction to Aratus, in Callimachus and Lycophron; Aratus (Loeb Classical Library)", "year": "1921", "locator": "Introduction to Aratus, p. 363 (date of the Phaenomena)", "url": "https://archive.org/download/callimachuslycop0000wmai/callimachuslycop0000wmai_djvu.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "This must have been between 276-274, because in the latter year this literary circle was broken up by the invasion of Pyrrhus", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "clement-alexandria-stromata-anf", "author": "Clement of Alexandria", "work": "Stromata, Book I (Ante-Nicene Fathers vol. 2)", "translator": "William Wilson", "year": "1885", "locator": "Strom. 1.14 (Epimenides)", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/02101.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "others, Epimenides the Cretan, whom Paul knew as a Greek prophet, whom he mentions in the Epistle to Titus", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "clement-alexandria-stromata-anf", "author": "Clement of Alexandria", "work": "Stromata, Book I (Ante-Nicene Fathers vol. 2)", "translator": "William Wilson", "year": "1885", "locator": "Strom. 1.14 (Greek poems; 1 Corinthians line)", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/02101.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "is not ashamed, when discoursing for the edification of some and the shaming of others, to make use of Greek poems. Accordingly to the Corinthians (for this is not the only instance), while discoursing on the resurrection of the dead, he makes use of a tragic Iambic line", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "clement-alexandria-stromata-anf", "author": "Clement of Alexandria", "work": "Stromata, Book I (Ante-Nicene Fathers vol. 2)", "translator": "William Wilson", "year": "1885", "locator": "Strom. 1.19 (Aratus)", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/02101.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Whence it is evident that the apostle, by availing himself of poetical examples from the Phenomena of Aratus, approves of what had been well spoken by the Greeks", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "diogenes-laertius-hicks", "author": "Diogenes Laertius", "work": "Lives of Eminent Philosophers, Book I (Epimenides)", "translator": "R. D. Hicks", "year": "1925", "locator": "1.110 (date of Epimenides' visit to Athens)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.01.0258%3Abook%3D1%3Achapter%3D10", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "And he came in the 46th Olympiad", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "diogenes-laertius-hicks", "author": "Diogenes Laertius", "work": "Lives of Eminent Philosophers, Book I (Epimenides)", "translator": "R. D. Hicks", "year": "1925", "locator": "1.111 (works ascribed to Epimenides)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.01.0258%3Abook%3D1%3Achapter%3D10", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "He wrote a poem On the Birth of the Curetes and Corybantes and a Theogony", "role": "primary-text" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Francis G. Allinson", "work": "Menander: The Principal Fragments (Loeb Classical Library)", "year": "1921", "view": "Prints the line of 1 Corinthians 15:33, in its elided form, as Menander, Thais fr. 218 Kock, and cross-references Euripides fr. 1013 Nauck." }, { "author": "A. W. Mair", "work": "Callimachus: Hymns, in Callimachus and Lycophron; Aratus (Loeb Classical Library)", "year": "1921", "view": "Prints Callimachus' Hymn to Zeus, whose line 8 opens with the same three words as Titus 1:12, and annotates the saying as proverbial and attributed to Epimenides." }, { "author": "J. Rendel Harris", "work": "The Cretans Always Liars (The Expositor, 7th series, vol. 2)", "year": "1906", "view": "Argues from a passage in the Syriac Gannat Busame, which he took to come from Theodore of Mopsuestia, that the first clause of Acts 17:28 also derives from Epimenides." }, { "author": "Martin Dibelius", "work": "Paulus auf dem Areopag", "year": "1939", "view": "Reads the Areopagus speech as a Lukan literary composition in a Hellenistic philosophical idiom, not as a record of Paul's own words." }, { "author": "Bertil Gärtner", "work": "The Areopagus Speech and Natural Revelation", "year": "1955", "view": "Argues against Dibelius that the speech's thought is rooted in Old Testament and Jewish tradition, with the Greek citations used in its service." }, { "author": "Clare K. Rothschild", "work": "Paul in Athens: The Popular Religious Context of Acts 17 (WUNT 341)", "year": "2014", "view": "Argues that popular second-century traditions about Epimenides make sense of the Athens episode, including the unknown-god altar and the first clause of Acts 17:28, and that scholars have overlooked them in favour of the philosophers named in the chapter." }, { "author": "Erkki Koskenniemi", "work": "The Famous Liar and the Apostolic Truth (Filología Neotestamentaria 24)", "year": "2011", "view": "Argues that the Cretan-liar proverb came first, was turned into a logical paradox, and was attached to Epimenides only later and ahistorically, so the verse in Titus does not prove that its writer knew classical literature well." }, { "author": "John Granger Cook", "work": "Titus 1,12: Epimenides, Ancient Christian Scholars, Zeus's Death, and the Cretan Paradox (Zeitschrift für Antikes Christentum 25)", "year": "2021", "view": "Reads Titus 1:12 in its history-of-religions context rather than as a liar's paradox." }, { "author": "I. Howard Marshall (with Philip H. Towner)", "work": "A Critical and Exegetical Commentary on the Pastoral Epistles (ICC)", "year": "1999", "view": "Holds that a Pauline associate wrote the Pastorals under Paul's name without deceptive intent ('allonymity'), rather than Paul himself." }, { "author": "William D. Mounce", "work": "Pastoral Epistles (Word Biblical Commentary 46)", "year": "2000", "view": "Defends Pauline authorship of the Pastorals and explains their stylistic differences partly by an amanuensis." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q180671", "label": "Aratus" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q42194191", "label": "Phaenomena (poem by Aratus)" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q319406", "label": "Epimenides of Crete" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q118992", "label": "Menander" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q192417", "label": "Callimachus" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q1992415", "label": "Stromata (Clement of Alexandria)" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q4789055", "label": "Areopagus sermon" } ], "title": "Poeta grika notononina ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly sy ny taratasin’i Paoly: Aratus, Menander ary ‘Epimenides’", "summary": "Andalana telo ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly sy ny taratasy amin’ny anaran’i Paoly no mamerina tononkalo grika. Mifanaraka amin’ny tapany voalohany amin’ny andalana faha-5 amin’ny Phaenomena nosoratan’i Aratus (taonjato faha-3 tal. J.K.) ny Asan’ny Apostoly 17:28. Ankoatra ny zanatsoratra iray tsy nesorina, dia mifanaraka amin’ny andalana iray manana metatra iambika trimetra, navoaka ho an’i Menander avy amin’ilay hatsikana very Thais, ny 1 Korintiana 15:33. Heksametra ny Titosy 1:12, izay nolazain’i Klementa avy any Aleksandria fa an’i Epimenides, mpahita kretana. Mampiseho tontolo ara-literatiora grika ireo andalana ireo, nefa tsy manaporofo fa namaky ireo poeta ireo i Paoly na fa voarakitra teny isaky ny teny ilay lahateny tany Atena.", "dating": "Tononkalo: apetrak’i Diogenes Laertius amin’ny Olympiada faha-46 (596–593 tal. J.K.) i Epimenides, daty araka ny angano, ary tsy misy asany voatahiry manontolo; Menander 343/42–292/91 tal. J.K. (Allinson); Phaenomena nosoratan’i Aratus, tokony ho 276–274 tal. J.K. (tsoakevitr’i Mair); Hymn to Zeus nosoratan’i Callimachus, taonjato faha-3 tal. J.K. Filazana kristiana voalohany voatonona eto momba ny mpanoratra: Klementa avy any Aleksandria, Stromata (manodidina ny 200 taor. J.K.).", "currentLocation": "Fampitana lahatsoratra", "establishes": [ "Ny teny lazain’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 17:28 fa avy amin’ny poeta grika dia mifanaraka amin’ny tapany voalohany amin’ny andalana faha-5 amin’ny Phaenomena nosoratan’i Aratus; ny endriky ny matoanteny ihany no maha-samy hafa ny teny grika (ilay εἰμέν amin’ny tononkalo epika no ao amin’i Aratus). Avy any Soli any Kilikia i Aratus, ary araka ny daty nomen’i Mair tamin’ny 1921 dia tokony ho 276–274 tal. J.K. no namoronany ilay tononkalo.", "Ankoatra ny zanatsoratra iray tsy nesorina, dia mifanaraka amin’ny andalana iambika trimetra avoakan’i Allinson (1921) ho Menander, Thais fr. 218 Kock, ny 1 Korintiana 15:33. Very ilay tantara an-tsehatra, ka fijoroana vavolombelona fahiny no iorenan’ny fanondroana ny mpanoratra, fa tsy lahatsoratra mbola voatahiry. Efa niantso ilay andalana ho ‘andalana iambika avy amin’ny loza an-tsehatra’ nindramina i Klementa avy any Aleksandria.", "Manonona heksametra ho tenin’ny mpaminany kretana iray ny Titosy 1:12. Ny teny telo voalohany ao aminy koa no manomboka ny andalana faha-8 amin’ny Hymn to Zeus nosoratan’i Callimachus (taonjato faha-3 tal. J.K.), izay lazain’ny fanamarihan’i Mair ao amin’ny Loeb tamin’ny 1921 ho fomba fiteny ohabolana lazaina fa an’i Epimenides. Lazain’i Klementa fa i Epimenides ilay mpaminany ao amin’ny Titosy (Strom. 1.14).", "Manonona ireo andalana telo ireo i Klementa avy any Aleksandria ao amin’ny Stromata 1.14 sy 1.19. Milaza izy fa tsy menatra nampiasa tononkalo grika i Paoly, ary raisiny avy amin’ny fanononana an’i Aratus fa nankasitraka izay nolazain’ny Grika tsara i Paoly." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy manaporofo fa namaky mivantana ny asan’i Aratus, Menander na Epimenides i Paoly. Fohy sy mora tononina ny andalana tsirairay, ary antsoin’i Klementa hoe avy amin’ny loza an-tsehatra ilay andalana ao amin’ny 1 Korintiana, nefa avoakan’i Allinson ao anatin’ny sombin’asan’i Menander; manondro an’i Euripides koa i Allinson. Mifanaraka amin’ny fiparitahan’io andalana io ho ohabolana izany.", "Tsy manaporofo fa i Epimenides no nanoratra ilay andalana momba ny Kretana. Tsy misy asany voatahiry manontolo, ary ny fanondroana azy ho mpanoratra voalohany voatonona eto (Klementa, manodidina ny 200 taor. J.K.) dia valo taonjato eo ho eo taorian’ny daty omen’i Diogenes Laertius azy.", "Tsy mamaritra izay nanoratra ny Titosy, na ny halehiben’ny fitovian’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 17 amin’ny tenin’i Paoly tany Atena. Mety hifanaraka amin’ny maha-mpanoratra an’i Paoly, amin’ny famoronan’i Lioka ilay lahateny, na amin’ny mpanoratra tatỳ aoriana nanoratra tamin’ny anaran’i Paoly ireo fanononana." ], "debate": "Fanontaniana dimy no mbola misokatra. Voalohany, namorona ny lahateny tao amin’ny Areopago tamin’ny fomba fiteny helenistika ve i Lioka (Dibelius), sa manompo teolojia ara-baiboly ireo fanononana grika (Gärtner)? Faharoa, maka avy amin’i Epimenides koa ve ny fehezankevitra voalohany ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 17:28? Niaro izany i Harris avy amin’ny fanazavana siriaka iray izay noheveriny fa nitahiry ny hevitr’i Theodore avy any Mopsuestia; i Rothschild kosa naka izany avy amin’ny lovantsofina malaza momba an’i Epimenides. Fahatelo, i Epimenides ve no nanoratra ilay andalana momba ny Kretana, sa tatỳ aoriana vao nampifandraisina tamin’ny ohabolana efa lasa fifanoherana ara-lojika ny anarany (Koskenniemi)? I Cook dia mamaky ilay andalana ao anatin’ny tantaran’ny fivavahana, fa tsy ho fifanoherana ara-lojika. Fahefatra, an’i Menander ve ilay andalana ao amin’ny 1 Korintiana, sa an’ny poeta mpanoratra loza an-tsehatra iray, sa lova iraisana? Fahadimy, i Paoly (Mounce) sa mpiara-miasa taminy (Marshall) no nanoratra ny Titosy?", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Fanononana nataon’i Paoly mihitsy", "statement": "I Paoly, Jiosy niteny grika avy any Tarsosy (Asan’ny Apostoly 22:3), dia naka tamin’ny fahalalana poeta grika azo tany an-tsekoly ary nifidy andalana nifanaraka tamin’ny mpihaino azy. Toy izany no namakian’i Klementa ireo andalana (Strom. 1.14; 1.19); ary momba ny Titosy, i Mounce miaro ny maha-mpanoratra an’i Paoly." }, { "label": "Fiparitahana ho ohabolana", "statement": "Ohabolana mahazatra ireo andalana, ka ny fampiasana azy dia mampiseho fahalalana ny lovan’ny teny fahendrena grika, fa tsy fandalinana ny asan’ireo poeta. Manondro izany ny tsy fahazoana antoka momba ny niavian’ilay andalana ao amin’ny 1 Korintiana: avy amin’ny hatsikana nosoratan’i Menander ve, sa avy amin’ny loza an-tsehatra araka ny teny ampiasain’i Klementa?" }, { "label": "Famolavolan’i Lioka tany Atena", "statement": "Anisan’ny famolavolana ara-literatiora nataon’i Lioka ho an’ny lahateny amin’ny fomba helenistika ny fanononana an’i Aratus (Dibelius). Amin’io fomba fijery io, mampiseho ny fianaran’ny mpanoratra ny Asan’ny Apostoly izany, fa tsy voatery ny an’i Paoly." }, { "label": "Fanondroana an’i Epimenides tatỳ aoriana", "statement": "Mety ho tononkalo tsy fantatra mpanoratra ilay heksametra momba ny Kretana, izay nolazaina fa an’i Epimenides rehefa efa lasa ohabolana sy olana ara-lojika (Koskenniemi). Ny fampiasan’i Callimachus ny teny fanokafany dia tsy mampiseho afa-tsy hoe efa niely tamin’ny taonjato faha-3 tal. J.K. ilay tapany voalohany amin’ny andalana." }, { "label": "Titosy taorian’i Paoly", "statement": "Raha mpiara-miasa taminy no nanoratra ny Titosy taorian’ny fahafatesan’i Paoly (ilay ‘allonymity’ lazain’i Marshall), dia mampiseho ny tontolo ara-literatioran’ny vondrona manodidina an’i Paoly ilay fanononana, fa tsy ny an’i Paoly tenany." }, { "label": "Euripides na lova iraisana fa tsy Menander", "statement": "Antsoin’i Klementa hoe avy amin’ny loza an-tsehatra ilay andalana ao amin’ny 1 Korintiana, ary manondro an’i Euripides fr. 1013 Nauck i Allinson. Mety ho nampiasain’ny poeta maromaro ilay andalana, na efa ohabolana talohan’i Menander." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-aratus-epimenides-menander" }, { "id": "josephus-agrippa-death", "kind": "literary-non-christian", "dateFrom": 93, "dateTo": 94, "corpusReferences": [ "Josephus, Antiquitates Judaicae 19.343-350 (CTS urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0526.tlg001)", "Josephus, Bellum Judaicum 2.218-219 (CTS urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0526.tlg004)" ], "confidence": "high", "epistemicStatus": "attested", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 12:19-23", "Acts 12:1-4", "Acts 11:27-30", "Acts 12:24-25" ], "personIds": [ "person.herod-agrippa-i", "person.josephus", "person.claudius", "person.barnabas", "person.paul" ], "placeIds": [ "place.caesarea", "place.judea", "place.tyre", "place.sidon" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 19.343 (Whiston 19.8.2)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=19:whiston%20chapter=8:whiston%20section=2", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Now when Agrippa had reigned three years over all Judea, he came to the city Cesarea, which was formerly called Strato's Tower; and there he exhibited shows in honor of Caesar", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 19.344 (Whiston 19.8.2)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=19:whiston%20chapter=8:whiston%20section=2", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "On the second day of which shows he put on a garment made wholly of silver, and of a contexture truly wonderful, and came into the theater early in the morning", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 19.345 (Whiston 19.8.2)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=19:whiston%20chapter=8:whiston%20section=2", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "presently his flatterers cried out, one from one place, and another from another, (though not for his good,) that he was a god", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 19.346 (Whiston 19.8.2; no rebuke and the owl)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=19:whiston%20chapter=8:whiston%20section=2", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Upon this the king did neither rebuke them, nor reject their impious flattery. But as he presently afterward looked up, he saw an owl", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 19.346 (Whiston 19.8.2; the owl as messenger)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=19:whiston%20chapter=8:whiston%20section=2", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "immediately understood that this bird was the messenger of ill tidings, as it had once been the messenger of good tidings to him", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 19.347 (Whiston 19.8.2)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=19:whiston%20chapter=8:whiston%20section=2", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "I, whom you call a god, am commanded presently to depart this life; while Providence thus reproves the lying words you just now said to me", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 19.350 (Whiston 19.8.2)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=19:whiston%20chapter=8:whiston%20section=2", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "when he had been quite worn out by the pain in his belly for five days, he departed this life, being in the fifty-fourth year of his age, and in the seventh year of his reign", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 18.200 (owl omen, 18.195-202; Whiston 18.6.7)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=18:whiston%20chapter=6:whiston%20section=7", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "But do thou remember, when thou seest this bird again, that thou wilt then live but five days longer.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 17.168-169 (Whiston 17.6.5)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=17:whiston%20chapter=6:whiston%20section=5", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "But now Herod's distemper greatly increased upon him after a severe manner, and this by God's judgment upon him for his sins", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 20.101 (Whiston 20.5.2)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=20:whiston%20chapter=5:whiston%20section=2", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Under these procurators that great famine happened in Judea, in which queen Helena bought corn in Egypt at a great expense, and distributed it to those that were in want", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 20.267 (Whiston 20.11.3)", "url": "https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/2848/pg2848.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "which is the thirteenth year of the reign of Cæsar Domitian, and the fifty-sixth year of my own life", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-war-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "The Jewish War", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "War 2.218-219 (Whiston 2.11.6)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0148:book=2:whiston%20chapter=11:whiston%20section=6", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "but his death, which happened at Cesarea, before he had raised the walls to their due height, prevented him. He had then reigned three years, as he had governed his tetrarchies three other years.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius", "work": "Church History (Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers, Series II vol. 1)", "translator": "A. C. McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 2.10.6", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250102.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "But after a little, looking up, he saw an angel sitting above his head.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius", "work": "Church History (Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers, Series II vol. 1)", "translator": "A. C. McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 2.10.10", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250102.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "the time at least and the events show that the same person is meant, whether the change of name has been caused by the error of a copyist, or is due to the fact that he, like so many, bore two names", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "wikidata", "work": "Wikidata item: Agrippa I", "locator": "Q298636", "url": "https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Special:EntityData/Q298636.json", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "pleiades", "work": "Pleiades place: Stratonos Pyrgos/Caesarea", "locator": "678401", "url": "https://pleiades.stoa.org/places/678401/json", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Max Krenkel", "work": "Josephus und Lucas: der schriftstellerische Einfluss des jüdischen Geschichtschreibers auf den christlichen", "year": "1894", "view": "Argues that Luke drew on Josephus in many passages, but for Acts 12 judges it doubtful: the Tyre and Sidon embassy and Blastus point to a source other than Josephus. He takes the acclamation at Caesarea and the sudden fatal illness as a shared historical core, and the owl, the angel and the worms as legend." }, { "author": "Steve Mason", "work": "Josephus and the New Testament (2nd ed.)", "year": "2003", "view": "Lists Agrippa's death among the points where Luke-Acts agrees with Josephus and finds it easier to believe that Luke knew something of Josephus's work than that the agreements arose independently, while granting that this cannot be proved. On this view Luke-Acts postdates the Antiquities." }, { "author": "Richard I. Pervo", "work": "Dating Acts: Between the Evangelists and the Apologists", "year": "2006", "view": "Argues that the author of Acts knew Josephus's later writings and that Acts is better dated to the second century, around 115." }, { "author": "O. Wesley Allen Jr.", "work": "The Death of Herod: The Narrative and Theological Function of Retribution in Luke-Acts (SBL Dissertation Series 158)", "year": "1997", "view": "Reads Acts 12:19b-24 against death-of-tyrant scenes in biblical and Greco-Roman literature. He treats the death as divine retribution for Herod's failure to give glory to God, a theme that does literary work across Luke-Acts." }, { "author": "Colin J. Hemer", "work": "The Book of Acts in the Setting of Hellenistic History", "year": "1989", "view": "Defends the historical reliability of Acts in general by comparing its details with literary, epigraphic and papyrological evidence from its setting." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q298636", "label": "Agrippa I" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q319242", "label": "Caesarea Maritima" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q1232616", "label": "Antiquities of the Jews" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q134461", "label": "Josephus" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "678401", "label": "Stratonos Pyrgos/Caesarea" } ], "title": "I Josefa momba ny fahafatesan’i Heroda Agripa I tany Kaisaria", "summary": "I Josefa, mpahay tantara tsy kristiana, dia mitatitra amin’ny ankapobeny ilay fahafatesana ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 12:19–23. Ao amin’ny Antiquities 19.343–350 (vita tamin’ny 93/94 taor. J.K.), maty tany Kaisaria i Heroda Agripa I, ilay Heroda ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 12, rehefa nanaiky ny tehaka nanandratana azy ho andriamanitra ary voan’ny fanaintainana tampoka. Matetika no raisina ho mametraka ny fahafatesany tamin’ny 44 taor. J.K. ny isa nomena momba ny taona nanjakany. Tsy mitovy ny fitantarana momba ny fotoana nanangonana olona, ny fambara ary ny aretina, ary iadian-kevitra raha nahalala ny asan’i Josefa i Lioka.", "dating": "Vita tamin’ny taona fahatelo ambin’ny folo nanjakan’i Domitian sy ny faha-56 taonan’i Josefa ny Antiquities (Ant. 20.267), izany hoe 93/94 taor. J.K. Matetika no apetraka amin’ny 44 taor. J.K. ilay fahafatesana, fandrafetana maoderina avy amin’ny fanisan’i Josefa ny taona nanjakany; tsy manome taona amin’ny kalandrie i Josefa.", "currentLocation": "Fampitana lahatsoratra", "establishes": [ "Mitatitra i Josefa, izay tsy kristiana, fa maty tany Kaisaria i Heroda Agripa I rehefa niseho tamin’ny fampisehoana natao tao ho fanomezam-boninahitra an’i Kaisara, ary fanaintainana tao an-kibony no nahafaty azy rehefa afaka dimy andro (Ant. 19.343–350). Apetraky ny War nosoratany tany Kaisaria koa ilay fahafatesana (War 2.219).", "Mitovy ny filaharana fototra ao amin’i Josefa sy ny Asan’ny Apostoly 12:19–23: miseho ampahibemaso any Kaisaria manao fitafiam-panjakana ilay mpanjaka, ankalazaina ho andriamanitra, tsy mandà izany voninahitra izany, ary marary tampoka ka maty. Milaza ny Asan’ny Apostoly fa anjelin’ny Tompo no namely azy satria tsy nanome voninahitra an’Andriamanitra izy; i Josefa kosa milaza fa noraisin’i Heroda Agripa I ho anjara manohitra ny fandokafana ilay fanaintainany (nadikan’i Whiston hoe ‘Providence’).", "Milaza i Josefa fa efa nanjaka telo taona tamin’i Jodia manontolo i Heroda Agripa I, ary maty tamin’ny taona fahafito nanjakany (Ant. 19.343, 350; War 2.219). Matetika no raisina ho mametraka ilay fahafatesana amin’ny 44 taor. J.K. ireo isa ireo, ampiarahina amin’ny niandohan’ny fanjakan’i Klaodio. Fandrafetana maoderina io taona io; tsy manome daty amin’ny kalandrie i Josefa.", "Ilay mpanjaka antsoin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly hoe Heroda dia i Heroda Agripa I resahin’i Josefa, na dia samy hafa aza ny anarana ampiasain’ireo loharano ireo. Efa nanamafy i Eusebius fa ny fotoana sy ny zava-nitranga no mampiseho fa olona iray ihany no tondroina (HE 2.10.10)." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy manamafy ireo antsipiriany omen’i Lioka irery izany: ny iraka avy any Tyro sy Sidona, i Blasto, ilay lahateny, ny anjelin’ny Tompo ary ny fahafatesana vokatry ny kankana. Ao amin’i Josefa kosa dia fampisehoana ho an’ny emperora, vorondolo ho fambara ary fanaintainana tao an-kibo nandritra ny dimy andro.", "Tsy mahatonga ireo fitantarana roa ho vavolombelona mahaleo tena avy hatrany izany. Iadian-kevitra raha nahalala ny Antiquities i Lioka, na raha samy naka tamin’ny tatitra iombonana izy roa, ka tsy tokony hoisaina indroa ny fitovian’izy ireo.", "Tsy mamaritra ny datin’ny fitsidihana nitondran’i Barnabasy sy i Saoly fanampiana tamin’ny mosary izany (Asan’ny Apostoly 11:27–30; 12:25). Apetrak’i Josefa tamin’ny andron’ny governora nandimby an’i Heroda Agripa I ilay mosary lehibe tany Jodia (Ant. 20.101), ka mety ho araka ny lohahevitra, fa tsy araka ny filaharana hentitra, no ametrahan’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ilay fahafatesana ao anatin’izany tantara izany." ], "debate": "Hatramin’ny taonjato fahasivy ambin’ny folo no niadian’ny manam-pahaizana hevitra raha nahalala ny asan’i Josefa i Lioka. Niaro ny hevitra hoe nampiasa an’i Josefa tamin’ny andalana maro i Lioka i Krenkel (1894), ary nanolotra fa nosoloin’i Lioka anjely ilay vorondolo antsoin’i Josefa hoe ‘iraka’ (angelos amin’ny teny grika). Ho an’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 12 anefa, noheveriny fa avy amin’ny loharano hafa ny iraka avy any Tyro sy Sidona ary i Blasto, ka nampisalasala azy ny fampiasana an’i Josefa teto. Nandray ilay vorondolo, anjely ary kankana ho angano nanodidina fototra ara-tantara iombonana izy. Tanisain’i Mason (2003) anisan’ireo fitoviana izay mahatonga ny fahalalan’i Lioka an’i Josefa ho mora inoana kokoa noho ny kisendrasendra ny fahafatesan’i Heroda Agripa I; i Pervo (2006) koa miaro izany fahalalana izany sy ny fanoratana ny Asan’ny Apostoly tamin’ny taonjato faharoa. ‘Anjely’ no ao amin’ny fanononan’i Eusebius ilay andalana (HE 2.10.6), eo amin’ny toerana misy ny vorondolo ao amin’ny sora-tanan’i Josefa. Samy manaraka lamina mahazatra momba ny mpitondra tsy manaja ny masina koa ireo fitantarana, ka mbola misokatra hoe hatraiza ny tatitra ary hatraiza ny famolavolana ara-literatiora ao amin’ny tsirairay.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Nampifanaraka ny fitantaran’i Josefa i Lioka", "statement": "Nahalala ny Antiquities (vita tamin’ny 93/94 taor. J.K.) ny mpanoratra ny Asan’ny Apostoly, ary namolavola indray ny fitantarany ho an’ny mpamaky kristiana, ka ny anjely sy ny kankana no nisolo ilay vorondolo ho fambara. I Mason (2003) dia mahita fa mora inoana kokoa noho ny kisendrasendra ny fahalalan’i Lioka an’i Josefa, ary miaro izany i Pervo (2006). Amin’io fomba fijery io, taorian’ny antenatenan’ny taona 90 no nanoratana ny Asan’ny Apostoly." }, { "label": "Tatitra mahaleo tena momba ny fahafatesana ampahibemaso", "statement": "Samy naka tamin’ny tatitra momba ny fahafatesana hitan’ny olona maro tany Kaisaria i Lioka sy i Josefa. Samy hafa ny fotoana nanangonana olona, ny antsipiriany maromaro ary ny anaran’ny mpanjaka, ka manohitra ny findramana ara-literatiora izany; i Krenkel, izay niaro ny fampiasan’i Lioka an’i Josefa tany an-kafa, dia nisalasala momba izany teto. Raha izany, porofo fanamafisana mahaleo tena ny fifanarahan’izy ireo momba ny toerana, ny fanandratana azy ary ny aretina tampoka." }, { "label": "Fomba fitantarana mahazatra namolavola azy roa", "statement": "Samy nitantara ilay fahafatesana tamin’ny lamina mahazatra momba ny famaliana ny mpitondra manaiky voninahitra maha-andriamanitra izy roa. I Josefa mihitsy no milaza ny aretina nahafaty an’i Heroda Lehibe, niaraka tamin’ny kankana, ho fitsaran’Andriamanitra ny fahotany (Ant. 17.168–169), ary toy izany koa ny fitantaran’ny 2 Makabeo 9 an’i Antiokosy IV. Mety ho avy amin’io fomba fitantarana io toy ny avy amin’ny fahalalana misaraka ilay zava-nitranga ny fitovian’ny rafitra ankapobeny (jereo Allen 1997 momba ny Asan’ny Apostoly)." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-josephus-agrippa-death" }, { "id": "athens-altar-unknown-god", "kind": "literary-non-christian", "dateFrom": 150, "dateTo": 250, "corpusReferences": [ "Pausanias, Description of Greece 1.1.4; 5.14.8 (CTS urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0525.tlg001)", "Diogenes Laertius, Lives of Eminent Philosophers 1.110 (CTS urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0004.tlg001)", "Philostratus, Life of Apollonius of Tyana 6.3 (CTS urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0638.tlg001)" ], "confidence": "medium-high", "epistemicStatus": "source-supported", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 17:23", "Acts 17:16-34" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul", "person.luke" ], "placeIds": [ "place.athens", "place.areopagus" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "pausanias-jones", "author": "Pausanias", "work": "Description of Greece", "translator": "W. H. S. Jones", "year": "1918", "locator": "1.1.4", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0160:book=1:chapter=1:section=4", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Here there is also a temple of Athena Sciras, and one of Zeus some distance away, and altars of the gods named Unknown, and of heroes, and of the children of Theseus and Phalerus", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "pausanias-jones", "author": "Pausanias", "work": "Description of Greece", "translator": "W. H. S. Jones", "year": "1918", "locator": "5.14.8", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0160:book=5:chapter=14:section=8", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "An account of the great altar I gave a little way back; it is called the altar of Olympian Zeus. By it is an altar of Unknown Gods", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "diogenes-laertius-hicks", "author": "Diogenes Laertius", "work": "Lives of Eminent Philosophers, Book I (Epimenides)", "translator": "R. D. Hicks", "year": "1925", "locator": "1.110 (nameless altars)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0258:book=1:chapter=10", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "offer a sacrifice to the local divinity. And thus, it is said, the plague was stayed. Hence even to this day altars may be found in different parts of Attica with no name inscribed upon them, which are memorials of this atonement.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "diogenes-laertius-hicks", "author": "Diogenes Laertius", "work": "Lives of Eminent Philosophers, Book I (Epimenides)", "translator": "R. D. Hicks", "year": "1925", "locator": "1.110 (46th Olympiad)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0258:book=1:chapter=10", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "And he came in the 46th Olympiad", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "philostratus-conybeare", "author": "Philostratus", "work": "Life of Apollonius of Tyana", "translator": "F. C. Conybeare", "year": "1912", "locator": "6.3", "url": "https://archive.org/download/lifeofapollonius02philuoft/lifeofapollonius02philuoft_djvu.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "a much greater proof of wisdom and sobriety to speak well of all the gods, especially at Athens, where altars are set up in honour even of unknown gods.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "tertullian-against-marcion-anf", "author": "Tertullian", "work": "Against Marcion (Ante-Nicene Fathers vol. 3)", "translator": "Peter Holmes", "year": "1885", "locator": "1.9", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/03121.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "I find, no doubt, that altars have been lavished on unknown gods; that, however, is the idolatry of Athens. And on uncertain gods; but that, too, is only Roman superstition.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "clement-alexandria-stromata-anf", "author": "Clement of Alexandria", "work": "Stromata, Book I (Ante-Nicene Fathers vol. 2)", "translator": "William Wilson", "year": "1885", "locator": "Strom. 1.19 (the unknown God)", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/02101.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "intimates that, by the unknown God, God the Creator was in a roundabout way worshipped by the Greeks", "role": "primary-text" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Eduard Norden", "work": "Agnostos Theos: Untersuchungen zur Formengeschichte religiöser Rede", "year": "1913", "view": "Finds no attested dedication of an altar to a single unknown god; the pagan reports use the plural. He quotes Jerome's comment on Titus 1:12 about a plural inscription and assigns that fuller wording to a different, probably Roman, altar. He argues that the Areopagus speech depends on a literary account of Apollonius of Tyana at Athens, the change to the singular showing which text is dependent, and rejects Blass's plural conjecture and Usener's memory-slip view." }, { "author": "Adolf Deissmann", "work": "St. Paul: A Study in Social and Religious History", "year": "1912", "view": "Holds that anonymous altars and altars to unknown gods were not altogether rare. He argues that a Pergamon altar, probably of the second century AD and restored by Hepding as a torchbearer's dedication to unknown gods, makes Pausanias and Philostratus credible, while granting that certainty is unattainable. In his view the altar Paul read was probably one Athenian's thank-offering to a single unknown god." }, { "author": "Clare K. Rothschild", "work": "Paul in Athens: The Popular Religious Context of Acts 17 (WUNT 341)", "year": "2014", "view": "Popular second-century traditions about the Cretan seer Epimenides, which Rothschild connects with the altar to an unknown god, explain the apparently ad hoc features of Acts 17 and reinforce Luke's theme of cult transfer." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q114315369", "label": "Unknown Gods" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q3825645", "label": "Description of Greece" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q1225196", "label": "Life of Apollonius of Tyana" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q1282359", "label": "Lives and Opinions of Eminent Philosophers" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q319406", "label": "Epimenides of Crete" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q4789055", "label": "Areopagus sermon" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "580072", "label": "Phaleron" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "579885", "label": "Athenae" } ], "title": "Alitara ho an’ny andriamanitra tsy fantatra tany Atena: Pausanias, Philostratus ary Diogenes Laertius", "summary": "Mpitantara tsy kristiana tamin’ny taonjato faha-2–faha-3 taor. J.K. no milaza alitara ho an’ny andriamanitra tsy fantatra tany Atena sy Phalerum, seranan-tsambony, nefa maro hatrany ireo andriamanitra resahiny; tsy misy manamarina ilay fanokanana ho an’ny andriamanitra tokana ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 17:23. Tanisain’i Pausanias ny alitaran’ny andriamanitra ‘antsoina hoe Tsy Fantatra’ tany Phalerum. Ampiresahin’i Philostratus momba ireo alitara tao Atena ireo i Apollonius, ary mitantara alitara tsy misy anarana manerana an’i Attica i Diogenes Laertius. Mifanaraka amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ilay tontolo; mbola tsy voamarina ny teny marina nampiasaina.", "dating": "Taonjato faha-2–faha-3 taor. J.K. (Pausanias, taonjato faha-2; Philostratus sy Diogenes Laertius, taonjato faha-3). Fanazavana kristiana avy amin’i Klementa avy any Aleksandria sy i Tertullian (manodidina ny 200 taor. J.K.); fantatra eto tamin’ny alalan’i Norden ny tatitra tatỳ aoriana nataon’i Jerome momba ny soratra milaza andriamanitra maro (faramparan’ny taonjato faha-4).", "currentLocation": "Fampitana lahatsoratra", "establishes": [ "Mitatitra alitaran’ny andriamanitra ‘antsoina hoe Tsy Fantatra’ tao Phalerum, seranan-tsambon’i Atena, i Pausanias (taonjato faha-2 taor. J.K.), ary alitaran’ny andriamanitra tsy fantatra maro teo anilan’ny alitaran’i Zeosy olimpiana tao Olympia (1.1.4; 5.14.8).", "Ao amin’i Philostratus (taonjato faha-3 taor. J.K.), mandritra ny resaka apetraka any Ejipta, dia manoro hevitra i Apollonius avy any Tyana mba hiteny tsara momba ny andriamanitra rehetra, indrindra any Atena, izay ananganana alitara ho fanomezam-boninahitra na dia ny andriamanitra tsy fantatra aza (Life of Apollonius 6.3). Daimones tsy fantatra no lazain’ny teny grika, izay nadikan’i Conybeare hoe ‘gods’.", "Mitahiry lovantsofina i Diogenes Laertius (1.110) fa nampitsahatra areti-mandringana tao Atena tamin’ny fanatitra natao tamin’ny toerana nofidin’ny ondry nirenireny i Epimenides, ary mbola hita tany Attica ireo alitara tsy misy anarana avy amin’io fanadiovana io.", "Manoritsoritra karazana alitara voamarina amin’ny mpanoratra tsy kristiana ny Asan’ny Apostoly 17:23, nefa ho an’ny andriamanitra maro ihany ny ao amin’izy ireo. Vavolombelona hafa momba ireo maro ireo i Tertullian, ao amin’ny andalana tsy manonona ny Asan’ny Apostoly na i Paoly: antsoiny hoe fanompoan-tsampin’i Atena ny alitara ho an’ny andriamanitra tsy fantatra (Against Marcion 1.9). I Klementa avy any Aleksandria dia mandray ny tenin’i Paoly ho midika fa nivavaka ankolaka tamin’Andriamanitra Mpahary tamin’ny alalan’ilay andriamanitra tsy fantatra ny Grika (Strom. 1.19)." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy misy amin’ireo mpanoratra ireo manoritsoritra alitara natokana ho an’ny andriamanitra tsy fantatra tokana. Manohana ilay karazana alitara izy ireo, fa tsy ilay fanokanana marina ho an’ny andriamanitra tokana lazain’ny Asan’ny Apostoly.", "Tsy ahafahana mamantatra na mamaritra ny toerana nisy ilay alitara voalaza fa hitan’i Paoly izy ireo. Tsy ampy hanamarinana ny lahateny tao amin’ny Areopago na ny ambin’ilay seho ny antsipiriany marina momba ny toerana.", "Tsy antsoina hoe alitara ho an’ny andriamanitra tsy fantatra ireo alitara tsy misy anarana ao amin’i Diogenes, ary angano apetraka amin’ny Olympiada faha-46, tany am-piandohan’ny taonjato faha-6 tal. J.K., ny tantarany momba an’i Epimenides." ], "debate": "Ny endrika milaza andriamanitra tokana no fanontaniana misokatra. Ny andriamanitra tsy fantatra maro no resahin’i Pausanias, Philostratus ary Tertullian. Manonona ny fanazavan’i Jerome momba ny Titosy 1:12 i Norden (1913): araka izany, maro ireo andriamanitra tao amin’ilay soratra, izay nanonona ny andriamanitr’i Asia ankapobeny, Eoropa ary Afrika, niaraka tamin’ny andriamanitra tsy fantatra sy vahiny, ary novan’i Paoly ho tokana izany ho an’ny tohan-keviny. Noheverin’i Norden fa avy amin’ny alitara hafa io teny lava kokoa io, angamba tany Roma, ary novakiny ho fanovàna lohahevitra momba ny maro avy amin’ny lovantsofina momba an’i Apollonius ilay tokana ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly. Nihevitra i Deissmann (1912) fa mety ho mpivavaka iray no nanokana alitara ho an’ny andriamanitra tsy fantatra tokana, sady nanondro alitara tao Pergamon izy, izay mbola tsy azo antoka koa ny famerenana ny sorany ho fanokanana ho an’ny andriamanitra tsy fantatra.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Fomba fiteny momba ny maro, nampifanarahana", "statement": "Nihevitra i Jerome fa maro ireo andriamanitra tao amin’ny soratra tena izy, ary nataon’i Paoly tokana rehefa notononiny satria Andriamanitra iray no notakin’ny tohan-keviny. Amin’io fomba fijery io, mampifanaraka karazana fanokanana tena nisy ny Asan’ny Apostoly. I Norden, izay manonona an’i Jerome, dia nihevitra fa avy amin’ny alitara hafa, angamba tany Roma, ilay teny lava kokoa, ary nisy mpandika hevitra taloha diso nampitovy azy tamin’ilay tao Atena." }, { "label": "Findramana ara-literatiora", "statement": "Nanamafy i Norden fa miankina amin’ny fitantarana ara-literatiora momba an’i Apollonius avy any Tyana miteny tany Atena ilay lahateny tao amin’ny Areopago, ary ny fiovan’ny maro ho tokana dia mampiseho fa ny Asan’ny Apostoly no nindrana. Miankina amin’ny fanarenana fitantarana taloha momba an’i Apollonius avy amin’ny asan’i Philostratus tamin’ny taonjato faha-3 ilay tohan-kevitra." }, { "label": "Fanokanana tena nisy ho an’ny andriamanitra tokana", "statement": "Noheverin’i Deissmann fa azo inoana ny hoe olona iray, velom-pankasitrahana tamin’ny andriamanitra tsy hainy tononina anarana, no nanokana alitara ho an’ny andriamanitra tsy fantatra tokana, tahaka ny toa nataon’ny mpisoron’i Demeter tao Pergamon ho an’ny andriamanitra tsy fantatra maro tamin’ny taonjato faharoa taor. J.K. Amin’io fomba fijery io, mety mitatitra marina ilay teny ny Asan’ny Apostoly, na dia tsy misy alitara ho an’ny tokana voatahiry aza ary tsy azo antoka ny fanarenana ny soratra tao Pergamon." }, { "label": "Lovantsofina momba an’i Epimenides ho rafitra", "statement": "Manamafy i Rothschild fa ny lovantsofina malaza momba ilay mpahita kretana Epimenides, izay ampifandraisiny amin’ny alitara ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 17:23, no manazava ireo lafiny toa noforonina ho an’ny fotoana fotsiny amin’ilay zava-nitranga tany Atena, ary manompo ny lohahevitr’i Lioka momba ny famindrana fanompoam-pivavahana." }, { "label": "Fahasimban’ny lahatsoratra na fahadisoan’ny fitadidiana", "statement": "Mitatitra i Norden fa naminavina i Blass hoe maro ireo andriamanitra tao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly tany am-boalohany, ary nihevitra i Usener fa diso fitadidy i Paoly rehefa namerina ilay soratra. Nolavin’i Norden ny vinavinan’i Blass satria ny tokana ihany no mifanaraka amin’ny tohan-kevitr’ilay lahateny, ary nolaviny ho fialana amin’ny fitadiavana vahaolana ny hevitr’i Usener." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-athens-altar-unknown-god" }, { "id": "josephus-felix-drusilla", "kind": "literary-non-christian", "dateFrom": 75, "dateTo": 122, "corpusReferences": [ "urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0526.tlg001 (Josephus, Antiquities)", "urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0526.tlg004 (Josephus, Jewish War)", "urn:cts:latinLit:phi1351.phi004 (Tacitus, Histories)", "urn:cts:latinLit:phi1351.phi005 (Tacitus, Annals)" ], "confidence": "high", "epistemicStatus": "attested", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 23:24-24:27", "Acts 24:24", "Acts 24:27", "Acts 25:14" ], "personIds": [ "person.felix", "person.drusilla", "person.herod-agrippa-i", "person.agrippa", "person.bernice", "person.festus", "person.paul", "person.claudius", "person.nero", "person.josephus" ], "placeIds": [ "place.caesarea", "place.judea", "place.jerusalem" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737 (Perseus text: Auburn and Buffalo, 1895)", "locator": "Ant. 20.137 (Whiston 20.7.1)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=20:whiston%20chapter=7:whiston%20section=1", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "SO Claudius sent Felix, the brother of Pallas, to take care of the affairs of Judea", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737 (Perseus text: Auburn and Buffalo, 1895)", "locator": "Ant. 20.141-144 (Whiston 20.7.2)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=20:whiston%20chapter=7:whiston%20section=2", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Accordingly she acted ill, and because she was desirous to avoid her sister Bernice's envy, for she was very ill treated by her on account of her beauty, was prevailed upon to transgress the laws of her forefathers, and to marry Felix", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737 (Perseus text: Auburn and Buffalo, 1895)", "locator": "Ant. 19.354 (Whiston 19.9.1)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=19:whiston%20chapter=9:whiston%20section=1", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "three daughters; one of which, Bernice, was married to Herod, his father's brother, and was sixteen years old; the other two, Mariamne and Drusilla, were still virgins; the former was ten years old, and Drusilla six.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737 (Perseus text: Auburn and Buffalo, 1895)", "locator": "Ant. 20.160-166 (Whiston 20.8.5)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=20:whiston%20chapter=8:whiston%20section=5", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Felix also bore an ill-will to Jonathan, the high priest, because he frequently gave him admonitions about governing the Jewish affairs better than he did", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737 (Perseus text: Auburn and Buffalo, 1895)", "locator": "Ant. 20.182 (Whiston 20.8.9)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=20:whiston%20chapter=8:whiston%20section=9", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Now when Porcius Festus was sent as successor to Felix by Nero, the principal of the Jewish inhabitants of Cesarea went up to Rome to accuse Felix; and he had certainly been brought to punishment, unless Nero had yielded to the importunate solicitations of his brother Pallas", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-war-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "The Wars of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737 (Perseus text: Auburn and Buffalo, 1895)", "locator": "War 2.247 (Whiston 2.12.8)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0148:book=2:whiston%20chapter=12:whiston%20section=8", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-war-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "The Wars of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737 (Perseus text: Auburn and Buffalo, 1895)", "locator": "War 2.252-253 (Whiston 2.13.2)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0148:book=2:whiston%20chapter=13:whiston%20section=2", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "but over the rest of Judea he made Felix procurator. This Felix took Eleazar the arch-robber, and many that were with him, alive, when they had ravaged the country for twenty years together, and sent them to Rome", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-war-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "The Wars of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737 (Perseus text: Auburn and Buffalo, 1895)", "locator": "War 2.271 (Whiston 2.14.1)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0148:book=2:whiston%20chapter=14:whiston%20section=1", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "NOW it was that Festus succeeded Felix as procurator, and made it his business to correct those that made disturbances in the country.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "tacitus-histories-church-brodribb", "author": "Tacitus", "work": "The Histories", "translator": "Alfred John Church and William Jackson Brodribb", "year": "1873 (Perseus text: Random House reprint, 1942)", "locator": "Hist. 5.9", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.02.0080:book=5:chapter=9", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Antonius Felix, indulging in every kind of barbarity and lust, exercised the power of a king in the spirit of a slave. He had married Drusilla, the granddaughter of Antony and Cleopatra, and so was the grandson-in-law, as Claudius was the grandson, of Antony.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "tacitus-annals-church-brodribb", "author": "Tacitus", "work": "The Annals", "translator": "Alfred John Church and William Jackson Brodribb", "year": "19th-century translation (Perseus text: Random House reprint, 1942)", "locator": "Ann. 12.54", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.02.0078:book=12:chapter=54", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Not equally moderate was his brother, surnamed Felix, who had for some time been governor of Judæa, and thought that he could do any evil act with impunity, backed up as he was by such power.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "tacitus-annals-church-brodribb", "author": "Tacitus", "work": "The Annals", "translator": "Alfred John Church and William Jackson Brodribb", "year": "19th-century translation (Perseus text: Random House reprint, 1942)", "locator": "Ann. 13.14", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.02.0078:book=13:chapter=14", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Nero, furious with those who abetted such arrogance in a woman, removed Pallas from the charge of the business with which he had been entrusted by Claudius", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "suetonius-rolfe", "author": "Suetonius", "work": "The Lives of the Caesars: Claudius", "translator": "J. C. Rolfe", "year": "1914", "locator": "Claud. 28.1", "url": "https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Suetonius/12Caesars/Claudius*.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "He was equally fond of Felix, giving him the command of cohorts and of troops of horse, as well as of the province of Judaea; and he became the husband of three queens.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "William Whiston", "work": "Translator's note to Antiquities 20.7.2", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737 (Perseus text: Auburn and Buffalo, 1895)", "locator": "Note 1 to Ant. 20.142 (Whiston 20.7.2)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=20:whiston%20chapter=7:whiston%20section=2", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "It is probable that Tacitus may say true, when he informs us that this Felix (who had in all three wives, or queens, as Suetonius in Claudius, sect. 28, assures us) did once marry such a grandchild of Antonius and Cleopatra", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "ramsay-st-paul-traveller", "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen", "year": "1895 (CCEL text: 10th edition, 1907)", "locator": "Ch. 13 (The Voyage to Jerusalem), note 56", "url": "https://www.ccel.org/ccel/r/ramsay/paul_roman/cache/paul_roman.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "The remarkable contradiction between Josephus (who makes Cumanus governor of Palestine 48-52, Felix being his successor in 52), and Tacitus (who makes Felix governor of Samaria [and probably of Judea], contemporary with Cumanus as governor of Galilee", "role": "early-study" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Colin J. Hemer", "work": "The Book of Acts in the Setting of Hellenistic History", "year": "1989", "view": "Lists the points where Acts agrees with independently known first-century people, offices and places, the Caesarea trial chapters among them, and argues that these show an author well informed about the period." }, { "author": "Steve Mason", "work": "Josephus and the New Testament", "year": "1992 (2nd ed. 2003)", "view": "Argues that Luke probably knew Josephus's narrative, pointing to shared material such as Theudas, Judas the Galilean and the Egyptian prophet. He concedes that the case cannot be proved, and it bears on how independent Acts and Josephus are." }, { "author": "Richard I. Pervo", "work": "Dating Acts: Between the Evangelists and the Apologists", "year": "2006", "view": "Dates Acts to about AD 115 and argues that its author used Josephus's Antiquities among his sources." }, { "author": "Frederick E. Brenk and Filippo Canali De Rossi", "work": "\"The 'Notorious' Felix, Procurator of Judaea, and His Many Wives (Acts 23-24)\", Biblica 82", "year": "2001", "view": "Argue that the sources are confused about Felix's family name and wives, and that 'Antonius' and 'Claudius' may both be correct. They hold that the inscription used to fix his name and career has serious problems, that none of his wives may descend from Cleopatra VII (if one did, she was more likely a great-granddaughter), and that his 'notorious' reputation should be treated with caution." }, { "author": "Roman Deiksler", "work": "\"Żony Feliksa, prokuratora Judei\" (The Wives of Felix, Procurator of Judea), Res Historica 49", "year": "2020", "view": "Re-examines Felix's wives and, against common scholarly scepticism, argues that Tacitus was right to make Drusilla of Mauretania a granddaughter of Cleopatra VII. Treats Agrippa I's daughter as a second, separate wife." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q316915", "label": "Antonius Felix" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q255778", "label": "Drusilla, daughter of Agrippa I" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q5309410", "label": "Drusilla of Mauretania (Tacitus's Drusilla)" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q298636", "label": "Agrippa I" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q464307", "label": "Porcius Festus" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q319242", "label": "Caesarea Maritima" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "678401", "label": "Stratonos Pyrgos/Caesarea" } ], "title": "I Feliksa sy i Drosila ao amin’i Josefa sy i Tacitus", "summary": "Manamafy ireo manam-pahefana sy fifandraisam-pianakaviana raisin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 23–25 ho efa fantatra i Josefa. Lazainy fa prokuratoran’i Jodia tamin’ny andron’i Klaodio sy i Nero i Feliksa, rahalahin’i Pallas; fa nandao ny vadiny mba hanambady an’i Feliksa i Drosila, zanakavavin’i Heroda Agripa I; ary i Porcio Festo no nandimby azy. Manamafy ny toeran’i Feliksa i Tacitus sy i Suetonius. Tsy misy loharano ivelan’ny Asan’ny Apostoly miresaka ny fihainoana ny raharahan’i Paoly, ary iadian-kevitra raha mahaleo tena amin’i Josefa ny Asan’ny Apostoly.", "dating": "I Josefa: Jewish War tokony ho 75–79 taor. J.K. (daty mahazatra); Antiquities vita tamin’ny 93/94 taor. J.K. (Ant. 20.267). Tacitus sy Suetonius: fiandohan’ny taonjato faharoa taor. J.K. Zava-nitranga resahina: hatramin’ny fahafatesan’i Heroda Agripa I (44 taor. J.K.) ka hatramin’ny fandimbiasan’i Festo, izay iadian-kevitra ny taonany.", "currentLocation": "Fampitana lahatsoratra", "establishes": [ "I Josefa (Ant. 20.137; War 2.247) sy i Tacitus (Hist. 5.9; Ann. 12.54), izay tsy mitovy ny antsipirian’ny fitantarany, dia samy mitatitra fa nitondra tany Jodia tamin’ny andron’i Klaodio i Feliksa, rahalahin’i Pallas. Manampy i Josefa fa nanamafy azy teo amin’ny asany i Nero (War 2.252). Io ilay governora izay ametrahan’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 23:24–24:27 ny fihainoana ny raharahan’i Paoly tany Kaisaria.", "Milaza i Josefa fa zanakavavin’i Heroda Agripa I i Drosila, ary enin-taona tamin’ny fahafatesany (Ant. 19.354). Nampanambadin’i Agripa II an’i Azizus avy any Emesa izy, izay nanaiky hoforana; nandritra ny naha-prokuratora an’i Feliksa, dia nandao an’i Azizus izy mba hanambady azy, zavatra antsoin’i Josefa hoe fandikana ny lalàn-drazana (Ant. 20.139–143). Toy izany koa, asehon’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 24:24 ho vady jiosin’i Feliksa i Drosila.", "Mitatitra i Josefa fa naniraka an’i Porcio Festo handimby an’i Feliksa i Nero (Ant. 20.182; Festo ihany no anarana ao amin’ny War 2.271), ilay fandimbiasana lazain’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 24:27. Manampy izy fa nankany Roma ny mpitarika jiosy avy any Kaisaria hiampanga an’i Feliksa, nefa afa-niala tamin’ny sazy izy noho ny fahefan’i Pallas rahalahiny.", "Maneho an’i Feliksa amin’ny fomba masiaka ireo loharano tsy kristiana. Milaza i Josefa fa tamin’ny famitahana no nisamborany an’i Eleazara jiolahy, nomaniny ny famonoana an’i Jonatana mpisoronabe teo aloha, ary nandefasany miaramila ny mpanaraka ilay mpaminany ejipsianina sy ny Jiosy nitabataba tany Kaisaria (Ant. 20.160–178; War 2.253). Ampangain’i Tacitus ho lozabe sy tia filan-dratsy izy (Hist. 5.9). Mifanaraka amin’io laza io ilay governora nanantena vola ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy misy loharano ivelan’ny Asan’ny Apostoly manonona an’i Paoly, ny fihainoana ny raharahany teo anatrehan’i Feliksa, ny fihaonany manokana tamin’i Feliksa sy i Drosila, na ny nitazonana azy roa taona. Manamafy ireo manam-pahefana, ny fifandraisam-pianakaviany ary ny tontolo ny fitoviana. Tsy manamafy ireo zava-nitranga tantarain’ny Asan’ny Apostoly izany.", "Tsy mamaritra daty marina ireo loharano. Samy iadian-kevitra ny niandohan’ny fitondran’i Feliksa (milaza i Tacitus fa niara-nitondra tamin’i Cumanus tany Samaria izy, ary efa nitana andraikitra ‘nandritra ny fotoana iray’ tamin’ny 52 taor. J.K.) sy ny taona nandimby azy i Festo.", "Ilay Drosila zafikelin’i Antony sy i Cleopatra ao amin’i Tacitus dia tsy ilay zanakavavy jiosin’i Heroda Agripa I, ka tsy manamafy ny Asan’ny Apostoly 24:24 momba ny maha-izy an’i Drosila i Tacitus." ], "debate": "Fanontaniana telo no mbola misokatra. Fizotry ny fotoana: araka an’i Tacitus, nitondra an’i Samaria i Feliksa raha nitantana an’i Galilia i Cumanus talohan’ny 52 taor. J.K.; i Josefa kosa manao an’i Feliksa ho mpandimby an’i Cumanus. Iadian-kevitra koa ny taona nahatongavan’i Festo. Miankina amin’ny ampahany ny valiny amin’ny hoe mbola nitazona ny fahefany ve i Pallas, izay lazain’i Josefa fa niaro an’i Feliksa, rehefa nesorin’i Nero tamin’ny asany manodidina ny 55 taor. J.K. (Ann. 13.14); ary amin’ny hoe ny fitazonana an’i Paoly sa ny fitondran’i Feliksa no refesin’ireo roa taona ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 24:27. Vady: taranak’i Antony sy i Cleopatra ilay Drosila ao amin’i Tacitus, ary lazain’i Suetonius fa mpanjakavavy telo no nanambady an’i Feliksa. Fahaleovantenana: misy manam-pahaizana milaza fa nahalala ny Antiquities nosoratan’i Josefa i Lioka. Raha izany, mihena ny lanjan’ny fitoviana ho porofo fanamafisana misaraka.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Maka avy amin’i Josefa ny Asan’ny Apostoly", "statement": "I Richard Pervo, ary i Steve Mason amin’ny fomba misalasala kokoa, dia manamafy fa nahalala ny asa soratr’i Josefa ny mpanoratra ny Asan’ny Apostoly; raha izany, tsy porofo fanamafisana mahaleo tena ny fitoviana. Ireto no manohitra ny findramana eto: ao amin’ny Antiquities (93/94 taor. J.K.) ihany no ahitana ny fanambadian’i Drosila, izay heverin’ny manam-pahaizana maro fa taorian’ny Asan’ny Apostoly; ary tsy misy ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ireo antsipiriany mampiavaka an’i Josefa (Azizus; ilay mpanao ody avy any Kyprosy, antsoina hoe Atomos amin’ny teny grikan’i Niese, fa Simon amin’ny teny anglisin’i Whiston)." }, { "label": "Tacitus no tiana kokoa momba ny asan’i Feliksa sy ny vadiny", "statement": "Mitatitra i Ramsay fa naleon’i Mommsen i Tacitus noho i Josefa momba ny fahefana voalohan’i Feliksa. Manamafy i Roman Deiksler (2020) fa marina i Tacitus raha nilaza fa taranak’i Cleopatra ny iray tamin’ny vadin’i Feliksa. Tsy misy amin’ireo fomba fijery ireo manakana ny nanambadian’i Feliksa ny zanakavavin’i Heroda Agripa I koa, satria lazain’i Suetonius fa nanana vady telo avy amin’ny fianakavian’ny mpanjaka izy. Mahakasika ny fahitsian’i Josefa ilay fanontaniana, fa tsy ny Asan’ny Apostoly 24:24." }, { "label": "Mety ho nihoa-pampana ny laza ratsin’i Feliksa", "statement": "Manamafy i Brenk sy Canali De Rossi (2001) fa tokony hotandremana ny fandraisana ilay laza ratsin’i Feliksa. Fanamarihan’ny mpanonta: maneho fanamavoana mazava an’ireo olona nafahan’ny emperora ho afaka amin’ny fanandevozana i Tacitus, ary i Josefa manazava ny lalana nitarika ho amin’ny ady jiosy. Noho izany, tsy ampy hanamafisana ny sarin’ny governora nitady vola ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ny sary feno fankahalana ao amin’izy roa." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-josephus-felix-drusilla" }, { "id": "lystra-inscription", "kind": "inscription", "dateFrom": 14, "dateTo": 100, "corpusReferences": [ "CIL III 6786", "MAMA VIII 5", "AE 1888, 89", "EDCS-27800574", "Sterrett, The Wolfe Expedition to Asia Minor (1888), no. 242" ], "confidence": "high", "epistemicStatus": "attested", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 14:6-21", "Acts 16:1-2", "2 Timothy 3:11" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul", "person.barnabas", "person.timothy" ], "placeIds": [ "place.lystra", "place.derbe", "place.iconium", "place.galatia" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "sterrett-wolfe-expedition", "author": "J. R. Sitlington Sterrett", "work": "The Wolfe Expedition to Asia Minor (Papers of the American School of Classical Studies at Athens, vol. 3)", "year": "1888", "locator": "No. 242, p. 142", "url": "https://archive.org/details/papersofamerican03arch/page/142/mode/1up", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Divum Aug(ustum) Col(onia) Iul(ia) Fe-lix Gemina Lustra conse-cravit d(ecreto) d(ecurionum).", "role": "edition" }, { "sourceKey": "sterrett-wolfe-expedition", "author": "J. R. Sitlington Sterrett", "work": "The Wolfe Expedition to Asia Minor (Papers of the American School of Classical Studies at Athens, vol. 3)", "year": "1888", "locator": "Itinerary entry for 10 July (Maï to Khatün Serai), p. 141", "url": "https://archive.org/download/papersofamerican03arch/page/n152_w500.jpg", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "edition" }, { "sourceKey": "sterrett-wolfe-expedition", "author": "J. R. Sitlington Sterrett", "work": "The Wolfe Expedition to Asia Minor (Papers of the American School of Classical Studies at Athens, vol. 3)", "year": "1888", "locator": "p. 15 (itinerary entry for 1 June, at Serpek)", "url": "https://archive.org/details/papersofamerican03arch/page/15/mode/1up", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "The site was thought to be that of Derbe, as long as Lystra was supposed to be at Bin Bir Kalesi", "role": "edition" }, { "sourceKey": "edcs", "work": "Epigraphik-Datenbank Clauss/Slaby", "locator": "EDCS-27800574 (CIL 03, 06786; MAMA 08, 00005; AE 1888, 00089; place: Hatunsaray / Katin Serai / Lystra)", "url": "https://edcs.hist.uzh.ch/data/monument/278/27800574.json", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "ramsay-st-paul-traveller", "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen", "year": "1895", "locator": "Ch. V, Note 2 ('Declension of Lystra'); p. 129 in the 1895 first edition", "url": "https://ccel.org/ccel/ramsay/paul_roman/paul_roman.viii.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Incidentally we notice that the name of the city is spelt Lustra, not Lystra (like Prymnessos), on coins and inscriptions. That is an indication of Latin tone, and of the desire to make the city name a Latin word.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "pleiades", "work": "Pleiades gazetteer of ancient places", "locator": "Place 648699 (Lystra/Col. Iulia Felix Gemina)", "url": "https://pleiades.stoa.org/places/648699/json", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "wikidata", "work": "Wikidata", "locator": "Q535982 (Lystra)", "url": "https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Special:EntityData/Q535982.json", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "work": "The Historical Geography of Asia Minor", "year": "1890", "view": "Credits Sterrett's inscription with proving Leake's earlier identification of Lystra near Khatün Serai." }, { "author": "Barbara Levick", "work": "Roman Colonies in Southern Asia Minor", "year": "1967", "view": "Treats Lystra as one of the Augustan veteran colonies of southern Galatia and draws on its inscriptions and coins to reconstruct that colonial programme." }, { "author": "Stephen Mitchell", "work": "Anatolia: Land, Men, and Gods in Asia Minor", "year": "1993", "view": "Places Lystra within the Augustan colonisation and Roman organisation of southern Galatia and Lycaonia." }, { "author": "Colin J. Hemer", "work": "The Book of Acts in the Setting of Hellenistic History", "year": "1989", "view": "Argues that many incidental local details in Acts, including the Lycaonian setting of Acts 14, fit first-century conditions and support the book's historical value." }, { "author": "Cilliers Breytenbach", "work": "Paulus und Barnabas in der Provinz Galatien", "year": "1996", "view": "Reads Acts 13-14 against the epigraphy and geography of the Roman province of Galatia, including Lystra. Argues that the churches Paul addressed as Galatian lay in this southern region." }, { "author": "Richard I. Pervo", "work": "Dating Acts: Between the Evangelists and the Apologists", "year": "2006", "view": "Dates Acts to the early second century. On this view, the author's knowledge of local conditions does not imply eyewitness or early composition." }, { "author": "H. Bahar, T. Çay, Ö. Koçak and F. Işcan", "work": "A Plan for Archaeological Excavation of Lystra (Zoldura Höyük), CIPA 2005 XX International Symposium", "year": "2005", "view": "Report surveys since 1994 that found material from the Chalcolithic to the Roman period on the Zoldura mound north of Hatunsaray. State that Sterrett's inscription is in the Konya Archaeological Museum." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "648699", "label": "Lystra/Col. Iulia Felix Gemina" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q535982", "label": "Lystra (historic settlement in Konya, Turkey)" }, { "scheme": "trismegistos", "id": "16230", "label": "TM Geo 16230 (Lystra), place id as cross-referenced by Pleiades; not a text id" } ], "title": "Ilay soratra fanokanana latina nahafantarana ny toerana nisy an’i Lystra", "summary": "Io faladia latina misy soratra io no porofo lehibe indrindra ametrahana an’i Lystra, ilay tanàna tao Lykaonia ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 14 sy 16, eo amin’ny dongon’i Zoldera akaikin’i Hatunsaray. Natokan’ilay zanatany ‘Iulia Felix Gemina Lustra’ ho an’i Augustus nasandratra ho andriamanitra izy io, ary mampiseho fa zanatany romana i Lystra tamin’ny fotoana iray taorian’ny 14 taor. J.K. I J. R. S. Sterrett no naka tahaka ny sorany tamin’ny Jolay 1885. Tsy manonona an’i Paoly izy io na manamafy zava-nitranga tantarain’ny Asan’ny Apostoly tao.", "dating": "Tsy voafaritra akaiky ny datiny. Taorian’ny 14 taor. J.K. izy io, satria antsoina hoe divus i Augustus; tsy manome daty ny firaketana katalaogy nodinihina, ary fetra ambony mahazatra ny dateTo 100. Naka tahaka ny sorany i Sterrett tamin’ny Jolay 1885 ary namoaka izany tamin’ny 1888.", "currentLocation": "Voalaza fa ao amin’ny Tranombakoka Arkeolojikan’i Konya, Torkia (Bahar sy ny namany 2005, manonona ny MAMA VIII); tsy mbola voamarina ny firaketana katalaogin’ny tranombakoka.", "establishes": [ "Tamin’ny Jolay 1885, naka tahaka ny soratra tamin’ny faladia lehibe misy lafiny efatra teo amin’ny dongon’i Zoldera i J. R. S. Sterrett, tokony ho dimy ambin’ny folo minitra avaratry ny Khatün Serai (Hatunsaray ankehitriny). Mitondra fanokanana latina nataon’ny ‘Colonia Iulia Felix Gemina Lustra’ izy io (Sterrett no. 242; CIL III 6786).", "Fanokanana monisipaly lehibe toy izany, hita teo amin’ilay dongona mihitsy, no porofo lehibe indrindra ametrahana an’i Lystra tao, teo amin’ny lemaka tao Lykaonia, atsimo somary andrefan’i Konya (Ikonioma fahiny). Ao amin’ny The Historical Geography of Asia Minor (1890), dia i Sterrett no nolazain’i Ramsay fa nahita ny porofo nanamarina ny famantarana nataon’i Leake talohany.", "Tamin’ny nanaovana ilay fanokanana, zanatany romana i Lystra, ary nanome voninahitra ampahibemaso an’i Augustus nasandratra ho andriamanitra ny decurions (filan-kevitry ny tanàna) tao. Noho izany, taorian’ny 14 taor. J.K. ilay lahatsoratra.", "Mifanaraka amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ilay toerana: atambany ho tanànan’i Lykaonia i Lystra sy i Derbe, ary ampifandraisiny amin’i Ikonioma eo akaiky (Asan’ny Apostoly 14:6, 14:19–21; 16:1–2)." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy manonona kristiana izy io. Tsy afaka manamafy ilay fanasitranana, ny fanandratana an’i Barnabasy sy i Paoly ho Zeosy sy Hermesy, na ny fitoraham-bato an’i Paoly izy io (Asan’ny Apostoly 14:8–20).", "Tsy voafaritra akaiky ny datiny. Tsy mampiseho ny fotoana nanorenana ilay zanatany na ny endrik’ilay tanàna tamin’ny fitsidihan’i Paoly azy izy io.", "Tsy miantso an’i Lystra hoe zanatany mihitsy ny Asan’ny Apostoly, ka manome tontolo ilay vato fa tsy manamafy filazana manokana ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly. Tsy mampiseho ny jeografia marina irery fa vavolombelona nanatri-maso ny mpanoratra, na ny fotoana nanoratana ny Asan’ny Apostoly." ], "debate": "Talohan’ny 1885 dia napetraka tany an-kafa i Lystra; manamarika i Sterrett fa noheverina ho tao Bin Bir Kalesi izy. I Leake no omen’i Ramsay (1890) ny haja noho ny famantarana marina, ary i Sterrett noho ny fanaporofoana izany; manaraka izany ny tahirin’anaran-toerana Pleiades sy ny katalaogin’ny soratra. Mitatitra zavatra avy amin’ny vanim-potoana kalkolitika ka hatramin’ny vanim-potoana romana teo amin’ilay dongona ny fikarohana hatramin’ny 1994 (Bahar sy ny namany 2005), na dia mety ho nafindra toerana aza ny vato tokana raha ny foto-kevitra. Ny fomba handikana ny heviny no fanontaniana misokatra. Ny sasany mandray ny fahamarinan’ny tontolon’i Lykaonia ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ho famantarana tatitra avy amin’ny olona nahalala tsara, ary aloha ny fotoana nanoratana azy. Ny hafa kosa manamarika fa nisy nandritra ny taonjato maro i Lystra, ary tsy manamarina ny zava-nitranga tantarain’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ny antsipiriany marina momba ny toerana.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Toerana natolotra taloha", "statement": "Talohan’ny zavatra hitan’i Sterrett, dia napetraka tany an-kafa i Lystra; manamarika izy fa noheverina ho tao Bin Bir Kalesi ilay tanàna. Manaraka ny famantarana an’i Zoldera ny tahirin’anaran-toerana sy katalaogin’ny soratra maoderina (Pleiades, EDCS); io fanokanana io sy ny toerana nahitana azy no tena iorenan’izany, tohanan’ireo zavatra hita tamin’ny fikarohana teo amin’ilay dongona." }, { "label": "Famakiana ny Asan’ny Apostoly ho nosoratana tatỳ aoriana", "statement": "Apetrak’i Richard Pervo sy ny hafa amin’ny fiandohan’ny taonjato faharoa ny fanoratana ny Asan’ny Apostoly, ary raisiny ho famoronana ara-literatiora ny zava-nitranga maro ao aminy; noho izany, ny antsipiriany marina eo an-toerana dia mampiseho fa nahalala ilay faritra ny mpanoratra, fa tsy hoe nanatri-maso izy. Ampitahain’ny mpandika hevitra koa ilay seho misy an’i Zeosy sy i Hermesy amin’i Jupiter sy Mercury mitsidika an’i Frygia ao amin’i Ovid (Metamorphoses 8); raisina ho môdely ara-literatiora izany, na ho angano eo amin’ny faritra izay iombonan’ny vahoaka ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly." }, { "label": "Famakiana manohana ny maha-azo itokiana ara-tantara", "statement": "Manamafy i Ramsay, Hemer sy ny hafa fa marina ny fitondran’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ny jeografia sy politika tao Lykaonia, ka manondro tatitra avy amin’ny olona nahalala tsara, ary azo inoana fa aloha ny fotoana nanoratana azy. Raisiny ho anisan’ny porofo miangona ny fahamarinan’ny toerana nisy ilay zanatany. Ilay vato mihitsy anefa dia mahakasika ny tontolo ihany." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-lystra-inscription" }, { "id": "josephus-ananias", "kind": "literary-non-christian", "dateFrom": 75, "dateTo": 94, "corpusReferences": [ "urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0526.tlg001 (Josephus, Antiquities)", "urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0526.tlg004 (Josephus, Jewish War)" ], "confidence": "high", "epistemicStatus": "attested", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 23:2-5", "Acts 24:1", "Acts 9:10-19", "Acts 22:12-16", "Acts 5:1-11" ], "personIds": [ "person.ananias-high-priest", "person.paul", "person.felix", "person.tertullus", "person.claudius", "person.agrippa", "person.josephus", "person.ananias" ], "placeIds": [ "place.jerusalem", "place.caesarea", "place.rome" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 20.103 (Whiston 20.5.2)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=20:whiston%20chapter=5:whiston%20section=2", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "But now Herod, king of Chalcis, removed Joseph, the son of Camydus, from the high priesthood, and made Ananias, the son of Nebedeu, his successor.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 20.131 (Whiston 20.6.2)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=20:whiston%20chapter=6:whiston%20section=2", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "but still he sent away Ananias the high priest, and Ananus the commander [of the temple], in bonds to Rome, to give an account of what they had done to Claudius Caesar.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 20.162 (Whiston 20.8.5)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=20:whiston%20chapter=8:whiston%20section=5", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Felix also bore an ill-will to Jonathan, the high priest, because he frequently gave him admonitions about governing the Jewish affairs better than he did", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 20.179 (Whiston 20.8.8)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=20:whiston%20chapter=8:whiston%20section=8", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "About this time king Agrippa gave the high priesthood to Ismael, who was the son of Fabi.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 20.205 (Whiston 20.9.2)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=20:whiston%20chapter=9:whiston%20section=2", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "had obtained the favor and esteem of the citizens in a signal manner; for he was a great hoarder up of money: he therefore cultivated the friendship of Albinus, and of the high priest [Jesus], by making them presents", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 20.206 (Whiston 20.9.2)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=20:whiston%20chapter=9:whiston%20section=2", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "he also had servants who were very wicked, who joined themselves to the boldest sort of the people, and went to the thrashing-floors, and took away the tithes that belonged to the priests by violence, and did not refrain from beating such as would not give these tithes to them.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "William Whiston", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews, translator's note to 20.9.2", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Whiston's note on Ant. 20.205 (Whiston 20.9.2 n. 1)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=20:whiston%20chapter=9:whiston%20section=2", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "This Ananias was not the son of Nebedeus, as I take it, but he who was called Annas or Ananus the elder", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 20.213 (Whiston 20.9.4)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=20:whiston%20chapter=9:whiston%20section=4", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "But Ananias was too hard for the rest, by his riches, which enabled him to gain those that were most ready to receive.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-war-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "The Jewish War", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "War 2.243 (Whiston 2.12.6)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0148:book=2:whiston%20chapter=12:whiston%20section=6", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "both Jonathan and Ananias, the high priests", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-war-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "The Jewish War", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "War 2.426 (Whiston 2.17.6)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0148:book=2:whiston%20chapter=17:whiston%20section=6", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "The others then set fire to the house of Ananias the high priest, and to the palaces of Agrippa and Bernice", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-war-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "The Jewish War", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "War 2.441 (Whiston 2.17.9)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0148:book=2:whiston%20chapter=17:whiston%20section=9", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "But on the next day the high priest was caught where he had concealed himself in an aqueduct; he was slain, together with Hezekiah his brother, by the robbers", "role": "primary-text" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "James C. VanderKam", "work": "From Joshua to Caiaphas: High Priests after the Exile", "year": "2004", "view": "Gathers and assesses the surviving evidence for each high priest of the Second Temple period down to about AD 70, including Ananias son of Nedebaeus." }, { "author": "Martin Goodman", "work": "The Ruling Class of Judaea: The Origins of the Jewish Revolt against Rome, A.D. 66-70", "year": "1987", "view": "Argues that the Rome-backed ruling class of Judaea, including the high-priestly families, lacked popular legitimacy and that its rivalries helped bring on the revolt of AD 66." }, { "author": "Steve Mason", "work": "Josephus and the New Testament", "year": "1992 (2nd ed. 2003)", "view": "Introduces Josephus for New Testament readers and argues that the author of Luke-Acts probably knew Josephus's writings, which bears on whether their agreements are independent." }, { "author": "Richard I. Pervo", "work": "Dating Acts: Between the Evangelists and the Apologists", "year": "2006", "view": "Dates Acts to the early second century and argues that its author drew on Josephus." }, { "author": "F. F. Bruce", "work": "The Book of the Acts (New International Commentary on the New Testament, rev. ed.)", "year": "1988", "view": "Identifies the high priest of Acts 23:2 with Ananias son of Nedebaeus and uses Josephus's account of his greed and violent death as background to the scene." }, { "author": "Craig S. Keener", "work": "Acts: An Exegetical Commentary, vol. 3 (15:1-23:35)", "year": "2014", "view": "Sets Acts 23:1-5 against Josephus's evidence for Ananias and surveys the explanations proposed for Paul's statement that he did not know Ananias was high priest." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q485854", "label": "Ananias ben Nedebaios" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "687928", "label": "Ierusalem/Hierosolyma/Col. Aelia Capitolina" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "678401", "label": "Stratonos Pyrgos/Caesarea" } ], "title": "I Josefa momba an’i Ananiasy mpisoronabe, zanak’i Nedebaeus", "summary": "Manamafy i Josefa fa nisy mpisoronabe atao hoe Ananiasy, zanak’i Nedebaeus, voatendry tokony ho 47/48 taor. J.K., nijanona ho nanan-karena sy nanam-pahefana, nanome fanomezana mba hahazoana sitraka tamin’i Albinus governora, ary novonoin’ny mpikomy tamin’ny 66 taor. J.K. Mifanaraka amin’ny anarana sy andraikitra omen’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ilay mpisoronabe izay nampikapoka an’i Paoly ary niampanga azy teo anatrehan’i Feliksa izany (Asan’ny Apostoly 23:2–5; 24:1). Tsy manonona an’i Paoly mihitsy i Josefa, ary tsy manome daty namaranan’i Ananiasy ny asany.", "dating": "Jewish War tokony ho 75–79 taor. J.K. (daty mahazatra); Antiquities vita tamin’ny 93/94 taor. J.K. (Ant. 20.267); tokony ho 47 ka hatramin’ny 66 taor. J.K. ireo zava-nitranga resahina.", "currentLocation": "Fampitana lahatsoratra", "establishes": [ "Manonona mpisoronabe iray, i Ananiasy zanak’i Nedebaeus, notendren’i Heroda avy any Chalcis tokony ho 47/48 taor. J.K., i Josefa (Ant. 20.103). Tokony ho 52 taor. J.K. no nandefasan’i Quadratus, governoran’i Syria, azy tany amin’i Klaodio, voafatotra araka ny Antiquities (Ant. 20.131; War 2.243). Ananiasy no anaran’ny mpisoronabe amin’ny fihainoana ny raharahan’i Paoly, tokony ho 57 taor. J.K., ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly (Asan’ny Apostoly 23:2; 24:1).", "Faritan’i Josefa ho nanan-karena sy nanana fifandraisana ambony i Ananiasy: nohajain’ny olom-pirenena, ‘mpanangom-bola’, ary nahazo sitraka tamin’i Albinus governora tamin’ny fanomezana, raha naka ny fahafolon-karenan’ny mpisorona ny mpanompony ary nikapoka izay nandà (Ant. 20.205–207, 213). Nanao toy izany koa ny mpisoronabe hafa (Ant. 20.207). Mifanaraka amin’izany ilay sary fohy ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly momba ny mpisoronabe nampikapoka gadra.", "Mitatitra i Josefa fa tamin’ny 66 taor. J.K. dia nodoran’ny mpikomy ny tranon’i Ananiasy, ary novonoiny niaraka tamin’i Hezekia rahalahiny izy avy eo (War 2.426, 441). Nisy mpisoronabe nitondra io anarana io àry anisan’ny mpitarika tao Jerosalema nanomboka tamin’ny faramparan’ny taona 40 ka hatramin’ny fikomiana." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy manonona an’i Paoly, ny fihainoana teo anatrehan’ny filan-kevitra, ny baiko hikapoka azy na ny raharaha teo anatrehan’i Feliksa i Josefa. Tsy voamarina amin’izany ireo seho ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 23–24.", "Tsy manome daty namaranan’i Ananiasy ny asany i Josefa. Antsoin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly hoe mpisoronabe izy tokony ho 57 taor. J.K.; tsy manamafy na manohitra izany i Josefa, ary omeny io anaram-boninahitra io koa ireo lehilahy efa tsy teo am-perinasa intsony (Jonatana ao amin’ny Ant. 20.162; i Ananiasy mihitsy tamin’ny andron’i Albinus ao amin’ny Ant. 20.205).", "Tsy mitantara ny famonoana an’i Ananiasy tamin’ny 66 taor. J.K. ny Asan’ny Apostoly. Fandikana hevitra fa tsy porofo ara-tantara ny fandraisana ny teny fananaran’i Paoly ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 23:3 ho faminaniana tanteraka.", "Ilay mpisoronabe ihany no resahin’ny porofon’i Josefa, fa tsy i Ananiasy avy any Damaskosy (Asan’ny Apostoly 9:10–19; 22:12–16) na ilay Ananiasy vadin’i Safira (Asan’ny Apostoly 5:1–11)." ], "debate": "Tsy omen’i Josefa daty mihitsy ny fiafaran’ny asan’i Ananiasy. Antsoiny hoe ‘mpisoronabe’ i Jonatana, izay teo am-perinasa tamin’ny 36–37 taor. J.K., rehefa novonoina tamin’ny andron’i Feliksa (Ant. 20.162), ary tatỳ aoriana izy no mitatitra ny fanendrena an’i Ismaela (Ant. 20.179). Raha i Josefa irery àry no ianteherana, dia tsoakevitra ny hoe teo am-perinasa i Ananiasy tokony ho 57 taor. J.K.; ny Asan’ny Apostoly no milaza izany. Milaza i Paoly fa tsy fantany hoe mpisoronabe i Ananiasy (Asan’ny Apostoly 23:5). Ny fanamarihan’i Albert Barnes tamin’ny taonjato fahasivy ambin’ny folo momba ilay andininy dia mandinika ny fanesoana, ny fialan-tsiny noho ny teny maika, ny tsy fahafantarana taorian’ny tsy nahateo ela, ary ny tsy nipetrahan’i Ananiasy na nitafiany toy ny mpisoronabe, vao misafidy ny hevitra hoe banga ilay andraikitra. Ireo manam-pahaizana mihevitra fa nahalala ny asan’i Josefa i Lioka dia manontany raha mifanaraka nefa mahaleo tena ireo fitantarana roa. Ny sarin’i Josefa feno fankahalana koa dia maneho ny tombontsoany amin’ny maha-anisan’ny saranga ambony sy amin’ny fiarovana ny heviny.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Tsy teo am-perinasa i Ananiasy tamin’ny 57 taor. J.K.", "statement": "Tsy manome daty namaranan’i Ananiasy ny asany i Josefa. Nisy mpanao fanazavana tamin’ny taonjato fahasivy ambin’ny folo, toa an’i Albert Barnes momba ny Asan’ny Apostoly 23:5, nihevitra fa banga ilay andraikitra tamin’izany ary noho ny fanajana no nitarihan’i Ananiasy, ka izany no hanazava ny valintenin’i Paoly. Tsy manaporofo fotoana banga ny fahanginan’i Josefa; ary ilay Jonatana antsoiny hoe ‘mpisoronabe’ ao amin’ny Ant. 20.162 dia tamin’ny 36–37 taor. J.K. ihany no teo am-perinasa (Ant. 18.95, 123)." }, { "label": "Naka avy amin’i Josefa i Lioka", "statement": "I Richard Pervo, ary i Steve Mason amin’ny fomba misalasala kokoa, dia manamafy fa nahalala ny asan’i Josefa ny mpanoratra ny Asan’ny Apostoly. Raha izany, mety ho avy tamin’i Josefa ny anarana sy andraikitr’i Ananiasy tao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly, fa tsy fahalalana mahaleo tena. Ny hafa mametraka ny Asan’ny Apostoly ho talohan’ny Antiquities (93/94 taor. J.K.), na tsy mahita famantarana findramana eto, satria tsy manana fitantarana mifanandrify amin’ny fihainoana ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 23 i Josefa." }, { "label": "Seho narafitra", "statement": "Misy mpanao fanazavana tsikera mandray ny Asan’ny Apostoly 23:1–10 ho seho narafitr’i Lioka manodidina ny lohaheviny manokana, toy ny fanajan’i Paoly ny Lalàna sy ny fifandiran’ny Fariseo sy ny Sadoseo momba ny fitsanganana amin’ny maty. Amin’izany famakiana izany, mampiseho fa nahalala ilay vanim-potoana i Lioka ny fahamarinan’ny anarana sy andraikitra, nefa tsy manamafy fa nitranga araka ny fitantarana ilay fihainoana." }, { "label": "Famantarana nataon’i Whiston ao amin’ny Ant. 20.205", "statement": "Ao amin’ny fanamarihana amin’ny fandikan-teniny tamin’ny 1737, i Whiston dia nandray ilay Ananiasy mpisoronabe nanan-karena ao amin’ny Ant. 20.205–213 ho i Anasy zokiny. Ananiasy no anarana omen’ny lahatsoratr’i Josefa azy eo, araka ny asehon’ny fandikan-tenin’i Whiston mihitsy, fa Ananus kosa no endrika fampiasany mahazatra momba an’i Anasy." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-josephus-ananias" }, { "id": "josephus-festus", "kind": "literary-non-christian", "dateFrom": 75, "dateTo": 94, "corpusReferences": [ "CTS urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0526.tlg001 (Josephus, Jewish Antiquities)", "CTS urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0526.tlg004 (Josephus, Jewish War)" ], "confidence": "high", "epistemicStatus": "attested", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 24:27-26:32", "Acts 24:10", "Acts 21:18", "Galatians 1:19" ], "personIds": [ "person.festus", "person.felix", "person.agrippa", "person.nero", "person.josephus", "person.paul", "person.james" ], "placeIds": [ "place.judea", "place.caesarea", "place.jerusalem", "place.rome" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 20.182 (Whiston 20.8.9)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=20:whiston%20chapter=8:whiston%20section=9", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Now when Porcius Festus was sent as successor to Felix by Nero, the principal of the Jewish inhabitants of Cesarea went up to Rome to accuse Felix; and he had certainly been brought to punishment, unless Nero had yielded to the importunate solicitations of his brother Pallas", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 20.185-188 (Whiston 20.8.10)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=20:whiston%20chapter=8:whiston%20section=10", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "So Festus sent forces, both horsemen and footmen, to fall upon those that had been seduced by a certain impostor, who promised them deliverance and freedom from the miseries they were under, if they would but follow him as far as the wilderness.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 20.189-196 (Whiston 20.8.11)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=20:whiston%20chapter=8:whiston%20section=11", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "At these doings both king Agrippa, and principally Festus the procurator, were much displeased; and Festus ordered them to pull the wall down again: but the Jews petitioned him to give them leave to send an embassage about this matter to Nero", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 20.197 (Whiston 20.9.1)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=20:whiston%20chapter=9:whiston%20section=1", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "AND now Caesar, upon hearing the death of Festus, sent Albinus into Judea, as procurator.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 20.200 (Whiston 20.9.1)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=20:whiston%20chapter=9:whiston%20section=1", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Festus was now dead, and Albinus was but upon the road; so he assembled the sanhedrim of judges, and brought before them the brother of Jesus, who was called Christ, whose name was James", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 20.267 (Whiston 20.11.3)", "url": "https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/2848/pg2848.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "which is the thirteenth year of the reign of Cæsar Domitian, and the fifty-sixth year of my own life", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-war-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "The Jewish War", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "War 2.271-272 (Whiston 2.14.1)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0148:book=2:whiston%20chapter=14:whiston%20section=1", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Festus succeeded Felix as procurator, and made it his business to correct those that made disturbances in the country. So he caught the greatest part of the robbers, and destroyed a great many of them. But then Albinus, who succeeded Festus, did not execute his office", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-war-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "The Jewish War", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "War 6.300 (Whiston 6.5.3)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0148:book=6:whiston%20chapter=5:whiston%20section=3", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Jesus, the son of Ananus, a plebeian and a husbandman, who, four years before the war began, and at a time when the city was in very great peace and prosperity, came to that feast whereon it is our custom for every one to make tabernacles", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-war-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "The Jewish War", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "War 6.305 (Whiston 6.5.3)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0148:book=6:whiston%20chapter=5:whiston%20section=3", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "And when Albinus (for he was then our procurator) asked him, Who he was? and whence he came? and why he uttered such words?", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "tacitus-annals-church-brodribb", "author": "Tacitus", "work": "Annals", "translator": "A. J. Church and W. J. Brodribb", "year": "1876", "locator": "Ann. 13.14", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.02.0078:book=13:chapter=14", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Nero, furious with those who abetted such arrogance in a woman, removed Pallas from the charge of the business with which he had been entrusted by Claudius", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "tacitus-annals-church-brodribb", "author": "Tacitus", "work": "Annals", "translator": "A. J. Church and W. J. Brodribb", "year": "1876", "locator": "Ann. 13.23", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.02.0078:book=13:chapter=23", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "But the proved innocence of Pallas did not please men so much, as his arrogance offended them.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "tacitus-annals-church-brodribb", "author": "Tacitus", "work": "Annals", "translator": "A. J. Church and W. J. Brodribb", "year": "1876", "locator": "Ann. 14.65", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.02.0078:book=14:chapter=65", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Nero was believed to have destroyed by poison two of his most powerful freedmen, Doryphorus, on the pretext of his having opposed the marriage with Poppæa, Pallas for still keeping his boundless wealth by a prolonged old age.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius", "work": "Church History", "translator": "A. C. McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 2.22.1", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250102.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Festus was sent by Nero to be Felix's successor. Under him Paul, having made his defense, was sent bound to Rome.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius", "work": "Church History", "translator": "A. C. McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 2.23.21", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250102.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "But the emperor, when he learned of the death of Festus, sent Albinus to be procurator of Judea.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "A. C. McGiffert", "work": "Church History (Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers, Series II vol. 1), note on HE 2.21", "translator": "A. C. McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 2.21.3, note 468", "url": "https://www.ccel.org/ccel/schaff/npnf201.iii.vii.xxii.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Valesius and Heinichen proceed on the erroneous assumption that Festus succeeded Felix in the second year of Nero", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "A. C. McGiffert", "work": "Church History (Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers, Series II vol. 1), note on HE 2.22", "translator": "A. C. McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 2.22.1, note 469", "url": "https://www.ccel.org/ccel/schaff/npnf201.iii.vii.xxiii.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "The widest possible margin for his accession is from 59–61.", "role": "early-study" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Emil Schürer", "work": "A History of the Jewish People in the Time of Jesus Christ, Division I, vol. 2 (English translation of the second German edition)", "year": "1890", "view": "Dates Festus AD 60-62. Records the case for recalling Felix early in Nero's reign (Jerome's Chronicle; Pallas's fall in 55) and answers that Josephus puts most of Felix's acts under Nero and that Pallas was acquitted before the end of 55." }, { "author": "Roger Pearse and others (trans.)", "work": "Jerome, Chronicle (Latin version of Eusebius's Chronicle)", "year": "2005", "view": "Enters Festus's succession to Felix under Nero's second year, which the translator's column equates with AD 56." }, { "author": "A. N. Sherwin-White", "work": "Roman Society and Roman Law in the New Testament", "year": "1963", "view": "Tests Acts against Roman law and administration, including a lecture on Paul before Felix and Festus, and judges the trial narratives consistent with Roman provincial practice of the period." }, { "author": "Colin J. Hemer", "work": "The Book of Acts in the Setting of Hellenistic History", "year": "1989", "view": "Examines literary, epigraphic and papyrological evidence and argues that Acts is a coherent and consistent product of its first-century Hellenistic setting." }, { "author": "Steve Mason", "work": "Josephus and the New Testament (2nd ed.)", "year": "2003", "view": "Argues that Luke probably knew Josephus's narrative. Overlaps between Acts and Josephus may therefore reflect Luke's reading rather than independent knowledge." }, { "author": "Richard I. Pervo", "work": "Dating Acts: Between the Evangelists and the Apologists", "year": "2006", "view": "Dates Acts to about AD 115 and argues that its author knew Josephus's writings." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q464307", "label": "Porcius Festus" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q316915", "label": "Antonius Felix" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q134461", "label": "Josephus" } ], "title": "I Josefa momba an’i Porcio Festo governora", "summary": "Manonona an’i Porcio Festo ho notendren’i Nero handimby an’i Feliksa tany Jodia i Josefa. Asehony fa niandany tamin’i Heroda Agripa II mpanjaka i Festo tamin’ny ady hevitra momba ny rindrin’ny Tempoly, ary mitatitra izy fa maty teo am-perinasa i Festo ka nosoloan’i Albinus. Mifanaraka amin’ny fandimbiasana sy ny olona ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 24:27–26:32 izany. Tsy manonona an’i Paoly mihitsy i Josefa, ary tsy manome taona. Fandrafetana avy amin’ny loharano ny fahatongavan’i Festo, izay matetika omena daty tokony ho 59–60 taor. J.K.", "dating": "Jewish War matetika omena daty tokony ho 75–79 taor. J.K.; Jewish Antiquities vita tamin’ny 93/94 taor. J.K. (Ant. 20.267); mitantara zava-nitranga tokony ho 59–62 taor. J.K.", "currentLocation": "Fampitana lahatsoratra", "establishes": [ "Manonona an’i Porcio Festo ho ilay governora nirahin’i Nero handimby an’i Feliksa tany Jodia i Josefa (Ant. 20.182; War 2.271). Mitovy amin’izany ny anarana feno sy ny filaharan’ny fandimbiasana ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 24:27.", "Apetrak’i Josefa ho miandany i Festo sy i Heroda Agripa II mpanjaka amin’ny raharahan’i Jerosalema. Samy nanohitra rindrina iray nanakona ny fahitan’ny mpanjaka ny ao amin’ny Tempoly sy ny fahitan’ny mpiambina romana avy eo amin’ny lalantsara misy andry any andrefana izy roa. Nandidy ny handravana azy i Festo, nefa namela iraka jiosy hampakatra ny raharaha tany amin’i Nero (Ant. 20.189–196). Toy izany koa, ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 25:13–26:32 dia maka hevitra amin’i Agripa momba ny fifanolanana ara-pivavahana jiosy i Festo.", "Maty teo am-perinasa i Festo. Naniraka an’i Albinus i Nero rehefa nandre izany; ary nandritra ilay elanelana, nampanameloka an’i Jakoba, rahalahin’i Jesosy izay nantsoina hoe Kristy, sy ny hafa ho toraham-bato i Ananus mpisoronabe (Ant. 20.197–203). Ny ankamaroany mampitovy azy amin’i Jakoba ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 21:18 sy ny Galatiana 1:19; eken’ny maro ho tena izy ilay andalana, na dia tsy eken’ny rehetra aza.", "Asehon’i Josefa ho governora navitrika tao amin’ny faritany nisavoritaka i Festo. Nandefa mpitaingin-tsoavaly sy miaramila an-tongotra hamely ny mpanaraka mpisandoka iray tany an’efitra i Festo (Ant. 20.185–188); ary milaza ny War fa nahasambotra ny ankamaroan’ny jiolahy izy, tsy tahaka an’i Albinus nandimby azy (War 2.271–272)." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy manonona an’i Paoly mihitsy i Josefa. Ny Asan’ny Apostoly irery no iorenan’ny fihainoana teo anatrehan’i Festo, ny fampakarana ny raharaha tany amin’i Kaisara ary ny fihaonana tamin’i Agripa sy i Berenika (Asan’ny Apostoly 25:1–26:32).", "Tsy manome taona nahatongavan’i Festo na faharetan’ny fitondrany i Josefa. Fandrafetana avy amin’ny loharano ireo daty mahazatra (fahatongavana tokony ho 59–60 taor. J.K., fahafatesana tokony ho 62 taor. J.K.). Mifototra amin’ny firaketana tamin’ny taonjato fahefatra ny fahatongavana aloha kokoa, tokony ho 55–56 taor. J.K. (ny dikanteny latin’i Jerome amin’ny Chronicle nosoratan’i Eusebius, eo amin’ny taona faharoa nanjakan’i Nero), izay tsy fantatra ny fotony, sy amin’ny tohan-kevitra avy amin’ny nahavery ny asan’i Pallas tamin’ny 55.", "Ny fifanarahana momba ny anaran’ny governora, ny toerany amin’ny fandimbiasana ary ny fifandraisany tamin’i Agripa dia mampiseho fa mifanaraka amin’io tontolo politika io ny Asan’ny Apostoly. Tsy manaporofo ireo lahateny na zava-nitranga tantarainy izany. Raha nampiasa an’i Josefa i Lioka, dia tsy ho fanamafisana mahaleo tena ilay fifanarahana.", "Maka avy amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly sy i Josefa, izay tononiny, ny fanamarihan’i Eusebius (HE 2.22.1; 2.23.21). Mamerina ireo vavolombelona ireo izy, fa tsy manampy vavolombelona mahaleo tena." ], "debate": "Fanontaniana roa no misokatra. Fizotry ny fotoana: ny ankamaroan’ny manam-pahaizana mametraka ny fahatongavan’i Festo ho manodidina ny 59–60 taor. J.K.; i McGiffert (1890) nanaiky ny 59–61 ho elanelana malalaka indrindra, ary i Schürer (1890) nanome ny 60. Manonona ny fanamarihan’i Paoly izy ireo fa efa nitsara ilay firenena nandritra ny taona maro i Feliksa (Asan’ny Apostoly 24:10), sy ireo zava-nitranga tamin’ny andron’i Feliksa apetrak’i Josefa tamin’ny fanjakan’i Nero (Ant. 20.160–181). Ny daty farany dia mifototra amin’ny War 6.300–305: efa nitondra i Albinus rehefa nentina teo anatrehany i Jesosy zanak’i Ananus, izay nanomboka niantsoantso tamin’ny Fetin’ny Tabernakely efa-taona talohan’ny ady. Vitsy an’isa no misafidy ny 55–56 taor. J.K. Manonona ny dikantenin’i Jerome amin’ny Chronicle nosoratan’i Eusebius izy ireo, ary milaza fa very asa tamin’ny 55 i Pallas (Tacitus, Ann. 13.14), izay lazain’i Josefa fa tena nohajain’i Nero tamin’izany ka namonjy an’i Feliksa (Ant. 20.182). Mamaly ny hafa fa nitazona ny toerany ambony i Pallas taorian’ny nahavery ny asany: afaka tamin’ny fiampangana firaisana tetika izy tatỳ aoriana tamin’ny 55 (Ann. 13.23), ary velona hatramin’ny 62 (Ann. 14.65). Fiankinana: ny sasany milaza fa nampiasa an’i Josefa i Lioka; ny hafa mihevitra fa mahaleo tena aminy ny Asan’ny Apostoly.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Fizotry ny fotoana aloha", "statement": "Tonga tokony ho 55–56 taor. J.K. i Festo. Apetraky ny dikanteny latin’i Jerome amin’ny Chronicle nosoratan’i Eusebius amin’ny taona faharoa nanjakan’i Nero ny fiovan’ny governora; ary ny fanamarihan’i Josefa fa namonjy an’i Feliksa i Pallas dia novakina ho mitaky daty talohan’ny nahavery ny asan’i Pallas tamin’ny 55. Nandray io daty io ireo mpanonta Valesius sy Heinichen, ary manonona an’i Kellner sy Weber ho anisan’ireo mpiaro tatỳ aoriana ny fampodiana tany am-piandohan’ny fanjakan’i Nero i Schürer (1890). Amin’io fomba fijery io, lasa taona maromaro talohan’ny mahazatra ny fitazonana an’i Paoly tany Kaisaria sy ny diany an-dranomasina nankany Roma." }, { "label": "Naka avy amin’i Josefa i Lioka", "statement": "Raha nosoratana taorian’ny Antiquities (93/94 taor. J.K.) ny Asan’ny Apostoly ary nampiasa an’i Josefa ny mpanoratra azy, dia hampiseho ny fampiasan’i Lioka loharano ilay anarana, fandimbiasana ary fifandraisana amin’i Agripa iombonana, fa tsy fanamafisana mahaleo tena. Ny mpitsikera an’io fomba fijery io dia manamarika fa maro ny ao amin’ireo seho momba an’i Festo ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly no tsy ao amin’i Josefa, ary tsy misy ao ireo zava-nitranga momba an’i Festo tantarain’i Josefa: ny sicarii, ilay mpisandoka tany an’efitra ary ny rindrin’ny Tempoly." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-josephus-festus" }, { "id": "josephus-egyptian", "kind": "literary-non-christian", "dateFrom": 75, "dateTo": 94, "corpusReferences": [ "CTS urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0526.tlg004 (Josephus, Jewish War)", "CTS urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0526.tlg001 (Josephus, Jewish Antiquities)" ], "confidence": "high", "epistemicStatus": "attested", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 21:37-39", "Acts 22:1-21", "Acts 23:24-26" ], "personIds": [ "person.josephus", "person.felix", "person.paul", "person.lysias" ], "placeIds": [ "place.jerusalem", "place.judea", "place.mount-of-olives" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "josephus-war-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "The Jewish War", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "War 2.261-262 (Whiston 2.13.5)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0148:book=2:whiston%20chapter=13:whiston%20section=5", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "got together thirty thousand men that were deluded by him; these he led round about from the wilderness to the mount which was called the Mount of Olives, and was ready to break into Jerusalem by force from that place", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-war-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "The Jewish War", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "War 2.263 (Whiston 2.13.5)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0148:book=2:whiston%20chapter=13:whiston%20section=5", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "the Egyptian ran away, with a few others, while the greatest part of those that were with him were either destroyed or taken alive", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-war-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "The Jewish War", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "War 2.254 (Whiston 2.13.3)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0148:book=2:whiston%20chapter=13:whiston%20section=3", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "there sprang up another sort of robbers in Jerusalem, which were called Sicarii, who slew men in the day time, and in the midst of the city", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 20.169 (Whiston 20.8.6)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=20:whiston%20chapter=8:whiston%20section=6", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "advised the multitude of the common people to go along with him to the Mount of Olives, as it was called, which lay over against the city", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 20.171-172 (Whiston 20.8.6)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=20:whiston%20chapter=8:whiston%20section=6", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "He also slew four hundred of them, and took two hundred alive. But the Egyptian himself escaped out of the fight, but did not appear any more.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 20.267 (Whiston 20.11.3)", "url": "https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/2848/pg2848.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "which is the thirteenth year of the reign of Cæsar Domitian, and the fifty-sixth year of my own life", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius", "work": "Church History", "translator": "A. C. McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 2.21.3", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250102.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Josephus relates these events in the second book of his History. But it is worth while comparing the account of the Egyptian given here with that contained in the Acts of the Apostles.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "A. C. McGiffert", "work": "Church History (Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers, Series II vol. 1), note on HE 2.21", "translator": "A. C. McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 2.21.3, note 466 (the three figures)", "url": "https://www.ccel.org/ccel/schaff/npnf201.iii.vii.xxii.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "the Egyptian escaped with a small number (i.e. small in comparison with the thirty thousand), who may well have been the four thousand mentioned by the author of the Acts", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "A. C. McGiffert", "work": "Church History (Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers, Series II vol. 1), note on HE 2.21", "translator": "A. C. McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 2.21.3, note 466 (on numerals)", "url": "https://www.ccel.org/ccel/schaff/npnf201.iii.vii.xxii.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "numbers are so treacherous in transcription that the difference may really have been originally less than it is. Whenever the main elements of two accounts are in substantial agreement, little stress can be laid upon a difference in figures.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "A. C. McGiffert", "work": "Church History (Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers, Series II vol. 1), note on HE 2.21", "translator": "A. C. McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 2.21.3, note 468", "url": "https://www.ccel.org/ccel/schaff/npnf201.iii.vii.xxii.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Josephus in both of his accounts relates the uproar among events which he expressly assigns to Nero’s reign", "role": "early-study" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Steve Mason", "work": "Josephus and the New Testament (2nd ed.)", "year": "2003", "view": "Argues that Luke probably knew Josephus's writings. On Acts 21:38 judges the link of the Egyptian with the sicarii too close to the War's sequence to be coincidence." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q134461", "label": "Josephus" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q44276", "label": "The Jewish War" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q1232616", "label": "Antiquities of the Jews" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q316915", "label": "Antonius Felix" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q205976", "label": "Mount of Olives" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q282586", "label": "Sicarii" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "687928", "label": "Ierusalem/Hierosolyma/Col. Aelia Capitolina" } ], "title": "I Josefa momba ilay mpaminany ejipsianina ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 21:38", "summary": "Indroa i Josefa no manoritsoritra mpaminany ejipsianina tsy voatonona anarana izay nitarika mpanaraka tany amin’ny Tendrombohitra Oliva nandritra ny fitondran’i Feliksa an’i Jodia, ary afa-nandositra rehefa nanafika ny miaramilan’i Feliksa. Ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 21:38, manontany ilay komandy romana raha io lehilahy io i Paoly. Manamarina ilay zava-nitranga iorenan’ny fanontaniana i Josefa, fa tsy ny fisamborana an’i Paoly mihitsy; ary samy hafa ireo isa: mpanaraka tokony ho 30 000 ao amin’ny War, 400 maty sy 200 voasambotra ao amin’ny Antiquities, lehilahy 4 000 ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly.", "dating": "Zava-nitranga teo antenatenan’ny taona 50 taor. J.K., tamin’ny andron’i Feliksa sy taorian’ny niakaran’i Nero teo amin’ny fitondrana (54); tantaraina ao amin’ny Jewish War (matetika omena daty tokony ho 75–79 taor. J.K.) sy ny Antiquities (vita tamin’ny 93/94 taor. J.K., Ant. 20.267)", "currentLocation": "Fampitana lahatsoratra", "establishes": [ "Indroa i Josefa, mpahay tantara tsy kristiana, no mitatitra fa nandritra ny fitondran’i Feliksa an’i Jodia, lehilahy nilaza tena ho mpaminany, tsy fantatra afa-tsy amin’ny hoe ‘ilay Ejipsianina’, no nitarika mpanaraka tany amin’ny Tendrombohitra Oliva, resin’ny miaramilan’i Feliksa, ary nandositra (War 2.261–263; Ant. 20.169–172).", "Mifanaraka amin’i Josefa ny fototry ny fanontanian’ilay komandy ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 21:38: ilay governora ihany (Asan’ny Apostoly 23:24–26), ilay anaram-piantsoana ihany, hetsika nifandray tamin’ny tany efitra na dia samy hafa aza ny lalan-kizorana (War 2.262), ary mpitarika afa-nandositra ka tsy niseho intsony (Ant. 20.172).", "Mampiasa ny teny nindramina avy amin’ny latina hoe sicarii ny Asan’ny Apostoly 21:38, ilay anarana omen’i Josefa ireo lehilahy nitondra sabatra fohy izay apetrany tao Jerosalema tamin’ny andron’i Feliksa (War 2.254–257); noho izany, mifanaraka amin’ny taona 50 araka ny faritan’i Josefa azy ny voambolan’ny Asan’ny Apostoly (jereo etsy ambany momba ny fiankinana).", "Sarotra ampifanarahana ny fitantaran’i Josefa mihitsy: ao amin’ny War dia tokony ho 30 000 ny mpanaraka, ary lazainy fa maty na voasambotra ny ankamaroan’ireo niaraka tamin’ilay Ejipsianina; ao amin’ny Antiquities kosa dia 400 no maty ary 200 no voasambotra. Isa fahatelo ny 4 000 ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly, fa tsy fifanoherana amin’ny isa raikitra tokana." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy manamafy ny fisamborana an’i Paoly, ny resany tamin’ilay komandy na ny lahateny manaraka izany (Asan’ny Apostoly 22:1–21) izany; manamarina ilay zava-nitranga teo aloha iorenan’ny fanontaniana izy.", "Tsy mamaha hoe iza amin’ireo isa no marina izany, na hoe nahalala ny asan’i Josefa i Lioka, niantehitra tamin’ny tatitra iombonana, sa nanana ny loharanony manokana. Vavolombelona iray ireo fitantarana roa nataon’i Josefa, fa tsy roa.", "Tsy mampifandray ilay Ejipsianina amin’ny sicarii mihitsy i Josefa. Olana misaraka no andraisany ireo mpitondra sabatra fohy, ny mpaminany tany an’efitra ary ilay Ejipsianina (War 2.254–263), ka ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ihany ilay fifandraisana.", "Samy hafa ny lalan-kizorana ao amin’ny fitantarana: mitondra ny mpanaraka ilay Ejipsianina avy any an’efitra (War) na avy ao an-tanàna (Antiquities) ho any amin’ny Tendrombohitra Oliva i Josefa, fa lehilahy nentina nivoaka ho any an’efitra no resahin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 21:38." ], "debate": "Fanontaniana roa no mbola misokatra. Momba ny isa, mety ho tombana boribory na nihoa-pampana ny 30 000 ao amin’ny War. I McGiffert (1890), manonona an’i Tholuck, kosa nandray ny 30 000 ho vahoaka nisahotaka ka niparitaka, ny 600 ho jiolahy novonoin’i Feliksa na nosamboriny, ary ny 4 000 ho vitsy afa-nandositra niaraka tamin’ilay Ejipsianina; nanampy izy fa mora diso adika ny isa. Momba ny fiankinana, manamafy i Steve Mason fa nahalala ny asan’i Josefa i Lioka, satria ny fampifandraisana ilay Ejipsianina amin’ny sicarii, izay resahin’ny War alohany kelin’izay, dia manaraka akaiky loatra ny filaharan’ny War ka tsy kisendrasendra. Ny hafa mamaly fa samy tsy mifanaraka amin’ny fitantaran’i Josefa roa ny 4 000 ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly, ny lalan’ny diabe ary ny voambolany; manondro fahalalana mahaleo tena momba fikomiana malaza vao haingana izany.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Naka avy amin’i Josefa ny Asan’ny Apostoly", "statement": "Nahalala ny asan’i Josefa i Lioka, ary nampifandray tamin’ny hetsik’ilay Ejipsianina ny sicarii, izay nofaritana alohany kelin’izay ao amin’ny War 2.254–263. Amin’io fomba fijery io, taorian’ny War no nanoratana ny Asan’ny Apostoly, na taorian’ny 93/94 taor. J.K. raha nampiasa ny Antiquities i Lioka." }, { "label": "Fahatsiarovana mahaleo tena momba ilay fikomiana", "statement": "Mety ho nampifandray fikomiana malaza vao haingana tamin’ireo mpitondra sabatra fohy tamin’ireo taona ireo ihany i Lioka na ny loharanony, nefa tsy namaky an’i Josefa. Tsy manaraka ny fitantaran’i Josefa roa ny isa, ny lalan’ny diabe ary ny fomba filaza ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly, ka manondro fahalalana misaraka fa tsy fandikana izany." }, { "label": "Isa nampifanarahana", "statement": "Vondrona samy hafa no isain’ireo isa telo: vahoaka 30 000 niparitaka, tokony ho 600 maty na voasambotra, ary antoko 4 000 afa-nandositra niaraka tamin’ilay mpitarika. I McGiffert (1890), manonona an’i Tholuck, no nanolotra izany sady nanaiky fa mora diso adika ny isa. Mitaky ny handraisana ilay filazan’ny War fa nandositra niaraka tamin’ny vitsivitsy izy ho vitsy raha oharina amin’ny 30 000 izany." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-josephus-egyptian" }, { "id": "josephus-famine", "kind": "literary-non-christian", "dateFrom": 93, "dateTo": 94, "corpusReferences": [ "CTS urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0526.tlg001 (Josephus, Jewish Antiquities)" ], "confidence": "high", "epistemicStatus": "attested", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 11:27-30", "Acts 12:25", "Acts 12:20-23", "Acts 5:36-37", "Galatians 2:1-10" ], "personIds": [ "person.josephus", "person.claudius", "person.agabus", "person.barnabas", "person.paul", "person.herod-agrippa-i" ], "placeIds": [ "place.jerusalem", "place.judea", "place.antioch", "place.alexandria", "place.cyprus", "place.rome" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 20.51-53 (Whiston 20.2.5)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=20:whiston%20chapter=2:whiston%20section=5", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "for whereas a famine did oppress them at that time, and many people died for want of what was necessary to procure food withal, queen Helena sent some of her servants to Alexandria with money to buy a great quantity of corn", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 20.101 (Whiston 20.5.2)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=20:whiston%20chapter=5:whiston%20section=2", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Under these procurators that great famine happened in Judea, in which queen Helena bought corn in Egypt at a great expense, and distributed it to those that were in want, as I have related already.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 20.102 (Whiston 20.5.2)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=20:whiston%20chapter=5:whiston%20section=2", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "the sons of Judas of Galilee were now slain; I mean of that Judas who caused the people to revolt, when Cyrenius came to take an account of the estates of the Jews", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 20.103-104 (Whiston 20.5.2)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=20:whiston%20chapter=5:whiston%20section=2", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "And now it was that Cumanus came as successor to Tiberius Alexander; as also that Herod, brother of Agrippa the great king, departed this life, in the eighth year of the reign of Claudius Caesar.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 20.17 (Whiston 20.2.1)", "url": "https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/2848/pg2848.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "About this time it was that Helena, queen of Adiabene, and her son Izates, changed their course of life, and embraced the Jewish customs", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 20.97 (Whiston 20.5.1)", "url": "https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/2848/pg2848.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Now it came to pass, while Fadus was procurator of Judea, that a certain magician, whose name was Theudas", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 3.320 (Whiston 3.15.3)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=3:whiston%20chapter=15:whiston%20section=3", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "a little before the beginning of this war, when Claudius was emperor of the Romans, and Ismael was our high priest, and when so great a famine", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 20.179 (Whiston 20.8.8)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=20:whiston%20chapter=8:whiston%20section=8", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "About this time king Agrippa gave the high priesthood to Ismael, who was the son of Fabi.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 20.267 (Whiston 20.11.3)", "url": "https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/2848/pg2848.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "which is the thirteenth year of the reign of Cæsar Domitian, and the fifty-sixth year of my own life", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "suetonius-rolfe", "author": "Suetonius", "work": "The Lives of the Caesars: Claudius", "translator": "J. C. Rolfe", "year": "1914", "locator": "Claud. 18.2", "url": "https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Suetonius/12Caesars/Claudius*.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "When there was a scarcity of grain because of long-continued droughts, he was once stopped in the middle of the Forum by a mob and so pelted with abuse and at the same time with pieces of bread", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "tacitus-annals-church-brodribb", "author": "Tacitus", "work": "Annals", "translator": "A. J. Church and W. J. Brodribb", "year": "1876", "locator": "Ann. 12.43", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.02.0078:book=12:chapter=43", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Scanty crops too, and consequent famine were regarded as a token of calamity.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "tacitus-annals-church-brodribb", "author": "Tacitus", "work": "Annals", "translator": "A. J. Church and W. J. Brodribb", "year": "1876", "locator": "Ann. 12.41", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.02.0078:book=12:chapter=41", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "In the fifth consulship of Tiberius Claudius with Sextius Cornelius Orfitus for his colleague", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "dio-cassius-cary", "author": "Cassius Dio", "work": "Roman History", "translator": "Earnest Cary", "year": "1914–1927", "locator": "Dio 60.10.1", "url": "https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Cassius_Dio/60*.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Claudius was now consul with Gaius Largus.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "dio-cassius-cary", "author": "Cassius Dio", "work": "Roman History", "translator": "Earnest Cary", "year": "1914–1927", "locator": "Dio 60.11.1", "url": "https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Cassius_Dio/60*.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "On the occasion of a severe famine he considered the problem of providing an abundant food-supply, not only for that particular crisis but for all future time.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius", "work": "Church History", "translator": "A. C. McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 2.8.1", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250102.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Under him the world was visited with a famine, which writers that are entire strangers to our religion have recorded in their histories.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius", "work": "Church History", "translator": "A. C. McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 2.11.3-2.12.1", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250102.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Besides this he also makes mention of the famine, which took place in the reign of Claudius, in the following words.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "orosius-latin", "author": "Orosius", "work": "Historiae adversus paganos", "locator": "Hist. 7.6.12", "url": "https://www.thelatinlibrary.com/orosius/orosius7.shtml", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "ramsay-st-paul-traveller", "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen", "year": "1895", "locator": "ch. III §3 (Schürer's verdict)", "url": "https://ccel.org/ccel/ramsay/paul_roman/paul_roman.vi.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Luke’s brief statement about the famine is declared by Dr. Schürer to be unhistorical, improbable, and uncorroborated by other evidence.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "ramsay-st-paul-traveller", "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen", "year": "1895", "locator": "ch. III §3 (date of the famine)", "url": "https://ccel.org/ccel/ramsay/paul_roman/paul_roman.vi.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "The great famine in Palestine occurred probably in A.D. 46.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "ramsay-st-paul-traveller", "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen", "year": "1895", "locator": "ch. III §3 (Galatians and the relief visit)", "url": "https://ccel.org/ccel/ramsay/paul_roman/paul_roman.vi.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "But we are not reduced to this single account of the mission to Jerusalem. Paul, in writing to the Galatians, also mentions it", "role": "early-study" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen", "year": "1895", "view": "Dates the Palestinian famine probably to AD 46 and reads Acts as claiming dearth across the Roman world in different years of Claudius's reign. Treats Orosius's date as one year too early, placing the famine's onset in 45. Reads Acts 12 as a digression between the sending and the delivery of the relief, and identifies the relief visit with Galatians 2:1-10." }, { "author": "Kenneth S. Gapp", "work": "The Universal Famine under Claudius (Harvard Theological Review 28)", "year": "1935", "view": "Uses Egyptian papyri pointing to a failed wheat harvest c. AD 45-46, after a very high Nile, to argue that the universal famine cannot be explained as a mere sequence of local famines; dates the Judean famine to AD 46 or 47 under Tiberius Alexander." }, { "author": "Joachim Jeremias", "work": "Jerusalem in the Time of Jesus (ET)", "year": "1969", "view": "Dates the Judean famine's height to AD 47-48, aggravated by a sabbatical year." }, { "author": "Emil Schürer (rev. Geza Vermes and Fergus Millar)", "work": "The History of the Jewish People in the Age of Jesus Christ (175 B.C.-A.D. 135), vol. 1", "year": "1973", "view": "Treats the view that a world-wide famine occurred under Claudius as improbable." }, { "author": "Bruce W. Winter", "work": "Secular and Christian Responses to Corinthian Famines (Tyndale Bulletin 40)", "year": "1989", "view": "Argues the Claudian dearth was widespread though not felt everywhere at once, citing repeated grain shortages at Corinth." }, { "author": "Peter Garnsey", "work": "Famine and Food Supply in the Graeco-Roman World: Responses to Risk and Crisis", "year": "1988", "view": "Distinguishes frequent, usually local food shortages from rarer true famines. This is a caution against reading ancient famine reports as a single empire-wide catastrophe." }, { "author": "Steve Mason", "work": "Josephus and the New Testament (2nd ed.)", "year": "2003", "view": "Argues that Luke probably knew Josephus's Antiquities. On that view, parallels such as the Theudas and Judas notices beside the famine report would be literary dependence rather than independent corroboration." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q1232616", "label": "Antiquities of the Jews" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q134461", "label": "Josephus" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q2655769", "label": "Helena of Adiabene" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q3047056", "label": "Izates bar Monobaz" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q459841", "label": "Cuspius Fadus" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q361357", "label": "Tiberius Julius Alexander" } ], "title": "I Josefa momba ny mosary tany Jodia tamin’ny andron’i Klaodio", "summary": "I Josefa, mpahay tantara jiosy nanoratra tokony ho 93/94 taor. J.K., dia mitatitra mosary mafy tany Jerosalema sy Jodia tamin’ny andron’i Klaodio, teo ambany fitondran’i Fadus na, araka ny teny grika navoakan’i Niese, i Tiberius Alexander nandimby azy (tokony ho 44–48 taor. J.K.). Nanamaivana izany ny varimbazaha novidin’i Helena mpanjakavavin’i Adiabene. Mifanaraka amin’ny mosary tamin’ny andron’i Klaodio sy ny fahasahiranana tany Jodia ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly izany. Tsy manonona ny kristiana, i Agabo, i Barnabasy na i Saoly mihitsy anefa i Josefa, ary tsy misy loharano mirakitra mosary tokana nanerana ny tontolo romana manontolo.", "dating": "Antiquities vita tamin’ny 93/94 taor. J.K. (Ant. 20.267). Tamin’ny andron’i Cuspius Fadus na i Tiberius Alexander, tokony ho 44–48 taor. J.K., ilay mosary tantarainy; eo anelanelan’ny 46 sy 47/48 taor. J.K. ny daty natolotra ho an’ny fotoana nahamafy azy indrindra.", "currentLocation": "Fampitana lahatsoratra", "establishes": [ "Mpahay tantara jiosy i Josefa, fa tsy kristiana. Mitatitra mosary mafy tany Jerosalema sy Jodia nandritra ny fanjakan’i Klaodio izy, izay nahafatesana olona maro (Ant. 20.51, 20.101), tamin’ny andron’i Fadus na, araka ny teny grika navoakan’i Niese, i Tiberius Alexander nandimby azy (tokony ho 44–48 taor. J.K.). Nandimby an’i Tiberius Alexander i Cumanus tamin’ny fotoana nanodidina ny nahafatesan’i Heroda avy any Chalcis, tamin’ny taona fahavalo nanjakan’i Klaodio (Ant. 20.103–104).", "Avy any ivelan’i Jodia ny fanampiana ho an’i Jerosalema. I Helena avy any Adiabene, izay nandray ny fomba jiosy (Ant. 20.17), dia nampividy varimbazaha tany Aleksandria sy aviavy maina tany Kyprosy. Nandefa vola ho an’ireo mpitarika tao Jerosalema i Izates zanany (Ant. 20.51–53). Voamarina ivelan’ny Asan’ny Apostoly àry ny fanampiana avy any ivelany ho an’i Jerosalema nandritra io mosary io.", "Mitatitra tsy fahampian’ny varimbazaha niverimberina tany Roma tamin’ny andron’i Klaodio ny mpanoratra romana. Mitatitra mosary mafy i Dio ao amin’ny fitantarany ny 42 taor. J.K. (Dio 60.10.1, 60.11.1). Tamin’ny 51 taor. J.K., taorian’ny fotoam-pijinjana ratsy vokatra, dia sakafo ho an’ny dimy ambin’ny folo andro sisa no nananan’i Roma, ary nifanizina nanodidina ny emperora tao amin’ny Forum ny vahoaka (Tacitus, Ann. 12.41, 12.43; ampitahao Suetonius, Claud. 18.2).", "Mametraka mosary amin’ny fanjakan’i Klaodio ny Asan’ny Apostoly, ary milaza fa nisy fanampiana nalefa tany Jodia (Asan’ny Apostoly 11:28–30). Mifanaraka amin’i Josefa izany momba ny fanjakana sy ny faritra. Tsy manome taona ny Asan’ny Apostoly, ary ny fametrahany izany akaikin’ny fahafatesan’i Heroda Agripa I (44 taor. J.K.; Asan’ny Apostoly 12:20–23) dia mifanaraka amin’ny tokony ho 44–48 ao amin’i Josefa amin’ny ankapobeny ihany; noraisin’i Ramsay ho fivoahana vetivety amin’ny fitantarana fototra ny Asan’ny Apostoly 12." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy milaza na inona na inona momba ny kristiana, ny faminanian’i Agabo, ny fanangonam-bola tany Antiokia, na ny dian’i Barnabasy sy i Saoly i Josefa (Asan’ny Apostoly 11:30; 12:25). Ny Asan’ny Apostoly irery no iorenan’ireo antsipiriany ireo. Tsy ampy hanamafisana ilay fitsidihana ny fahamarinan’ny mosary sy ny fanjakana.", "Tsy misy loharano manoritsoritra mosary tokana nitranga niaraka nanerana ny tontolo romana. Tamin’ny taona sy toerana samy hafa ireo tsy fahampiana voamarina (Roma 42 sy 51; Ejipta tokony ho 45–46; Jodia tokony ho 44–48). Iadian-kevitra raha tsy fahampiana niely be iray no fitambaran’izany, na raha nanao filazana ankapobeny ny Asan’ny Apostoly.", "Tsy azo faritana ny taona marina nisian’ilay mosary. Azo vakina ho mahakasika ireo prokuratora roa na i Tiberius Alexander irery ny Ant. 20.101. Manonona mpisoronabe atao hoe Ismaela ny fitantaran’i Josefa hafa momba ny mosary (Ant. 3.320), nefa ao amin’ny boky 20, aorian’ny fitantarana ny fahafatesan’i Klaodio vao manendry lehilahy atao hoe Ismaela i Agripa II (Ant. 20.179).", "Tsy manampy porofo mahaleo tena ireo mpanoratra kristiana tatỳ aoriana. Manonona an’i Josefa i Eusebius (HE 2.11.3–2.12.1), ary i Orosius (Hist. 7.6.12) mametraka mosary nanerana an’i Syria tamin’ny taona fahefatra nanjakan’i Klaodio, sady manao an’i Helena ho niova finoana ho amin’i Kristy, mifanohitra amin’i Josefa. Raha nampiasa an’i Josefa i Lioka, dia tsy ho mahaleo tena koa ny fitantaran’ny Asan’ny Apostoly momba ny mosary." ], "debate": "Daty: nadikan’i Whiston hoe ‘tamin’ny andron’ireo prokuratora ireo’ ny Ant. 20.101, ka mahakasika an’i Fadus sy i Tiberius Alexander; milaza tokana kosa ny teny grika navoakan’i Niese, izay hametra ilay mosary ho amin’ny andron’i Tiberius Alexander (tokony ho 46–48). Manomboka amin’ny 46 (Ramsay) na 46/47 (Gapp, avy amin’ny papiry ejipsianina) ka hatramin’ny 47/48 (Jeremias, taona sabatika) ny daty natolotra. Faritra voakasika: i Ramsay sy Gapp dia samy mandray ny mosary maneran-tany ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ho tena nisy, na dia samy hafa aza ny fomba andraisany azy; noheverin’i Schürer ho fanitarana tsy ara-tantara izany. Fiankinana: mitatitra an’i Teodasy avy eo ireo zanak’i Jodasy ny Ant. 20.97–102, ka misy milaza fa namaky an’i Josefa i Lioka; ny hafa mahita fa lehibe loatra ny fahasamihafana. Ilay fitsidihana: misy mampitovy azy amin’ny Galatiana 2:1–10; ny hafa mihevitra fa tsy mamela toerana ho azy ny Galatiana 1–2.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Nohitarin’i Lioka ho ankapobeny ny mosary teo an-toerana", "statement": "Mitatitra i Ramsay fa noraisin’i Emil Schürer ho tsy ara-tantara, tsy azo inoana ary tsy voamarina ny filazan’i Lioka momba ilay mosary, ary mbola mihevitra ny mosary maneran-tany ho tsy azo inoana ny fanitsiana ny asan’i Schürer (1973). Amin’io fomba fijery io, navadiky ny Asan’ny Apostoly ho zava-nitranga maneran-tany ny mosary tany Jodia. Misy mpitsikera koa, rehefa mamaky ny fitantaran’i Paoly ny fitsidihany an’i Jerosalema ao amin’ny Galatiana 1–2, mandray ny fitsidihana nitondran’i Barnabasy sy i Saoly fanampiana ho noforonin’i Lioka, fa tsy dia misaraka." }, { "label": "Fanjakana nahitana tsy fahampiana nifandimby isam-paritra", "statement": "Nanamafy i Ramsay fa ny Asan’ny Apostoly dia milaza mosary nanerana ny tontolo romana nandritra ny fanjakan’i Klaodio, fa tsy tamin’ny taona tokana. Araka ny famakiany, ny tsy fahampiana tany Roma sy tany an-kafa tamin’ny taona samy hafa, miaraka amin’ny mosary tany Jodia (izay nomeny daty azo inoana ho 46 taor. J.K.), dia mahafeno izany filazana izany." }, { "label": "Tsy fahampiana niely be iray", "statement": "Avy amin’ny papiry ejipsianina no nanamafisan’i Gapp (1935) fa nahatonga ny fambolena varimbazaha tany Ejipta ho tsy nahazoana tombony ny fiakaran’ny reniranon’i Neily tena avo tamin’ny 45–46, ary tsy azo hazavaina ho fitohizan’ny mosary teo an-toerana fotsiny ilay mosary nanerana izao tontolo izao. Noheverin’i Winter (1989) ho niely be koa ilay tsy fahampiana, na dia tsy tsapa niaraka teny rehetra teny aza." }, { "label": "Naka avy amin’i Josefa ny Asan’ny Apostoly", "statement": "Mitatitra an’i Teodasy tamin’ny andron’i Fadus ny Antiquities 20.97–102, avy eo ny famonoana ireo zanak’i Jodasy avy any Galilia, sady mampahatsiahy ny fikomian’i Jodasy. Manonona an’i Teodasy, ary avy eo an’i Jodasy, ny Asan’ny Apostoly 5:36–37, ka misy manamafy fa nanaraka ny filaharan’i Josefa i Lioka. Mamaly ny hafa fa apetraky ny Asan’ny Apostoly talohan’ny fikomian’i Jodasy tamin’ny 6 taor. J.K. i Teodasy, miaraka amin’ny mpanaraka hafa isa, zavatra tsy dia mety ho vokarin’ny mpamaky an’i Josefa." }, { "label": "Ilay fitsidihana fanampiana no Galatiana 2", "statement": "I Ramsay, toy ny maro manaiky fa ara-tantara ilay fitsidihana fanampiana, dia nampitovy azy tamin’ny fihaonan’i Paoly manokana tany Jerosalema ao amin’ny Galatiana 2:1–10, sady nanamarika ny fangatahana ao mba hahatsiaro ny mahantra. Ny hafa mampitovy ny Galatiana 2 amin’ny filan-kevitra ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 15, ary mampifanaraka amin’ny Galatiana amin’ny fomba hafa ilay fitsidihana fanampiana, na misalasala raha nitranga izany." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-josephus-famine" }, { "id": "josephus-agrippa-bernice", "kind": "literary-non-christian", "dateFrom": 75, "dateTo": 130, "corpusReferences": [], "confidence": "high", "epistemicStatus": "attested", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 25:13-26:32", "Acts 25:13-22", "Acts 25:23", "Acts 26:3", "Acts 26:30-32" ], "personIds": [ "person.agrippa", "person.bernice", "person.festus", "person.paul", "person.josephus", "person.herod-agrippa-i", "person.claudius", "person.nero" ], "placeIds": [ "place.caesarea", "place.jerusalem", "place.rome" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "locator": "Ant. 20.145-147 (Whiston 20.7.3)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.01.0146%3Abook%3D20%3Awhiston%20chapter%3D7%3Awhiston%20section%3D3", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "when the report went that she had criminal conversation with her brother, [Agrippa, junior,] she persuaded Poleme, who was king of Cilicia, to be circumcised, and to marry her, as supposing that by this means she should prove those calumnies upon her to be false", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737 (Perseus text: Auburn and Buffalo, 1895)" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "locator": "Ant. 20.137-140 (Whiston 20.7.1)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.01.0146%3Abook%3D20%3Awhiston%20chapter%3D7%3Awhiston%20section%3D1", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "he bestowed upon Agrippa the tetrarchy of Philip and Batanea, and added thereto Trachonites, with Abila; which last had been the tetrarchy of Lysanias; but he took from him Chalcis, when he had been governor thereof four years.", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737 (Perseus text: Auburn and Buffalo, 1895)" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "locator": "Ant. 20.158-159 (Whiston 20.8.4)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.01.0146%3Abook%3D20%3Awhiston%20chapter%3D8%3Awhiston%20section%3D4", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Caesar also bestowed on Agrippa a certain part of Galilee, Tiberias, and Tarichae, and ordered them to submit to his jurisdiction. He gave him also Julias, a city of Perea, with fourteen villages that lay about it.", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737 (Perseus text: Auburn and Buffalo, 1895)" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "locator": "Ant. 20.189-196 (Whiston 20.8.11)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.01.0146%3Abook%3D20%3Awhiston%20chapter%3D8%3Awhiston%20section%3D11", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "At these doings both king Agrippa, and principally Festus the procurator, were much displeased; and Festus ordered them to pull the wall down again", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737 (Perseus text: Auburn and Buffalo, 1895)" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "locator": "Ant. 20.222-223 (Whiston 20.9.7)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.01.0146%3Abook%3D20%3Awhiston%20chapter%3D9%3Awhiston%20section%3D7", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "But king Agrippa, who had the care of the temple committed to him by Claudius Caesar", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737 (Perseus text: Auburn and Buffalo, 1895)" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "locator": "Ant. 19.354 (Whiston 19.9.1)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.01.0146%3Abook%3D19%3Awhiston%20chapter%3D9%3Awhiston%20section%3D1", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "But he left behind him a son, Agrippa by name, a youth in the seventeenth year of his age, and three daughters; one of which, Bernice, was married to Herod, his father's brother, and was sixteen years old;", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737 (Perseus text: Auburn and Buffalo, 1895)" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-war-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "The Wars of the Jews", "locator": "War 2.342-344 (Whiston 2.16.3)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.01.0148%3Abook%3D2%3Awhiston%20chapter%3D16%3Awhiston%20section%3D3", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "He therefore called the multitude together into a large gallery, and placed his sister Bernice in the house of the Asamoneans, that she might be seen by them,", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737 (Perseus text: Auburn and Buffalo, 1895)" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-war-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "The Wars of the Jews", "locator": "War 2.402-404 (Whiston 2.16.5)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.01.0148%3Abook%3D2%3Awhiston%20chapter%3D16%3Awhiston%20section%3D5", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "When Agrippa had spoken thus, both he and his sister wept, and by their tears repressed a great deal of the violence of the people;", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737 (Perseus text: Auburn and Buffalo, 1895)" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-war-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "The Wars of the Jews", "locator": "War 2.405-407 (Whiston 2.17.1)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.01.0148%3Abook%3D2%3Awhiston%20chapter%3D17%3Awhiston%20section%3D1", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "THIS advice the people hearkened to, and went up into the temple with the king and Bernice, and began to rebuild the cloisters;", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737 (Perseus text: Auburn and Buffalo, 1895)" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-war-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "The Wars of the Jews", "locator": "War 2.426 (Whiston 2.17.6)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.01.0148%3Abook%3D2%3Awhiston%20chapter%3D17%3Awhiston%20section%3D6", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "The others then set fire to the house of Ananias the high priest, and to the palaces of Agrippa and Bernice;", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737 (Perseus text: Auburn and Buffalo, 1895)" }, { "sourceKey": "juvenal-ramsay", "author": "Juvenal", "work": "Satires (Satire 6)", "locator": "Sat. 6.156-159", "url": "https://www.tertullian.org/fathers/juvenal_satires_06.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "a diamond of great renown, made precious by the finger of Berenice. It was given as a present long ago by the barbarian Agrippa to his incestuous sister, in that country where kings celebrate festal sabbaths with bare feet", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "G. G. Ramsay", "year": "1918" }, { "sourceKey": "tacitus-histories-church-brodribb", "author": "Tacitus", "work": "Histories", "locator": "Hist. 2.2", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.02.0080%3Abook%3D2%3Achapter%3D2", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Some supposed that he retraced his steps for love of Queen Berenice, nor was his young heart averse to her charms, but this affection occasioned no hindrance to action.", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "Alfred John Church and William Jackson Brodribb", "year": "1873 (reprinted 1942, as given by Perseus)" }, { "sourceKey": "tacitus-histories-church-brodribb", "author": "Tacitus", "work": "Histories", "locator": "Hist. 2.81", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.02.0080%3Abook%3D2%3Achapter%3D81", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Queen Berenice too, who was then in the prime of youth and beauty, and who had charmed even the old Vespasian by the splendour of her presents, promoted his cause with equal zeal.", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "Alfred John Church and William Jackson Brodribb", "year": "1873 (reprinted 1942, as given by Perseus)" }, { "sourceKey": "suetonius-rolfe", "author": "Suetonius", "work": "Lives of the Caesars: Titus", "locator": "Tit. 7.1", "url": "https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Suetonius/12Caesars/Titus*.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "his notorious passion for queen Berenice, to whom it was even said that he promised marriage.", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "J. C. Rolfe", "year": "1914" }, { "sourceKey": "dio-cassius-cary", "author": "Cassius Dio", "work": "Roman History (Epitome)", "locator": "66.15.3-4 (Boissevain numbering, as in the LacusCurtius section anchors; printed in Cary's Loeb as Book 65)", "url": "https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Cassius_Dio/65*.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Berenice was at the very height of her power and consequently came to Rome along with her brother Agrippa. The latter was given the rank of praetor, while she dwelt in the palace, cohabiting with Titus.", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "Earnest Cary", "year": "1925" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Max Krenkel", "work": "Josephus und Lucas", "year": "1894", "view": "Argued at length that Luke-Acts depends on Josephus' writings. This classic case for literary dependence would make Acts' agreement with Josephus derivative." }, { "author": "Colin J. Hemer", "work": "The Book of Acts in the Setting of Hellenistic History", "year": "1989", "view": "Argued that the accuracy of Acts' local and official details reflects early, independent knowledge. He rejected the case for Luke's dependence on Josephus." }, { "author": "Steve Mason", "work": "Josephus and the New Testament", "year": "1992", "view": "Argues that Luke probably knew Josephus' writings, since the overlaps between them, including Agrippa II and Bernice, would otherwise be a near-incredible series of coincidences. He grants that this cannot be proved." }, { "author": "Richard I. Pervo", "work": "Dating Acts: Between the Evangelists and the Apologists", "year": "2006", "view": "Dates Acts to the early second century and argues that its author used Josephus' Antiquities." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q313419", "label": "Agrippa II" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q466696", "label": "Berenice (daughter of Agrippa I)" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q1232616", "label": "Antiquities of the Jews" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q44276", "label": "The Jewish War" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q7426233", "label": "Satire VI (Juvenal)" } ], "title": "I Heroda Agripa II mpanjaka sy i Berenika ao amin’i Josefa sy i Juvenal", "summary": "Manamafy i Josefa fa mpanjaka niankina tamin’i Roma i Agripa II, nankinina taminy ny tempoly tao Jerosalema; ary asehony eo anilany ampahibemaso i Berenika anabaviny, toy ny ataon’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 25:13–26:32 tany Kaisaria. Mitatitra tsaho momba ny firaisana ara-nofo teo amin’izy mianadahy koa izy, izay averin’i Juvenal ho esoeso. Manamafy azy roa sy ny toerany ireo loharano ireo, fa tsy ny fihainoana ny raharahan’i Paoly, ary misy manam-pahaizana mihevitra fa naka tamin’i Josefa i Lioka.", "dating": "Jewish War nosoratan’i Josefa, tokony ho 75–79 taor. J.K., sy Antiquities, 93/94 taor. J.K. (vita tamin’ny taona fahatelo ambin’ny folo nanjakan’i Domitian, Ant. 20.267); Satire 6 nosoratan’i Juvenal, fiandohan’ny taonjato faharoa. Manomboka amin’ny 44 taor. J.K. ka hatramin’ny taona 70 ireo zava-nitranga resahina. Ao anatin’ny elanelana dateFrom–dateTo i Tacitus sy Suetonius (fiandohan’ny taonjato faharoa); vavolombelona fanampiny tatỳ aoriana ivelan’izany i Dio (fiandohan’ny taonjato fahatelo).", "currentLocation": "Fampitana lahatsoratra", "establishes": [ "Nanana fanjakana nomen’ny Romana azy nandritra ireo taona ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 25–26 i Agripa II, zanak’i Heroda Agripa I. Nomen’i Klaodio azy ny tetrarkia notanan’i Filipo mpanapaka taloha, ho solon’i Chalcis; ary nampian’i Nero an’i Tiberias, Taricheae ary Julias izany (Josefa, Ant. 19.354; 20.138, 20.159). Mifanaraka amin’io firaketana io ny anaram-boninahitra maha-mpanjaka omen’ny Asan’ny Apostoly azy.", "Asehon’i Josefa fa samy tafiditra tamin’ny fifanolanana momba ny tempoly tao Jerosalema i Agripa sy i Festo prokuratora. Lazainy fa nankinin’i Klaodio tamin’i Agripa ny fikarakarana ny tempoly, ary nanendry sy nanala mpisoronabe izy (Ant. 20.189–196, 20.222–223). Mifanaraka amin’ny sarin’i Festo mametraka raharaha ara-pivavahana jiosy eo anatrehany ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly izany (Asan’ny Apostoly 25:13–22; 26:3).", "Miseho ampahibemaso eo anilan’i Agripa tamin’ny 66 taor. J.K. i Berenika, anabaviny sady mpitondratena navelan’i Heroda avy any Chalcis (Ant. 20.145). Apetraka eo amin’ny toerana ahitan’ny vahoaka ao Jerosalema azy izy mandritra ny lahatenin’ny anadahiny, miara-mitomany aminy ary miara-miakatra any amin’ny tempoly aminy. Doràn’ny mpikomy ny lapan’i Agripa sy i Berenika (War 2.344, 402, 405, 426). Asehon’ny Asan’ny Apostoly miaraka amin’ny mpanjaka tany Kaisaria izy (Asan’ny Apostoly 25:13, 23; 26:30).", "Nampita tsaho momba ny firaisana ara-nofo teo amin’i Berenika sy ny anadahiny ny mpanoratra fahiny. Mitatitra izany i Josefa, miaraka amin’ny fiezahany handiso azy tamin’ny fanambadiana an’i Polemo, mpanjakan’i Kilikia (Ant. 20.145–146); ary averin’i Juvenal ho teny maneso izany (Sat. 6.156–159). Mampiseho ny lazan’izy roa izany, fa tsy ny fahamarinan’ilay fiampangana." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy misy amin’ireo loharano ireo manonona an’i Paoly na ny fihainoana tany Kaisaria. Manamafy ireo olona sy ny toerany izy ireo, fa tsy ny zava-nitranga, ny lahateny na ny didim-pitsarana tantaraina ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 25:13–26:32.", "Tsy manaporofo ilay fiampangana firaisana teo amin’ny mpiray tampo izy ireo. Asehon’i Josefa ho resaka henona tamin’olona izany, izay noraisin’i Berenika ho fanendrikendrehana. Mpanoratra esoeso i Juvenal, nanoratra am-polony taona tatỳ aoriana, tao amin’i Roma izay nankahala ilay mpanjakavavy tatsinanana nifandray tamin’i Titosy zanak’i Vespasian (Tacitus, Hist. 2.2; Suetonius, Tit. 7.1; Dio 66.15.3–4).", "Tsy mampiseho avy hatrany fa mahaleo tena amin’i Josefa i Lioka ny fifanarahana aminy. Mety ho avy amin’ny fahalalana ankapobeny ireo olona roa malaza ao amin’ny fianakavian’ny mpanjaka ny anarana sy anaram-boninahitra marina, ary misy manam-pahaizana manamafy fa nahalala ny asan’i Josefa i Lioka." ], "debate": "Fanontaniana roa no mbola misokatra. Voalohany, ny fifandraisan’ny Asan’ny Apostoly amin’i Josefa. Misy manam-pahaizana manamafy fa nampiasa ny Antiquities i Lioka, ka hahatonga ny fifanarahana momba an’i Agripa sy i Berenika ho avy amin’io loharano io, fa tsy mahaleo tena. Ny hafa manondro ny fahasamihafana any amin’ny toerana hafa sy ny fahalazan’izy roa tamin’ny taona 50 sy 60, ka mahita fahalalana mahaleo tena. Faharoa, ny fototr’ilay tsaho momba ny firaisana teo amin’ny mpiray tampo. Mety ho fosafosa feno fankahalana momba ny mpanjakavavy mpitondratena nipetraka tao an-dapan’ny anadahiny izany, izay nanafintohina an’i Roma niaraka tamin’i Titosy zanak’i Vespasian tatỳ aoriana; na mety ho finoana niely be tamin’izany. Tsy misy loharano manome mihoatra noho ny laza.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Naka avy amin’i Josefa i Lioka", "statement": "Raha nosoratana taorian’ny 93/94 taor. J.K. ny Asan’ny Apostoly, dia mety ho avy amin’ny Antiquities nosoratan’i Josefa ny sarin’i Agripa sy i Berenika ao aminy, araka ny nambaran’i Max Krenkel (1894) sy Richard Pervo (2006). Amin’io fomba fijery io, mampiseho ny loharanon’i Lioka ny fifanarahana, fa tsy fanamafisana mahaleo tena. Manamafy i Steve Mason (1992) fa azo inoana fa nahalala ny asan’i Josefa i Lioka, na dia ekeny aza fa tsy azo porofoina izany." }, { "label": "Fahalalana aloha sady mahaleo tena", "statement": "I Colin Hemer (1989) sy ny hafa dia mihevitra fa maneho fahalalana aloha sady mahaleo tena ny fitondran’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ireo manam-pahefana romana sy ireo mpanjaka niankina tamin’i Roma. Amin’io fomba fijery io, olona malaza teo imason’ny besinimaro i Agripa sy i Berenika, izay fantatra betsaka tany Jodia sy Syria ny fiarahan’izy ireo niseho, ka tsy nila loharano an-tsoratra i Lioka mba hanonona tsara azy ireo." }, { "label": "Tsaho ho fanendrikendrehana na ho finoana", "statement": "Asehon’i Josefa ho tatitra nezahin’i Berenika nolavina ilay fiampangana, ary fanevatevana ny andalan’i Juvenal, ka mpamaky maro no mandray ilay tsaho ho fosafosa. Manamarika kosa ny hafa fa mbola nifidy ny hirakitra azy i Josefa, izay tsara sitrapo tamin’i Agripa, ary milaza izy fa nandao an’i Polemo i Berenika, ‘araka ny voalaza’, noho ny fikasana maloto (Ant. 20.146). Raisin’izy ireo ho midika izany fa niely be ilay finoana, nefa mbola tsy voaporofo." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-josephus-agrippa-bernice" }, { "id": "claudius-expulsion", "kind": "literary-non-christian", "dateFrom": 119, "dateTo": 122, "corpusReferences": [], "confidence": "high", "epistemicStatus": "attested", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 18:1-3", "Acts 18:12-17", "Romans 16:3-5", "Acts 28:17" ], "personIds": [ "person.claudius", "person.aquila", "person.priscilla", "person.paul" ], "placeIds": [ "place.rome", "place.corinth" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "suetonius-rolfe", "author": "Suetonius", "work": "Life of Claudius (Lives of the Caesars)", "locator": "Claud. 25.4", "url": "https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Suetonius/12Caesars/Claudius*.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Since the Jews constantly made disturbances at the instigation of Chrestus, he expelled them from Rome.", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "J. C. Rolfe", "year": "1914" }, { "sourceKey": "suetonius-rolfe", "author": "J. C. Rolfe", "work": "Loeb Suetonius, editor's note 75 on Claud. 25.4", "locator": "Claud. 25.4, note 75", "url": "https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Suetonius/12Caesars/Claudius*.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Another form of Christus; see Tert. Apol. 3 (at the end). It is uncertain whether Suetonius is guilty of an error in chronology or is referring to some Jew of that name. The former seems probable because of the absence of quodam.", "role": "early-study", "year": "1914" }, { "sourceKey": "suetonius-rolfe", "author": "Suetonius", "work": "Divus Claudius (Latin text as printed in the Loeb Classical Library, 1913)", "locator": "Claud. 25.4", "url": "https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/L/Roman/Texts/Suetonius/12Caesars/Claudius*.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Iudaeos impulsore Chresto assidue tumultuantis Roma expulit.", "role": "edition", "year": "1913" }, { "sourceKey": "suetonius-rolfe", "author": "J. C. Rolfe", "work": "Suetonius, vol. 1 (Loeb Classical Library), Introduction", "locator": "Introduction, 'The Life and Works of Suetonius'", "url": "https://archive.org/download/suetonius01suet_0/suetonius01suet_0_djvu.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Of all these the only work which has come down to us entire, or nearly so, is the Lives of the Caesars, published in 120.", "role": "early-study", "year": "1913" }, { "sourceKey": "suetonius-rolfe", "author": "J. C. Rolfe", "work": "Suetonius, vol. 1 (Loeb Classical Library), Introduction", "locator": "Introduction, 'The Life and Works of Suetonius'", "url": "https://archive.org/download/suetonius01suet_0/suetonius01suet_0_djvu.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "probably during the period when his friend and patron Gaius Septicius Clarus was a prefect of the praetorian guard (119 to 121).", "role": "early-study", "year": "1913" }, { "sourceKey": "suetonius-rolfe", "author": "Suetonius", "work": "Life of Nero (Lives of the Caesars)", "locator": "Nero 16.2", "url": "https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Suetonius/12Caesars/Nero*.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Punishment was inflicted on the Christians, a class of men given to a new and mischievous superstition.", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "J. C. Rolfe", "year": "1914" }, { "sourceKey": "dio-cassius-cary", "author": "Cassius Dio", "work": "Roman History", "locator": "60.6.6", "url": "https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Cassius_Dio/60*.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "he did not drive them out, but ordered them, while continuing their traditional mode of life, not to hold meetings.", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "Earnest Cary", "year": "1924" }, { "sourceKey": "orosius-latin", "author": "Paulus Orosius", "work": "Historiarum adversum paganos libri VII", "locator": "7.6.15", "url": "https://www.thelatinlibrary.com/orosius/orosius7.shtml", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Anno eiusdem nono expulsos per Claudium urbe Iudaeos Iosephus refert. sed me magis Suetonius mouet, qui ait hoc modo: Claudius Iudaeos inpulsore Christo adsidue tumultuantes Roma expulit", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "orosius-latin", "author": "Paulus Orosius", "work": "Historiarum adversum paganos libri VII", "locator": "7.6.16", "url": "https://www.thelatinlibrary.com/orosius/orosius7.shtml", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "quod, utrum contra Christum tumultuantes Iudaeos coherceri et conprimi iusserit, an etiam Christianos simul uelut cognatae religionis homines uoluerit expelli, nequaquam discernitur.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "locator": "Ant. 18.81-84 (Whiston 18.3.5)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=18:whiston%20chapter=3:whiston%20section=5", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "ordered all the Jews to be banished out of Rome; at which time the consuls listed four thousand men out of them, and sent them to the island Sardinia", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737 (Perseus text: Auburn and Buffalo, 1895)" }, { "sourceKey": "tacitus-annals-church-brodribb", "author": "Tacitus", "work": "Annals", "locator": "Ann. 15.44", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.02.0078:book=15:chapter=44", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Christus, from whom the name had its origin, suffered the extreme penalty during the reign of Tiberius at the hands of one of our procurators, Pontius Pilatus", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "Alfred John Church and William Jackson Brodribb", "year": "1942 (Random House reprint, as given by Perseus)" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Gerd Lüdemann", "work": "Paul, Apostle to the Gentiles: Studies in Chronology", "year": "1984 (German original 1980)", "view": "Dates Claudius's edict to AD 41, treating Suetonius's notice and Dio 60.6.6 as one measure and setting aside Orosius's date. On that basis he argues for an early Pauline mission in Greece, including Corinth, before the Jerusalem meeting, and reads Acts 18 as combining material from more than one visit." }, { "author": "Rainer Riesner", "work": "Paul's Early Period: Chronology, Mission Strategy, Theology", "year": "1998 (German original 1994)", "view": "Defends AD 49 for the expulsion and reads Chrestus as Christ. Treats Dio's ban on meetings as an earlier, separate measure, consistent with Acts 18:2." }, { "author": "H. Dixon Slingerland", "work": "Claudian Policymaking and the Early Imperial Repression of Judaism at Rome", "year": "1997", "view": "Argues that 'Chrestus' is not Christ and that the burden of proof lies with those who identify them. Holds that Claud. 25.4 and Dio 60.6.6 describe different events, and suggests Chrestus may have been someone, perhaps a freedman adviser, who prompted Claudius to act. Reads Claudius's measures as Roman repression of Judaism, not as evidence about the Roman church." }, { "author": "Peter Lampe", "work": "From Paul to Valentinus: Christians at Rome in the First Two Centuries", "year": "2003 (German original 1987)", "view": "Reads Chrestus as Christ and rejects dating the edict to AD 41. Disputes over Jesus within Rome's synagogues led Claudius to expel those involved, not the whole Jewish community." }, { "author": "Robert E. Van Voorst", "work": "Jesus Outside the New Testament: An Introduction to the Ancient Evidence", "year": "2000", "view": "Judges Chrestus most likely an error for Christus, reflecting Suetonius's misunderstanding of disputes about Christ among Roman Jews." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q5129460", "label": "Claudius' expulsion of Jews from Rome" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q1411", "label": "Claudius" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q11085604", "label": "Priscilla and Aquila" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q220", "label": "Rome" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "423025", "label": "Roma" } ], "title": "Fandroahan’i Klaodio ny Jiosy avy tao Roma (Suetonius, Claudius 25.4)", "summary": "I Suetonius, mpanoratra tantaram-piainan’olona romana tsy kristiana, dia mitatitra fa nandroaka Jiosy avy tao Roma i Klaodio, satria nanakorontana hatrany izy ireo ‘noho ny fampirisihan’i Chrestus’ (Claud. 25.4). Porofo mahaleo tena momba ny karazana didy resahin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 18:2 izany. Tsy manome daty i Suetonius. Avy amin’i Orosius tamin’ny taonjato fahadimy ihany ilay 49 taor. J.K. mahazatra; fandrarana fivoriana tamin’ny 41 taor. J.K. ihany no resahin’i Dio, ary iadian-kevitra raha i Kristy no tian’ny hoe ‘Chrestus’ holazaina.", "dating": "Vavolombelona fototra: Lives of the Caesars nosoratan’i Suetonius, tokony ho 119–122 taor. J.K. Omen’i Rolfe (1913) daty 120 ny famoahana azy, ary apetrany amin’ny 119–121 ny naha-prefekta an’i Septicius Clarus, izay nanokanana azy; manome io elanelam-potoana nanoratana azy io ny dateFrom sy dateTo. Elanelam-potoanan’ny zava-nitranga: fepetra nataon’i Klaodio tamin’ny 41 ka hatramin’ny tokony ho 49 taor. J.K. I Dio (fiandohan’ny taonjato faha-3) dia mametraka fandrarana fivoriana jiosy anisan’ny asa tamin’ny taona voalohany nanjakan’i Klaodio (41 taor. J.K.); i Orosius (fiandohan’ny taonjato faha-5) mametraka ilay fandroahana amin’ny taona fahasivy nanjakan’i Klaodio (tokony ho 49 taor. J.K.).", "currentLocation": "Fampitana lahatsoratra", "establishes": [ "I Suetonius (Claud. 25.4), mpanoratra tantaram-piainan’olona romana tsy kristiana, dia mitatitra fa nandroaka Jiosy avy tao Roma i Klaodio satria nanakorontana hatrany izy ireo noho ny fampirisihan’ny olona atao hoe ‘Chrestus’. Porofo mahaleo tena momba ny fandroahana nataon’i Klaodio toy ilay lazain’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 18:2 ho anton’ny nahatongavan’i Akyla sy i Prisila vao haingana avy tany Italia izany. Azo inoana fa didy iray ihany ireo, nefa miankina amin’ilay daty iadian-kevitra izany.", "Tanisain’i Dio Cassius (60.6.6) anisan’ny asa tamin’ny taona voalohany nanjakan’i Klaodio (41 taor. J.K.) ny fepetra iray momba ny Jiosy. Lazainy fa maro loatra izy ireo ka tsy azo rarana tsy hiditra ilay tanàna raha tsy hiteraka korontana, ka tsy nandroaka azy ireo i Klaodio, fa namela azy hanohy ny fomba fiainany nentim-paharazana, ary nandrara azy tsy hivory. Iadian-kevitra raha hetsika iray ihany notantaraina tamin’ny fomba hafa izany, na fepetra misaraka.", "I Orosius (Hist. adv. pag. 7.6.15) irery no manome daty mazava: taona fahasivy nanjakan’i Klaodio, tokony ho 49 taor. J.K. Lazainy fa avy amin’i Josefa ilay tatitra, nefa tsy misy andalana toy izany fantatra ao amin’ny asan’i Josefa mbola voatahiry. Mitantara fandroahana Jiosy avy tao Roma talohan’izany, tamin’ny andron’i Tiberius, ireo asa ireo (Ant. 18.81–84).", "Nampifangaro ireo fanoratana roa ny mpanoratra fahiny. Manonona an’i Suetonius amin’ny hoe ‘inpulsore Christo’ i Orosius ary mandray izany ho i Kristy, na dia milaza aza izy fa tsy hainy raha ny Jiosy nikomy tamin’i Kristy no tian’i Klaodio holazaina, sa ny kristiana koa (7.6.16). Antsoin’ny fanamarihan’i Rolfe hoe ‘endrika hafa amin’ny Christus’ ny Chrestus, ary manondro ny fitarainan’i Tertullian momba ny fanononana dison’ny mpanompo sampy hoe ‘Chrestianus’ izy (Apol. 3). Mahatonga ny famakiana azy ho i Kristy ho azo inoana izany, nefa tsy manaporofo azy." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy mampiseho izany fa i Jesosy ilay ‘Chrestus’, na fa fifandirana momba ny fitoriana kristiana ireo korontana. Tsy milaza ireo i Suetonius. ‘Chresto’ no ao amin’ny lahatsoratra latina navoaka tao amin’ny Loeb, ary ‘Christiani’ no iantsoan’i Suetonius ny vondrona nosazina tamin’ny andron’i Nero (Nero 16.2).", "Tsy mampiseho izany hoe firy ny Jiosy nandao an’i Roma, na hafiriana. Didy nahakasika ny Jiosy rehetra no faritan’ny Asan’ny Apostoly, fa ny tatitr’i Dio momba ny 41 taor. J.K. dia milaza fa tsy nandroaka azy ireo i Klaodio. Efa ao an-tanàna indray tatỳ aoriana i Priska sy i Akyla (raha nalefa tany Roma ny Romana 16), ary ireo mpitarika jiosy ao Roma (Romana 16:3–5; Asan’ny Apostoly 28:17).", "Tsy manome daty azo antoka ho 49 taor. J.K. izany. Tsy manome daty i Suetonius ary mametraka ilay tatitra anisan’ny fepetra tsy mifandray, sady tsy azo hamarinina ny loharano tononin’i Orosius." ], "debate": "Mpahay tantara maro no mandray ny ‘Chrestus’ ho fanoratana romana diso ny Christus. Amin’io fomba fijery io, niteraka fifandirana tao amin’ny synagogan’i Roma ny fitoriana an’i Jesosy ho Mesia, ka noroahina ireo voakasika. Tsy milaza ny Asan’ny Apostoly raha efa mpino i Akyla sy i Prisila. Ny hafa, toa an’i Slingerland, manamarika fa anarana mahazatra ny Chrestus, fa fantatr’i Suetonius ny teny hoe ‘Christiani’, ary fa mampiasa ny endrika marina ‘Christus’ i Tacitus, izay nanoratra tamin’ny fotoana nanodidina izany (Ann. 15.44). Amin’io fomba fijery io, olona hafa i Chrestus: mpanakorontana teo an-toerana, na olona nampirisika an’i Klaodio handray fepetra. Momba ny daty, maro no manaiky ny 49 taor. J.K. omen’i Orosius ary mandray ny fandrarana fivoriana ao amin’i Dio ho dingana teo aloha tamin’ny 41. Ny hafa mihevitra fa zava-nitranga iray ihany ireo tatitra roa, ary tsy matoky ny fanondroan’i Orosius an’i Josefa, izay tsy azo hamarinina.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Chrestus ho olona hafa ankoatra an’i Kristy", "statement": "Mety ho lehilahy tena atao hoe Chrestus no tian’i Suetonius holazaina. Nanolotra izany mety ho izy izany ny fanamarihan’i Rolfe tamin’ny 1914 (‘Jiosy iray mitondra io anarana io’), na dia noheveriny ho azo inoana kokoa aza ny famakiana azy ho i Kristy. Lavin’i H. Dixon Slingerland (1997) izany famakiana azy ho i Kristy izany, ary manolotra izy fa olona iray nampirisika an’i Klaodio handray fepetra i Chrestus, angamba mpanolo-tsaina efa afaka tamin’ny fanandevozana. Na izany na tsy izany, manamafy fandroahana nataon’i Klaodio ilay andalana, nefa tsy milaza na inona na inona momba ny mpino tao Roma." }, { "label": "Fepetra tokana tamin’ny 41 taor. J.K.", "statement": "Hetsika tokana tany am-piandohan’ny fanjakan’i Klaodio no faritan’i Suetonius sy i Dio, ary tsy azo itokiana ny 49 omen’i Orosius. Raha izany, ny fahatongavan’i Akyla sy i Prisila vao haingana tany Korinto dia mitaky fitsidihan’i Paoly tany aloha kokoa, toy ny ao amin’ny fizotry ny fotoana araka an’i Lüdemann, na famakiana malalaka kokoa ny Asan’ny Apostoly 18:1–3." }, { "label": "Fepetra roa: 41 sy tokony ho 49 taor. J.K.", "statement": "Mamaritra fandrarana voalohany ny fivoriana jiosy tamin’ny 41 i Dio. I Suetonius, ny Asan’ny Apostoly ary i Orosius no mamaritra fandroahana tatỳ aoriana, manodidina ny 49, angamba voafetra tamin’ireo voakasika tamin’ny korontana. Mifanaraka amin’ny fahatongavan’i Paoly tany Korinto taloha kelin’ny naha-prokonsily an’i Galiona izany (Asan’ny Apostoly 18:12–17)." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-claudius-expulsion" }, { "id": "tacitus-neronian-persecution", "kind": "literary-non-christian", "dateFrom": 110, "dateTo": 120, "corpusReferences": [], "confidence": "medium-high", "epistemicStatus": "attested", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 28:15", "Acts 28:30-31", "Romans 1:7-8" ], "personIds": [ "person.nero", "person.paul", "person.peter" ], "placeIds": [ "place.rome", "place.judea" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "tacitus-annals-church-brodribb", "author": "Tacitus", "work": "Annals", "locator": "Ann. 15.44", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.02.0078:book=15:chapter=44", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Consequently, to get rid of the report, Nero fastened the guilt and inflicted the most exquisite tortures on a class hated for their abominations, called Christians by the populace.", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "Alfred John Church and William Jackson Brodribb", "year": "1942 (Random House reprint, as given by Perseus)" }, { "sourceKey": "tacitus-annals-church-brodribb", "author": "Tacitus", "work": "Annals", "locator": "Ann. 15.38", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.02.0078:book=15:chapter=38", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "A disaster followed, whether accidental or treacherously contrived by the emperor, is uncertain, as authors have given both accounts", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "Alfred John Church and William Jackson Brodribb", "year": "1942 (Random House reprint, as given by Perseus)" }, { "sourceKey": "tacitus-annals-church-brodribb", "author": "Tacitus", "work": "Annals", "locator": "Ann. 15.41", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.02.0078:book=15:chapter=41", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Some persons observed that the beginning of this conflagration was on the 19th of July, the day on which the Senones captured and fired Rome.", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "Alfred John Church and William Jackson Brodribb", "year": "1942 (Random House reprint, as given by Perseus)" }, { "sourceKey": "suetonius-rolfe", "author": "Suetonius", "work": "Lives of the Caesars: Nero", "locator": "Nero 16.2", "url": "https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Suetonius/12Caesars/Nero*.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Punishment was inflicted on the Christians, a class of men given to a new and mischievous superstition.", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "J. C. Rolfe", "year": "1914" }, { "sourceKey": "dio-cassius-cary", "author": "Cassius Dio", "work": "Roman History (epitome of Book 62)", "locator": "62.16.1 (fire narrative 62.16-18; Christians not mentioned)", "url": "https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Cassius_Dio/62*.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "After this Nero set his heart on accomplishing what had doubtless always been his desire, namely to make an end of the whole city and realm during his lifetime.", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "Earnest Cary", "year": "1925" }, { "sourceKey": "first-clement-lightfoot", "author": "Clement of Rome (traditional attribution)", "work": "1 Clement", "locator": "1 Clem. 5.5-6", "url": "https://www.earlychristianwritings.com/text/1clement-lightfoot.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "when he had borne his testimony before the rulers, so he departed from the world and went unto the holy place", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "J. B. Lightfoot" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius (quoting Tertullian)", "work": "Church History", "locator": "HE 2.25.4", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250102.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Examine your records. There you will find that Nero was the first that persecuted this doctrine", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius", "work": "Church History", "locator": "HE 2.25.5", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250102.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "It is, therefore, recorded that Paul was beheaded in Rome itself, and that Peter likewise was crucified under Nero.", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius", "work": "Church History", "locator": "HE 2.22.2", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250102.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Thus after he had made his defense it is said that the apostle was sent again upon the ministry of preaching, and that upon coming to the same city a second time he suffered martyrdom.", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890" }, { "sourceKey": "tertullian-prescription-anf", "author": "Tertullian", "work": "The Prescription against Heretics", "locator": "Prescr. 36 (of the church at Rome)", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/0311.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "How happy is its church, on which apostles poured forth all their doctrine along with their blood! Where Peter endures a passion like his Lord's! Where Paul wins his crown in a death like John's", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "Peter Holmes", "year": "1885" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Brent D. Shaw", "work": "The Myth of the Neronian Persecution (Journal of Roman Studies 105)", "year": "2015", "view": "Contests the conventional picture of a state persecution under Nero, including the mass execution after the fire and the deaths of Peter and Paul. Holds that Annals 15.44 is probably genuine Tacitus but reflects ideas current when Tacitus wrote, not the realities of the 60s." }, { "author": "Christopher P. Jones", "work": "The Historicity of the Neronian Persecution: A Response to Brent Shaw (New Testament Studies 63)", "year": "2017", "view": "Holds that there are no grounds for doubting Tacitus's report of the persecution. Notes that later sources dating the deaths of Peter and Paul to Nero's reign have no bearing on whether Tacitus's account is true." }, { "author": "Richard Carrier", "work": "The Prospect of a Christian Interpolation in Tacitus, Annals 15.44 (Vigiliae Christianae 68)", "year": "2014", "view": "Argues that the arguments for a late interpolation have no strong rebuttal, so the sentence referring to Christ should be considered suspect." }, { "author": "Henry Furneaux, rev. H. F. Pelham and C. D. Fisher", "work": "The Annals of Tacitus, vol. 2: Books XI-XVI (Oxford, 2nd ed.)", "year": "1907", "view": "Defends the passage as genuine on grounds of its Tacitean style and its partial transcription by Sulpicius Severus, while calling it a narrative necessarily at second hand. Judges that Suetonius follows a different authority, that Tertullian shows no knowledge of the passage, and that only Sulpicius Severus unmistakably follows Tacitus's narrative. Describes the second Medicean manuscript (latter half of the 11th century, Laurentian Library) as containing all that survives of Books 11-16." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q564358", "label": "Annals (Tacitus)" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q7673903", "label": "Tacitus on Christ" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q215231", "label": "Great Fire of Rome" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q2161", "label": "Tacitus" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q1413", "label": "Nero" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "423025", "label": "Roma" } ], "title": "Tacitus momba ny sazy nataon’i Nero tamin’ny kristiana taorian’ny haintrano tao Roma (Annals 15.44)", "summary": "Ny Annals 15.44 nosoratan’i Tacitus tamin’ny fiandohan’ny taonjato faharoa no hany fitantarana mahaleo tena amin’ny antsipiriany momba ny nanomezan’i Nero tsiny ny kristiana tao Roma noho ny haintrano tamin’ny Jolay 64 sy ny namonoany maro tamin’izy ireo; miankina aminy ny fitantarana tatỳ aoriana nataon’i Sulpicius Severus. Manondro vondrona kristiana maro mpikambana tao amin’i Roma resahin’ny Romana sy ny Asan’ny Apostoly 28 izany. Tsy manonona apostoly izy ary tsy milaza na inona na inona momba ny fahafatesan’i Paoly, ary mpahay tantara vitsy an’isa no manamafy fa maneho ny andron’i Tacitus kokoa noho ny taona 60 izy io.", "dating": "Nosoratana tamin’ny fiandohan’ny taonjato faha-2 taor. J.K.: tokony ho 110–120 no daty mahazatra omena ny Annals, ary apetrak’i Furneaux (1907) ho dimampolo taona feno taorian’ny fanenjehana ny nahavitana azy. Mitatitra zava-nitranga taorian’ny haintrano tamin’ny 19 Jolay 64 taor. J.K. (Ann. 15.41).", "currentLocation": "Fampitana lahatsoratra. Voatahiry tamin’ny alalan’ny sora-tanana Medicean faharoa (tapany farany amin’ny taonjato faha-11) ny Annals 11–16; ao amin’ny Tranomboky Laurentian, Florence, izany ankehitriny (Furneaux 1907)", "establishes": [ "Loholona romana sy mpahay tantara i Tacitus, ary nankahala ilay hetsika izy. Mitatitra izy fa taorian’ny haintrano tamin’ny Jolay 64 dia nafindran’i Nero tamin’ireo olona nantsoin’ny vahoaka hoe kristiana ny tsiny, ary maro be no voaheloka sy novonoina tamin’ny fampisehoana tao amin’ny zaridainan’i Nero (Ann. 15.44; ao amin’ny 15.41 ny datin’ilay haintrano).", "Araka ny fitantaran’i Tacitus, efa maro sy hita maso ampy ny kristiana tao Roma tamin’ny 64 ka azo navahana ho lasibatra. Mifanaraka amin’ny fiangonan’ny mpino efa niorina tao Roma, izay raisin’ny Romana 1:7–8 ho efa misy, ary misy mpikambana nivoaka hitsena an’i Paoly ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 28:15, izany.", "Tanisain’i Suetonius misaraka ho anisan’ny fepetra momba ny filaminana noraisin’i Nero ny fanasaziana kristiana (Nero 16.2). Noheverin’i Furneaux fa manaraka loharano hafa izy; tsy ampifandraisiny amin’ny haintrano izany. Noho izany, tsy i Tacitus irery no iorenan’ny fepetra namely kristiana tao Roma tamin’ny andron’i Nero, fa izy irery kosa no iorenan’ny fifandraisana amin’ny haintrano: tsy manonona kristiana ny fitantaran’i Dio an’ilay haintrano (Dio 62.16–18).", "Manome ny tontolo tsy kristiana manodidina ny lovantsofina kristiana hoe maty tany Roma tamin’ny andron’i Nero i Paoly ilay andalana. Ny 1 Klementa 5 (matetika omena daty tokony ho 96 taor. J.K.) dia milaza fa nijoro ho vavolombelona teo anatrehan’ny mpitondra i Paoly ary nandao ity fiainana ity, nefa tsy manonona an’i Nero. I Tertullian manonona an’i Nero ho mpanenjika voalohany ary mametraka ny fahafatesan’i Paoly tany Roma; i Eusebius mametraka izany tamin’ny andron’i Nero (HE 2.25.4–5; Prescr. 36). Nivoatra tsy dia niankina tamin’i Tacitus izany lovantsofina izany." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy manonona an’i Paoly, i Petera na kristiana tsirairay izy, ka tsy porofo fa maty tamin’ny famaliana tamin’ny 64 i Paoly. Avy amin’ny mpanoratra kristiana ny fifandraisana eo amin’i Nero sy ny fahafatesan’i Paoly. Amin’ireo mpanoratra kristiana fahiny, i Sulpicius Severus ihany (tokony ho 400 taor. J.K.) no manaraka mazava ny fitantaran’i Tacitus (Furneaux 1907), ary manohy izy ka mametraka ny fanamelohana an’i Paoly sy i Petera tamin’io vanim-potoana io (Chron. 2.29).", "Tsy mamaritra ny taona, ny toerana tao Roma na ny fomba nahafatesan’i Paoly izy. Manondro fanapahan-doha i Tertullian (‘fahafatesana toy ny an’i Jaona’), ary mitatitra izany i Eusebius; tsy milaza na inona na inona momba izany i Tacitus. Fanontaniana misaraka ny hoe nafahana ve i Paoly taorian’ny fitazonana ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 28.", "Tsy mampiseho izany fa ny kristiana no nandoro, na i Nero: milaza i Tacitus fa tsy azo antoka ny antony (Ann. 15.38). Tsy mampiseho koa izany fa nisy lalàna ankapobeny namely kristiana, na fanenjehana nanerana ny empira tamin’ny 64." ], "debate": "Ny ankamaroan’ny mpahay tantara manaiky ny Annals 15.44 ho tena asan’i Tacitus. I Brent Shaw (2015) dia mihevitra fa azo inoana fa tena izy, nefa manamafy fa maneho ny hevitra tamin’ny andron’i Tacitus mihitsy. Laviny ny famonoana faobe nasain’i Nero natao sy ny fahafatesan’i Petera sy i Paoly tamin’ny andron’i Nero. Mamaly i Christopher P. Jones (2017) fa tsy misy antony tokony hisalasalana amin’ny tatitr’i Tacitus. Manamafy i Richard Carrier (2014) fa tokony ahiahiana ho nampidirina tatỳ aoriana ilay fehezanteny manonona ny Christus. Fanontaniana misaraka mbola misokatra ny hoe maty tamin’ny famaliana tamin’ny 64 ve i Paoly, sa talohan’izany, sa tatỳ aoriana tamin’ny fanjakan’i Nero rehefa nafahana.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Tena izy nefa mampiditra hevitra avy amin’ny fotoana tatỳ aoriana (Shaw)", "statement": "Azo inoana fa asan’i Tacitus mihitsy ilay toko, fa ny fampifandraisany ny kristiana amin’ny haintrano kosa dia maneho ny fiheverana tamin’ny fiandohan’ny taonjato faharoa. Amin’io fomba fijery io, tsy nandidy famonoana kristiana faobe tamin’ny 64 i Nero, ary tsy manamafy ny nahafatesan’i Petera sy i Paoly ho maritiora tamin’ny andron’i Nero ilay andalana." }, { "label": "Ahiahiana ilay fehezanteny momba ny Christus (Carrier)", "statement": "Mety ho fanampin’ny kristiana tatỳ aoriana ilay fehezanteny mamantatra ny Christus ho novonoina teo ambany fitondran’i Pontio Pilato, ka tokony horaisina amim-pisalasalana. Io fehezanteny io no iadian-kevitra, fa tsy ny tatitra momba ny sazy nataon’i Nero amin’ny maha-tatitra azy." }, { "label": "Fahafatesan’i Paoly tsy mifandray amin’ny haintrano", "statement": "Mety ho maty talohan’ny 64 i Paoly, tamin’ny fiafaran’ny fitazonana roa taona ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 28:30–31. Na mety ho maty tatỳ aoriana tamin’ny fanjakan’i Nero, rehefa nafahana ary nogadraina fanindroany tany Roma, izay taterin’i Eusebius ho lovantsofina (‘voalaza’, HE 2.22.2). Amin’ireo fomba fijery roa ireo, ny tontolo ankapobeny no omen’i Tacitus, fa tsy ilay zava-nitranga." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-tacitus-neronian-persecution" }, { "id": "polycarp-paul", "kind": "literary-early-christian", "dateFrom": 110, "dateTo": 140, "corpusReferences": [ "CPG 1040" ], "confidence": "high", "epistemicStatus": "attested", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 16:11-40", "Acts 2:24", "Philippians 1:5", "Philippians 2:16", "2 Thessalonians 1:4", "1 Corinthians 6:2", "1 Corinthians 6:9-10", "Galatians 4:26", "Galatians 6:7", "Ephesians 2:8-9", "Ephesians 4:26", "1 Timothy 2:1-2", "1 Timothy 6:7-10", "2 Timothy 4:10" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul" ], "placeIds": [ "place.philippi" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "polycarp-philippians-lightfoot", "author": "Polycarp of Smyrna", "work": "Letter to the Philippians", "translator": "J. B. Lightfoot", "locator": "Phil. 3.2", "url": "https://www.earlychristianwritings.com/text/polycarp-lightfoot.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "able to follow the wisdom of the blessed and glorious Paul, who when he came among you taught face to face with the men of that day the word which concerneth truth carefully and surely; who also, when he was absent, wrote a letter unto you", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "polycarp-philippians-lightfoot", "author": "Polycarp of Smyrna", "work": "Letter to the Philippians", "translator": "J. B. Lightfoot", "locator": "Phil. 9.1", "url": "https://www.earlychristianwritings.com/text/polycarp-lightfoot.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "which also ye saw with your own eyes in the blessed Ignatius and Zosimus and Rufus, yea and in others also who came from among yourselves, as well as in Paul himself and the rest of the Apostles", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "polycarp-philippians-lightfoot", "author": "Polycarp of Smyrna", "work": "Letter to the Philippians", "translator": "J. B. Lightfoot", "locator": "Phil. 9.2", "url": "https://www.earlychristianwritings.com/text/polycarp-lightfoot.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "being persuaded that all these ran not in vain but in faith and righteousness, and that they are in their due place in the presence of the Lord, with whom also they suffered.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "polycarp-philippians-lightfoot", "author": "Polycarp of Smyrna", "work": "Letter to the Philippians", "translator": "J. B. Lightfoot", "locator": "Phil. 11.2", "url": "https://www.earlychristianwritings.com/text/polycarp-lightfoot.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "as Paul teacheth?", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "polycarp-philippians-lightfoot", "author": "Polycarp of Smyrna", "work": "Letter to the Philippians", "translator": "J. B. Lightfoot", "locator": "Phil. 11.3", "url": "https://www.earlychristianwritings.com/text/polycarp-lightfoot.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "among whom the blessed Paul labored, who were his letters in the beginning. For he boasteth of you in all those churches which alone at that time knew God; for we knew Him not as yet.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "polycarp-philippians-lightfoot", "author": "Polycarp of Smyrna", "work": "Letter to the Philippians", "translator": "J. B. Lightfoot", "locator": "Phil. 12.1", "url": "https://www.earlychristianwritings.com/text/polycarp-lightfoot.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "For I am persuaded that ye are well trained in the sacred writings, and nothing is hidden from you. But to myself this is not granted. Only, as it is said in these scriptures,", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "polycarp-philippians-lightfoot", "author": "Polycarp of Smyrna", "work": "Letter to the Philippians", "translator": "J. B. Lightfoot", "locator": "Phil. 13.2", "url": "https://www.earlychristianwritings.com/text/polycarp-lightfoot.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Moreover concerning Ignatius himself and those that were with him, if ye have any sure tidings, certify us.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "polycarp-philippians-anf", "author": "Alexander Roberts and James Donaldson (translators' notes)", "work": "Ante-Nicene Fathers, vol. 1: The Epistle of Polycarp to the Philippians", "translator": "Alexander Roberts and James Donaldson", "year": "1885", "locator": "ch. 3, note 358", "url": "https://ccel.org/ccel/schaff/anf01.iv.ii.iii.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "The form is plural, but one Epistle is probably meant.", "role": "edition" }, { "sourceKey": "polycarp-philippians-anf", "author": "Alexander Roberts and James Donaldson (translators' notes)", "work": "Ante-Nicene Fathers, vol. 1: The Epistle of Polycarp to the Philippians", "translator": "Alexander Roberts and James Donaldson", "year": "1885", "locator": "ch. 1, note 341", "url": "https://ccel.org/ccel/schaff/anf01.iv.ii.i.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Acts ii. 24. Literally, “having loosed the pains of Hades.”", "role": "edition" }, { "sourceKey": "polycarp-philippians-anf", "author": "Alexander Roberts and James Donaldson (translators' notes)", "work": "Ante-Nicene Fathers, vol. 1: The Epistle of Polycarp to the Philippians", "translator": "Alexander Roberts and James Donaldson", "year": "1885", "locator": "ch. 10, note 391", "url": "https://ccel.org/ccel/schaff/anf01.iv.ii.x.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "This and the two following chapters are preserved only in a Latin version.", "role": "edition" }, { "sourceKey": "polycarp-philippians-anf", "author": "Alexander Roberts and James Donaldson (translators' notes)", "work": "Ante-Nicene Fathers, vol. 1: The Epistle of Polycarp to the Philippians", "translator": "Alexander Roberts and James Donaldson", "year": "1885", "locator": "ch. 11, note 401", "url": "https://ccel.org/ccel/schaff/anf01.iv.ii.xi.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Some read, “named;” comp. Phil. i. 5.", "role": "edition" }, { "sourceKey": "polycarp-philippians-anf", "author": "Alexander Roberts and James Donaldson (translators' notes)", "work": "Ante-Nicene Fathers, vol. 1: The Epistle of Polycarp to the Philippians", "translator": "Alexander Roberts and James Donaldson", "year": "1885", "locator": "ch. 13, note 414", "url": "https://ccel.org/ccel/schaff/anf01.iv.ii.xiii.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Henceforth, to the end, we have only the Latin version.", "role": "edition" }, { "sourceKey": "polycarp-philippians-anf", "author": "Alexander Roberts and James Donaldson (translators' notes)", "work": "Ante-Nicene Fathers, vol. 1: The Epistle of Polycarp to the Philippians", "translator": "Alexander Roberts and James Donaldson", "year": "1885", "locator": "ch. 13, note 415", "url": "https://ccel.org/ccel/schaff/anf01.iv.ii.xiii.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "The Latin version reads “are,” which has been corrected as above.", "role": "edition" }, { "sourceKey": "polycarp-philippians-anf", "author": "Alexander Roberts and James Donaldson (translators' notes)", "work": "Ante-Nicene Fathers, vol. 1: The Epistle of Polycarp to the Philippians", "translator": "Alexander Roberts and James Donaldson", "year": "1885", "locator": "ch. 13, note 416", "url": "https://ccel.org/ccel/schaff/anf01.iv.ii.xiii.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Polycarp was aware of the death of Ignatius (chap. ix.), but was as yet apparently ignorant of the circumstances attending it.", "role": "edition" }, { "sourceKey": "polycarp-philippians-anf", "author": "Ante-Nicene Fathers translators", "work": "Ante-Nicene Fathers, vol. 1: Introductory Note to the Epistle of Polycarp to the Philippians", "year": "1885", "locator": "Introductory Note (original Introductory Notice), on chapter 13", "url": "https://ccel.org/ccel/schaff/anf01.iv.i.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "While there is no ground for supposing, as some have done, that the whole Epistle is spurious, there seems considerable force in the arguments by which many others have sought to prove chap. xiii. to be an interpolation.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "polycarp-philippians-anf", "author": "Ante-Nicene Fathers translators", "work": "Ante-Nicene Fathers, vol. 1: Introductory Note to the Epistle of Polycarp to the Philippians", "year": "1885", "locator": "Introductory Note (original Introductory Notice), on the date", "url": "https://ccel.org/ccel/schaff/anf01.iv.i.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "We shall not, however, probably be far wrong if we fix it about the middle of the second century.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius of Caesarea", "work": "Church History", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 3.36.13", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250103.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Polycarp also mentions these letters in the epistle to the Philippians which is ascribed to him.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius of Caesarea", "work": "Church History", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 3.36.15", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250103.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "For they comprise faith and patience, and every kind of edification that pertains to our Lord. So much concerning Ignatius.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius of Caesarea", "work": "Church History", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 4.14.9", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250104.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "But Polycarp, in his above-mentioned epistle to the Philippians, which is still extant, has made use of certain testimonies drawn from the First Epistle of Peter.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "irenaeus-against-heresies-anf", "author": "Irenaeus of Lyons", "work": "Against Heresies", "translator": "Alexander Roberts and William Rambaut", "year": "1885", "locator": "AH 3.3.4 (Polycarp's letter)", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/0103303.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "There is also a very powerful Epistle of Polycarp written to the Philippians, from which those who choose to do so, and are anxious about their salvation, can learn the character of his faith, and the preaching of the truth.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "irenaeus-against-heresies-anf", "author": "Irenaeus of Lyons", "work": "Against Heresies", "translator": "Alexander Roberts and William Rambaut", "year": "1885", "locator": "AH 3.3.4 (Polycarp and Marcion)", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/0103303.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "And Polycarp himself replied to Marcion, who met him on one occasion, and said, Do you know me? I do know you, the first-born of Satan.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "wikidata", "work": "Wikidata item: Epistle of Polycarp to the Philippians", "locator": "Q914111 (P7988 Clavis Patrum Graecorum ID 1040)", "url": "https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Special:EntityData/Q914111.json", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "pleiades", "work": "Pleiades place record: Krenides/Philippi/Col. Augusta Iulia Philippensis", "locator": "501482", "url": "https://pleiades.stoa.org/places/501482/json", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "J. B. Lightfoot", "work": "The Apostolic Fathers, Part II: S. Ignatius, S. Polycarp", "year": "1885", "view": "Defended the authenticity and integrity of Polycarp's letter as a single letter written soon after Ignatius passed through Smyrna and Philippi, and used it as key external evidence for the Ignatian letters." }, { "author": "P. N. Harrison", "work": "Polycarp's Two Epistles to the Philippians", "year": "1936", "view": "Influential partition theory: chapter 13 (with 14) is an early covering note sent with Ignatius's letters, and chapters 1–12 are a separate, later letter of about 135." }, { "author": "Hans von Campenhausen", "work": "Polykarp von Smyrna und die Pastoralbriefe", "year": "1951", "view": "Proposed that Polycarp or his circle composed the Pastoral Epistles, a minority view that would explain the 1 Timothy parallels as common origin rather than reception." }, { "author": "Kenneth Berding", "work": "Polycarp of Smyrna's View of the Authorship of 1 and 2 Timothy (Vigiliae Christianae)", "year": "1999", "view": "Argues that because allusions to 1 and 2 Timothy follow Polycarp's explicit references to Paul, Polycarp probably regarded those letters as Paul's." }, { "author": "Kenneth Berding", "work": "Polycarp and Paul: An Analysis of Their Literary and Theological Relationship in Light of Polycarp's Use of Biblical and Extra-Biblical Literature", "year": "2002", "view": "Finds Polycarp heavily indebted to the Pauline letters, with Pauline allusions clustering near his mentions of Paul, and argues he knew most of the Pauline corpus, including the Pastorals." }, { "author": "Paul Hartog", "work": "Polycarp and the New Testament: The Occasion, Rhetoric, Theme, and Unity of the Epistle to the Philippians and Its Allusions to New Testament Literature", "year": "2002", "view": "Defends the unity of the letter against the two-letter theory and assesses its allusions to New Testament writings." }, { "author": "Michael W. Holmes", "work": "Polycarp's Letter to the Philippians and the Writings that Later Formed the New Testament, in A. F. Gregory and C. M. Tuckett (eds.), The Reception of the New Testament in the Apostolic Fathers", "year": "2005", "view": "Grades each proposed parallel by probability instead of counting every verbal echo, separating very likely uses of Pauline letters from merely possible ones." }, { "author": "Timothy D. Barnes", "work": "The Date of Ignatius (Expository Times)", "year": "2008", "view": "Argues that Ignatius's letters belong to the 140s rather than Trajan's reign. If accepted, this would also move the date of Polycarp's letter, which is tied to Ignatius." }, { "author": "Kirsopp Lake", "work": "The Apostolic Fathers, vol. 1 (Loeb Classical Library)", "year": "1912", "view": "Edition and translation that renders the plural of 3.2 as letters and describes the textual basis: defective Greek manuscripts, Eusebius's quotations and the Latin version. Named here as further reading; not cited as a source." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q914111", "label": "Epistle of Polycarp to the Philippians" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q192371", "label": "Polycarp" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "501482", "label": "Krenides/Philippi/Col. Augusta Iulia Philippensis" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "550893", "label": "Smyrna/Eurydikeia" } ], "title": "Ny Letter to the Philippians nosoratan’i Polycarp momba an’i Paoly sy ny taratasiny", "summary": "Ny taratasin’i Polycarp avy any Smyrna ho an’ny fiangonana tao Filipy (tokony ho 110–140 taor. J.K.) dia mampahatsiahy fa nampianatra mivantana tao i Paoly, ary nanoratra ho azy ireo tatỳ aoriana (3.2; 11.3). Ataony anisan’ny apostoly nijaly i Paoly (9.1–2), lazainy fa avy aminy ny fampianarana hita ao amin’ny 1 Korintiana, ary misy fitovian-teny amin’ny Efesiana sy ny 1 Timoty, ka efa nampiasaina tany am-boalohany ireo taratasy sy fahatsiarovana ireo. Tsy mamaritra izay nanoratra ny Efesiana na ny 1 Timoty izany, ary tsy manampy zava-nitranga amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly.", "dating": "Tokony ho 110–140 taor. J.K. Matetika omena daty taoriana kelin’ny nandalovan’i Ignatius tany Smyrna sy Filipy tamin’ny diany nankany Roma; araka ny teorian’i Harrison momba ny taratasy roa, dia manodidina ny 135 ny toko 1–12. Ny fanamarihan’ny mpandika teny ao amin’ny Ante-Nicene Fathers dia nametraka ilay taratasy ho teo antenatenan’ny taonjato faharoa; ary vitsy an’isa, manaraka ny daty amin’ny taona 140 ho an’i Ignatius (Barnes), no hametraka azy tatỳ aoriana kokoa.", "currentLocation": "Fampitana lahatsoratra", "establishes": [ "Lazain’i Polycarp amin’ny Filipiana fa nampianatra teo amin’izy ireo mivantana i Paoly, nanoratra taminy rehefa tsy teo, ary niasa mafy teo amin’izy ireo (3.2; 11.3). Fahatsiarovan’ny fiangonana tamin’ny fiandohan’ny taonjato faharoa izany, mifanaraka amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 16 sy ny Filipiana nosoratan’i Paoly.", "Lazainy fa fampianaran’i Paoly ilay hita ao amin’ny 1 Korintiana 6:2 (11.2). Mifanakaiky be amin’ny 1 Timoty 6:7 sy 6:10 (4.1), ny Efesiana 2:8–9 (1.3) ary ny Efesiana 4:26 (12.1) izy, ka tena azo inoana fa fantatra tany Smyrna tamin’ny nanoratany ny voambolan’ny Efesiana, ary azo inoana fa ny an’ny 1 Timoty koa.", "Misy teny hafa mitovitovy amin’ny Galatiana 4:26 (3.3), Galatiana 6:7 (5.1), 1 Korintiana 6:9–10 (5.3), Filipiana 2:16 sy 2 Timoty 4:10 (9.2), ary 1 Timoty 2:1–2 (12.3). Fampitahana voambolana nataon’ny mpanonta ireo; mampiseho fahalalana ny fomba fitenin’i Paoly izy ireo, fa tsy izay taratasy nananan’i Polycarp na ny fomba nandraisany azy.", "Apetrany eo anilan’i Ignatius sy ny mpino tao Filipy i Paoly mihitsy sy ireo apostoly hafa, ho ohatra amin’ny faharetana: olona niara-nijaly tamin’ny Tompo ary miaraka aminy ankehitriny (9.1–2).", "Efa voamarina hatry ny ela ilay taratasy. Mankasitraka azy i Irenaeus manodidina ny 180 (Against Heresies 3.3.4). Manonona ny 9.1–2 sy 13.1–2 amin’ny teny grika i Eusebius tatỳ aoriana, mijanona alohan’ny fangatahana vaovao momba an’i Ignatius, ary manamarika ny fampiasany ny 1 Petera (Church History 3.36.13–15; 4.14.9)." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy manonona taratasy amin’ny lohateniny i Polycarp, ary tsy manome anaran’ny mpanoratra ny voambolana mifanaraka amin’ny 1 Timoty na ny Efesiana. Mampiseho ireo fitoviana fa nampiasaina ilay voambolana, fa tsy hoe i Paoly no nanoratra ireo taratasy ireo.", "Tsy manampy antsipiriany mahaleo tena momba ny asa fitorian’i Paoly tany Filipy na ny fahafatesany izy. Milaza ny 9.2 fa nijaly ireo apostoly ary miaraka amin’ny Tompo, fa tsy ny fomba, fotoana na toerana nahafatesan’i Paoly.", "Tsy ampy samirery hampisehoana fa nanoratra taratasy mihoatra ny iray ho an’ny Filipiana i Paoly ny endrika grika milaza maro izay nadika hoe taratasy iray ao amin’ny 3.2.", "Amin’ny teny latina ihany no voatahiry ny toko 10–12, ny faran’ny toko 13 ary ny toko 14 (voatahirin’i Eusebius amin’ny teny grika ny toko 9 sy ny ankamaroan’ny toko 13), ka tsy azo antoka ny teny marina ao, anisan’izany ilay matoanteny milaza ny ankehitriny ao amin’ny 13.2 sy ny fanondroana an’i Paoly ao amin’ny 11.2." ], "debate": "Firaisan’ny lahatsoratra sy daty: ny 9.1–2 dia mametraka an’i Ignatius ho anisan’ireo efa miaraka amin’ny Tompo, nefa ny 13.2 mangataka vaovao momba azy sy ireo miaraka aminy. Noho izany, nozarain’i P. N. Harrison ho taratasy fanolorana aloha (toko 13, angamba miaraka amin’ny 14) sy taratasy tatỳ aoriana manodidina ny 135 (toko 1–12) ilay lahatsoratra. I Lightfoot talohany, ary i Hartog tatỳ aoriana, dia miaro taratasy tokana nosoratana taoriana kelin’ny dian’i Ignatius. Nisy mpitsikera taloha kosa nandray ny toko 13 ho fanampiny nampidirina, hevitra izay hitan’ny fanamarihan’ny mpandika teny Ante-Nicene Fathers fa misy hery. Fanondroana: midika taratasy iray sa maromaro ilay endrika milaza maro ao amin’ny 3.2? Fiankinana: findramana ara-literatiora ve ny fitoviana amin’ny Efesiana sy ny 1 Timoty, ary noheverin’i Polycarp ho an’i Paoly ve ireo taratasy ireo?", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Taratasy roa (Harrison)", "statement": "Novakin’i P. N. Harrison (1936) ho taratasy fanolorana aloha nalefa niaraka tamin’ny taratasin’i Ignatius ny toko 13, raha mbola tsy fantatra izay nanjo azy; milaza ireo mbola miaraka aminy ny teny latina ao amin’ny 13.2. Ny toko 1–12 kosa noraisiny ho taratasy tatỳ aoriana, manodidina ny 135, angamba mamaly fampianarana toy ny an’i Marcion, fifandraisana izay lavin’ny hafa. Ny mpiaro ny taratasy tokana mamaly fa mety ho nahalala ny fahafatesan’i Ignatius i Polycarp talohan’ny nahafantarany ny toe-javatra nisy izany." }, { "label": "Ny dikan’ilay endrika milaza maro ao amin’ny 3.2", "statement": "Mety hidika taratasy tokana ilay endrika grika milaza maro, araka ny fanamarihan’ny mpandika teny Ante-Nicene sy ny fandikan’i Lightfoot. Mety haneho taratasy mihoatra ny iray ho an’i Filipy izany, araka ny teorian’ny sasany momba ny fizarazaran’ny Filipiana kanonika. Na mety hampiditra amin’ny heviny malalaka ny taratasin’i Paoly ho an’i Tesalonika sy i Korinto, araka ny soso-kevitry ny fanamarihan’ny mpanonta ao anaty fononteny efajoro amin’io fanontana io; ny fireharehan’i Paoly momba ny Filipiana teo amin’ireo fiangonana (11.3) dia mitovitovy amin’ny 2 Tesaloniana 1:4." }, { "label": "Ny voambolana ao amin’ny 11.3", "statement": "Manjavozavo ny teny latina ao amin’ny 11.3. Nadikan’i Lightfoot ho ny Filipiana no taratasin’i Paoly tany am-piandohana izany; nadikan’ny mpandika teny Ante-Nicene kosa ho nankasitrahana tany am-piandohan’ny taratasiny izy ireo, ary ampitahainy amin’ny Filipiana 1:5. Na izany na tsy izany, mampahatsiahy ny fifandraisan’i Paoly tamin’i Filipy tamin’ny alalan’ny taratasy izany, nefa tsy manampy zava-misy vaovao." }, { "label": "Lovantsofina na mpanoratra iombonana, fa tsy fanononana", "statement": "Ny teny ao amin’ny 4.1 momba ny fitiavam-bola sy ny tsy nitondrana na inona na inona teto amin’izao tontolo izao dia mitovy amin’ny ohabolana ara-pitondrantena niely kokoa, ka ny sasany mihevitra ny fiankinana amin’ny 1 Timoty ho azo inoana fa tsy azo antoka. Nanolotra i Hans von Campenhausen (1951) fa i Polycarp na ny vondrona nisy azy no nanoratra ny Taratasy Pastoraly; raha izany, fiaviana iombonana no asehon’ireo fitoviana, fa tsy fandraisana, nefa tsy narahin’ny ankamaroan’ny manam-pahaizana izany." }, { "label": "Antsoina hoe Soratra Masina ve ny Efesiana?", "statement": "Ao amin’ny 12.1, izay amin’ny teny latina ihany no voatahiry, dia ampidirin’i Polycarp amin’ny filazana fa voalaza ao amin’ireo soratra ireo ny voambolan’ny Salamo 4:4 sy ny Efesiana 4:26. Misy mandray izany ho fandraisana ny Efesiana ho Soratra Masina. Ny hafa mihevitra fa noheverin’i Polycarp ho avy amin’ny Testamenta Taloha izy roa, na fa tsy ampy hanatsoahana izany ny voambolan’ny mpandika teny." }, { "label": "Fahalalana ny Asan’ny Apostoly?", "statement": "Ao amin’ny 1.2, ny fomba filazan’i Polycarp an’Andriamanitra manafaka amin’ny fanaintainan’ny Hadesy dia tena mitovitovy amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 2:24, araka ny nomarihin’ny mpandika teny Ante-Nicene. Mety haneho fahalalana ny Asan’ny Apostoly na fomba filaza tany am-boalohany niombonana momba ny fitsanganana amin’ny maty izany, ka tsy porofo azo antoka fa niely tany Smyrna ny Asan’ny Apostoly." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-polycarp-paul" }, { "id": "first-clement-paul", "kind": "literary-early-christian", "dateFrom": 70, "dateTo": 140, "corpusReferences": [ "CPG 1001", "Gregory-Aland 02 (Codex Alexandrinus), London, British Library, Royal MS 1 D VIII, 5th century; 1 Clement incomplete (a leaf lost near the end)", "Codex Hierosolymitanus 54 (Jerusalem, Holy Sepulchre collection), dated AD 1056, 1 Clement on fols. 51b-70a; formerly no. 456 in the Holy Sepulchre library at Constantinople (Lightfoot 1890)" ], "confidence": "high", "epistemicStatus": "attested", "scriptureReferences": [ "1 Corinthians 1:10-12", "1 Corinthians 3:4-6", "2 Corinthians 11:23-25", "Acts 13:50", "Acts 14:19", "Romans 15:24", "Romans 15:28", "Acts 28:30-31" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul", "person.peter", "person.apollos" ], "placeIds": [ "place.rome", "place.corinth" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "first-clement-lightfoot", "author": "Church of Rome (traditionally Clement of Rome)", "work": "First Epistle of Clement to the Corinthians", "translator": "J. B. Lightfoot", "year": "1890", "locator": "1 Clem. 5.6", "url": "https://www.earlychristianwritings.com/lightfoot/pt1vol2/translation1.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "After that he had been seven times in bonds, had been driven into exile, had been stoned, had preached in the East and in the West, he won the noble renown which was the reward of his faith", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "first-clement-lightfoot", "author": "Church of Rome (traditionally Clement of Rome)", "work": "First Epistle of Clement to the Corinthians", "translator": "J. B. Lightfoot", "year": "1890", "locator": "1 Clem. 5.7", "url": "https://www.earlychristianwritings.com/lightfoot/pt1vol2/translation1.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "having taught righteousness unto the whole world and having reached the farthest bounds of the West; and when he had borne his testimony before the rulers, so he departed from the world and went unto the holy place, having been found a notable pattern of patient endurance.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "first-clement-lightfoot", "author": "Church of Rome (traditionally Clement of Rome)", "work": "First Epistle of Clement to the Corinthians", "translator": "J. B. Lightfoot", "year": "1890", "locator": "1 Clem. 5.1", "url": "https://www.earlychristianwritings.com/lightfoot/pt1vol2/translation1.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "let us come to those champions who lived very near to our time. Let us set before us the noble examples which belong to our generation.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "first-clement-lightfoot", "author": "Church of Rome (traditionally Clement of Rome)", "work": "First Epistle of Clement to the Corinthians", "translator": "J. B. Lightfoot", "locator": "1 Clem. 5.2", "url": "https://www.earlychristianwritings.com/text/1clement-lightfoot.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "By reason of jealousy and envy the greatest and most righteous pillars of the Church were persecuted, and contended even unto death.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "first-clement-lightfoot", "author": "Church of Rome (traditionally Clement of Rome)", "work": "First Epistle of Clement to the Corinthians", "translator": "J. B. Lightfoot", "year": "1890", "locator": "1 Clem. 47.1-3", "url": "https://www.earlychristianwritings.com/lightfoot/pt1vol2/translation1.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Take up the epistle of the blessed Paul the Apostle. What wrote he first unto you in the beginning of the Gospel? Of a truth he charged you in the Spirit concerning himself and Cephas and Apollos, because that even then ye had made parties.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "first-clement-lightfoot", "author": "Church of Rome (traditionally Clement of Rome)", "work": "First Epistle of Clement to the Corinthians", "translator": "J. B. Lightfoot", "year": "1890", "locator": "1 Clem. 6.1", "url": "https://www.earlychristianwritings.com/lightfoot/pt1vol2/translation1.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Unto these men of holy lives was gathered a vast multitude of the elect, who through many indignities and tortures, being the victims of jealousy, set a brave example among ourselves.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "first-clement-lightfoot", "author": "Church of Rome (traditionally Clement of Rome)", "work": "First Epistle of Clement to the Corinthians", "translator": "J. B. Lightfoot", "year": "1890", "locator": "1 Clem. 1.1", "url": "https://www.earlychristianwritings.com/lightfoot/pt1vol2/translation1.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "By reason of the sudden and repeated calamities and reverses which are befalling us, brethren, we consider that we have been somewhat tardy in giving heed to the matters of dispute that have arisen among you", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "first-clement-lightfoot", "author": "Church of Rome (traditionally Clement of Rome)", "work": "First Epistle of Clement to the Corinthians", "translator": "J. B. Lightfoot", "year": "1890", "locator": "1 Clem. inscription (salutation)", "url": "https://www.earlychristianwritings.com/lightfoot/pt1vol2/translation1.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "The Church of God which sojourneth in Rome to the Church of God which sojourneth in Corinth", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "first-clement-lightfoot", "author": "J. B. Lightfoot", "work": "The Apostolic Fathers, Part I: S. Clement of Rome, vol. 2", "year": "1890", "locator": "Note on 1 Clem. 5 ('the extreme west'), p. 30", "url": "https://archive.org/stream/apostolicfathers0102clem/apostolicfathers0102clem_djvu.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "In the Epistle to the Romans (xv. 24) S. Paul had stated his intention of visiting Spain. From the language of Clement here it appears that this intention was fulfilled.", "role": "edition" }, { "sourceKey": "first-clement-lightfoot", "author": "J. B. Lightfoot", "work": "The Apostolic Fathers, Part I: S. Clement of Rome, vol. 2", "year": "1890", "locator": "Note on 1 Clem. 5 ('the extreme west'), p. 31", "url": "https://archive.org/stream/apostolicfathers0102clem/apostolicfathers0102clem_djvu.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "But it is incredible that a writer living in the metropolis and centre of power and civilization could speak of it as ‘the extreme west,’", "role": "edition" }, { "sourceKey": "first-clement-lightfoot", "author": "J. B. Lightfoot", "work": "The Apostolic Fathers, Part I: S. Clement of Rome, vol. 2", "year": "1890", "locator": "Note on 1 Clem. 5 ('seven times'), p. 29", "url": "https://archive.org/stream/apostolicfathers0102clem/apostolicfathers0102clem_djvu.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "the imprisonment at Philippi is the only one recorded in the Acts before the date of the Second Epistle to the Corinthians. Clement therefore must have derived his more precise information from some other source.", "role": "edition" }, { "sourceKey": "first-clement-lightfoot", "author": "J. B. Lightfoot", "work": "The Apostolic Fathers, Part I: S. Clement of Rome, vol. 1", "year": "1890", "locator": "Part I, vol. 1, p. 27", "url": "https://archive.org/stream/apostolicfathers0101clem/apostolicfathers0101clem_djvu.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "the date of this epistle, as determined by internal and external evidence alike, is about A.D. 95 or 96", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "first-clement-lightfoot", "author": "J. B. Lightfoot", "work": "The Apostolic Fathers, Part I: S. Clement of Rome, vol. 1", "year": "1890", "locator": "Part I, vol. 1, p. 118 (Alexandrian MS)", "url": "https://archive.org/stream/apostolicfathers0101clem/apostolicfathers0101clem_djvu.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "In addition to this, a leaf is wanting towards the close of the First Epistle, between fol. 167 and fol. 168,", "role": "edition" }, { "sourceKey": "first-clement-lightfoot", "author": "J. B. Lightfoot", "work": "The Apostolic Fathers, Part I: S. Clement of Rome, vol. 1", "year": "1890", "locator": "Part I, vol. 1, p. 122 (Constantinople MS)", "url": "https://archive.org/stream/apostolicfathers0101clem/apostolicfathers0101clem_djvu.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "The date A.M. 6564 is here given according to the Byzantine reckoning, and corresponds to A.D. 1056, which is therefore the date of the completion of the ms.", "role": "edition" }, { "sourceKey": "irenaeus-against-heresies-anf", "author": "Irenaeus of Lyons", "work": "Against Heresies", "translator": "Alexander Roberts and William Rambaut", "year": "1885", "locator": "AH 3.3.3", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/0103303.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "In the time of this Clement, no small dissension having occurred among the brethren at Corinth, the Church in Rome dispatched a most powerful letter to the Corinthians, exhorting them to peace, renewing their faith, and declaring the tradition which it had lately received from the apostles", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius of Caesarea", "work": "Church History", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 3.16", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250103.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "There is extant an epistle of this Clement which is acknowledged to be genuine and is of considerable length and of remarkable merit. He wrote it in the name of the church of Rome to the church of Corinth, when a sedition had arisen in the latter church.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius of Caesarea, quoting Dionysius of Corinth (c. 170)", "work": "Church History", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 4.23.11", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250104.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Today we have passed the Lord's holy day, in which we have read your epistle. From it, whenever we read it, we shall always be able to draw advice, as also from the former epistle, which was written to us through Clement.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius of Caesarea", "work": "Church History", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 2.25.5", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250102.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "It is, therefore, recorded that Paul was beheaded in Rome itself, and that Peter likewise was crucified under Nero.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius of Caesarea, quoting Dionysius of Corinth (c. 170)", "work": "Church History", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 2.25.8", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250102.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "And they taught together in like manner in Italy, and suffered martyrdom at the same time.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "tertullian-prescription-anf", "author": "Tertullian", "work": "The Prescription against Heretics", "translator": "Peter Holmes", "year": "1885", "locator": "Praescr. 36", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/0311.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Where Peter endures a passion like his Lord's! Where Paul wins his crown in a death like John's", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "muratorian-fragment-anf", "author": "Anonymous", "work": "Muratorian Fragment (Canon Muratorianus)", "translator": "S. D. F. Salmond", "year": "1886", "locator": "§2 in ANF numbering (on Acts)", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/0510.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "by the omission of the passion of Peter, and also of the journey of Paul, when he went from the city — Rome — to Spain.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "tacitus-annals-church-brodribb", "author": "Tacitus", "work": "Annals", "translator": "Alfred John Church and William Jackson Brodribb", "year": "1876", "locator": "Ann. 15.44", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.02.0078%3Abook%3D15%3Achapter%3D44", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "an immense multitude was convicted, not so much of the crime of firing the city, as of hatred against mankind.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "ntvmr-liste", "author": "Institut für Neutestamentliche Textforschung", "work": "Kurzgefasste Liste: GA 02 (Codex Alexandrinus)", "locator": "docID 20002 (GA 02; London, British Library, Royal 1 D.VIII; 5th century)", "url": "https://ntvmr.uni-muenster.de/community/vmr/api/metadata/liste/search/?docID=20002&detail=page", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "wikidata", "author": "Wikidata", "work": "First Epistle of Clement", "locator": "Q10993949 (P7988 Clavis Patrum Graecorum ID 1001)", "url": "https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Special:EntityData/Q10993949.json", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "wikidata", "author": "Wikidata", "work": "Codex Hierosolymitanus", "locator": "Q2724904 (inventory Codex Hierosolymitanus 54; inception 1056)", "url": "https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Special:EntityData/Q2724904.json", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "J. B. Lightfoot", "work": "The Apostolic Fathers, Part I: S. Clement of Rome (2 vols., 2nd ed.)", "year": "1890", "view": "Dated the letter about AD 95 or 96. Read 'the extreme west' as Spain, which implies Paul was released after the Roman custody of Acts. Held that the seven imprisonments must come from information beyond Acts. Rejected identifying the author with the Clement of Philippians 4:3." }, { "author": "Oxford Society of Historical Theology (committee)", "work": "The New Testament in the Apostolic Fathers", "year": "1905", "view": "Judged it beyond doubt that 1 Clement 47 refers to 1 Corinthians, citing the references to Cephas and Apollos and actual quotations from the letter." }, { "author": "George Edmundson", "work": "The Church in Rome in the First Century", "year": "1913", "view": "Dated the letter to the beginning of AD 70, reading the calamities of 1.1 as the troubles of AD 69. Took Clement as a contemporary witness that Paul travelled to the far West after his acquittal." }, { "author": "John A. T. Robinson", "work": "Redating the New Testament", "year": "1976", "view": "Followed Edmundson in placing 1 Clement around AD 70, before the fall of the temple." }, { "author": "Andreas Lindemann", "work": "Paulus im ältesten Christentum", "year": "1979", "view": "Treats 1 Clement as a key early witness to how Paul and his letters, especially 1 Corinthians, were received and used as authority." }, { "author": "L. L. Welborn", "work": "On the Date of First Clement (Biblical Research 29)", "year": "1984", "view": "Argued that the 'calamities' of 1.1 do not show a Domitianic persecution, so the conventional 95-96 date lacks a firm anchor and the letter can be placed only within a broader window." }, { "author": "L. L. Welborn", "work": "Clement, First Epistle of (The Anchor Bible Dictionary, vol. 1)", "year": "1992", "view": "Treats the delay formula of 1.1 as a convention of letters on concord and, from internal evidence and second-century references, places the letter between AD 80 and 140." }, { "author": "Odd Magne Bakke", "work": "'Concord and Peace': A Rhetorical Analysis of the First Letter of Clement", "year": "2001", "view": "Reads the letter as deliberative rhetoric urging concord at Corinth. Its examples, including Peter and Paul, serve that argument." }, { "author": "Andrew F. Gregory", "work": "1 Clement and the Writings that Later Formed the New Testament, in The Reception of the New Testament in the Apostolic Fathers (ed. Gregory and Tuckett)", "year": "2005", "view": "Judges 1 Clement's use of 1 Corinthians secure and assesses its possible use of other New Testament writings case by case." }, { "author": "Thomas J. Herron", "work": "Clement and the Early Church of Rome: On the Dating of Clement's First Epistle to the Corinthians", "year": "2008", "view": "Argues for a date around AD 70, before the temple's destruction." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q10993949", "label": "First Epistle of Clement" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q42887", "label": "Clement of Rome (traditional author)" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q2724904", "label": "Codex Hierosolymitanus" } ], "title": "Ny 1 Klementa momba ny fahafatesan’i Paoly sy ny taratasiny ho an’i Korinto", "summary": "Araka ny daty mahazatra omena azy (tokony ho 95–97 taor. J.K.), ny 1 Klementa, nalefan’ny fiangonana tao Roma ho an’ny fiangonana tao Korinto, no lahatsoratra voalohany ivelan’ny Testamenta Vaovao mitatitra ny fiafaran’ny fiainan’i Paoly, taorian’ny fanagadrana, fanaovana sesitany, fitoraham-bato ary fijoroana ho vavolombelona teo anatrehan’ny mpitondra. Izy koa no voalohany mampiverina ny mpamaky amin’ny taratasiny momba ny antoko tao Korinto (1 Korintiana). Tsy milaza ny toerana, fotoana na fomba nahafatesany izy.", "dating": "Matetika tokony ho 95–97 taor. J.K., tany amin’ny faramparan’ny fanjakan’i Domitian na taoriana kelin’izany (Lightfoot: manodidina ny 95 na 96 taor. J.K.). Manomboka amin’ny tokony ho 70 taor. J.K. (Edmundson, Robinson, Herron) ka hatramin’ny tokony ho 140 (fetra farany omen’i Welborn) ny daty natolotra. Ao amin’ny Codex Alexandrinus (taonjato faha-5) ny dika tranainy indrindra mbola voatahiry.", "currentLocation": "Fampitana lahatsoratra", "establishes": [ "Ny taratasy nalefa tamin’ny anaran’ny fiangonana tao Roma dia maneho an’i Petera sy i Paoly ho mpiady niavaka tamin’ny taranany, nenjehina ary niady hatramin’ny fahafatesana (1 Clem. 5.1–7). Araka ny daty mahazatra, noraisin’ny fiangonana romana taranaka iray tatỳ aoriana ho tantara vao haingana fantatra ny fahafatesan’i Paoly.", "Fintininy ny asan’i Paoly sy ny niafarany: voafatotra impito, noroahina ho sesitany, notoraham-bato, nitory tany atsinanana sy andrefana, tonga tany amin’ny faran’ny Andrefana indrindra, nijoro ho vavolombelona teo anatrehan’ny mpitondra, ary nandao izao tontolo izao ho any amin’ny toerana masina avy eo (1 Clem. 5.6–7).", "Asainy maka ny taratasin’i Paoly sambatra ny Korintiana, ary mampahatsiahy ny fananarany ireo antoko niorina nanodidina azy, i Kefasy ary i Apolosy (1 Clem. 47.1–3). Mifanaraka amin’ny 1 Korintiana 1:10–12 izany (ampitahao amin’ny 1 Korintiana 3:4–6), ary mampiseho fa nahalala ilay taratasy i Roma ka nihevitra fa mbola nanana azy i Korinto.", "Mifanaraka amin’ny lisitr’i Paoly momba ny fijaliany sy amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ny lisitra omeny: momba ny fitoraham-bato (2 Korintiana 11:25; Asan’ny Apostoly 14:19), ny fanagadrana niverimberina (2 Korintiana 11:23), ary ny fandroahana toy ny ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 13:50. Mihoatra noho izay tantarain’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ny fanagadrana impito isainy, ka tsy famintinana ny Asan’ny Apostoly fotsiny ilay lisitra." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy manonona toerana, daty, emperora na fomba nahafatesana izy. Tsoahina avy amin’ny 6.1 ny hoe tany Roma; i Dionysio avy any Korinto (tokony ho 170, ao amin’i Eusebius, Church History 2.25.8) dia mampifandray an’i Petera sy i Paoly amin’i Roma, ary milaza fa nampianatra tany Italia izy roa ary maty maritiora tamin’ny fotoana iray. Manondro fanapahan-doha i Tertullian (tokony ho 200), ary apetrak’i Eusebius tany Roma tamin’ny andron’i Nero izany.", "Tsy ampy samirery hanaporofoana asa fitoriana tany Espaina na famotsorana taorian’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 28 ilay faran’ny Andrefana indrindra. Maro no mamaky izany ho Espaina (ampitahao amin’ny Romana 15:24, 28), ary miresaka an’i Paoly niainga avy tany Roma nankany Espaina ny Muratorian Fragment tatỳ aoriana (iadian-kevitra ny datiny). Ny hafa mandray izany ho Roma na fomba fiteny milaza ny tontolo manontolo, ary mety ho avy amin’ny Romana 15 ilay teny fa tsy fahalalana mahaleo tena.", "Tsy manonona ny mpanoratra azy na manome ny datiny ilay taratasy. Mifototra amin’ny fijoroana vavolombelona tamin’ny taonjato faharoa (Dionysio avy any Korinto, Hegesippus, Irenaeus) sy amin’ny tsoakevitra avy amin’ny lahatsoratra ny fanondroana an’i Klementa sy ny daty tokony ho 95–97." ], "debate": "Fanontaniana telo no mbola dinihina. Daty: ny ankamaroan’ny manam-pahaizana mametraka ilay taratasy ho tokony ho 95–97, mamaky ireo loza tampoka sy niverimberina (1.1) ao anatin’ny fanjakan’i Domitian. Miaro ny tokony ho 70 i Edmundson, Robinson ary Herron; i Welborn kosa miaro elanelana malalaka kokoa, 80–140 taor. J.K. Jeografia: nihevitra i Lightfoot fa tsy maintsy Espaina no dikan’ilay faran’ny Andrefana indrindra, ka midika izany fa nafahana taorian’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 28 i Paoly. Ny hafa mamaky izany ho Roma, fomba fiteny milaza ny tontolo manontolo, na akon’ny Romana 15:24. Antsipiriany: mitahiry lovantsofina mahaleo tena ve ny hoe voafatotra impito, sa isa mahazatra? Ary efa midika fahafatesana maritiora ve ny fijoroana ho vavolombelona, sa fijoroana teo amin’ny fitsarana ihany? Maro koa no mampifandray ireo niharam-boina maro be ao amin’ny 6.1 amin’ny fanenjehana tamin’i Nero faritan’i Tacitus (Annals 15.44), na dia tsy manonona emperora aza ilay taratasy.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Daty aloha (tokony ho 70 taor. J.K.)", "statement": "Nanamafy i Edmundson (1913) fa mifanaraka amin’ny korontana tamin’ny 69 taor. J.K. ireo loza ao amin’ny 1.1, ary nosoratana tany am-piandohan’ny 70 taor. J.K. ilay taratasy. Miaro daty manodidina ny 70 koa i Robinson (1976) sy Herron (2008). Amin’io fomba fijery io, taona vitsivitsy taorian’ny fahafatesan’i Paoly no niavian’io fijoroana vavolombelona io." }, { "label": "Elanelam-potoana malalaka na tatỳ aoriana kokoa", "statement": "Nanamafy i Welborn (1984; 1992) fa tsy voatery manondro fanenjehana tamin’ny andron’i Domitian ny 1.1, ka tsy manana fototra mafy ny daty mahazatra. Amin’io fomba fijery io, mety ho tamin’ny fotoana rehetra teo anelanelan’ny manodidina ny 80 sy 140 taor. J.K. ilay taratasy, ka tsy azo antoka ny elanelany tamin’ny fahafatesan’i Paoly." }, { "label": "Faran’ny Andrefana ho Roma na fomba fiteny", "statement": "Misy mihevitra fa maty tamin’ny fiafaran’ny fitazonana romana ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 28 i Paoly. Raisin’izy ireo ilay teny ho Roma, fetra andrefan’ny asany manokana, na ho teny mifanandrify ara-kabary amin’ny hoe izao tontolo izao manontolo. Notanisain’i Lightfoot ireo famakiana ireo ary nolaviny, satria tsy dia mety hiantso an’i Roma ho faran’ny andrefana ny mpanoratra ao Roma." }, { "label": "Fito ho isa mahazatra", "statement": "Mety ho isa boribory na an’ohatra ireo fanagadrana impito, ao anatin’ny lisitry ny fahoriana manome ohatra, nosoratana hampirisihana ny firaisana, fa tsy fanisana nalaina avy amin’ny firaketana." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-first-clement-paul" }, { "id": "second-peter-pauls-letters", "kind": "literary-early-christian", "dateFrom": 60, "dateTo": 150, "corpusReferences": [ "Gregory-Aland P72 (P. Bodmer VIII, Vatican Library; 2 Peter 3:11-18 on pp. 35-36)" ], "confidence": "medium-high", "epistemicStatus": "debated", "scriptureReferences": [ "2 Peter 3:15-16", "2 Peter 3:1", "2 Peter 1:14", "Colossians 4:16", "1 Thessalonians 5:27", "Galatians 2:9", "Galatians 2:11-14", "Acts 15:7-11", "1 Corinthians 6:2" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul", "person.peter" ], "placeIds": [], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius of Caesarea", "work": "Church History, Book III", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 3.3.1", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250103.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "But we have learned that his extant second Epistle does not belong to the canon; yet, as it has appeared profitable to many, it has been used with the other Scriptures.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius of Caesarea", "work": "Church History, Book III", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 3.25.3", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250103.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Among the disputed writings, which are nevertheless recognized by many, are extant the so-called epistle of James and that of Jude, also the second epistle of Peter", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius of Caesarea (quoting Origen, Commentary on John, Book 5)", "work": "Church History, Book VI", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 6.25.8", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250106.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "has left one acknowledged epistle; perhaps also a second, but this is doubtful.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "ignatius-lightfoot", "author": "Ignatius of Antioch", "work": "Epistle to the Ephesians", "translator": "J. B. Lightfoot", "year": "1891", "locator": "Eph. 12.2", "url": "https://www.earlychristianwritings.com/text/ignatius-ephesians-lightfoot.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Ye are associates in the mysteries with Paul, who was sanctified, who obtained a good report, who is worthy of all felicitation; in whose foot-steps I would fain be found treading, when I shall attain unto God; who in every letter maketh mention of you in Christ Jesus.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "polycarp-philippians-lightfoot", "author": "Polycarp of Smyrna", "work": "Epistle to the Philippians", "translator": "J. B. Lightfoot", "locator": "Phil. 3.2", "url": "https://www.earlychristianwritings.com/text/polycarp-lightfoot.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "the blessed and glorious Paul, who when he came among you taught face to face with the men of that day the word which concerneth truth carefully and surely; who also, when he was absent, wrote a letter unto you", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "polycarp-philippians-lightfoot", "author": "Polycarp of Smyrna", "work": "Epistle to the Philippians", "translator": "J. B. Lightfoot", "locator": "Phil. 11.2", "url": "https://www.earlychristianwritings.com/text/polycarp-lightfoot.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "as Paul teacheth?", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "first-clement-lightfoot", "author": "Clement of Rome (the church at Rome to the church at Corinth)", "work": "First Epistle of Clement to the Corinthians", "translator": "J. B. Lightfoot", "year": "1890", "locator": "1 Clem. 47.1-2", "url": "https://www.earlychristianwritings.com/lightfoot/pt1vol2/translation1.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Take up the epistle of the blessed Paul the Apostle. What wrote he first unto you in the beginning of the Gospel?", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "ntvmr-liste", "author": "Institut für Neutestamentliche Textforschung, Münster", "work": "Kurzgefasste Liste (NTVMR), P72", "locator": "docID 10072 (P72; P. Bodmer VIII, Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana: 1 Pet 1:1-5:14, 2 Pet 1:1-3:18; P. Bodmer VII, Bibliotheca Bodmeriana: Jude); date III/IV (200-399)", "url": "https://ntvmr.uni-muenster.de/community/vmr/api/metadata/liste/search/?docID=10072&detail=page", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "ntvmr-liste", "author": "Institut für Neutestamentliche Textforschung, Münster", "work": "Kurzgefasste Liste (NTVMR), P46", "locator": "docID 10046 (P46; Dublin, Chester Beatty Library, CBL BP II, and Ann Arbor, University of Michigan Library, Inv. 6238; date III (A), 200-225)", "url": "https://ntvmr.uni-muenster.de/community/vmr/api/metadata/liste/search/?docID=10046&detail=page", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "wikidata", "work": "Wikidata entity: Second Epistle of Peter", "locator": "Q131178", "url": "https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Special:EntityData/Q131178.json", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "wikidata", "work": "Wikidata entity: Papyrus 72", "locator": "Q673569", "url": "https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Special:EntityData/Q673569.json", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Michael J. Kruger", "work": "\"The Authenticity of 2 Peter,\" Journal of the Evangelical Theological Society 42/4", "year": "1999", "view": "Argues that the case for pseudonymity is too incomplete to justify the scholarly consensus. On his reading, Paul's letters in 3:16 need mean only the letters known to Peter at the time, and the affectionate yet self-deprecating way Paul is described fits Peter better than a pseudepigrapher." }, { "author": "Richard J. Bauckham", "work": "Jude, 2 Peter (Word Biblical Commentary 50)", "year": "1983", "view": "Treats 2 Peter as pseudepigraphal but holds that the device was not a fraudulent claim to apostolic authority; it claimed to pass on the apostolic message faithfully. He also regards evidence that the Apocalypse of Peter used 2 Peter as ruling out a late date. (View as quoted in Kruger 1999.)" }, { "author": "J. N. D. Kelly", "work": "A Commentary on the Epistles of Peter and of Jude", "year": "1969", "view": "Regards 2 Peter as pseudonymous and describes that verdict as almost universally held in his day. (As quoted in Kruger 1999.)" }, { "author": "Jörg Frey, Matthijs den Dulk and Jan van der Watt (eds.)", "work": "2 Peter and the Apocalypse of Peter: Towards a New Perspective", "year": "2019", "view": "Frey's lectures argue that 2 Peter depends literarily on the Apocalypse of Peter and read the letter within second-century Christianity. Respondents, including Richard Bauckham, assess the proposal." }, { "author": "Harry Y. Gamble", "work": "The New Testament Canon: Its Making and Meaning", "year": "1985", "view": "States that Hippolytus is the first writer to show any knowledge of 2 Peter (as quoted by Kruger 1999)." }, { "author": "David Trobisch", "work": "Paul's Letter Collection: Tracing the Origins", "year": "1994", "view": "Bibliography-only further reading: the publisher's description says the book uses textual criticism to trace the growth of the Pauline corpus and suggests that Paul himself played a major role in publishing the first collection of his letters. The argument was not checked against the book." }, { "author": "Benjamin P. Laird", "work": "The Pauline Corpus in Early Christianity: Its Formation, Publication, and Circulation", "year": "2022", "view": "Argues that at least three archetypal editions of Paul's letters (10, 13 and 14 letters) were collected and edited as early as the first century. They circulated side by side until 14-letter editions became nearly universal by the fourth century." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q131178", "label": "Second Epistle of Peter" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q673569", "label": "Papyrus 72" } ], "title": "2 Petera 3:15–16: fanondroana aloha ny taratasin’i Paoly ho vondrona iray", "summary": "Ao amin’ny 2 Petera 3:15–16, ilay mpanoratra, miteny amin’ny anaran’i Petera, dia miantso an’i Paoly ho rahalahy malala, miresaka ny taratasiny ho fitambarana efa fantatry ny mpamaky, ary mampitovy laharana azy amin’ny Soratra Masina ankolaka. Anisan’ny vavolombelona voalohany momba ny fahafantarana miaraka taratasin’i Paoly maromaro izy, na dia tsy manonona izay taratasy aza; ary miankina amin’ny daty iadian-kevitra ny lanjany: antenatenan’ny taona 60 raha i Petera no nanoratra, tatỳ aoriana raha mpanoratra hafa nampiasa ny anarany.", "dating": "Iadian-kevitra: antenatenan’ny taona 60 taor. J.K. raha nosoratan’i Petera; faramparan’ny taonjato voalohany ka hatramin’ny taonjato faharoa raha mpanoratra hafa nampiasa ny anarany (isa boribory ho an’ny daty natolotra tamin’ny taonjato faharoa ilay fetra ambony 150). Sora-tanana voalohany P72 (taonjato faha-3/faha-4); i Origen no voalohany nanonona ny anarany, niaraka tamin’ny fisalasalana (taonjato faha-3, notononin’i Eusebius).", "currentLocation": "Fampitana lahatsoratra", "establishes": [ "Manondro taratasin’i Paoly maromaro ny 2 Petera 3:15–16, ho fitambarana efa fantatry ny mpamaky, fa tsy taratasy nalefa ho azy ireo ihany. Mihevitra izany fa efa niparitaka tany ankoatry ny toerana nisy ireo nandray azy voalohany ny dika tamin’ny taratasin’i Paoly maromaro; ny baikon’i Paoly mihitsy mba hamakiana ny taratasy amin’ny mpino rehetra sy hampitana azy amin’ny fiangonana eo akaiky (1 Tesaloniana 5:27; Kolosiana 4:16) dia mahatonga izany fiparitahana izany ho azo inoana.", "Ampidirin’ilay andalana ankolaka ho isan’ny Soratra Masina ny taratasin’i Paoly; toy izany no fandraisan’ny ankamaroan’ny mpamaky ilay teny, na dia vitsy an’isa aza no mandray azy ho asa soratra hafa amin’ny ankapobeny. Milaza izy fa misy zavatra sarotra ao amin’ireo taratasy ireo ary ahodin’ny mpamaky tsy nandray fampianarana sy tsy miorina tsara, ka efa niadian-kevitra ny fandikana an’i Paoly tamin’ny fotoana nanoratana azy.", "Anisan’ny vavolombelona aloha maromaro momba ny famakiana ny taratasin’i Paoly tany ankoatry ny toerana nandefasana azy voalohany izy. Mampiverina an’i Korinto amin’ny 1 Korintiana ny 1 Klementa 47. Fantatr’i Polycarp (Philippians 3.2; 11.2) fa nanoratra ho an’i Filipy i Paoly, ary lazainy fa avy aminy ny fampianarana hita ao amin’ny 1 Korintiana 6:2. Milaza i Ignatius (Ephesians 12.2) fa manonona ny Efesiana amin’ny taratasy rehetra i Paoly, fanitarana ara-kabary izay manondro fa nahalala taratasy maromaro izy.", "Ny sora-tanana tranainy indrindra mbola voatahiry misy ilay andalana dia P72 (P. Bodmer VIII, ao amin’ny Tranomboky Vatican ankehitriny), omen’ny INTF daty taonjato faha-3 na faha-4; ny pejy 35–36 ao aminy no mandrakotra ny 2 Petera 3:11–18. Ho fampitahana, tsy misy ny 2 Petera ao amin’ny P46 (daty araka ny INTF tokony ho 200–225), kôdeksa voalohany ahitana taratasin’i Paoly sy ny Hebreo." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy milaza izy hoe iza na firy amin’ny taratasin’i Paoly no fantatr’ilay mpanoratra. Noho izany, tsy porofo momba ny fitambarana efa nokarakarain’ny mpanonta izy, na fitambarana raikitra misy taratasy telo ambin’ny folo na efatra ambin’ny folo, na kanona efa mihidy.", "Tsy mamaha ny maha-mpanoratra na datiny izy. Raha mpanoratra hafa nampiasa ny anaran’i Petera no nanoratra ny 2 Petera, dia mampiseho ny fomba nanehoan’ny mpanoratra tatỳ aoriana ny fiheveran’i Petera an’i Paoly ilay andalana, fa tsy ny tenin’i Petera mihitsy.", "Tsy milaza na inona na inona momba ny dian’i Paoly izy, ary tsy manome fanamafisana mahaleo tena ny lalam-pitety na ny fizotry ny fotoana ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly." ], "debate": "Ny ankamaroan’ny manam-pahaizana tsikera dia mihevitra fa mpanoratra hafa nampiasa ny anaran’i Petera no nanoratra ny 2 Petera. Tondroiny ny fomba fanoratra sy ny voambolana, izay samy hafa amin’ny 1 Petera; ny fitoviana akaiky amin’ny Joda; ny fandraisana azy miadana sy feno fisalasalana tany am-boalohany (ny fisalasalan’i Origen sy ny nametrahan’i Eusebius azy ho anisan’ny boky iadian-kevitra); ary io fanondroana ny taratasin’i Paoly ho vondrona mitovy laharana amin’ny Soratra Masina io mihitsy. Mamaly ny mpiaro ny maha-mpanoratra an’i Petera fa mety ireo taratasy fantatry ny mpanoratra ihany no tondroin’ilay endrika milaza maro, ary mifanaraka amin’i Petera ny feo mafana nefa milaza ny marina. Adihevitra hafa ny hoe nampiasa ny Apocalypse of Peter ve ny 2 Petera, sa io asa io no nampiasa azy.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Nosoratan’i Petera, antenatenan’ny taona 60", "statement": "Nanoratra taloha kelin’ny fahafatesany tamin’ny andron’i Nero i Petera, angamba nampiasa mpanoratra mpanampy. Hampiseho ilay andalana fa nadika sy novakina nanerana ny fiangonana ny taratasin’i Paoly tao anatin’ny taona vitsivitsy taorian’ny nanoratana azy; ary nankasitraka azy ilay apostoly efa nifandona taminy (Galatiana 2:11–14), nefa nanohana ny asa fitoriana tamin’ny jentilisa koa (Galatiana 2:9; Asan’ny Apostoly 15:7–11)." }, { "label": "Mpanoratra nampiasa anarana hafa, taorian’ny apostoly", "statement": "Nampiasa ny anaran’i Petera ny mpanoratra tatỳ aoriana, naneho ilay taratasy ho faharoa nosoratan’i Petera sady hafatra fanaovam-beloma (2 Petera 3:1; 2 Petera 1:14). Raha izany, manamarina ny fisian’ny taratasin’i Paoly maromaro nanana fahefana tamin’ny taranaka taorian’ny apostoly ilay andalana, miaraka amin’ny fahatsiarovana an’i Petera sy i Paoly ho nifanaraka." }, { "label": "Taonjato faharoa, taorian’ny Apocalypse of Peter", "statement": "Manamafy i Jörg Frey fa miankina amin’ny Apocalypse of Peter ny 2 Petera. Hametraka ilay taratasy ho efa lalina tao anatin’ny taonjato faharoa izany, ka ho vavolombelon’ny fomba nandraisana ny taratasin’i Paoly tamin’izany vanim-potoana izany, fa tsy tamin’ny andron’ny apostoly." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-second-peter-pauls-letters" }, { "id": "ignatius-paul", "kind": "literary-early-christian", "dateFrom": 105, "dateTo": 150, "corpusReferences": [ "CPG 1025.1 (Ignatius, Ad Ephesios)" ], "confidence": "medium-high", "epistemicStatus": "attested", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 9:15", "Acts 10:41", "Acts 19:1-41", "Acts 20:17-38", "Acts 28:14-31", "Romans 1:7-15", "1 Corinthians 1:18-20", "1 Corinthians 4:13", "1 Corinthians 6:9-10", "1 Corinthians 15:8-9", "1 Corinthians 15:32", "1 Corinthians 16:8", "Ephesians 1:1", "1 Timothy 1:3", "2 Timothy 1:18", "2 Timothy 4:12" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul", "person.peter" ], "placeIds": [ "place.ephesus", "place.rome", "place.antioch", "place.syria" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "ignatius-lightfoot", "author": "Ignatius of Antioch", "work": "Epistle to the Ephesians", "locator": "Ign. Eph. 12.2", "url": "https://www.earlychristianwritings.com/text/ignatius-ephesians-lightfoot.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Ye are associates in the mysteries with Paul, who was sanctified, who obtained a good report, who is worthy of all felicitation; in whose foot-steps I would fain be found treading, when I shall attain unto God; who in every letter maketh mention of you in Christ Jesus.", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "J. B. Lightfoot and J. R. Harmer", "year": "1891" }, { "sourceKey": "ignatius-lightfoot", "author": "Ignatius of Antioch", "work": "Epistle to the Romans", "locator": "Ign. Rom. 4.3", "url": "https://www.earlychristianwritings.com/text/ignatius-romans-lightfoot.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "I do not enjoin you, as Peter and Paul did. They were Apostles, I am a convict; they were free, but I am a slave to this very hour.", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "J. B. Lightfoot and J. R. Harmer", "year": "1891" }, { "sourceKey": "ignatius-lightfoot", "author": "Ignatius of Antioch", "work": "Epistle to the Romans", "locator": "Ign. Rom. 9.2 (echo of 1 Cor 15:8-9)", "url": "https://www.earlychristianwritings.com/text/ignatius-romans-lightfoot.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "But for myself I am ashamed to be called one of them; for neither am I worthy, being the very last of them and an untimely birth: but I have found mercy that I should be some one, if so be I shall attain unto God.", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "J. B. Lightfoot and J. R. Harmer", "year": "1891" }, { "sourceKey": "ignatius-lightfoot", "author": "Ignatius of Antioch", "work": "Epistle to the Ephesians", "locator": "Ign. Eph. 18.1 (echo of 1 Cor 1:18-20; 4:13)", "url": "https://www.earlychristianwritings.com/text/ignatius-ephesians-lightfoot.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "My spirit is made an offscouring for the Cross, which is a stumbling-block to them that are unbelievers, but to us salvation and life eternal.", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "J. B. Lightfoot and J. R. Harmer", "year": "1891" }, { "sourceKey": "ignatius-lightfoot", "author": "Ignatius of Antioch", "work": "Epistle to the Smyrnaeans", "locator": "Ign. Smyrn. 3.3", "url": "https://www.earlychristianwritings.com/text/ignatius-smyrnaeans-lightfoot.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "And after His resurrection He [both] ate with them and drank with them as one in the flesh", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "J. B. Lightfoot and J. R. Harmer", "year": "1891" }, { "sourceKey": "ignatius-anf", "author": "Ignatius of Antioch", "work": "Epistle to the Ephesians, shorter (middle) recension, ANF 1", "locator": "Ign. Eph. 12 (shorter version)", "url": "https://ccel.org/ccel/schaff/anf01.v.ii.xii.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Ye are initiated into the mysteries of the Gospel with Paul, the holy, the martyred, the deservedly most happy, at whose feet", "role": "edition", "translator": "Alexander Roberts and James Donaldson", "year": "1885" }, { "sourceKey": "ignatius-anf", "author": "Ignatius of Antioch (long recension, 4th-century revision)", "work": "Epistle to the Ephesians, longer recension, ANF 1", "locator": "Ign. Eph. 12 (longer version)", "url": "https://ccel.org/ccel/schaff/anf01.v.ii.xii.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "with Paul, the holy, the martyred, inasmuch as he was “a chosen vessel;”", "role": "edition", "translator": "Alexander Roberts and James Donaldson", "year": "1885" }, { "sourceKey": "ignatius-anf", "author": "Ignatius of Antioch (Syriac abridgment)", "work": "Epistle to the Romans, Syriac version, ANF 1", "locator": "Ign. Rom. 4 (Syriac version)", "url": "https://ccel.org/ccel/schaff/anf01.v.xii.iv.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "I do not, like Peter and Paul, issue orders unto you.", "role": "edition", "translator": "Alexander Roberts and James Donaldson", "year": "1885" }, { "sourceKey": "ignatius-anf", "author": "Ignatius of Antioch (long recension, 4th-century revision)", "work": "Epistle to the Romans, longer recension, ANF 1", "locator": "Ign. Rom. 4 (longer version)", "url": "https://ccel.org/ccel/schaff/anf01.v.v.iv.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "They were apostles of Jesus Christ, but I am the very least [of believers]:", "role": "edition", "translator": "Alexander Roberts and James Donaldson", "year": "1885" }, { "sourceKey": "ignatius-anf", "author": "ANF editors (A. Roberts, J. Donaldson; A. C. Coxe)", "work": "Introductory Note to the Epistles of Ignatius, ANF 1", "locator": "ANF 1, Introductory Note to the Epistles of Ignatius", "url": "https://ccel.org/ccel/schaff/anf01.v.i.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Of the seven Epistles which are acknowledged by Eusebius (Hist. Eccl., iii. 36), we possess two Greek recensions, a shorter and a longer. It is plain that one or other of these exhibits a corrupt text", "role": "early-study", "year": "1885" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius of Caesarea", "work": "Ecclesiastical History", "locator": "HE 3.36.10", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250103.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "And when he had left Smyrna he wrote again from Troas to the Philadelphians and to the church of Smyrna; and particularly to Polycarp, who presided over the latter church.", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890" }, { "sourceKey": "polycarp-philippians-lightfoot", "author": "Polycarp of Smyrna", "work": "Epistle to the Philippians", "locator": "Pol. Phil. 13.2", "url": "https://www.earlychristianwritings.com/text/polycarp-lightfoot.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "The letters of Ignatius which were sent to us by him, and others as many as we had by us, we send unto you, according as ye gave charge; the which are subjoined to this letter; from which ye will be able to gain great advantage.", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "J. B. Lightfoot" }, { "sourceKey": "irenaeus-against-heresies-anf", "author": "Irenaeus of Lyons", "work": "Against Heresies", "locator": "Haer. 5.28.4 (quoting Ign. Rom. 4.1)", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/0103528.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "As a certain man of ours said, when he was condemned to the wild beasts because of his testimony with respect to God: I am the wheat of Christ, and am ground by the teeth of the wild beasts, that I may be found the pure bread of God.", "role": "primary-text", "translator": "Alexander Roberts and William Rambaut", "year": "1885" }, { "sourceKey": "wikidata", "work": "Wikidata: Epistle of Ignatius to the Ephesians", "locator": "Q65051525 (P7988 CPG 1025.1)", "url": "https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Special:EntityData/Q65051525.json", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "wikidata", "work": "Wikidata: Letters of Ignatius", "locator": "Q350126", "url": "https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Special:EntityData/Q350126.json", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Theodor Zahn", "work": "Ignatius von Antiochien", "year": "1873", "view": "Defended the authenticity of the seven letters in the middle recension. Schoedel credits Zahn and Lightfoot as the basis of today's majority view." }, { "author": "J. B. Lightfoot", "work": "The Apostolic Fathers, Part II: S. Ignatius, S. Polycarp", "year": "1885 (2nd ed. 1889)", "view": "Defended the middle recension as Ignatius's genuine letters, treating the long recension as a later expansion and the Syriac as an abridgment. The 1891 Lightfoot-Harmer translation quoted here derives from this edition." }, { "author": "William Cureton", "work": "The Ancient Syriac Version of the Epistles of St. Ignatius to Polycarp, the Ephesians, and the Romans", "year": "1845", "view": "Argued that the three abridged Syriac letters come closest to what Ignatius actually wrote. Later scholarship has largely rejected this." }, { "author": "Robert Joly", "work": "Le dossier d'Ignace d'Antioche", "year": "1979", "view": "Disputes the authenticity of the seven letters, treating them as a later composition. This is the main modern minority position, and Schoedel cites it." }, { "author": "William R. Schoedel", "work": "Ignatius of Antioch: A Commentary on the Letters of Ignatius of Antioch (Hermeneia)", "year": "1985", "view": "Standard critical commentary. It accepts the middle recension as Ignatius's own work and reads it against his journey under guard from Syria to Rome." }, { "author": "William R. Schoedel", "work": "\"Ignatius, Epistles of,\" Anchor Bible Dictionary, vol. 3", "year": "1992", "view": "The middle recension is generally accepted as authentic. The long recension is a fourth-century revision with added spurious letters, and the Syriac 'short recension' is only an abridgment. The letters fit the second half of Trajan's reign or a little later." }, { "author": "Paul Foster", "work": "\"The Epistles of Ignatius of Antioch and the Writings that later formed the New Testament,\" in A. F. Gregory and C. M. Tuckett (eds.), The Reception of the New Testament in the Apostolic Fathers", "year": "2005", "view": "Assesses, writing by writing, which texts later in the New Testament Ignatius knew." }, { "author": "Timothy D. Barnes", "work": "The Date of Ignatius (The Expository Times 120)", "year": "2008", "view": "Argues that Ignatius knew the writings of the Gnostic teacher Ptolemaeus and that the letters were probably written in the 140s, treating Eusebius's placement of Ignatius under Trajan as not authoritative." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q44170", "label": "Ignatius of Antioch" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q350126", "label": "Letters of Ignatius" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q65051525", "label": "Epistle of Ignatius to the Ephesians" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q7811305", "label": "Epistle of Ignatius to the Romans" } ], "title": "Ny taratasin’i Ignatius avy any Antiokia momba an’i Paoly", "summary": "Ny taratasin’i Ignatius avy any Antiokia, izay matetika omena daty tokony ho 110 taor. J.K. ary nosoratana raha nambenana teny an-dalana ho any Roma izy, dia mampiseho fa efa nomena voninahitra aloha i Paoly ho apostoly sy mpanoratra taratasy, nefa tsy manampy zava-misy vaovao momba ny asany. Ao amin’ny Ign. Eph. 12.2, antsoiny hoe mpiara-nampidirina tamin’i Paoly amin’ny zava-miafina ny Efesiana, izay lazainy fa tononin’i Paoly ‘amin’ny taratasy rehetra’. Ao amin’ny Ign. Rom. 4.3, ampitahainy amin’ny tenany, lehilahy voaheloka, i Petera sy i Paoly, apostoly afaka nandidy.", "dating": "Matetika tokony ho 105–117 taor. J.K. (faramparan’ny fanjakan’i Trajan) na tatỳ aoriana kelin’izany; miaro ny taona 140 i Barnes (2008). Ny fiheverana fa tena nosoratan’i Ignatius izy ireo ihany no rakotry ny dateFrom sy dateTo; ny vinavina fa hosoka izy ireo kosa hametraka azy tatỳ aoriana tamin’ny taonjato faharoa.", "currentLocation": "Fampitana lahatsoratra", "establishes": [ "Ao amin’ny endrika antonony amin’ny lahatsoratra, izay eken’ny ankamaroan’ny manam-pahaizana, dia antsoin’i Ignatius hoe voahasina sy mendrika ny fankasitrahana rehetra i Paoly, manantena ny hanaraka ny diany izy, ary milaza fa manonona ny Efesiana ‘amin’ny taratasy rehetra’ i Paoly (Ign. Eph. 12.2). Efa nahalala an’i Paoly ho mpanoratra taratasy nifandray akaiky tamin’i Efesosy àry ny eveka siriana iray, ary ho mpanoratra taratasy maromaro araka ny famakiana mahazatra.", "Miara-manonona an’i Petera sy i Paoly ny Ign. Rom. 4.3 ho apostoly afaka nanome baiko ny fiangonana romana, zavatra lavin’i Ignatius, gadra voaheloka, ny hanao azy. Ao amin’ireo endrika telo mbola voatahiry amin’ny lahatsoratra ilay andalana: ny fanafohezana siriaka, ny endrika antonony ary ny endrika lava.", "Mampiasa indray voambolana avy amin’ny 1 Korintiana i Ignatius. Misy akon’ny 1 Kor 1:18–20 sy 4:13 ao amin’ny Eph. 18.1; ny Rom. 9.2, izay iantsoany ny tenany ho farany indrindra sy toy ny zaza teraka tsy tonga volana, dia misy akon’ny 1 Kor 15:8–9; ary misy akon’ny 1 Kor 6:9–10 ao amin’ny Eph. 16.1 sy Phld. 3.3. Raha atambatra ireo, dia ny 1 Korintiana no tranga mazava indrindra amin’ny taratasin’i Paoly fantany.", "Efa voamarina aloha, ary avy amin’ny loharano ivelany, ireo taratasy ireo. I Polycarp (Phil. 13.2) dia miresaka ny fanangonana sy fandefasana ny taratasin’i Ignatius. Manonona ny Ign. Rom. 4.1 i Irenaeus (Haer. 5.28.4) nefa tsy manonona ny anarany; i Eusebius (HE 3.36.12) kosa milaza fa avy amin’i Ignatius ilay teny. Tanisain’i Eusebius ao amin’ny HE 3.36.5–10 ireo taratasy fito mandrafitra ny endrika antonony." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy fanamarinana mahaleo tena ny Asan’ny Apostoly izany. Tsy manonona mazava ny Asan’ny Apostoly mihitsy i Ignatius. Ny fitoviana akaiky indrindra, ny Smyrn. 3.3 amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 10:41, dia mety ho avy amin’ny lovantsofina iombonana ka tsy mampiseho fa namaky ny Asan’ny Apostoly izy. Ao amin’ny endrika lava tamin’ny taonjato fahefatra ihany vao miditra ao amin’ny Eph. 12 ilay filazana fitaovana voafidy (Asan’ny Apostoly 9:15). Tsy vavolombelona misaraka momba ny Asan’ny Apostoly 19–20 ny sary omeny ny fifandraisan’i Paoly tamin’i Efesosy.", "Tsy azo raisina ara-bakiteny ny hoe ‘amin’ny taratasy rehetra’, satria amin’ny sasany amin’ireo taratasy lazaina fa an’i Paoly ihany no voatonona i Efesosy (ohatra, 1 Korintiana 15:32; 16:8; 1 Timoty 1:3; 2 Timoty 1:18; 4:12). Tsy mampiseho ilay teny hoe firy na iza amin’ireo taratasy amin’ny anaran’i Paoly no nananan’i Ignatius, ary tsy mamaha raha nanonona an’i Efesosy ny Efesiana 1:1 tany am-boalohany.", "Tsy milaza ny Rom. 4.3 fa maty tany Roma i Petera sy i Paoly, na nanorina ny fiangonana romana, na ny baiko nomeny; tsoakevitra sy lovantsofina tatỳ aoriana ireo. Ao amin’ny Eph. 12.2, ilay teny nadikan’i Lightfoot hoe nahazo laza tsara dia nadikan’i Roberts-Donaldson hoe maty maritiora, ka tsy porofo azo antoka momba ny fahafatesan’i Paoly ho maritiora izany." ], "debate": "Ny ankamaroan’ny manam-pahaizana, manaraka an’i Zahn sy Lightfoot, dia manaiky ny endrika antonony misy taratasy fito ho tena izy, ary mametraka azy amin’ny faramparan’ny fanjakan’i Trajan na tatỳ aoriana kelin’izany; i Barnes miaro ny taona 140. Vitsy an’isa, indrindra i Joly, no mandray ireo taratasy ho hosoka tatỳ aoriana. Momba ny Eph. 12.2, manontany ny mpamaky raha fanitarana ny hoe ‘amin’ny taratasy rehetra’, na midika hoe ‘manerana ny taratasy iray’, na maneho fitambarana fantatra amin’ny taratasin’i Paoly; raha midika hoe voamarina tsara sa maty maritiora ilay teny mamaritra an’i Paoly; ary hoe firy ny taratasy ankoatra ny 1 Korintiana tena nampiasain’i Ignatius.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Hosoka tatỳ aoriana", "statement": "Asa nosoratana tamin’ny anaran’olona hafa tamin’ny faramparan’ny taonjato faharoa ireo taratasy fito (Joly 1979 no fanazavana malaza indrindra). Amin’io fomba fijery io, mbola mampiseho ny fomba nahatsiarovana an’i Paoly tamin’ny taonjato faharoa ny Eph. 12.2 sy Rom. 4.3, nefa tsy vavolombelona avy ao anatin’ny taranaka iray na roa taorian’ny fahafatesany intsony." }, { "label": "Fanitarana sy fahalalana voafetra", "statement": "Fanitarana ara-kabary ny hoe ‘amin’ny taratasy rehetra’, ary mety ho tsy nahalala mihoatra firy ny 1 Korintiana i Ignatius. Mety ho avy amin’ny lovantsofina am-bavan’ny fiangonana ny sasany amin’ireo teny mitovitovy amin’ny an’i Paoly, fa tsy avy amin’ny famakiana taratasy an-tsoratra." }, { "label": "Ilay endrika siriaka fohy no tany am-boalohany", "statement": "Nanamafy i Cureton (1845) fa ireo taratasy siriaka telo nohafohezina ihany no tena izy. Tsy misy toko 12 ny Ephesians amin’ny teny siriaka, ka araka ny fiheverany, tsy tenin’i Ignatius mihitsy ilay andalana milaza ny hoe ‘amin’ny taratasy rehetra’. Ny ankamaroan’ny manam-pahaizana tatỳ aoriana mandray ny siriaka ho fanafohezana ny endrika antonony." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-ignatius-paul" }, { "id": "muratorian-fragment", "kind": "literary-early-christian", "dateFrom": 170, "dateTo": 400, "corpusReferences": [ "CLA III 352" ], "confidence": "high", "epistemicStatus": "attested", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 1:1-2", "Colossians 4:14", "Colossians 4:16", "Romans 15:24-28", "1 Corinthians 1:10-12", "Galatians 5:2-6", "1 Timothy 1:1-2", "2 Timothy 1:1-2", "Titus 1:1-4", "Philemon 1:1-3" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul", "person.luke", "person.timothy", "person.titus", "person.philemon", "person.peter" ], "placeIds": [ "place.rome", "place.spain", "place.corinth", "place.ephesus", "place.philippi", "place.colossae", "place.galatia", "place.thessalonica" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "muratorian-fragment-anf", "author": "Anonymous (Muratorian Fragment)", "translator": "S. D. F. Salmond", "work": "Canon Muratorianus, in Ante-Nicene Fathers vol. 5 (printed among the Fragments of Caius)", "year": "1886", "locator": "Canon Muratorianus 3, on Philemon, Titus and Timothy (ANF 5:603)", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/0510.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "He wrote, besides these, one to Philemon, and one to Titus, and two to Timothy, in simple personal affection and love indeed; but yet these are hallowed in the esteem of the Catholic Church, and in the regulation of ecclesiastical discipline.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "muratorian-fragment-anf", "author": "Anonymous (Muratorian Fragment)", "translator": "S. D. F. Salmond", "work": "Canon Muratorianus, in Ante-Nicene Fathers vol. 5 (printed among the Fragments of Caius)", "year": "1886", "locator": "Canon Muratorianus 3, on Laodiceans and Alexandrians (ANF 5:603)", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/0510.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "There are also in circulation one to the Laodiceans, and another to the Alexandrians, forged under the name of Paul, and addressed against the heresy of Marcion; and there are also several others which cannot be received into the Catholic Church", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "muratorian-fragment-anf", "author": "Anonymous (Muratorian Fragment)", "translator": "S. D. F. Salmond", "work": "Canon Muratorianus, in Ante-Nicene Fathers vol. 5 (printed among the Fragments of Caius)", "year": "1886", "locator": "Canon Muratorianus 2, on Acts and Theophilus (ANF 5:603)", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/0510.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Moreover, the Acts of all the Apostles are comprised by Luke in one book, and addressed to the most excellent Theophilus, because these different events took place when he was present himself", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "muratorian-fragment-anf", "author": "Anonymous (Muratorian Fragment)", "translator": "S. D. F. Salmond", "work": "Canon Muratorianus, in Ante-Nicene Fathers vol. 5 (printed among the Fragments of Caius)", "year": "1886", "locator": "Canon Muratorianus 2, on Peter's passion and Paul's journey to Spain (ANF 5:603)", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/0510.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "by the omission of the passion of Peter, and also of the journey of Paul, when he went from the city—Rome—to Spain.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "muratorian-fragment-anf", "author": "Anonymous (Muratorian Fragment)", "translator": "S. D. F. Salmond", "work": "Canon Muratorianus, in Ante-Nicene Fathers vol. 5 (printed among the Fragments of Caius)", "year": "1886", "locator": "Canon Muratorianus 4 (ANF 5:604)", "url": "https://ccel.org/ccel/caius/fragments/anf05.v.iii.iii.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "The Pastor, moreover, did Hermas write very recently in our times in the city of Rome, while his brother bishop Pius sat in the chair of the Church of Rome.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "muratorian-fragment-anf", "author": "ANF vol. 5 editors (editorial headnote)", "work": "Ante-Nicene Fathers vol. 5, note to 'Canon Muratorianus'", "year": "1886", "locator": "ANF 5:603, headnote (CCEL note 4977)", "url": "https://ccel.org/ccel/caius/fragments/anf05.v.iii.iii.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "was discovered by Muratori in the Ambrosian Library at Milan, and published by him in his Antiquitates Italicæ in 1740. This manuscript belongs to the seventh or eighth century.", "role": "edition" }, { "sourceKey": "tertullian-against-marcion-anf", "author": "Tertullian", "translator": "Peter Holmes", "work": "Against Marcion, in Ante-Nicene Fathers vol. 3", "year": "1885", "locator": "Adv. Marc. 5.21", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/03125.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "I wonder, however, when he received (into his Apostolicon) this letter which was written but to one man, that he rejected the two epistles to Timothy and the one to Titus, which all treat of ecclesiastical discipline.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "tertullian-against-marcion-anf", "author": "Tertullian", "translator": "Peter Holmes", "work": "Against Marcion, in Ante-Nicene Fathers vol. 3", "year": "1885", "locator": "Adv. Marc. 5.17", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/03125.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "We have it on the true tradition of the Church, that this epistle was sent to the Ephesians, not to the Laodiceans. Marcion, however, was very desirous of giving it the new title (of Laodicean), as if he were extremely accurate in investigating such a point.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "wikidata", "work": "Wikidata item: Muratorian fragment", "locator": "Q692665", "url": "https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Special:EntityData/Q692665.json", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Albert C. Sundberg Jr.", "work": "Canon Muratori: A Fourth Century List (Harvard Theological Review 66)", "year": "1973", "view": "Dates the list to the 4th century and places its origin in the East rather than Rome." }, { "author": "Everett Ferguson", "work": "Canon Muratori: Date and Provenance (Studia Patristica 17)", "year": "1982", "view": "Answers Sundberg. Argues that the absence of Hebrews, the 2nd-century heresies named and other features point to a western, late-2nd-century setting." }, { "author": "Geoffrey Mark Hahneman", "work": "The Muratorian Fragment and the Development of the Canon", "year": "1992", "view": "Builds out Sundberg's case and dates the list c. 375, with a Syrian or Palestinian provenance." }, { "author": "Charles E. Hill", "work": "The Debate over the Muratorian Fragment and the Development of the Canon (Westminster Theological Journal 57)", "year": "1995", "view": "Rebuts Hahneman's reasons for setting aside the fragment's own claim about Hermas and Pius, and favours the earlier date." }, { "author": "Joseph Verheyden", "work": "The Canon Muratori: A Matter of Dispute (in The Biblical Canons, BETL 163)", "year": "2003", "view": "Finds none of the Sundberg-Hahneman arguments for a 4th-century eastern origin convincing. Places the author in the West at the end of the 2nd or beginning of the 3rd century." }, { "author": "Lee Martin McDonald", "work": "The Biblical Canon: Its Origin, Transmission, and Authority", "year": "2007", "view": "Leans toward Sundberg and Hahneman and favours a date after the mid-4th century in the East, while cautioning that this cannot be insisted on." }, { "author": "Eckhard J. Schnabel", "work": "The Muratorian Fragment: The State of Research (Journal of the Evangelical Theological Society 57)", "year": "2014", "view": "Surveys the research, judges the case for a 4th-century date unconvincing, and treats the fragment as written c. 200." }, { "author": "Clare K. Rothschild", "work": "The Muratorian Fragment as Roman Fake (Novum Testamentum 60)", "year": "2018", "view": "Argues that the fragment is a late-antique forgery made to look as if it came from the 2nd century." }, { "author": "Christophe Guignard", "work": "The Muratorian Fragment as a Late Antique Fake? An Answer to C. K. Rothschild (Revue des sciences religieuses 93)", "year": "2019", "view": "Rejects the forgery thesis. Holds that the fragment most likely dates from the second half of the 2nd century, or at the latest the early 3rd." }, { "author": "Johann Peter Kirsch", "work": "Muratorian Canon, The Catholic Encyclopedia vol. 10", "year": "1911", "view": "Says the codex came from Bobbio and is now in the Ambrosiana (Cod. J 101 sup.), dates it to the 8th century, places the text at Rome c. 180-200, probably translated from Greek, and notes that a few sentences survive in Monte Cassino codices of Paul's letters." }, { "author": "E. A. Lowe", "work": "Codices Latini Antiquiores, Part III: Italy, Ancona-Novara", "year": "1938", "view": "Catalogues the Milan codex as CLA III 352: a mid-8th-century uncial, probably written at Bobbio." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q692665", "label": "Muratorian fragment" } ], "title": "Ny lisitry ny taratasin’i Paoly ao amin’ny Muratorian Fragment", "summary": "Ny Muratorian Fragment, lisitry ny bokin’ny Testamenta Vaovao amin’ny teny latina, izay matetika omena daty tokony ho 170–200 (misy miaro ny taonjato faha-4), dia mandray taratasin’i Paoly telo ambin’ny folo, anisan’izany ny Filemona, ny Titosy ary roa ho an’i Timoty, ary mandà ny taratasy ‘ho an’ny Laodikeana’ sy ‘ho an’ny Aleksandriana’ ho hosoka. Ao amin’ny sora-tanana iray tany Milan avy amin’ny antenatenan’ny taonjato faha-8 ihany no voatahiry manontolo izy. Mampiseho ny fomba nandraisana ny taratasin’i Paoly izy, fa tsy izay nanoratra azy.", "dating": "Azo inoana fa nosoratana tamin’ny faramparan’ny taonjato faha-2 (tokony ho 170–200, na fiandohan’ny taonjato faha-3 farafahatarany). Vitsy an’isa no mametraka azy amin’ny taonjato faha-4, ary misy tohan-kevitra vao haingana manao azy ho hosoka tamin’ny faramparan’ny Andro Fahagola. Mandrakotra ny fiheverana ny taonjato faha-4 ny dateTo 400, fa tsy ilay teorian’ny hosoka. Antenatenan’ny taonjato faha-8 ilay dika tokana manontolo (Lowe, CLA III 352: ‘VIII med’).", "currentLocation": "Biblioteca Ambrosiana, Milan (I 101 sup., antsoina koa hoe J 101 sup.)", "establishes": [ "Mandray taratasy telo ambin’ny folo amin’ny anaran’i Paoly ilay lahatsoratra mbola voatahiry. Misy taratasy ho an’ny fiangonana fito (ny Korintiana, Efesiana, Filipiana, Kolosiana, Galatiana, Tesaloniana ary ny Romana), misy taratasy faharoa avy ho an’ny Korintiana sy ny Tesaloniana, miampy iray ho an’i Filemona, iray ho an’i Titosy ary roa ho an’i Timoty. Tondroin’ilay sombin-dahatsoratra ankolaka io isa io fa tsy lazainy mihitsy, ary tsy manonona ny Hebreo izy.", "Faritany ho taratasy manokana ny ho an’i Filemona, i Titosy ary i Timoty, izay mbola raisin’ny Fiangonana Katolika (izany hoe maneran-tany) ho masina sy ampiasainy amin’ny fitsipi-pifehezan’ny fiangonana. Laviny ho hosoka tamin’ny anaran’i Paoly, mifandray amin’ny fampianaran-dison’i Marcion, ny taratasy ‘ho an’ny Laodikeana’ sy ‘ho an’ny Aleksandriana’. Nanavaka ny taratasy noraisina ho an’i Paoly sy ireo nosoratana tamin’ny anarany àry ny mpanoratra.", "Lazainy fa an’i Lioka, ilay mpitsabo noraisin’i Paoly ho namany, ny asan’ny apostoly rehetra, ary nalefa ho an’i Teofilo ilay boky. Hazavainy ny tsy nilazan’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ny fahafatesan’i Petera na ny dian’i Paoly avy tany Roma ho any Espaina: araka ny filazany, izay hitan’i Lioka maso ihany no nosoratany.", "Kôdeksa latina misy soratra unsiala avy amin’ny taonjato faha-8, avy amin’ny tranombokin’i Bobbio, no hany dika manontolo; ao amin’ny Biblioteca Ambrosiana, Milan, izy ankehitriny. Ny CLA nataon’i Lowe dia mihevitra azy ho avy amin’ny antenatenan’ny taonjato faha-8, ary azo inoana fa nosoratana tao Bobbio. Navoakan’i Muratori tamin’ny 1740 izy (fanamarihana fanokafana ao amin’ny ANF). Misy fehezanteny vitsivitsy voatahiry koa ao amin’ny sora-tanana Monte Cassino misy ny taratasin’i Paoly." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Mampiseho izy hoe iza amin’ireo taratasy no noraisin’ny mpanoratra sy ny vondrona nisy azy ho an’i Paoly, tamin’ny daty sy toerana iadian-kevitra nanaovana ilay lisitra. Tsy mamaha samirery izay nanoratra ny Taratasy Pastoraly na taratasy hafa iadian-kevitra izy.", "Ny filazany fa nandeha avy tany Roma ho any Espaina i Paoly dia mitatitra finoana nananan’ny mpanoratra, nampiasaina hanazavana ny fiafaran’ny Asan’ny Apostoly. Tsy porofo mahaleo tena fa tena nitranga ilay dia izany.", "Tsy vavolombelona tamin’ny taonjato voalohany izy, ary iadian-kevitra ny datiny sy ny niaviany, ka tsy afaka manaporofo kanona efa mihidy tamin’ny 200 taor. J.K. izy. Manatsotra koa ny fanamarihany ara-tantara: lazainy fa manaraka an’i Jaona, izay nialoha lalana azy, i Paoly amin’ny fanoratana ho an’ny fiangonana fito, izay tsy fizotry ny fotoana azo itokiana." ], "debate": "Zavatra roa indrindra no iorenan’ny daty faramparan’ny taonjato faha-2: ny filazana fa nanoratra ny Shepherd ‘vao haingana tokoa, amin’izao androntsika izao’ i Hermas tamin’ny andron’i Pius, evekan’i Roma teo antenatenan’ny taonjato faha-2, ary ireo vondrona lavin’ilay lisitra (Marcion, Valentinus, ny Montanista). I Sundberg (1973) sy Hahneman (1992) miaro lisitra tatsinanana tamin’ny taonjato faha-4; i Rothschild (2018) kosa miaro hosoka tamin’ny faramparan’ny Andro Fahagola. Mamaly i Ferguson, Hill, Verheyden, Schnabel ary Guignard fa tontolo tandrefana manodidina ny 200 no mifanaraka indrindra. Araka ny fanadihadian’i Schnabel tamin’ny 2014, mitsikera an’i Hahneman ny ankamaroan’ny valinteny. Ilay teny nadikan’ny ANF tamin’ny 1886 hoe ‘nalefa hanohitra ny fampianaran-dison’i Marcion’ dia matetika kokoa vakina ho hosoka natao hanohanana ny fampianaran-dison’i Marcion.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Lisitra tatsinanana tamin’ny taonjato fahefatra", "statement": "Malalaka ny fandraisan’i Sundberg sy Hahneman ny hoe ‘vao haingana tokoa, amin’izao androntsika izao’, ary ampidiriny miaraka amin’ny katalaogin’ny kanona tamin’ny taonjato faha-4 ilay lahatsoratra. Apetrak’i Hahneman ho tokony ho 375 tany Syria na Palestina izy. Amin’io fomba fijery io, mampiseho ny fandraisana ireo taratasy telo ambin’ny folo mitovy amin’ny anaran’i Paoly tamin’ny taonjato faha-4 ilay lisitra, fa tsy tamin’ny taonjato faha-2." }, { "label": "Hosoka tamin’ny faramparan’ny Andro Fahagola", "statement": "Manamafy i Rothschild fa nosoratana tatỳ aoriana ilay lisitra ary natao ho toa aloha, ka fitaovana ara-literatiora ny fanondroany an’i Pius. Mamaly i Guignard fa nampiasa ilay lahatsoratra i Chromatius avy any Aquileia (maty 407), ary sarotra ampifanarahana amin’ny hosoka tandrefana tatỳ aoriana ny lahatsoratra grika tany am-boalohany." }, { "label": "Ny maha-izy ireo taratasy nolavina", "statement": "Misy mandray ilay ‘Laodikeana’ nolavina ho lohateny nomen’i Marcion ilay taratasy nantsoin’ny fiangonana hoe Efesiana (Tertullian, Against Marcion 5.17). Ny hafa mihevitra taratasy misaraka nosoratana tamin’ny anaran’olona hafa, toy ilay Epistle to the Laodiceans latina fohy hita ao amin’ny Baiboly latina tatỳ aoriana. Tsy fantatra ilay taratasy ‘ho an’ny Aleksandriana’, ary vinavina ny fampitoviana azy amin’ny Hebreo." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-muratorian-fragment" }, { "id": "dionysius-gaius-martyrdom", "kind": "literary-early-christian", "dateFrom": 165, "dateTo": 326, "corpusReferences": [], "confidence": "medium-high", "epistemicStatus": "tradition", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 18:1-11", "Acts 22:25-28", "Acts 28:16", "Acts 28:30-31", "1 Corinthians 1:12", "1 Corinthians 3:6-10", "1 Corinthians 4:15", "Romans 1:13", "Romans 15:20-23", "Romans 15:24-28", "Philippians 1:25-26", "Philippians 2:24", "Philemon 1:22", "2 Timothy 4:6-8", "2 Timothy 4:16-18" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul", "person.peter", "person.nero" ], "placeIds": [ "place.rome", "place.corinth", "place.italia", "place.spain" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius of Caesarea", "work": "Church History", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 2.25.6-7", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250102.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "But I can show the trophies of the apostles. For if you will go to the Vatican or to the Ostian way, you will find the trophies of those who laid the foundations of this church.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius of Caesarea", "work": "Church History", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 2.25.8", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250102.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "For both of them planted and likewise taught us in our Corinth. And they taught together in like manner in Italy, and suffered martyrdom at the same time.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius of Caesarea", "work": "Church History", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 2.25.5", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250102.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "It is, therefore, recorded that Paul was beheaded in Rome itself, and that Peter likewise was crucified under Nero.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius of Caesarea", "work": "Church History", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 2.22.2", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250102.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Thus after he had made his defense it is said that the apostle was sent again upon the ministry of preaching, and that upon coming to the same city a second time he suffered martyrdom.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius of Caesarea", "work": "Church History", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 4.23.9", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250104.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "There is extant also another epistle written by Dionysius to the Romans, and addressed to Soter, who was bishop at that time.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius of Caesarea", "work": "Church History", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 6.20.3", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250106.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "There has reached us also a dialogue of Caius, a very learned man, which was held at Rome under Zephyrinus, with Proclus, who contended for the Phrygian heresy.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "tertullian-prescription-anf", "author": "Tertullian", "work": "The Prescription against Heretics", "translator": "Peter Holmes", "year": "1885", "locator": "Praescr. 36, on Peter and Paul", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/0311.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "How happy is its church, on which apostles poured forth all their doctrine along with their blood! Where Peter endures a passion like his Lord's! Where Paul wins his crown in a death like John's", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "tertullian-prescription-anf", "author": "Tertullian", "work": "The Prescription against Heretics", "translator": "Peter Holmes", "year": "1885", "locator": "Praescr. 36, on the apostle John", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/0311.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "where the Apostle John was first plunged, unhurt, into boiling oil, and thence remitted to his island-exile", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "tertullian-prescription-anf", "author": "ANF editors", "work": "The Prescription against Heretics, ANF vol. 3, footnote", "year": "1885", "locator": "Praescr. 36, ANF footnote on 'a death like John's' (CCEL note 2235)", "url": "https://www.ccel.org/ccel/schaff/anf03.v.iii.xxxvi.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "The Baptist’s.", "role": "edition" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "work": "Church History of Eusebius, NPNF2 vol. 1, notes", "year": "1890", "locator": "Note on HE 2.22.2 (CCEL footnote 474), opening", "url": "https://www.ccel.org/ccel/schaff/npnf201.iii.vii.xxiii.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Eusebius is the first writer to record the release of Paul from a first, and his martyrdom during a second Roman imprisonment.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "work": "Church History of Eusebius, NPNF2 vol. 1, notes", "year": "1890", "locator": "Note on HE 2.22.2 (CCEL footnote 474), on the second imprisonment", "url": "https://www.ccel.org/ccel/schaff/npnf201.iii.vii.xxiii.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Scholars are greatly divided as to the fact of a second imprisonment. Nearly all that defend the genuineness of the Pastoral Epistles assume a second imprisonment", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "work": "Church History of Eusebius, NPNF2 vol. 1, notes", "year": "1890", "locator": "Note on HE 2.25.8 (CCEL footnote 555)", "url": "https://www.ccel.org/ccel/schaff/npnf201.iii.vii.xxvi.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Whatever may be the truth of Dionysius’ report as to Peter’s martyrdom at Rome, he is almost certainly in error in speaking as he does of Peter’s work in Corinth.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "work": "Church History of Eusebius, NPNF2 vol. 1, notes", "year": "1890", "locator": "Note on HE 2.25.8 (CCEL footnote 556)", "url": "https://www.ccel.org/ccel/schaff/npnf201.iii.vii.xxvi.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "allows some margin in time and does not necessarily imply the same day. Dionysius is the first one to connect the deaths of Peter and Paul chronologically, but later it became quite the custom.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "tertullian-baptism-anf", "author": "Tertullian", "work": "On Baptism", "translator": "S. Thelwall", "year": "1885", "locator": "De bapt. 17", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/0321.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "But if the writings which wrongly go under Paul's name, claim Thecla's example as a licence for women's teaching and baptizing, let them know that, in Asia, the presbyter who composed that writing", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "first-clement-lightfoot", "author": "Clement of Rome", "work": "First Epistle of Clement to the Corinthians", "translator": "J. B. Lightfoot", "year": "1891", "locator": "1 Clem. 5", "url": "https://www.earlychristianwritings.com/text/1clement-lightfoot.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "having taught righteousness unto the whole world and having reached the farthest bounds of the West; and when he had borne his testimony before the rulers, so he departed from the world and went unto the holy place", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "wikidata", "work": "Wikidata item: Caius (early 3rd-century Christian author)", "locator": "Q2441699", "url": "https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Special:EntityData/Q2441699.json", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "pleiades", "work": "Pleiades place record: Via Ostiensis", "locator": "390205932", "url": "https://pleiades.stoa.org/places/390205932/json", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Brent D. Shaw", "work": "The Myth of the Neronian Persecution (Journal of Roman Studies 105)", "year": "2015", "view": "Disputes the conventional view that a state persecution under Nero after the fire of 64 included the deaths of Peter and Paul. He takes the Tacitus passage to be probably genuine but argues it reflects the ideas of Tacitus's own day." }, { "author": "Christopher P. Jones", "work": "The Historicity of the Neronian Persecution: A Response to Brent Shaw (New Testament Studies 63)", "year": "2017", "view": "Argues that there are no grounds for doubting Tacitus's report of the persecution. He notes that the later sources dating the martyrdoms of Peter and Paul to Nero's reign have no bearing on whether Tacitus is accurate." }, { "author": "Otto Zwierlein", "work": "Petrus in Rom: Die literarischen Zeugnisse", "year": "2009", "view": "Argues that the literary evidence does not show Peter was ever in Rome, martyred or buried there. He treats the Roman Peter tradition, including its pairing of Peter with Paul, as a second-century development." }, { "author": "Oscar Cullmann", "work": "Peter: Disciple, Apostle, Martyr (German original 1952)", "year": "1953", "view": "Judges Peter's journey to Rome and martyrdom there under Nero probable from the literary evidence, but holds that the Vatican excavations do not settle where his grave was." }, { "author": "J. M. C. Toynbee and J. B. Ward-Perkins", "work": "The Shrine of St. Peter and the Vatican Excavations", "year": "1956", "view": "Describe the Vatican excavations and identify the modest mid-second-century shrine under St Peter's with the Vatican 'trophy' Gaius mentions." }, { "author": "Sean McDowell", "work": "The Fate of the Apostles: Examining the Martyrdom Accounts of the Closest Followers of Jesus", "year": "2015", "view": "Assesses the martyrdom traditions apostle by apostle. Finds very good historical reason to think Paul died as a martyr in the mid-to-late 60s, and judges his beheading more probable than not but less certain." }, { "author": "M. R. James", "work": "The Apocryphal New Testament", "year": "1924", "view": "Translates the Martyrdom of Paul from the Acts of Paul, in which Nero orders Paul beheaded." }, { "author": "John Chapman", "work": "St. Dionysius, The Catholic Encyclopedia vol. 5", "year": "1909", "view": "Dates Dionysius of Corinth about 170, because he wrote to Pope Soter, whom it dates c. 168-176 (noting Harnack's 165-67 to 173-5)." }, { "author": "John Chapman", "work": "Tertullian, The Catholic Encyclopedia vol. 14", "year": "1912", "view": "Dates the Prescription against Heretics to about 200." }, { "author": "Francis Joseph Bacchus", "work": "Eusebius of Caesarea, The Catholic Encyclopedia vol. 5", "year": "1909", "view": "Holds that the Church History grew in stages: the ninth book was finished between 312 and 314, and the tenth was completed between the defeat of Licinius in 323 and the disgrace of Crispus in 326." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q679837", "label": "Dionysius of Corinth" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q2441699", "label": "Caius (Gaius), early 3rd-century Christian author" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q1235854", "label": "Church History (Eusebius)" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q142999", "label": "Eusebius of Caesarea" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q174929", "label": "Tertullian" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "423025", "label": "Roma" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "570182", "label": "Corinthus/Korinthos" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "463398874", "label": "Vaticanus Mons" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "390205932", "label": "Via Ostiensis" } ], "title": "Dionysio avy any Korinto, Gaio mpanoratra romana ary Tertullian momba ny fahafatesan’i Paoly tany Roma", "summary": "Mifototra amin’ny lovantsofin’ny fiangonana ny famonoana an’i Paoly tany Roma, fa tsy amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly, izay mifarana alohan’ny hamahana ny fitsarana azy. Milaza i Dionysio avy any Korinto (tokony ho 170) fa tamin’ny fotoana nifanarakaraka no nahafatesan’i Petera sy i Paoly ho maritiora. I Gaio mpanoratra romana (tokony ho 200) dia manondro ny tsangambaton’ireo apostoly ao Vatican sy amin’ny Lalana Ostiana; i Tertullian (tokony ho 200) manondro fanapahan-doha. Tsy manonona toerana ny vavolombelona lehibe talohan’izy ireo, ny 1 Klementa 5 (matetika omena daty tokony ho 96). I Eusebius (fiandohan’ny taonjato faha-4) no voalohany milaza mazava famotsorana sy fanagadrana fanindroany.", "dating": "Dionysio avy any Korinto tokony ho 170 taor. J.K. (taratasy ho an’ny fiangonana romana tamin’ny andron’i Soter eveka); Gaio mpanoratra romana sy Tertullian tokony ho 200 taor. J.K.; natambatra tsikelikely ny Church History nosoratan’i Eusebius ary vita tamin’ny taona 320. Amin’ny endrika teny notononin’i Eusebius ihany no voatahiry ny tenin’i Dionysio avy any Korinto sy i Gaio mpanoratra romana.", "currentLocation": "Fampitana lahatsoratra", "establishes": [ "Nanoratra ho an’ny fiangonana romana tamin’ny andron’i Soter eveka (tokony ho 170 taor. J.K.) i Dionysio avy any Korinto, evekan’i Korinto. Nilaza izy fa nanorina sy nampianatra tany Korinto i Petera sy i Paoly, niara-nampianatra tany Italia, ary maty maritiora ‘tamin’ny fotoana iray’ (Church History 2.25.8; ao amin’ny 4.23.9 ny datin’ilay taratasy). Manamarika i McGiffert fa mamela elanelam-potoana ilay teny grika, ary tsy voatery midika andro iray ihany.", "I Gaio mpanoratra romana, olona teo amin’ny fiangonana romana niasa tamin’ny andron’i Zephyrinus eveka manodidina ny 200 taor. J.K., dia nilaza tamin’ny adihevitra tamin’i Proclus Montanista (ilay ‘fampianaran-diso frigiana’) fa afaka mampiseho ny tsangambaton’ireo apostoly ao Vatican sy amin’ny Lalana Ostiana izy (Church History 2.25.6–7; 6.20.3). Noho izany, manodidina ny 200 taor. J.K. dia efa nampifandray ireo apostoly tamin’ny tsangambato roa voafaritra ny fiangonana romana.", "I Tertullian, Prescription against Heretics 36 (tokony ho 200 taor. J.K.), dia milaza fa nahazo ny satroboninahiny tany Roma i Paoly, tamin’ny fahafatesana tahaka ny an’i Jaona, izay hazavain’ny mpanonta ANF ho ilay Mpanao Batisa, izany hoe fanapahan-doha. Ilay fehezanteny ihany no milaza fa natsoboka tao anaty menaka nangotraka nefa tsy naratra i Jaona zanak’i Zebedio apostoly, ka lovantsofina romana izany, fa tsy zava-misy voamarina. Ny zom-pirenen’i Paoly (Asan’ny Apostoly 22:25–28) koa dia hitarika ny olona hanantena fanapahan-doha, ka mety ho tsoakevitra ilay antsipiriany.", "Ao amin’ny fitantarany ny fanenjehan’i Nero, dia milaza i Eusebius fa notapahin-doha tany Roma i Paoly (Church History 2.25.5). Mitatitra koa izy fa nafahana taorian’ny fiarovan-tenany i Paoly, ary maty maritiora tamin’ny fitsidihana fanindroany an’i Roma (2.22.2–8); ampidiriny amin’ny hoe ‘voalaza’ izany ary ny 2 Timoty 4 no anohanany azy. Noheverin’i McGiffert (1890) ho mpanoratra voalohany nirakitra izany mazava izy." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy misy manome ny fiampangana, ny fitsarana na ny toerana namonoana; ary tsy misy mamaritra ny datin’ny fahafatesana afa-tsy amin’ny fampifandraisana azy amin’i Petera na i Nero. Amin’ny sombin-dahatsoratra nofidin’i Eusebius ihany no ahatongavan’i Dionysio avy any Korinto sy i Gaio mpanoratra romana amintsika. Fantatr’i Tertullian ny asa soratra momba an’i Paoly sy Tekla, ary nolaviny ho hosoka izany; matetika no ampitovina amin’ny Acts of Paul izy io, izay ny Martyrdom ao anatiny koa milaza fa nasain’i Nero notapahina ny lohan’i Paoly. Tsy azo lavina ny mety hisian’ny lovantsofina iombonana.", "Tsy milaza i Gaio mpanoratra romana fa fasana ireo tsangambato, na hoe iza amin’ireo toerana no an’ny apostoly iza. Fandikana nataon’i Eusebius ny fandraisana azy ho toerana fandevenana. Avy amin’ny lovantsofina romana ny fanomezana ny Lalana Ostiana ho an’i Paoly, fa tsy avy amin’ny tenin’i Gaio mpanoratra romana.", "Tsy misy mpanoratra talohan’i Eusebius milaza mazava ny famotsorana sy fanagadrana fanindroany, na dia mety hanondro asa taorian’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 28 aza ny 1 Klementa 5 (ny faran’ny Andrefana indrindra) sy ny dia nankany Espaina ao amin’ny Muratorian Fragment. Miankina amin’ny maha-taratasin’i Paoly ny 2 Timoty sy ny nanoratana azy taorian’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ilay fandrafetana, izay samy iadian-kevitra.", "Tsy azo itokiana amin’ny antsipiriany rehetra i Dionysio avy any Korinto. Sarotra ampifanarahana amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 18:1–11 sy ny taratasin’i Paoly mihitsy ny filazany fa niara-nanorina ny fiangonan’i Korinto sy i Roma i Petera sy i Paoly (1 Korintiana 3:6–10; 4:15; Romana 1:13; 15:20–23). Noheverin’i McGiffert fa azo inoana fa avy amin’ny antokon’i Kefasy ao amin’ny 1 Korintiana 1:12 ny ampahany tamin’ilay lovantsofina momba an’i Korinto." ], "debate": "Ny ankamaroan’ny mpahay tantara manaiky fa maty tany Roma i Paoly. Ny fanontaniana misokatra dia ny halehiben’ny zavatra ampian’ny vavolombelona tsirairay amin’ny fomba mahaleo tena. Mety hanamarika fasana na toerana namonoana ireo tsangambato lazain’i Gaio mpanoratra romana. Miankina indrindra amin’ny maha-taratasin’i Paoly mihitsy ny 2 Timoty, nosoratana taorian’ny Asan’ny Apostoly, ny famotsorana sy fanagadrana fanindroany, zavatra mampisalasala ny manam-pahaizana maro. Lavin’i Brent Shaw ny hoe fanenjehana tamin’ny andron’i Nero no nahafaty an’i Petera sy i Paoly. Miaro ny tatitr’i Tacitus momba izany fanenjehana izany i Christopher Jones. Lavin’i Otto Zwierlein ny hoe efa tany Roma i Petera, ka misy fiantraikany amin’ny filazan’i Dionysio avy any Korinto fa niara-maty maritiora izy roa izany.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Famotsorana, asa fitoriana fanampiny, fahafatesana tamin’i Nero", "statement": "Nafahana taorian’ireo roa taona ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 28:30–31 i Paoly, ary nanohy niasa, angamba tany atsinanana ary angamba tany Espaina (Romana 15:24, 28), talohan’ny fisamborana fanindroany sy ny namonoana azy tamin’ny andron’i Nero, teo antenatenan’ny taona 60. Izany no fitantaran’i Eusebius, izay matetika arahina amin’ireo manaiky ny 2 Timoty ho an’i Paoly. Raha avy tamin’ny fitazonana tany Roma ny Filipiana sy ny Filemona, dia manantena famotsorana i Paoly ao (Filipiana 1:25–26; 2:24; Filemona 1:22)." }, { "label": "Fitazonana romana tokana niafara tamin’ny fahafatesana", "statement": "Amin’io fomba fijery io, tsy nafahana mihitsy i Paoly. Niafara tamin’ny famonoana azy ny fitazonana faritan’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 28, ary tsoahina avy amin’ny Taratasy Pastoraly ilay fanagadrana fanindroany. Efa nanamarika i McGiffert (1890) fa ny ankamaroan’ny manam-pahaizana mandà ny maha-tena an’i Paoly ny Pastoraly dia mandà koa ny fanagadrana fanindroany." }, { "label": "Fahafatesana tany Roma tsy nisy fanenjehan’i Nero", "statement": "Manamafy i Brent Shaw fa maneho hevitra tamin’ny andron’i Tacitus mihitsy ny fitantarany an’i Nero manenjika kristiana. Raha izany, mety ho fandrafetana tatỳ aoriana ny fifandraisana eo amin’ny fahafatesan’ireo apostoly sy i Nero. Mamaly i Christopher Jones fa tsy misy antony tokony hisalasalana amin’ny tatitr’i Tacitus." }, { "label": "Fahafatesan’i Petera ho maritiora tany Roma ho fandrafetana tatỳ aoriana", "statement": "Manamafy i Otto Zwierlein fa tsy tonga tany Roma mihitsy i Petera. Raisiny ho fivoarana ara-literatiora tamin’ny taonjato faharoa ny lovantsofina mampiaraka an’i Petera sy i Paoly, anisan’izany ny taratasin’i Dionysio avy any Korinto. Mahakasika ny filazana fa niara-maty maritiora izy roa izany kokoa noho ny fahafatesan’i Paoly tany Roma, satria ny Asan’ny Apostoly mihitsy no mitondra an’i Paoly any." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-dionysius-gaius-martyrdom" }, { "id": "papyrus-46", "kind": "papyrus", "dateFrom": 175, "dateTo": 250, "corpusReferences": [ "Gregory-Aland P46", "INTF Liste docID 10046", "Chester Beatty Library BP II", "University of Michigan Library inv. 6238" ], "confidence": "high", "epistemicStatus": "attested", "scriptureReferences": [ "Romans 15:33", "Romans 14:24-26", "Romans 16:1-23", "Ephesians 1:1", "1 Thessalonians 5:23-28" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul", "person.phoebe", "person.priscilla", "person.aquila" ], "placeIds": [ "place.rome", "place.corinth", "place.ephesus", "place.galatia", "place.philippi", "place.colossae", "place.thessalonica", "place.cenchreae", "place.egypt" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "ntvmr-liste", "work": "Kurzgefasste Liste der griechischen Handschriften des Neuen Testaments (INTF NTVMR, page-level record)", "locator": "Gregory-Aland P46 (INTF docID 10046)", "url": "https://ntvmr.uni-muenster.de/community/vmr/api/metadata/liste/search/?docID=10046&detail=page", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "chester-beatty-library", "work": "Chester Beatty online exhibition page: New Testament (label for the Pauline Epistles leaf)", "locator": "CBL BP II f.61", "url": "https://chesterbeatty.ie/exhibitions/fragments/new-testament/", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "csntm", "work": "CSNTM manuscript record: P46", "locator": "GA P46", "url": "https://manuscripts.csntm.org/manuscript/View/GA_P46", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "ntvmr-liste", "work": "INTF NTVMR transcription of P46", "locator": "P46 folio 20r", "url": "https://ntvmr.uni-muenster.de/community/vmr/api/transcript/get/?docid=10046&pageID=210&format=xhtml", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "edition" }, { "sourceKey": "ntvmr-liste", "work": "INTF NTVMR transcription of P46", "locator": "P46 folio 21v", "url": "https://ntvmr.uni-muenster.de/community/vmr/api/transcript/get/?docid=10046&pageID=240&format=xhtml", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "edition" }, { "sourceKey": "ntvmr-liste", "work": "INTF NTVMR transcription of P46", "locator": "P46 folio 75r", "url": "https://ntvmr.uni-muenster.de/community/vmr/api/transcript/get/?docid=10046&pageID=1310&format=xhtml", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "edition" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius", "work": "Church History", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 6.14.2", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250106.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "He says that the Epistle to the Hebrews is the work of Paul, and that it was written to the Hebrews in the Hebrew language; but that Luke translated it carefully and published it for the Greeks", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius", "work": "Church History", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 6.20.3", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250106.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "He mentions only thirteen epistles of the holy apostle, not counting that to the Hebrews with the others. And unto our day there are some among the Romans who do not consider this a work of the apostle.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "tertullian-against-marcion-anf", "author": "Tertullian", "work": "Against Marcion", "translator": "Peter Holmes", "year": "1885", "locator": "Adv. Marc. 5.21.1", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/03125.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "I wonder, however, when he received (into his Apostolicon) this letter which was written but to one man, that he rejected the two epistles to Timothy and the one to Titus, which all treat of ecclesiastical discipline.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "wikidata", "work": "Wikidata item: Papyrus 46", "locator": "Q1513469", "url": "https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q1513469", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Frederic G. Kenyon", "work": "The Chester Beatty Biblical Papyri, Fasciculus III Supplement: Pauline Epistles", "year": "1936", "view": "Edited the Chester Beatty leaves and dated the codex to the early third century (the first half of that century). Using its page numbering, he reconstructed it as a single-quire codex and judged that the lost final leaves were too few to hold the Pastoral Letters." }, { "author": "Henry A. Sanders", "work": "A Third-Century Papyrus Codex of the Epistles of Paul", "year": "1935", "view": "Edited the University of Michigan leaves and, as the title states, dated the codex to the third century." }, { "author": "Young Kyu Kim", "work": "Palaeographical Dating of P⁴⁶ to the Later First Century (Biblica 69)", "year": "1988", "view": "Argued from comparative handwriting that the codex was copied in the later first century. Most palaeographers have not accepted this." }, { "author": "Bruce W. Griffin", "work": "The Paleographical Dating of P-46", "year": "1996", "view": "Rejected Kim's first-century date and argued for a range of roughly AD 175-225." }, { "author": "Philip W. Comfort and David P. Barrett", "work": "The Text of the Earliest New Testament Greek Manuscripts", "year": "2001", "view": "Favoured an earlier date, around the middle of the second century." }, { "author": "Pasquale Orsini and Willy Clarysse", "work": "Early New Testament Manuscripts and Their Dates: A Critique of Theological Palaeography (Ephemerides Theologicae Lovanienses 88)", "year": "2012", "view": "Argued that several early New Testament papyri had been dated too early and proposed more cautious ranges. They placed this codex in the early third century, in line with the INTF catalogue." }, { "author": "Jeremy Duff", "work": "P⁴⁶ and the Pastorals: A Misleading Consensus? (New Testament Studies 44)", "year": "1998", "view": "Argued that the scribe was fitting more text onto later pages and could have added leaves, so the codex may have been planned to include the Pastoral Letters." }, { "author": "T. W. Manson", "work": "St. Paul's Letter to the Romans - and Others", "year": "1948", "view": "Used the papyrus's placing of the doxology after Romans 15 to argue that a fifteen-chapter form went to Rome and that chapter 16 belonged to a copy sent to Ephesus." }, { "author": "Harry Y. Gamble", "work": "The Textual History of the Letter to the Romans", "year": "1977", "view": "Argued that the sixteen-chapter letter is original and the shorter forms are secondary, treating the doxology as a later addition." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q1513469", "label": "Papyrus 46" } ], "title": "Papiry 46 (P46), sora-tanana tranainy indrindra ahitana ampahany betsaka amin’ny taratasin’i Paoly", "summary": "P46 no sora-tanana tranainy indrindra ahitana ampahany betsaka amin’ny taratasin’i Paoly: ravina 86 amin’ny kôdeksa papiry grika avy any Ejipta, omena daty manodidina ny 200 taor. J.K., izay mizara any Dublin sy Ann Arbor ankehitriny. Mampiseho izy fa niara-nadika ho boky iray ny Romana, Hebreo, 1 Korintiana sy 2 Korintiana, Efesiana, Galatiana, Filipiana, Kolosiana ary 1 Tesaloniana. Mifototra amin’ny sora-tanana ny datiny ary iadian-kevitra; noho ireo ravina very, mbola misokatra raha nisy ny 2 Tesaloniana, Filemona na ny Taratasy Pastoraly tao.", "dating": "Manodidina ny 200 taor. J.K., araka ny endriky ny sora-tanana irery. Manome ny fiandohan’ny taonjato fahatelo (200–225) ny INTF, ny faramparan’ny taonjato faharoa na fiandohan’ny fahatelo (tokony ho 200) ny CSNTM, ary ny taonjato fahatelo taor. J.K. ny marika fampirantiana tao amin’ny Tranomboky Chester Beatty. Manomboka amin’ny faramparan’ny taonjato voalohany ka hatramin’ny taonjato fahatelo ny daty navoaka.", "currentLocation": "Tranomboky Chester Beatty, Dublin (BP II, ravina 56); Tranombokin’ny Oniversiten’i Michigan, Ann Arbor (inv. 6238, ravina 30)", "establishes": [ "Ravina enina amby valopolo avy amin’ny kôdeksa papiry grika iray misy ny taratasin’i Paoly no mbola voatahiry, mizara eo amin’ny Tranomboky Chester Beatty, Dublin (BP II, ravina 56), sy ny Tranombokin’ny Oniversiten’i Michigan, Ann Arbor (inv. 6238, ravina 30). Manome daty manodidina ny 200 taor. J.K. ny katalaogy, araka ny fandinihana ny endriky ny sora-tanana. Avy any Ejipta izy: manome an’i Ejipta sy ny taonjato fahatelo taor. J.K. ho an’ny ravina iray (BP II f.61) ny marika fampirantiana tao amin’ny Tranomboky Chester Beatty.", "Izao no filaharan’ny ao amin’ireo ravina voatahiry: Romana (manomboka amin’ny 5:17, misy banga), Hebreo, 1 Korintiana sy 2 Korintiana, Efesiana, Galatiana, Filipiana, Kolosiana ary 1 Tesaloniana (sombiny, mijanona amin’ny 5:28). Niara-nadika ho boky tokana àry ireo taratasy ireo, ka napetraka avy hatrany taorian’ny Romana ny Hebreo.", "Efa misy ny toko 16 ao amin’ny Romana ao amin’ny P46, miaraka amin’ny fanolorana an’i Foiby avy any Kenkrea sy ny fiarahabana an’i Priska, i Akyla ary ny hafa (16:1–23). Apetrany aorian’ny 15:33 anefa ny doxolojia famaranana, ary avy hatrany aorian’ny 16:23 no miditra ny lohatenin’ny Hebreo. Ao amin’ny 16:25–27 io doxolojia io amin’ny fanontana tsikera, ary ao amin’ny 14:24–26 amin’ny fanisan’ny WEB.", "Mitondra lohateny ho taratasy ho an’ny Efesiana ny Efesiana ao, nefa tsy manonona tanàna handefasana azy ny fiarahabana ao amin’ny Efesiana 1:1. Vavolombelona aloha momba io endriky ny andininy io àry ny P46." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy mamaritra raha nisy ny 2 Tesaloniana, Filemona na ny Taratasy Pastoraly tao amin’ilay kôdeksa tany am-boalohany. Very ny raviny fanokafana sy famaranana, ary tombana ny fanombanana hoe firy ny lahatsoratra mety ho tafiditra tao amin’ireo ravina tsy hita.", "Tsy mamaritra izay nanoratra ny taratasy ao anatiny izy. Mampiseho ny fampidirana ny Hebreo fa natambatry ny mpampiasa ilay kôdeksa tamin’ny taratasin’i Paoly izy. Porofo momba ny hevitr’izy ireo izany, fa tsy izay nanoratra azy. Samy hafa ny hevitra: nantsoin’i Klementa avy any Aleksandria hoe asan’i Paoly ny Hebreo, fa tany Roma, i Gaio mpanoratra romana dia nanisa taratasin’i Paoly telo ambin’ny folo ihany (Eusebius, Church History 6.14.2; 6.20.3).", "Tsy mamaritra daty marina na ny zava-nitranga ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly izy. Avy amin’ny endriky ny sora-tanana ny daty, fa tsy filazana ao amin’ilay sora-tanana. Manamarina ny lahatsoratra sy ny fiparitahan’ireo taratasy ilay kôdeksa, fa tsy ny tantara faritan’izy ireo na ny fitantaran’ny Asan’ny Apostoly azy." ], "debate": "Fanontaniana telo no misokatra. Daty: ny ankamaroan’ny manam-pahaizana momba ny sora-tanana mametraka ilay sora-tanana ho manodidina ny 200 taor. J.K.; apetraky ny INTF sy i Orsini sy Clarysse amin’ny fiandohan’ny taonjato fahatelo izy, ary niaro ny manodidina ny 175–225 i Griffin. Nanolotra ny faramparan’ny taonjato voalohany i Kim (vitsy nanaraka), ary ny antenatenan’ny taonjato faharoa i Comfort sy Barrett; i Sanders kosa, mpanonta voalohany ireo ravina any Michigan, nametraka azy amin’ny taonjato fahatelo. Votoaty: noheverin’i Kenyon ho vitsy loatra ho an’ny Taratasy Pastoraly ireo ravina famaranana very; i Duff kosa nanamafy fa namintina ny toerana nalain’ny soratra ilay mpandika ary mety ho nanampy ravina. Tsy tao amin’ny fanontan’i Marcion koa ireo taratasy ireo (Tertullian, Against Marcion 5.21), nefa fampitahana avy amin’ny faritra sy vondrona hafa izany, fa tsy porofo momba ity kôdeksa ity. Romana: manamarika fanontana misy toko dimy ambin’ny folo ve ilay doxolojia aorian’ny 15:33 (Manson), sa fametrahana tatỳ aoriana ao amin’ny taratasy tany am-boalohany misy toko enina ambin’ny folo (Gamble)?", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Daty aloha kokoa", "statement": "Nomen’i Kim (1988) daty faramparan’ny taonjato voalohany ny P46, ary i Comfort sy Barrett (2001) nanome ny antenatenan’ny taonjato faharoa. Raha marina ny iray, dia mbola tranainy kokoa ilay fitambarana. Ny ankamaroan’ny manam-pahaizana momba ny sora-tanana misafidy ny manodidina ny 200 taor. J.K., ary misy elanelam-pahadisoana am-polony taona maromaro ny daty rehetra avy amin’ny endriky ny sora-tanana." }, { "label": "Pastoraly nokasaina na nampiana (Duff)", "statement": "Nanamafy i Duff (1998) fa nampitombo ny hakitroky ny soratra ilay mpandika tao amin’ny pejy tatỳ aoriana ary mety ho nikasa ravina fanampiny, ka mety ho natao hampiditra ny Taratasy Pastoraly ilay kôdeksa. Miankina amin’ny fanombanana ny habaka nomen’ireo ravina very ny hevitr’i Kenyon mifanohitra aminy. Tsy afaka mamaha ilay fanontaniana amin’ny lafiny iray na ny iray ireo ravina mbola voatahiry." }, { "label": "Romana misy toko dimy ambin’ny folo", "statement": "Noraisin’i Manson ho fiafaran’ny fanontana misy toko dimy ambin’ny folo nalefa tany Roma ilay doxolojia aorian’ny 15:33, ary ny toko 16 ho anisan’ny dika ho an’i Efesosy. Nanamafy i Gamble fa ilay taratasy misy toko enina ambin’ny folo no tany am-boalohany. Ny P46 mihitsy dia mbola mandika ny toko 16 ho ampahany amin’ny Romana." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence/papyrus-46" }, { "id": "marcion-apostolikon", "kind": "literary-early-christian", "dateFrom": 138, "dateTo": 161, "corpusReferences": [], "confidence": "medium-high", "epistemicStatus": "source-supported", "scriptureReferences": [ "Colossians 4:16", "Ephesians 1:1", "Ephesians 2:12", "1 Timothy 6:7", "1 Timothy 6:10" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul", "person.timothy", "person.titus", "person.philemon" ], "placeIds": [ "place.ephesus", "place.colossae" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "tertullian-against-marcion-anf", "author": "Tertullian", "work": "Against Marcion", "translator": "Peter Holmes", "year": "1885", "locator": "Adv. Marc. 5.21.1", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/03125.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "I wonder, however, when he received (into his Apostolicon) this letter which was written but to one man, that he rejected the two epistles to Timothy and the one to Titus, which all treat of ecclesiastical discipline.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "tertullian-against-marcion-anf", "author": "Tertullian", "work": "Against Marcion", "translator": "Peter Holmes", "year": "1885", "locator": "Adv. Marc. 5.17.1", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/03125.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "We have it on the true tradition of the Church, that this epistle was sent to the Ephesians, not to the Laodiceans. Marcion, however, was very desirous of giving it the new title (of Laodicean), as if he were extremely accurate in investigating such a point.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "tertullian-against-marcion-anf", "author": "Tertullian", "work": "Against Marcion", "translator": "Peter Holmes", "year": "1885", "locator": "Adv. Marc. 5.11.12", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/03125.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "I here pass over discussion about another epistle, which we hold to have been written to the Ephesians, but the heretics to the Laodiceans.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "tertullian-against-marcion-anf", "author": "Tertullian", "work": "Against Marcion", "translator": "Peter Holmes", "year": "1885", "locator": "Adv. Marc. 5.13.4", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/03125.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "But what serious gaps Marcion has made in this epistle especially, by withdrawing whole passages at his will, will be clear from the unmutilated text of our own copy.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "tertullian-against-marcion-anf", "author": "Tertullian", "work": "Against Marcion", "translator": "Peter Holmes", "year": "1885", "locator": "Adv. Marc. 1.19.2", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/03121.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Of this teacher there is no doubt that he is a heretic of the Antonine period, impious under the pious. Now, from Tiberius to Antoninus Pius, there are about 115 years and 6-1/2 months.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "tertullian-against-marcion-anf", "author": "Tertullian", "work": "Against Marcion", "translator": "Peter Holmes", "year": "1885", "locator": "Adv. Marc. 1.15", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/03121.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "no creation of His at all has been discovered up to the fifteenth of the Emperor Severus", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "irenaeus-against-heresies-anf", "author": "Irenaeus", "work": "Against Heresies", "translator": "Alexander Roberts and William Rambaut", "year": "1885", "locator": "Haer. 1.27.2", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/0103127.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "In like manner, too, he dismembered the Epistles of Paul, removing all that is said by the apostle respecting that God who made the world, to the effect that He is the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius", "work": "Church History", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 4.11.9 (quoting Justin)", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250104.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "And there is a certain Marcion of Pontus, who is even now still teaching his followers to think that there is some other God greater than the Creator.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "muratorian-fragment-anf", "work": "Muratorian Fragment (Canon Muratorianus)", "translator": "S. D. F. Salmond", "year": "1886", "locator": "Muratorian Fragment, sec. 3 (ANF 5 numbering)", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/0510.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "There are also in circulation one to the Laodiceans, and another to the Alexandrians, forged under the name of Paul, and addressed against the heresy of Marcion", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "polycarp-philippians-lightfoot", "author": "Polycarp", "work": "Epistle of Polycarp to the Philippians", "translator": "J. B. Lightfoot", "year": "1891", "locator": "Phil. 4.1", "url": "https://www.earlychristianwritings.com/text/polycarp-lightfoot.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "But the love of money is the beginning of all troubles.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "ntvmr-liste", "work": "INTF NTVMR transcription of P46", "locator": "P46 folio 75r", "url": "https://ntvmr.uni-muenster.de/community/vmr/api/transcript/get/?docid=10046&pageID=1310&format=xhtml", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "edition" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Adolf von Harnack", "work": "Marcion: Das Evangelium vom fremden Gott", "year": "1921 (2nd ed. 1924)", "view": "Reconstructed Marcion's Gospel and Apostolikon from patristic citations. He treated Marcion as a deliberate editor who removed what he took to be Judaizing additions, and saw his canon as a major stimulus to the church's New Testament." }, { "author": "Karl Holl (ed.)", "work": "Epiphanius, vol. 2: Panarion haer. 34-64 (Die griechischen christlichen Schriftsteller 31)", "year": "1922", "view": "Critical edition of the Greek text. In it Panarion 42 lists Marcion's ten letters from Galatians to Philippians, with Philemon ninth and Philippians tenth, and says Marcion also had parts of a so-called 'Laodiceans'." }, { "author": "John Knox", "work": "Marcion and the New Testament: An Essay in the Early History of the Canon", "year": "1942", "view": "Argued that Marcion's two-part scripture, a Gospel and the Apostle, was the catalyst for the formation of the catholic New Testament." }, { "author": "Hans von Campenhausen", "work": "Die Entstehung der christlichen Bibel", "year": "1968", "view": "Argued that Marcion was the first to create a defined Christian scripture, and that the church's New Testament took shape partly in response." }, { "author": "Hans von Campenhausen", "work": "Polykarp von Smyrna und die Pastoralbriefe", "year": "1951", "view": "Proposed that the Pastoral Letters were written in the mid-second century, possibly by Polycarp, partly against Marcion-like teaching." }, { "author": "John J. Clabeaux", "work": "A Lost Edition of the Letters of Paul: A Reassessment of the Text of the Pauline Corpus Attested by Marcion", "year": "1989", "view": "Argued that many readings attributed to Marcion are pre-Marcionite, shared with other early text forms, so Marcion edited an inherited collection less than his critics claimed." }, { "author": "Ulrich Schmid", "work": "Marcion und sein Apostolos: Rekonstruktion und historische Einordnung der marcionitischen Paulusbriefausgabe", "year": "1995", "view": "Re-examined the patristic evidence critically. Concluded that Marcion used an existing edition of Paul's letters and that demonstrably tendentious changes are relatively few." }, { "author": "David Trobisch", "work": "Paul's Letter Collection: Tracing the Origins", "year": "1994", "view": "Argued that collecting Paul's letters began with Paul's own editing of some of them, so letter collections predate Marcion." }, { "author": "Jason D. BeDuhn", "work": "The First New Testament: Marcion's Scriptural Canon", "year": "2013", "view": "Offers an English reconstruction of Marcion's Gospel and Apostolikon, presents it as the first New Testament, and treats patristic charges of mutilation with caution." }, { "author": "Judith M. Lieu", "work": "Marcion and the Making of a Heretic: God and Scripture in the Second Century", "year": "2015", "view": "Stresses that Marcion is known only through polemical portraits, and cautions against confident reconstruction of his text or motives." }, { "author": "Luke Timothy Johnson", "work": "The First and Second Letters to Timothy (Anchor Bible 35A)", "year": "2001", "view": "Defends Pauline authorship and a first-century date for 1–2 Timothy, against the view that they were written in the second century." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q201346", "label": "Marcion of Sinope" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q754941", "label": "Marcionism" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q731974", "label": "Panarion" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q174929", "label": "Tertullian" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q1231095", "label": "Epistle to the Laodiceans" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q408673", "label": "Epistle to the Ephesians" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q369042", "label": "pastoral epistles" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "638955", "label": "Laodicea ad Lycum/Diospolis/Roas" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "599612", "label": "Ephesus/Arsinoe(ia)" } ], "title": "Ny fanontana misy taratasin’i Paoly folo nataon’i Marcion (ny ‘Apostolikon’)", "summary": "I Marcion avy any Pontus, mpampianatra teo antenatenan’ny taonjato faharoa, dia nampiasa fanontana misy taratasy folo amin’ny anaran’i Paoly, ka ny Galatiana no voalohany. Tsy nisy ny 1 Timoty, 2 Timoty ary Titosy tao, ary araka an’i Tertullian, nomeny lohateny hoe ‘Ho an’ny Laodikeana’ ny Efesiana. Very izy ary amin’ny alalan’ny mpanohitra ihany no ahafantarana azy, indrindra i Tertullian (nanomboka tokony ho 207) sy i Epiphanius (faramparan’ny taonjato fahefatra). Mampiseho izy fa efa natambatra ho fanontana tokana ny taratasy folo teo antenatenan’ny taonjato faharoa. Tsy afaka mamaritra samirery ny datin’ny Pastoraly izy.", "dating": "Antenatenan’ny taonjato faharoa. Apetrak’i Tertullian tamin’ny andron’i Antoninus Pius (138–161) i Marcion; tsy fantatra ny datin’ilay fanontana, ary mety ho talohan’izany. Ny elanelana 138–161 eto dia ny fotoana niasan’i Marcion, fa tsy datin’ilay fanontana.", "currentLocation": "Fampitana lahatsoratra (very; narafitra avy amin’ny teny notononin’i Tertullian, Epiphanius sy ny hafa)", "establishes": [ "Niasa teo antenatenan’ny taonjato faharoa i Marcion. I Justin Martyr, notononin’i Eusebius (Church History 4.11.9), dia milaza azy ho mbola velona sy mampianatra. Antsoin’i Tertullian hoe mpampianatra diso tamin’ny fanjakan’i Antoninus Pius, 138–161, izy (Against Marcion 1.19.2). Efa ampangain’i Irenaeus ho nanala tamin’ny taratasin’i Paoly izay nanonona ny Mpanao izao tontolo izao ho Rain’i Kristy izy (Against Heresies 1.27.2).", "Manohitra ny famakian’i Marcion ny taratasy folo araka izao filaharana izao i Tertullian ao amin’ny Against Marcion boky 5: Galatiana, 1 Korintiana sy 2 Korintiana, Romana, 1 Tesaloniana sy 2 Tesaloniana, ‘Laodikeana’ (Efesiana), Kolosiana, Filipiana ary Filemona. I Epiphanius (Panarion 42), vavolombelona tatỳ aoriana izay milaza fa avy amin’ny lahatsoratr’i Marcion mihitsy no iadiany hevitra, dia manome ireo folo ihany, ka ny Galatiana no voalohany; nefa Efesiana no anarany, ary ataony fahasivy ny Filemona ary fahafolo ny Filipiana.", "Tsy tao amin’ilay fanontana ny 1 Timoty, 2 Timoty ary Titosy. Milaza i Tertullian fa neken’i Marcion ilay taratasy fohy manokana ho an’i Filemona, fa nolaviny kosa ny taratasy ho an’i Timoty sy i Titosy (Against Marcion 5.21.1). Tsy hita amin’ireo lisitra roa ny Hebreo.", "Tamin’ny fampiasan’ny mpanaraka an’i Marcion, dia ‘Ho an’ny Laodikeana’ no lohatenin’ilay taratasy fantatry ny fiangonana ho Efesiana. Rehefa miresaka ny Efesiana 2:12 i Tertullian, dia milaza fa heverin’ireo mpampianatra diso ho nosoratana ho an’ny Laodikeana izy, ary i Marcion no omeny tsiny noho ilay lohateny vaovao (Against Marcion 5.11.12; 5.17.1). I Epiphanius (Panarion 42) kosa mitanisa ny Efesiana, nefa milaza fa nanana ampahany tamin’ny antsoina hoe ‘Laodikeana’ koa i Marcion." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy manome ny teny marina nampiasain’i Marcion izy. Amin’ny teny notononina sy famerenana amin’ny teny hafa ataon’ny mpanohitra ihany no ahitana ilay lahatsoratra, ka samy hafa ny fanarenana maoderina azy; ary mety ho vakiteny tranainy kokoa nolovainy ny sasany amin’ireo vakiteny nomena tsiny an’i Marcion.", "Tsy mampiseho ny fotoana na izay nanoratra ny Taratasy Pastoraly izy. Mifanaraka amin’ny filazan’i Tertullian fa nolavin’i Marcion izy ireo ny tsy fisiany. Mifanaraka koa amin’ny tsy nahafantaran’i Marcion azy ireo izany, na amin’ny nanoratana azy ireo tatỳ aoriana.", "Tsy mampiseho izy fa nalefa tany Laodikea tany am-boalohany ny Efesiana. Mety ho tsoakevitra avy amin’ny Kolosiana 4:16 ny lohatenin’i Marcion, nampiharina tamin’ny dika tsy nisy ny adiresin’i Efesosy. Raisin’i Tertullian ho zava-baovao nataon’i Marcion ilay lohateny.", "Tsy mampiseho izy fa i Marcion no namorona ny fitambaran’ny taratasy amin’ny anaran’i Paoly, na hoe valin-kafatra taminy fotsiny ny Testamenta Vaovaon’ny fiangonana." ], "debate": "Fanontaniana telo no mbola misokatra. Voalohany, i Marcion ve no nanangona ilay fanontana sa nandova azy, ary hatraiza ny nanovàny azy? Ny mpitsikera azy milaza fa niniany nesorina ny ampahany (Tertullian, Against Marcion 5.13.4). Manamafy i Clabeaux sy Schmid fa efa niely ny maro tamin’ireo vakiteniny, ka fitambarana nolovainy no novolavolainy. Faharoa, midika ve ny tsy fisian’ny 1 Timoty, 2 Timoty ary Titosy fa nolaviny izy ireo, araka ny filazan’i Tertullian? Mety ho tsy fantany izy ireo, na mbola tsy voasoratra. Fahatelo, mitahiry adiresy tena izy ve ny ‘Laodikeana’ ho an’ny taratasy izay tsy hita amin’ny dika aloha iray farafahakeliny (P46) ny adiresin’i Efesosy? Sa avy amin’ny Kolosiana 4:16 no nanatsoahan’i Marcion izany?", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Fanontana nolovaina, nasiam-panitsiana kely", "statement": "Manamafy i Clabeaux (1989) sy Schmid (1995) fa nampiasa fanontana efa nisy tamin’ny taratasin’i Paoly i Marcion. Hita amin’ny endrika aloha hafa amin’ny lahatsoratra koa ny vakiteny maro nomen’ny mpitsikera azy tsiny azy. Amin’io fomba fijery io, vitsy kokoa noho izay tondroin’i Tertullian sy Epiphanius ny fanovàna niniany natao." }, { "label": "Pastoraly nosoratana tamin’ny andron’i Marcion (von Campenhausen)", "statement": "Ny fomba fijery vitsy an’isa niarovan’i von Campenhausen (1951) dia mametraka ny 1 Timoty, 2 Timoty ary Titosy amin’ny antenatenan’ny taonjato faharoa, ary manolotra an’i Polycarp na olona niara-belona taminy ho mpanoratra azy, nanoratra tamin’ny ampahany hanohitra fampianarana nitovy tamin’ny an’i Marcion. Amin’io fomba fijery io, tsy tao amin’ny fanontan’i Marcion ireo taratasy satria vaovao na mbola tsy niely." }, { "label": "Efa nisy talohan’i Marcion ny Pastoraly", "statement": "Na nosoratan’i Paoly (araka ny hevitr’i Johnson) na mpanaraka azy tatỳ aoriana tamin’ny fifindrana avy amin’ny taonjato voalohany ho amin’ny faharoa, dia efa nisy ireo taratasy, ary nesorin’i Marcion, araka ny filazan’i Tertullian. Raha misy akon’ny 1 Timoty 6:7 sy 6:10 ny taratasin’i Polycarp ho an’ny Filipiana (4.1), dia efa fantatra talohan’i Marcion ny 1 Timoty, na dia mety ho ohabolana iombonana aza no manazava ny fitoviana." }, { "label": "‘Laodikeana’ ho adiresy tena izy", "statement": "Tsy manonona tanàna amin’ny andininy fanokafana ny dika aloha iray farafahakeliny amin’ny Efesiana (P46), ka misy manam-pahaizana mandray ilay taratasy ho taratasy alefa mifandimby amin’ny fiangonana maro, na natao ho an’i Laodikea, ka mampitovy azy amin’ny taratasy ao amin’ny Kolosiana 4:16. Ny Muratorian Fragment dia manonona ‘Laodikeana’ hosoka mifandray amin’ny fampianaran-dison’i Marcion, angamba taratasy hafa. Nadikan’i Salmond ho ‘nalefa hanohitra’ ny teny latina; ny mpandika teny hafa mandray azy ho nosoratana hampandrosoana ny fampianaran-dison’i Marcion." }, { "label": "Marcion ho mpanetsika ny fananganana kanona", "statement": "I Harnack, Knox ary von Campenhausen dia nandray ny soratra masin’i Marcion misy fizarana roa, Filazantsara iray sy ny Apostoly, ho antony lehibe nanosika ny Testamenta Vaovaon’ny fiangonana. Manamafy i Trobisch sy ny hafa fa efa nangonina ela talohan’i Marcion ny taratasin’i Paoly. Amin’io fomba fijery io, maneho fomba efa nisy ilay fanontany fa tsy manomboka fomba vaovao." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-marcion-apostolikon" }, { "id": "papyrus-32", "kind": "papyrus", "dateFrom": 200, "dateTo": 299, "corpusReferences": [ "Gregory-Aland P32", "P.Ryl. 1 5", "Manchester, John Rylands Library, Gr. P. 5" ], "confidence": "high", "epistemicStatus": "attested", "scriptureReferences": [ "Titus 1:11-15", "Titus 2:3-8", "Titus 3:10", "1 Timothy 3:13-4:8", "Acts 28:30-31" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul", "person.titus" ], "placeIds": [ "place.crete", "place.rome" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "ntvmr-liste", "author": "Institut für Neutestamentliche Textforschung", "work": "Kurzgefasste Liste der griechischen Handschriften des Neuen Testaments (INTF online catalogue)", "locator": "Gregory-Aland P32", "url": "https://ntvmr.uni-muenster.de/community/vmr/api/metadata/liste/search/?docID=10032&detail=page", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "ntvmr-liste", "author": "Institut für Neutestamentliche Textforschung", "work": "Kurzgefasste Liste der griechischen Handschriften des Neuen Testaments (INTF online catalogue)", "locator": "Gregory-Aland P133", "url": "https://ntvmr.uni-muenster.de/community/vmr/api/metadata/liste/search/?docID=10133&detail=page", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "ntvmr-liste", "author": "Institut für Neutestamentliche Textforschung", "work": "Kurzgefasste Liste der griechischen Handschriften des Neuen Testaments (INTF online catalogue)", "locator": "Gregory-Aland P46", "url": "https://ntvmr.uni-muenster.de/community/vmr/api/metadata/liste/search/?docID=10046&detail=page", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "tertullian-against-marcion-anf", "author": "Tertullian", "work": "Against Marcion (Ante-Nicene Fathers vol. 3)", "translator": "Peter Holmes", "year": "1885", "locator": "Adv. Marc. 5.21.1", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/03125.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "I wonder, however, when he received (into his Apostolicon) this letter which was written but to one man, that he rejected the two epistles to Timothy and the one to Titus, which all treat of ecclesiastical discipline.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "irenaeus-against-heresies-anf", "author": "Irenaeus", "work": "Against Heresies (Ante-Nicene Fathers vol. 1)", "translator": "Alexander Roberts and William Rambaut", "year": "1885", "locator": "Against Heresies 3.3.3-4", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/0103303.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Of this Linus, Paul makes mention in the Epistles to Timothy.", "role": "primary-text" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Arthur S. Hunt", "work": "Catalogue of the Greek Papyri in the John Rylands Library, Manchester, vol. 1: Literary Texts (Nos. 1-61)", "year": "1911", "view": "Published the fragment as No. 5 and dated it to the third century, comparing the hand to the Oxyrhynchus Genesis (P.Oxy. 656) and judging it perhaps the later of the two. He placed it at the bottom of a leaf from a papyrus book, noted an early variant at Titus 2:7 without treating it as original, and named no find-spot, which by his preface means the provenance was not assured." }, { "author": "Raymond E. Brown", "work": "An Introduction to the New Testament", "year": "1997", "view": "Sets out the arguments both for Paul's direct authorship of Titus and 1 Timothy and for later authorship within the Pauline tradition, in the section 'Who Wrote Titus and I Timothy?'" } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q2051055", "label": "Papyrus 32" } ], "title": "Papiry 32: sombiny aloha amin’ny taratasy ho an’i Titosy", "summary": "Sombina papiry kely ao Manchester (P.Ryl. 1 5) ny P32, mitahiry ampahany amin’ny Titosy 1:11–15 sy 2:3–8 avy amin’ny ravin-kôdeksa. Omena daty taonjato fahatelo araka ny endriky ny sora-tanana izy (INTF: 200–225 taor. J.K.; noheverin’i Hunt fa angamba tatỳ aorian’ny sora-tanana tamin’ny taonjato fahatelo nampitahainy taminy), ary miaraka amin’ny P133 dia anisan’ny sora-tanana tranainy indrindra mbola voatahiry amin’ny Taratasy Pastoraly. Mampiseho izy fa efa nadika ho boky ny Titosy tamin’izany; tsy afaka mamaha izay nanoratra ilay taratasy na ny fotoana nanoratana azy izy.", "dating": "Taonjato fahatelo araka ny endriky ny sora-tanana (Hunt 1911, izay nihevitra fa angamba tatỳ aorian’ilay sora-tanana tamin’ny taonjato fahatelo nampitahainy taminy); fiandohan’ny taonjato fahatelo, 200–225 taor. J.K., ao amin’ny katalaogin’ny INTF. Mandrakotra ireo fanombanana roa ny elanelana 200–299.", "currentLocation": "Tranomboky John Rylands, Oniversiten’i Manchester (Gr. P. 5)", "establishes": [ "Sombiny tokony ho 10.6 × 4.9 sm avy amin’ny farany ambany amin’ny ravin-kôdeksa papiry no mitahiry ampahany amin’ny Titosy 1:11–15 amin’ny lafiny iray ary ny Titosy 2:3–8 amin’ny ilany. Navoakan’i A. S. Hunt tamin’ny 1911 ho P.Ryl. 1 5 izy, ary voarakitra ho Gregory-Aland P32 (Manchester, Gr. P. 5).", "Ny endriky ny sora-tanana irery no iorenan’ny datiny. Nampitahain’i Hunt (1911) tamin’ny papiry Genesisy avy any Oxyrhynchus (P.Oxy. 656) ilay sora-tanana, nomeny daty taonjato fahatelo ary noheveriny fa angamba izy no tatỳ aoriana tamin’izy roa. Manome ny 200–225 taor. J.K. ny katalaogin’ny INTF.", "Miaraka amin’ny P133 (1 Timoty 3:13–4:8, voarakitra ho taonjato fahatelo), dia anisan’ny sora-tanana tranainy indrindra fantatra amin’ny Taratasy Pastoraly izy. Tsy hita amin’ireo ravina mbola voatahiry amin’ny P46, ilay kôdeksa papiry tamin’ny fiandohan’ny taonjato fahatelo misy taratasy amin’ny anaran’i Paoly, ny iray amin’ireo Pastoraly telo.", "I Hunt (1911) dia nanamarika vakiteny hafa aloha, litera iray no niova, tamin’ny teny iray ao amin’ny Titosy 2:7; ankoatra izany, tamin’ny sora-tanana roa tamin’ny taonjato fahasivy ihany no fantany fa nisy io vakiteny hafa io. Nampitandrina izy fa tsy manaporofo ny maha-tany am-boalohany azy ny fahanterany." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy mampiseho izay nanoratra ny Titosy na ny fotoana nanoratana azy izy. Ny dika natao zato taona mahery taorian’i Paoly dia mifanaraka amin’ny maha-mpanoratra an’i Paoly sy amin’ny fanoratana tamin’ny anarany taorian’ny fahafatesany.", "Tsy izy no porofo voalohany momba ny fisian’ny Titosy. Efa lazain’i Irenaeus, nanoratra tamin’ny faramparan’ny taonjato faharoa, fa avy amin’i Paoly ny Titosy 3:10, ary manonona ny taratasin’i Paoly ho an’i Timoty izy (Against Heresies 3.3.3–4).", "Tsy afaka mampiseho izy izay zavatra hafa tao amin’ilay kôdeksa (ny Titosy irery, ireo Pastoraly telo na fitambarana lehibe kokoa amin’ny taratasin’i Paoly), na ny toerana nanaovana dika azy na nahitana azy. Tsy manonona toerana nahitana azy i Hunt, ary araka ny fomba fiasa nambarany, midika izany fa tsy fantatra azo antoka ny niaviany." ], "debate": "Fanontaniana roa no misokatra. Ny voalohany dia ny daty. Ny endriky ny sora-tanana ihany no amaritana ny datin’ny P32, ka tombana ny daty rehetra: nilaza i Hunt fa taonjato fahatelo, angamba tatỳ aorian’ilay sora-tanana nampitahainy taminy; ny katalaogin’ny INTF kosa milaza ny 200–225 taor. J.K. Ny faharoa dia ny lanjany. Mitatitra i Tertullian fa tsy tao amin’ny fitambaran’i Marcion teo antenatenan’ny taonjato faharoa ny Titosy, ary tsy hita amin’ny P46 mbola voatahiry izy. Ny sasany manazava ireo tsy fisiana ireo ho fandavana na fanesorana; ny hafa mamaky azy ho famantarana fanoratana tatỳ aoriana. Mampiseho ny P32 fa efa nadika ho boky ny Titosy tamin’ny taonjato fahatelo, nefa tsy afaka mamaritra ny mpanoratra.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Nosoratan’i Paoly", "statement": "Manam-pahaizana evanjelika maro sy ny sasany hafa mihevitra fa i Paoly no nanoratra ny Titosy, angamba niaraka tamin’ny mpanoratra mpanampy, taorian’ny famotsorana azy tamin’ny fitazonana romana ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 28:30–31; tsy tantarain’ny Asan’ny Apostoly izany famotsorana izany, fa arak’ity fomba fijery ity dia narafitra avy amin’ny taratasy sy ny lovantsofina tatỳ aoriana. Mifanaraka amin’io fomba fijery io ny P32 nefa tsy afaka manaporofo azy, satria dika natao ela taorian’ny androm-piainan’i Paoly izy." }, { "label": "Nosoratana tatỳ aoriana tamin’ny anaran’i Paoly", "statement": "Manam-pahaizana tsikera maro no mandray ny Taratasy Pastoraly ho asan’ny mpanaraka iray nanoratra tamin’ny anaran’i Paoly taorian’ny fahafatesany. Tondroiny ny voambolana, ny rafitry ny fiangonana ary ny tsy fisian’ireo taratasy tao amin’ny fitambaran’i Marcion. Mifanaraka mitovy amin’io fomba fijery io koa ny dika tamin’ny taonjato fahatelo." }, { "label": "Elanelam-potoana malalaka kokoa ho an’ilay sombiny", "statement": "Satria fampitahana ny endriky ny sora-tanana ihany no amaritana ny datin’ny P32, dia elanelam-potoana tombanana ny datiny fa tsy teboka raikitra. I Hunt mihitsy nihevitra fa angamba tatỳ aorian’ilay papiry Genesisy tamin’ny taonjato fahatelo nampitahainy taminy izy, ka tsy azo lavina ny daty tatỳ aoriana tao anatin’ny taonjato fahatelo." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-papyrus-32" }, { "id": "irenaeus-paul", "kind": "literary-early-christian", "dateFrom": 176, "dateTo": 189, "corpusReferences": [], "confidence": "high", "epistemicStatus": "attested", "scriptureReferences": [ "1 Timothy 1:4", "1 Timothy 6:7", "1 Timothy 6:10", "1 Timothy 6:20", "2 Timothy 4:10-11", "2 Timothy 4:21", "Titus 3:10", "Colossians 4:14", "Galatians 2:1-2", "Acts 9:15-16", "Acts 11:27-30", "Acts 15:1-4", "Acts 16:8-13", "Acts 20:5-6", "Acts 27:1-28:16" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul", "person.luke", "person.timothy", "person.titus" ], "placeIds": [ "place.rome", "place.troas", "place.philippi", "place.jerusalem", "place.puteoli" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "irenaeus-against-heresies-anf", "author": "Irenaeus", "work": "Against Heresies", "translator": "Alexander Roberts and William Rambaut", "year": "1885", "locator": "Haer. 1, preface 1 (ANF editors' note identifies 1 Tim 1:4)", "url": "https://www.ccel.org/ccel/schaff/anf01.ix.ii.i.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "as certain men have set the truth aside, and bring in lying words and vain genealogies, which, as the apostle says,", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "irenaeus-against-heresies-anf", "author": "Irenaeus", "work": "Against Heresies", "translator": "Alexander Roberts and William Rambaut", "year": "1885", "locator": "Haer. 3.1.1", "url": "https://www.ccel.org/ccel/schaff/anf01.ix.iv.ii.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Luke also, the companion of Paul, recorded in a book the Gospel preached by him.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "irenaeus-against-heresies-anf", "author": "Irenaeus", "work": "Against Heresies", "translator": "Alexander Roberts and William Rambaut", "year": "1885", "locator": "Haer. 3.3.3", "url": "https://www.ccel.org/ccel/schaff/anf01.ix.iv.iv.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "The blessed apostles, then, having founded and built up the Church, committed into the hands of Linus the office of the episcopate. Of this Linus, Paul makes mention in the Epistles to Timothy.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "irenaeus-against-heresies-anf", "author": "Irenaeus", "work": "Against Heresies", "translator": "Alexander Roberts and William Rambaut", "year": "1885", "locator": "Haer. 3.3.4 (Titus 3:10 cited as Paul's)", "url": "https://www.ccel.org/ccel/schaff/anf01.ix.iv.iv.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Such was the horror which the apostles and their disciples had against holding even verbal communication with any corrupters of the truth; as Paul also says,", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "irenaeus-against-heresies-anf", "author": "Irenaeus", "work": "Against Heresies", "translator": "Alexander Roberts and William Rambaut", "year": "1885", "locator": "Haer. 3.13.3", "url": "https://www.ccel.org/ccel/schaff/anf01.ix.iv.xiv.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "If, then, any one shall, from the Acts of the Apostles, carefully scrutinize the time concerning which it is written that he went up to Jerusalem on account of the forementioned question, he will find those years mentioned by Paul coinciding with it.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "irenaeus-against-heresies-anf", "author": "Irenaeus", "work": "Against Heresies", "translator": "Alexander Roberts and William Rambaut", "year": "1885", "locator": "Haer. 3.14.1", "url": "https://www.ccel.org/ccel/schaff/anf01.ix.iv.xv.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "As Luke was present at all these occurrences, he carefully noted them down in writing, so that he cannot be convicted of falsehood or boastfulness", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "irenaeus-against-heresies-anf", "author": "Irenaeus", "work": "Against Heresies", "translator": "Alexander Roberts and William Rambaut", "year": "1885", "locator": "Haer. 3.15.1", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/0103315.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "For neither can they contend that Paul was no apostle, when he was chosen for this purpose; nor can they prove Luke guilty of falsehood, when he proclaims the truth to us with all diligence.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "irenaeus-against-heresies-anf", "author": "Irenaeus", "work": "Against Heresies", "translator": "Alexander Roberts and William Rambaut", "year": "1885", "locator": "Haer. 1.16.3 (Titus 3:10 cited as Paul's command)", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/0103116.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "irenaeus-against-heresies-anf", "author": "Irenaeus", "work": "Against Heresies", "translator": "Alexander Roberts and William Rambaut", "year": "1885", "locator": "Haer. 5, preface (the work's title adopts the phrase of 1 Tim 6:20)", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/0103500.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius", "work": "Church History", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 5.5.9", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250105.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "In the third book of his work Against Heresies he has inserted a list of the bishops of Rome, bringing it down as far as Eleutherus (whose times we are now considering), under whom he composed his work.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius", "work": "Church History", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 5.6.1 (Greek text of Haer. 3.3.3)", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250105.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Paul speaks of this Linus in his Epistles to Timothy.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius", "work": "Church History", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 5.7.1 (title Irenaeus gave his five books)", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250105.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius", "work": "Church History", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 5.8.3 (Greek text of Haer. 3.1.1)", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250105.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "and Luke, the attendant of Paul, recorded in a book the Gospel which Paul had declared.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius", "work": "Church History", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 5.22", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250105.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "In the tenth year of the reign of Commodus, Victor succeeded Eleutherus, the latter having held the episcopate for thirteen years.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "tertullian-against-marcion-anf", "author": "Tertullian", "work": "Against Marcion", "translator": "Peter Holmes", "year": "1885", "locator": "Adv. Marc. 5.21", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/03125.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "I wonder, however, when he received (into his Apostolicon) this letter which was written but to one man, that he rejected the two epistles to Timothy and the one to Titus, which all treat of ecclesiastical discipline.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "muratorian-fragment-anf", "work": "Muratorian Fragment", "translator": "S. D. F. Salmond", "year": "1886", "locator": "Muratorian Fragment, section 2 (printed in ANF 5 among the 'Fragments of Caius')", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/0510.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Moreover, the Acts of all the Apostles are comprised by Luke in one book, and addressed to the most excellent Theophilus", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "muratorian-fragment-anf", "work": "Muratorian Fragment", "translator": "S. D. F. Salmond", "year": "1886", "locator": "Muratorian Fragment, section 3 (printed in ANF 5 among the 'Fragments of Caius')", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/0510.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "He wrote, besides these, one to Philemon, and one to Titus, and two to Timothy", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "polycarp-philippians-anf", "author": "Polycarp", "work": "Epistle to the Philippians", "translator": "Alexander Roberts and James Donaldson", "year": "1885", "locator": "Phil. 4.1 (parallels 1 Tim 6:7, 10 without naming Paul)", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/0136.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "primary-text" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Joseph B. Tyson", "work": "Marcion and Luke-Acts: A Defining Struggle", "year": "2006", "view": "Proposes that Acts and the final form of Luke's Gospel were published around 120–125, with the need to counter Marcion as a prominent motive." }, { "author": "Bart D. Ehrman", "work": "Forged: Writing in the Name of God", "year": "2011", "view": "Argues that a number of New Testament writings bearing apostles' names were written by later authors, and counts the Pastoral Epistles among them." }, { "author": "Stanley E. Porter", "work": "The Pastoral Epistles: A Commentary on the Greek Text", "year": "2023", "view": "Defends Paul's authorship of the Pastoral Epistles in a detailed linguistic commentary on the Greek text." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q182123", "label": "Irenaeus" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q1281900", "label": "Against Heresies (Irenaeus)" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "167717", "label": "Lugdunum (Lyon), Irenaeus's see" } ], "title": "Irenaeus avy any Lyon momba ny taratasy pastoraly sy ny mpanoratra ny Asan’ny Apostoly", "summary": "I Irenaeus avy any Lyon, izay nanoratra ny Against Heresies tokony ho 180 taor. J.K., dia manonona mazava ny taratasy ho an’i Timoty sy Titosy ho taratasin’i Paoly, ary milaza fa i Lioka, izay antsoiny hoe namana tsy nisaraka tamin’i Paoly, no nanoratra ny Filazantsara sy ny Asan’ny Apostoly. Anisan’ny vavolombelona tranainy indrindra azo faritana daty momba ireo fanondroana mpanoratra roa ireo izy. Mampiseho ny fomba nandraisana ireo boky tamin’izany izany; tsy mamaha ny resaka mpanoratra, satria ny Asan’ny Apostoly ihany no anisan’ny iorenan’ny filazany fa naman’i Paoly i Lioka.", "dating": "Tokony ho 180 taor. J.K. (nosoratana fony i Eleutherius no mpitandrina tany Roma ny Boky III; omena fe-potoana telo ambin’ny folo taona izy ao amin’i Eusebius, mifarana amin’ny taona fahafolo nanjakan’i Commodus, tokony ho 189)", "currentLocation": "Lahatsoratra nampitain’ny sora-tanana (fandikan-teny latina tranainy ihany no mitahiry azy manontolo; misy ampahany amin’ny teny grika voatahiry ao amin’ny teny nalain’i Hippolytus, Epiphanius ary Eusebius)", "establishes": [ "Efa noraisina ho taratasin’i Paoly ny taratasy ho an’i Timoty sy Titosy tany amin’ireo fiangonana nisoloan’i Irenaeus tena, tokony ho 180 taor. J.K. Manonona an’i Paoly izy rehefa maka teny ao amin’ny 2 Timoty (Against Heresies 3.3.3; 3.14.1) sy ny Titosy (1.16.3; 3.3.4), manonona ny 1 Timoty 1:4 ho tenin’ny apostoly ao amin’ny teny fampidirana voalohany, ary manome ilay asa lohateny nalaina avy amin’ny 1 Timoty 6:20 (5, teny fampidirana; Eusebius, Church History 5.7.1).", "Manondro an’i Lioka, izay antsoiny hoe naman’i Paoly, ho mpanoratra ny Filazantsara fahatelo i Irenaeus (3.1.1), ary mandray ny Asan’ny Apostoly ho asan’i Lioka. Maka teny ao amin’ireo andalana mampiasa ny hoe izahay ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 16 sy 20 izy, ary mamintina ny sisa amin’ilay dia, hatramin’ny fiantsambo mankany Potioly sy Roma, ho fitantaran’i Lioka manokana ny zava-nitranga hitany (3.14.1). Ambarany koa fa i Lioka no nitantara ny fiantsoana an’i Paoly ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly (3.15.1).", "Miara-mamaky ny Asan’ny Apostoly sy ny taratasin’i Paoly izy. Manohana ny hevitra izy fa ilay fitsidihana tany Jerosalema ao amin’ny Galatiana 2:1–2 no ilay voalazan’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 15:2, noho ny resaka famorana, ka mifanaraka amin’ny fitantaran’i Lioka ny filazan’i Paoly (3.13.3). Mbola iadian-kevitra raha mifanaraka amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 15 ny Galatiana 2, na amin’ilay fitsidihana nandritra ny mosary ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 11:27–30.", "Azo apetraka amin’ny fotoana naha-mpitandrina an’i Eleutherius ny Boky III. Manomboka amin’i Linus, izay ampitovin’i Irenaeus amin’ilay Linus ao amin’ny taratasy ho an’i Timoty, ka hatramin’i Eleutherius, izay mpitandrina tamin’izay, ny lisitry ny mpitondra fiangonana tany Roma ao anatiny (3.3.3). Manonona ilay lisitra amin’ny teny grika i Eusebius ary, miorina amin’izany, milaza fa nosoratana tamin’ny andron’i Eleutherius ilay asa (Church History 5.5.9; 5.6.1)." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy manaporofo ho azy fa i Paoly no nanoratra ny taratasy pastoraly na i Lioka no nanoratra ny Asan’ny Apostoly izany. Maherin’ny zato taona taorian’i Paoly no nanoratan’i Irenaeus, tao anatin’ny fanoherany ireo noheveriny ho mpampianatra hevi-diso. Ny andalana mampiasa ny hoe izahay ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly, ny Kolosiana 4:14 ary ny 2 Timoty 4:11 ihany no anisan’ny iorenan’ny filazany fa naman’i Paoly i Lioka.", "Tsy io no soritra voalohany amin’ireo boky. Misy fitoviana amin’ny 1 Timoty efa aloha kokoa ao amin’ny taratasin’i Polycarp ho an’ny Filipiana (4.1), na dia tsy manonona an’i Paoly aza izany. Fanondroana mazava ny mpanoratra no marihin’i Irenaeus, fa tsy fampiasana voalohany. Tsy izy irery koa: manondro an’i Lioka ho mpanoratra ny Asan’ny Apostoly ny Muratorian Fragment, izay iadian-kevitra ny datiny, ary mitanisa taratasy iray ho an’i Titosy sy roa ho an’i Timoty ho isan’ny taratasin’i Paoly.", "Lovantsofin’ny fiangonana tamin’ny faramparan’ny taonjato faharoa ny lisitry ny fifandimbiasan’ny mpitondra omeny, izay mametraka an’i Linus ho mpitandrina voalohany tany Roma. Tsy manamafy amin’ny fomba mahaleo tena ny fomba nandaminana ny fiangonana tany Roma tamin’ny andron’i Paoly izany." ], "debate": "Mizarazara ny mpikaroka amin’izay porofo omen’ny tenivavolombelon’i Irenaeus. Maro amin’ny mpikaroka mpitsikera no mihevitra fa mpanoratra hafa nampiasa ny anaran’i Paoly no nanoratra ny taratasy pastoraly, ary misalasala fa naman’i Paoly no nanoratra ny Asan’ny Apostoly; misy mametraka ny Asan’ny Apostoly amin’ny taonjato faharoa, ary ampifandraisin’i Tyson amin’ny adihevitra momba an’i Marcion izany. Araka io fomba fijery io, ny fandraisana ireo boky no vavolombelomin’i Irenaeus, fa tsy ny niandohany. Ny hafa kosa mihevitra fa mitahiry lovantsofina taloha mifanaraka amin’ny lahatsoratra ireo fanondroany mpanoratra tsy miovaova. Milaza i Tertullian fa nolavin’i Marcion ny taratasy pastoraly; iadian’ny mpikaroka hevitra raha nolaviny ireny na tsy fantany mihitsy.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Fifanarahan-kevitra tatỳ aoriana", "statement": "Efa raikitra ireo fanondroana mpanoratra ireo tany amin’ny fiangonana fantatr’i Irenaeus tany Gaul, Roma ary Asia, tokony ho 180; nefa mety ho nahatonga izany fifanarahan-kevitra izany ny fielezan’ireo boky nandritra ny am-polony taona. Araka io fomba fijery io, mety ho taorian’i Paoly no nanoratana ny taratasy pastoraly, ary mpanoratra tatỳ aoriana no nanoratra ny Asan’ny Apostoly, ka ny fandraisana ireo boky ihany no vavolombelomin’i Irenaeus." }, { "label": "Lovantsofina taloha voatahiry", "statement": "Milaza i Irenaeus fa nahita an’i Polycarp izy tamin’ny fahatanorany, ary miantso ny fiangonana naorin’ny apostoly ho vavolombelona. Araka io fomba fijery io, lovantsofina efa raikitra no ampitainy. Rehefa ampiarahina amin’ireo andalana mampiasa ny hoe izahay ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly izany, dia manohana an’i Lioka ho mpanoratra ny Asan’ny Apostoly ary mifanaraka amin’ny fiheverana an’i Paoly ho mpanoratra ny taratasy pastoraly." }, { "label": "Fanatsoahan-kevitra avy amin’ny lahatsoratra ny ampahany", "statement": "Mety ho tamin’ny fiaraha-mamaky ireo andalana mampiasa ny hoe izahay ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly sy ny Kolosiana 4:14 ary ny 2 Timoty 4:11 no nanondroan’i Irenaeus an’i Lioka. Raha izany, dia tsy mahaleo tena tanteraka amin’ireo porofo ao amin’ny Testamenta Vaovao izay ampiasana azy ho fanohanana ny tenivavolombelony." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-irenaeus-paul" }, { "id": "acts-paul-thecla", "kind": "literary-early-christian", "dateFrom": 150, "dateTo": 200, "corpusReferences": [], "confidence": "medium-high", "epistemicStatus": "tradition", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 13:50-51", "2 Timothy 1:15-18", "2 Timothy 2:17-18", "2 Timothy 3:11", "2 Timothy 4:10", "2 Timothy 4:19", "2 Corinthians 10:10", "Galatians 4:13-14" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul", "person.titus", "person.demas", "person.onesiphorus" ], "placeIds": [ "place.iconium", "place.lystra", "place.pisidian-antioch", "place.myra" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "acts-paul-thecla-anf", "author": "Anonymous", "work": "Acts of Paul and Thecla (Ante-Nicene Fathers vol. 8)", "translator": "Alexander Walker", "year": "1886", "locator": "Acts of Paul and Thecla 1 (section numbers as in James 1924): Paul goes up to Iconium", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/0816.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "As Paul was going up to Iconium after the flight from Antioch, his fellow-travellers were Demas and Ermogenes, full of hypocrisy", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "acts-paul-thecla-anf", "author": "Anonymous", "work": "Acts of Paul and Thecla (Ante-Nicene Fathers vol. 8)", "translator": "Alexander Walker", "year": "1886", "locator": "Acts of Paul and Thecla 3 (section numbers as in James 1924): Onesiphorus waits on the road to Lystra", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/0816.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "And he went along the road to Lystra, and stood waiting for him, and kept looking at the passers by according to the description of Titus.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "acts-paul-thecla-anf", "author": "Anonymous", "work": "Acts of Paul and Thecla (Ante-Nicene Fathers vol. 8)", "translator": "Alexander Walker", "year": "1886", "locator": "Acts of Paul and Thecla 3 (section numbers as in James 1924): description of Paul", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/0816.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "And he saw Paul coming, a man small in size, bald-headed, bandy-legged, well-built, with eyebrows meeting, rather long-nosed, full of grace. For sometimes he seemed like a man, and sometimes he had the countenance of an angel.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "acts-paul-thecla-anf", "author": "Anonymous", "work": "Acts of Paul and Thecla (Ante-Nicene Fathers vol. 8)", "translator": "Alexander Walker", "year": "1886", "locator": "Acts of Paul and Thecla 14 (section numbers as in James 1924): Demas and Hermogenes on the resurrection", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/0816.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "And we shall teach you that the resurrection of which this man speaks has taken place, because it has already taken place in the children which we have", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "acts-paul-thecla-anf", "author": "Anonymous", "work": "Acts of Paul and Thecla (Ante-Nicene Fathers vol. 8)", "translator": "Alexander Walker", "year": "1886", "locator": "Acts of Paul and Thecla, editor's note introducing the alternative ending from Grabe's manuscript", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/0816.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Instead of the last two sections, the ms. which Dr. Grabe used has the following:", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "tertullian-baptism-anf", "author": "Tertullian", "work": "On Baptism (Ante-Nicene Fathers vol. 3)", "translator": "S. Thelwall", "year": "1885", "locator": "On Baptism 17.5 (Thecla's example)", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/0321.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "But if the writings which wrongly go under Paul's name, claim Thecla's example as a licence for women's teaching and baptizing", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "tertullian-baptism-anf", "author": "Tertullian", "work": "On Baptism (Ante-Nicene Fathers vol. 3)", "translator": "S. Thelwall", "year": "1885", "locator": "On Baptism 17.5", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/0321.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "let them know that, in Asia, the presbyter who composed that writing, as if he were augmenting Paul's fame from his own store, after being convicted, and confessing that he had done it from love of Paul, was removed from his office.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius", "work": "Church History (Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers, Series II vol. 1)", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 3.25.4", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250103.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Among the rejected writings must be reckoned also the Acts of Paul, and the so-called Shepherd, and the Apocalypse of Peter", "role": "primary-text" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Abraham J. Malherbe", "work": "A Physical Description of Paul (Harvard Theological Review 79)", "year": "1986", "view": "Argues that Greek influence is visible in early Christian reflection on Paul's physical appearance, and reads the Thecla portrait in that light." }, { "author": "Dennis Ronald MacDonald", "work": "The Legend and the Apostle: The Battle for Paul in Story and Canon", "year": "1983", "view": "Argues that legends about Paul and Thecla were transmitted orally before being written into the Acts of Paul, and that the author of the Pastoral Epistles knew such legends and wrote in Paul's name partly to counter them." }, { "author": "Stephen J. Davis", "work": "The Cult of Saint Thecla: A Tradition of Women's Piety in Late Antiquity", "year": "2001", "view": "Reconstructs the cult of Thecla in Asia Minor and Egypt from literary, artistic and archaeological evidence, and argues that it consistently promoted virginity and pilgrimage in ways that strengthened women's religious authority." }, { "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "work": "The Church in the Roman Empire before A.D. 170", "year": "1893", "view": "Holds that the plain portrait of Paul embodies very early tradition and that the tale's Royal Road toward Lystra shows a writer who knew the localities, while disclaiming that the events narrated are historical." }, { "author": "M. R. James", "work": "The Apocryphal New Testament", "year": "1924", "view": "Dates the Acts of Paul to about AD 160 from Tertullian's report, treats Queen Tryphaena as a historical personage, and reports that Ramsay's theory of an earlier written Thecla story was not generally accepted." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q1282652", "label": "Acts of Paul and Thecla" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q764765", "label": "Acts of Paul" } ], "title": "Ny Acts of Paul and Thecla sy ny filazalazana tranainy indrindra momba an’i Paoly", "summary": "Mampiseho ny fomba nahatsiarovan’ny Kristiana tamin’ny taonjato faharoa sy nakany sary an-tsaina an’i Paoly ny Acts of Paul and Thecla; tsy fitantarana mahaleo tena ny diany izy io. Ity tantara noforonina ity, izay fizarana iray tao amin’ny Acts of Paul sady niparitaka nitokana koa, dia mirakitra ny filazalazana tranainy indrindra fantatra momba ny endrik’i Paoly. I Tertullian, izay nanoratra tokony ho 200 taor. J.K., dia milaza fa loholona iray tany Asia no nanoratra asa momba an’i Thecla tamin’ny anaran’i Paoly noho ny fitiavany an’i Paoly, ary nesorina tamin’ny toerany izy.", "dating": "Nosoratana talohan’ny On Baptism an’i Tertullian (tokony ho 200 taor. J.K.; napetrak’i Ramsay tokony ho 195), azo inoana fa tokony ho 150–200 taor. J.K.; tokony ho 160 taor. J.K. no naroson’i M. R. James (1924). Tatỳ aoriana lavitra ireo sora-tanana mbola voatahiry.", "currentLocation": "Lahatsoratra nampitain’ny sora-tanana (amin’ny teny grika, miaraka amin’ny dika kopta, latina, siriaka ary teny hafa)", "establishes": [ "Efa nisy asa tamin’ny anaran’i Paoly nampiasa ny ohatr’i Thecla hiarovana ny fampianarana sy fanaovana batisa ataon’ny vehivavy, tokony ho 200 taor. J.K. Milaza i Tertullian fa loholona iray tany Asia no nanoratra izany, toy ny hoe hanampy ny lazan’i Paoly; rehefa voaporofo ny nataony ary niaiky izy fa noho ny fitiavany an’i Paoly no nanaovany izany, dia nesorina tamin’ny toerany (On Baptism 17.5).", "Manome ny filazalazana tranainy indrindra fantatra momba ny endrik’i Paoly izy io: fohy, sola, mivilana miolika ny ranjo, matanjaka vatana, mitohy ny volomaso ary somary lava orona, feno fahasoavana, indraindray toa olombelona ary indraindray manana tarehin’anjely (Acts of Paul and Thecla 3).", "Manomboka amin’i Paoly miakatra ho any Ikonioma izy io rehefa avy nandositra an’i Antiokia any Pisidia, tahaka ny ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 13:50–51, raha miandry azy eo amin’ny lalana mankany Lystra i Onesiforosy (ampitahao amin’ny 2 Timoty 3:11). Mampiasa anarana hita koa ao amin’ny 2 Timoty izy io (Demasy, Hermogenes, Onesiforosy, Titosy), ary manome an’i Demasy sy Hermogenes ny fampianarana fa efa nitranga ny fitsanganana amin’ny maty, izay lazain’ny 2 Timoty 2:17–18 fa fampianaran’i Hymenaeus sy Philetus.", "Efa nosokajin’i Eusebius ho isan’ny asa nolavina, ivelan’ireo boky nekena, ny Acts of Paul tamin’ny fiandohan’ny taonjato fahefatra (Church History 3.25.4)." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy mampiseho ny tena endrik’i Paoly izy io. Mety ho sivifolo taona na mihoatra taorian’ny nahafatesany no nanoratana ilay filazalazana, ary isan’ny olona ao amin’ilay tantara ihany i Titosy, izay voalaza ho loharanom-baovao.", "Tsy vavolombelona mahaleo tena manamarina ny Asan’ny Apostoly izy io. Mety ho nalaina tamin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly sy ny 2 Timoty ny toerana sy anarana ao anatiny, ka tsy manampy fanamafisana hafa ny fifanarahana amin’ireo boky ireo.", "Tsy manamafy ny fitsapana niaretan’i Thecla, ny fahagagana nataony na ny anjara asan’i Tryphaena mpanjakavavy tamin’izany izy io. Na dia ilay mpanjakavavy nanjaka teo ambany fahefan’i Roma izay notondroin’i James sy Ramsay aza i Tryphaena, tsy manamarina ilay tantara ny fanononana olona tena nisy.", "Ny fampiasana ny ohatr’i Thecla ihany no entin’i Tertullian hamantarana ilay asa. Tsy voaporofo fa nifanaraka isaky ny fizarana tamin’ny Acts of Paul and Thecla mbola voatahiry ny lahatsoratra fantany; tatỳ aoriana lavitra ireo sora-tanana, ary tsy mitovy ireo dika vavolombelona (manonta fiafarana hafa avy amin’ny sora-tanan’i Grabe ny fanontan’i Walker)." ], "debate": "Mbola misokatra ny fanontaniana roa. Voalohany, mitahiry fahatsiarovana ve ilay filazalazana ny endrik’i Paoly? Noheverin’i Ramsay fa ahitana lovantsofina tena tany am-boalohany ireo antsipiriany tsotra tsy mandokadoka, ary mampiseho mpanoratra nahalala ny faritra ny jeografia eo an-toerana ao anatiny; ny hafa kosa mandinika ireo toetra ara-batana amin’ny alalan’ny fomba fanao Grika amin’ny filazalazana ny vatana sy ny toetran’olona, ka ho filazalazana ara-literatiora izany. Faharoa, ahoana ny fifandraisan’ilay tantara amin’ny 2 Timoty, izay ahitana anarana mitovy aminy? Mety ho nalain’ny mpanoratra tao amin’ilay taratasy ireo anarana, na, araka ny tohan-kevitr’i MacDonald, samy mety ho taratry ny tantara am-bava niadian-kevitra momba an’i Paoly izy roa.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Fahatsiarovana teo an-toerana tany am-boalohany", "statement": "Nanohana ny hevitra i W. M. Ramsay (1893) fa ahitana lovantsofina tena tany am-boalohany ilay filazalazana tsotra tsy mandokadoka, ary ny Royal Road mankany Lystra ao amin’ilay tantara, anarana izay nolazainy fa tsy nampiasaina intsony taorian’ny 74 taor. J.K., dia mampiseho mpanoratra tamin’ny taonjato voalohany nahalala ny faritra. Tsy nilaza anefa i Ramsay fa tena nitranga ara-tantara ireo zava-nitranga. Nilaza i M. R. James (1924) fa tsy neken’ny ankamaroan’ny mpikaroka ny petra-kevitr’i Ramsay momba ny fisian’ny tantaran’i Thecla an-tsoratra efa taloha kokoa." }, { "label": "Filazalazana ara-literatiora", "statement": "Manaraka ny fomba fanao Grika amin’ny filazalazana ny vatana sy ny toetran’olona ireo toetra voatanisa, ary tao anatin’izany tontolo izany no nandinihan’i Abraham Malherbe (1986) ilay filazalazana. Araka io famakiana io, ny fomba nakana an’i Paoly sary an-tsaina teo amin’ny Kristiana tamin’ny taonjato faharoa no asehony, fa tsy ny tena endriny. Raha fomba ara-literatiora mahazatra ireo toetra ireo, tsy miantoka fahatsiarovana tany am-boalohany ny fahatsoran’izy ireo toa hita." }, { "label": "Fanatsoahan-kevitra avy amin’ny taratasy", "statement": "Mety ho naka sary an-tsaina lehilahy tsy nanaitra ny maso avy tamin’ny taratasin’i Paoly ihany ireo mpanoratra tatỳ aoriana. Ao amin’ireo taratasy ireo, lazain’ny mpitsikera fa malemy ny fisehoany ara-batana (2 Korintiana 10:10), mampahatsiahy ny fahalemena ara-batana nahazo azy tany Galatia izy, ary milaza fa noraisin’ny Galatiana toy ny anjely avy amin’Andriamanitra izy (Galatiana 4:13–14), izay mety ho niavian’ny tarehin’anjely ao amin’ilay filazalazana." }, { "label": "Angano am-bava niandohan’ny taratasy pastoraly", "statement": "Nanohana ny hevitra i Dennis MacDonald (1983) fa niparitaka ho angano am-bava ny tantaran’i Paoly sy Thecla talohan’ny nanoratana azy tao amin’ny Acts of Paul, ary nosoratana mba hanoherana ampahany tamin’ireny angano ireny ny taratasy pastoraly. Araka io fomba fijery io, tsy avy tamin’ny 2 Timoty fotsiny ny anaran’olona ao amin’ilay tantara." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-acts-paul-thecla" }, { "id": "papyrus-30", "kind": "papyrus", "dateFrom": 200, "dateTo": 399, "corpusReferences": [ "Gregory-Aland P30", "P. Oxy. XIII 1598", "Ghent University Library Inv. 61", "INTF Liste docID 10030" ], "confidence": "high", "epistemicStatus": "attested", "scriptureReferences": [ "1 Thessalonians 4:12-13", "1 Thessalonians 4:16-17", "1 Thessalonians 5:3", "1 Thessalonians 5:8-10", "1 Thessalonians 5:12-18", "1 Thessalonians 5:25-28", "2 Thessalonians 1:1-2", "Acts 17:1-10" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul", "person.silvanus", "person.timothy" ], "placeIds": [ "place.thessalonica" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "ntvmr-liste", "work": "Kurzgefasste Liste der griechischen Handschriften des Neuen Testaments (INTF, New Testament Virtual Manuscript Room)", "locator": "Gregory-Aland P30 (docID 10030)", "url": "https://ntvmr.uni-muenster.de/community/vmr/api/metadata/liste/search/?docID=10030&detail=page", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "csntm", "work": "CSNTM manuscript record: P30", "locator": "GA P30", "url": "https://manuscripts.csntm.org/manuscript/View/GA_P30", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "wikidata", "work": "Wikidata item: Papyrus 30", "locator": "Q2051048", "url": "https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Special:EntityData/Q2051048.json", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "B. P. Grenfell and A. S. Hunt", "work": "The Oxyrhynchus Papyri, Part XIII", "year": "1919", "view": "Edit P. Oxy. 1598, place the hand probably in the late third century while heading it late third or fourth, find the text eclectic, and suggest from the surviving page numbers that the codex was a collection of Paul's letters." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q2051048", "label": "Papyrus 30" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q622640", "label": "Oxyrhynchus (find-place)" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "736983", "label": "Oxyrhynchus/Pemje (find-place)" } ], "title": "Papyrus 30 (P. Oxy. 1598), sombin’ny 1 Tesaloniana sy 2 Tesaloniana any Ghent", "summary": "Mampiseho ny P30 fa efa nadika nifanesy ny 1 Tesaloniana sy 2 Tesaloniana tokony ho tamin’ny taonjato fahatelo, azo inoana fa tao anatin’ny fitambaran’ny taratasin’i Paoly. Ireo sombiny, avy amin’ny boky sora-tanana hita tany Oxyrhynchus ary voatahiry any Ghent ankehitriny, dia mitahiry ampahany amin’ny 1 Tesaloniana 4–5 sy ny fiandohan’ny 2 Tesaloniana. Ny laharan-pejy 207–208 no noheverin’ny mpanonta voalohany fa manondro izany fitambarana izany. Tsy afaka mampiseho hoe oviana, taiza na iza no nanoratra ireo taratasy izy io.", "dating": "Taonjato fahatelo ao amin’ny firaketan’ny CSNTM sy eo amin’ny rakitry ny tahiry ao amin’ny Liste an’ny INTF, izay ahitana ny lohateny hoe E II - A III (faran’ny taonjato faharoa ka hatramin’ny fiandohan’ny fahatelo). Napetraky ny mpanonta voalohany ho azo inoana fa tamin’ny faramparan’ny taonjato fahatelo ny soratra, saingy nataony hoe faramparan’ny fahatelo na fahefatra ny lohatenin’ny firaketany.", "currentLocation": "Ghent University Library, Inv. 61", "establishes": [ "Nisy ny 1 Tesaloniana tao amin’ny boky papiry sora-tanana iray avy any Oxyrhynchus any Ejipta, izay nadika tamin’ny taonjato fahatelo; neken’ny mpanonta voalohany ho mety koa ny taonjato fahefatra. Sombiny efatra avy amin’ny ravin-taratasy roa nifanesy sy potiny iray tsy fantatra no mbola voatahiry, tsanganana iray misy andalana tokony ho 34 isaky ny pejy. Mitahiry ny 1 Tesaloniana 4:12–13, 4:16–17, 5:3, 5:8–10, 5:12–18 ary 5:25–28 ireo ravin-taratasy, miaraka amin’ny banga lehibe.", "Nanaraka avy hatrany ny 1 Tesaloniana ny 2 Tesaloniana tao amin’ity boky sora-tanana ity. Ahitana mifanesy ao amin’ny tsanganana iray ny faran’ny 1 Tesaloniana, ny lohateny famaranana ny taratasy voalohany, ny lohateny fanombohana ny faharoa ary ny fiarahabana ao aminy (2 Tesaloniana 1:1–2). Mbola voatahiry ny ampahany amin’ilay fiarahabana, anisan’izany ny ampahany amin’ny anaran’i Silvano.", "Mbola voatahiry ny laharan-pejy 207 sy 208, ka pejy tokony ho 206 no nialoha ny 1 Tesaloniana 4:12. Nanamarika i Grenfell sy Hunt (1919) fa hahafeno tsara ireo pejy ireo ny filaharana mahazatra amin’ny taratasin’i Paoly manomboka amin’ny Romana ka hatramin’ny 1 Tesaloniana, ary nanolo-kevitra fa fitambaran’ny taratasin’i Paoly ilay boky. Fanatsoahan-kevitr’izy ireo izany.", "Mifangaro ny endri-dahatsoratra. Hitan’ny mpanonta voalohany fa indraindray mifanaraka amin’ny Codex Vaticanus izy io ary indraindray amin’ny Sinaiticus sy Alexandrinus. Araka ny famakian’izy ireo, mifarana amin’ilay lohateny fohy hita ao amin’ny Sinaiticus sy ny soratr’ilay mpandika voalohany tao amin’ny Vaticanus ny 1 Tesaloniana. Tsy hita ao ireo fanamarihana farany ampian’ny sora-tanana hafa, izay misy milaza fa nosoratana tany Atena ilay taratasy." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy manome daty na toerana nanoratana ny iray amin’ireo taratasy izy io. Dika natao tokony ho roanjato taona tatỳ aoriana izy io, ary ny tsy fisian’ilay fanamarihana farany hoe avy any Atena dia tsy manamafy na manohitra ny hevitra momba ny toerana nanoratan’i Paoly ny 1 Tesaloniana.", "Tsy mamaritra ny mpanoratra ny 2 Tesaloniana izy io. Izao ihany no asehony: efa napetraka ho taratasy faharoa ho an’ny Tesaloniana, nanaraka avy hatrany ny voalohany ary azo inoana fa tao anatin’ny fitambaran’ny taratasin’i Paoly, ilay taratasy tao amin’ity boky sora-tanana ity tamin’ny taonjato fahatelo.", "Tsy manamarina ny fitantaran’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ny asa fitorian’i Paoly tany Tesalonika izy io (Asan’ny Apostoly 17:1–10).", "Avy amin’ny kajy ny isan’ny pejy no anatsoahana ny votoaty sy filaharan’ireo pejy 206 very; tsy nisy nahita azy ireo." ], "debate": "Ny endriky ny soratra ihany no iorenan’ny daty. Napetrak’i Grenfell sy Hunt ho azo inoana fa tamin’ny faramparan’ny taonjato fahatelo ny soratra, saingy ny faramparan’ny fahatelo na ny fahefatra no lohatenin’ny firaketany. Ny taonjato fahatelo no omen’ny CSNTM, toy izany koa ny rakitry ny tahiry ao amin’ny Liste an’ny INTF, izay ahitana ny lohateny E II - A III (faran’ny taonjato faharoa ka hatramin’ny fiandohan’ny fahatelo). Ny kajy ny isan’ny pejy no iorenan’ny hevitra fa fitambaran’ny taratasin’i Paoly ilay boky. Mifanaraka amin’ny filaharana mahazatra manomboka amin’ny Romana ka hatramin’ny 1 Tesaloniana ireo pejy tokony ho 206 very, nefa tsy azo lavina ny mety ho votoaty hafa mitovy halavana. Iadian-kevitra raha i Paoly no nanoratra ny 2 Tesaloniana; ny fomba nandikana ilay taratasy no voakasik’ilay papiry, fa tsy ny mpanoratra azy.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Dika somary tatỳ aoriana kokoa", "statement": "Nataon’ny mpanonta voalohany hoe faramparan’ny taonjato fahatelo na fahefatra ny datin’ilay papiry, na dia ny faramparan’ny fahatelo aza no tiany kokoa. Raha marina ny tapany farany amin’io elanelana io, tsy miova ny votoaty, saingy ho sora-tanana vavolombelona somary tatỳ aoriana kokoa ny P30." }, { "label": "Dika somary taloha kokoa", "statement": "Ny lohateny ao amin’ny Liste an’ny INTF dia manome ny datin’ny P30 ho E II - A III, izany hoe faran’ny taonjato faharoa ka hatramin’ny fiandohan’ny fahatelo. Ny endriky ny soratra ihany no mbola iorenan’ny daty, ary tsy miova ny votoaty." }, { "label": "Tsy voatery ho fitambaran’ny taratasin’i Paoly manontolo", "statement": "Izao ihany no porofoin’ny laharan-pejy: pejy tokony ho 206 no nialoha ny 1 Tesaloniana 4:12. Mety hahafeno izany habaka izany koa ny safidy na filaharan-dahatsoratra hafa mitovy halavana. Fanatsoahan-kevitra heverin’ny mpanonta ho azo inoana ilay hoe fitambaran’ny taratasin’i Paoly, fa tsy zavatra efa nisy nahita." }, { "label": "Ny 2 Tesaloniana ho nosoratan’olon-kafa tamin’ny anaran’i Paoly", "statement": "Maro amin’ny mpikaroka mpitsikera no mihevitra fa mpanoratra tatỳ aoriana nampiasa ny anaran’i Paoly no nanoratra ny 2 Tesaloniana. Araka io fomba fijery io, mbola mampiseho ny P30 fa efa nadika nanaraka avy hatrany ny 1 Tesaloniana ilay taratasy ho taratasy faharoa ho an’ny Tesaloniana tamin’ny taonjato fahatelo. Mifanaraka amin’ireo fomba fijery roa momba ny mpanoratra ilay papiry." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-papyrus-30" }, { "id": "papyrus-87", "kind": "papyrus", "dateFrom": 200, "dateTo": 299, "corpusReferences": [ "Gregory-Aland P87", "INTF Liste docID 10087", "Köln, Institut für Altertumskunde, Inv. Nr. 12", "P.Köln IV 170" ], "confidence": "high", "epistemicStatus": "attested", "scriptureReferences": [ "Philemon 1:13-15", "Philemon 1:24-25" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul", "person.philemon", "person.onesimus" ], "placeIds": [], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "ntvmr-liste", "work": "Kurzgefasste Liste (INTF NTVMR): manuscript record P87", "locator": "P87 (docID 10087)", "url": "https://ntvmr.uni-muenster.de/community/vmr/api/metadata/liste/search/?docID=10087&detail=page&format=xml", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record", "author": "Institut für Neutestamentliche Textforschung" }, { "sourceKey": "ntvmr-liste", "work": "INTF transcription of P87, folio 1r", "locator": "P87 f. 1r (Phlm 13-15)", "url": "https://ntvmr.uni-muenster.de/community/vmr/api/transcript/get/?docid=10087&pageID=10&format=teiraw", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "edition", "author": "Institut für Neutestamentliche Textforschung" }, { "sourceKey": "ntvmr-liste", "work": "INTF transcription of P87, folio 1v", "locator": "P87 f. 1v (Phlm 24-25)", "url": "https://ntvmr.uni-muenster.de/community/vmr/api/transcript/get/?docid=10087&pageID=20&format=teiraw", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "edition", "author": "Institut für Neutestamentliche Textforschung" }, { "sourceKey": "ntvmr-liste", "work": "Kurzgefasste Liste (INTF NTVMR): manuscript record P139", "locator": "P139 (docID 10139)", "url": "https://ntvmr.uni-muenster.de/community/vmr/api/metadata/liste/search/?docID=10139&detail=page&format=xml", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record", "author": "Institut für Neutestamentliche Textforschung" }, { "sourceKey": "ntvmr-liste", "work": "Kurzgefasste Liste (INTF NTVMR): manuscript record 01 (Codex Sinaiticus)", "locator": "01 (docID 20001)", "url": "https://ntvmr.uni-muenster.de/community/vmr/api/metadata/liste/search/?docID=20001&detail=page&format=xml", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record", "author": "Institut für Neutestamentliche Textforschung" }, { "sourceKey": "ntvmr-liste", "work": "Kurzgefasste Liste (INTF NTVMR): manuscript record P46", "locator": "P46 (docID 10046)", "url": "https://ntvmr.uni-muenster.de/community/vmr/api/metadata/liste/search/?docID=10046&detail=page", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record", "author": "Institut für Neutestamentliche Textforschung" }, { "sourceKey": "csntm", "work": "CSNTM manuscript catalogue: GA P87", "locator": "GA P87", "url": "https://manuscripts.csntm.org/manuscript/View/GA_P87", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "wikidata", "work": "Wikidata: Papyrus 87", "locator": "Q571588", "url": "https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Special:EntityData/Q571588.json", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "tertullian-against-marcion-anf", "work": "Against Marcion (Ante-Nicene Fathers vol. 3)", "locator": "Adv. Marc. 5.21", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/03125.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "To this epistle alone did its brevity avail to protect it against the falsifying hands of Marcion. I wonder, however, when he received (into his Apostolicon) this letter which was written but to one man, that he rejected the two epistles to Timothy and the one to Titus", "role": "primary-text", "author": "Tertullian", "translator": "Peter Holmes", "year": "1885" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Cornelia Römer (editor of no. 170), in Bärbel Kramer, Cornelia Römer, Dieter Hagedorn and others", "work": "Kölner Papyri (P. Köln), Band 4 (Papyrologica Coloniensia VII)", "year": "1982", "view": "Edits the fragment as P.Köln IV 170. The University of Cologne's collection record for this edition dates it to the early third century and gives its origin as unknown." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q571588", "label": "Papyrus 87" } ], "title": "Papyrus 87, sombin’ny Filemona any Cologne", "summary": "Sombiny kely amin’ny pejin’ny boky sora-tanana ny Papyrus 87, voatahiry any Cologne ankehitriny, izay mitahiry ampahany amin’ny Filemona 13–15 amin’ny lafiny iray ary 24–25 amin’ny ilany. Voasokajy ho tamin’ny taonjato fahatelo izy io; io no sora-tanana tranainy indrindra fantatra amin’ny Filemona, ary mampiseho fa efa nadika ho boky ilay taratasy tamin’izany. Litera miparitaka ihany no mbola voatahiry, ary tsy milaza na inona na inona momba ny mpanoratra ilay taratasy na ny toerana nanoratana azy izy io.", "dating": "Taonjato fahatelo taor. J.K., araka ny endriky ny soratra (INTF: 200–299; CSNTM: taonjato fahatelo). Apetraky ny firaketana momba ny fanontana azy ao amin’ny tahiry any Cologne (P.Köln IV 170, ed. C. Römer) ho tamin’ny fiandohan’io taonjato io izy io.", "currentLocation": "Institut für Altertumskunde, University of Cologne (Inv. Nr. 12)", "establishes": [ "Misy sombin-papiry ao amin’ny Institut für Altertumskunde, University of Cologne (Inv. Nr. 12), voasoratra ao amin’ny INTF ho Gregory-Aland P87, mitahiry ampahany amin’ny Filemona 13–15 amin’ny lafiny iray ary Filemona 24–25 amin’ny ilany.", "Samy ahitana ampahany amin’ilay taratasy iray mifanesy ireo lafiny roa, ka avy amin’ny ravin’ny boky sora-tanana ilay sombiny, fa tsy avy amin’ny horonam-boky. Mandrakitra ampahany amin’ny andalana valo amin’ny lafiny iray sy roa amin’ny ilany ny INTF, ary manombana fa andalana 32 ny pejy tany am-boalohany.", "Apetraky ny INTF amin’ny taonjato fahatelo izy io (200–299 taor. J.K.). Io ihany no sora-tanan’ny Filemona ao amin’ny lisitry ny INTF nomena daty talohan’ny taonjato fahefatra. Samy tamin’ny taonjato fahefatra ireo manaraka azy amin’ny fahanterana, ny P139 sy ny Codex Sinaiticus.", "Porofo ara-batana izy io fa efa nadika ny Filemona tamin’ny taonjato fahatelo. Avy amin’ny asa an-tsoratra kosa ny porofo fa niparitaka talohan’izay ilay taratasy: i Tertullian, nanoratra tamin’ny fiandohan’ny taonjato fahatelo, dia milaza fa tao anatin’ny fitambaran’ny taratasin’i Paoly nataon’i Marcion tamin’ny taonjato faharoa izany." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy mampiseho ny mpanoratra ny Filemona, ny fotoana nanoratana azy na ny fotoana naha-voafonja mifandraika aminy izy io. Samy naroso ny Roma, Efesosy ary Kaisaria, ary ny taratasy ihany no iaingana amin’ny adihevitra momba ireo fanontaniana ireo.", "Fanarenana nataon’ny mpanonta ny ankamaroan’ny lahatsoratra ao amin’ny fandikana an-tsoratra nataon’ny INTF. Amin’ilay lafiny misy ny andininy 24–25, naverina manontolo tamin’ny tombana ny anaran’i Demasy, ary litera roa monja amin’ny anaran’i Lioka no vakina, ka tsy azo antoka ny iray. Noho izany, tsy vavolombelon’ireo anarana ireo ho azy ilay sombiny.", "Tsy mampiseho izy io raha ny Filemona irery no tao amin’ilay boky sora-tanana na fitambaran’ny taratasin’i Paoly, na ny toerana nandikana azy. Tsy manome toerana nahitana azy ireo firaketana katalaogy nodinihina." ], "debate": "Ny endriky ny soratra ihany no iorenan’ny daty. Samy manasokajy ilay sombiny ho tamin’ny taonjato fahatelo ny INTF sy CSNTM, ary ny firaketana momba ny fanontana azy ao amin’ny tahiry any Cologne dia mametra izany ho fiandohan’ny taonjato fahatelo; mazàna anefa ny daty mifototra amin’ny soratra ara-literatiora dia mamela elanelana am-polony taona na taloha na tatỳ aoriana. Vitsy loatra ny litera mbola voatahiry ka mihoatra izay asehon’ilay sombiny ny filazana ny sokajin-dahatsoratra misy azy. Toy izany koa ny filazana fa avy amin’ny fanontana mitambatra ny taratasin’i Paoly tahaka ny P46 izy io; tsy misy ampahany amin’ny Filemona ao amin’ireo ravin’ny P46 mbola voatahiry, araka ny fanondroan’ny INTF azy. Eken’ny ankamaroan’ny mpikaroka fa an’i Paoly ny Filemona noho ny antony hafa; mbola iadian-kevitra ny toerana nanoratany azy.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Famakiana voafetra indrindra", "statement": "Sombiny iray misy andalana tsy feno tokony ho folo dia mampiseho fotsiny fa nisy olona nandika ny Filemona tao amin’ny boky sora-tanana iray tamin’ny taonjato fahatelo. Tsy afaka manamafy ny toe-javatra nanoratana ilay taratasy na ireo olona tononiny izany. Miankina amin’ilay taratasy ihany sy ny fifandraisany amin’ny Kolosiana sy ny Asan’ny Apostoly ireo fanontaniana ireo." }, { "label": "Elanelam-pahanterana kely", "statement": "Tombana ihany ny daty avy amin’ny endriky ny soratra. Raha nadika tamin’ny faramparan’ny taonjato fahatelo ny P87 ary tamin’ny fiandohan’ny fahefatra ny P139 na Codex Sinaiticus, dia ho akaiky taona ireo dika tranainy indrindra mbola voatahiry amin’ny Filemona. Mbola ny P87 no ho tranainy indrindra araka ny daty ao amin’ny katalaogy, saingy mety ho am-polony taona monja ny elanelana." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-papyrus-87" }, { "id": "codex-vaticanus-paul", "kind": "manuscript", "dateFrom": 300, "dateTo": 399, "corpusReferences": [ "Gregory-Aland 03 (B)", "Vat. gr. 1209", "INTF Liste docID 20003", "Gregory-Aland 1957 (15th-century supplement, Vat. gr. 1209 pp. 1519-1536)" ], "confidence": "high", "epistemicStatus": "attested", "scriptureReferences": [ "Romans 1:1-16:24", "1 Corinthians 1:1-16:24", "2 Corinthians 1:1-13:14", "Galatians 1:1-6:18", "Ephesians 1:1-6:24", "Philippians 1:1-4:23", "Colossians 1:1-4:18", "1 Thessalonians 1:1-5:28", "2 Thessalonians 1:1-3:18", "Hebrews 1:1-9:14" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul" ], "placeIds": [], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "ntvmr-liste", "work": "Kurzgefasste Liste der griechischen Handschriften des Neuen Testaments (INTF, New Testament Virtual Manuscript Room)", "locator": "Gregory-Aland 03 (docID 20003)", "url": "https://ntvmr.uni-muenster.de/community/vmr/api/metadata/liste/search/?docID=20003&detail=page", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "ntvmr-liste", "work": "Kurzgefasste Liste der griechischen Handschriften des Neuen Testaments (INTF, New Testament Virtual Manuscript Room)", "locator": "Gregory-Aland 1957 (docID 31957)", "url": "https://ntvmr.uni-muenster.de/community/vmr/api/metadata/liste/search/?docID=31957&detail=page", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "museum-record", "author": "Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana", "work": "DigiVatLib manuscript record, Vat.gr.1209", "locator": "Vat.gr.1209", "url": "https://digi.vatlib.it/mss/detail/Vat.gr.1209", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "ntvmr-liste", "work": "Kurzgefasste Liste der griechischen Handschriften des Neuen Testaments (INTF, New Testament Virtual Manuscript Room)", "locator": "Gregory-Aland 01 (docID 20001)", "url": "https://ntvmr.uni-muenster.de/community/vmr/api/metadata/liste/search/?docID=20001&detail=page", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "ntvmr-liste", "work": "Kurzgefasste Liste der griechischen Handschriften des Neuen Testaments (INTF, New Testament Virtual Manuscript Room)", "locator": "Gregory-Aland 02 (docID 20002)", "url": "https://ntvmr.uni-muenster.de/community/vmr/api/metadata/liste/search/?docID=20002&detail=page", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "ntvmr-liste", "work": "Kurzgefasste Liste der griechischen Handschriften des Neuen Testaments (INTF, New Testament Virtual Manuscript Room)", "locator": "Gregory-Aland P46 (docID 10046)", "url": "https://ntvmr.uni-muenster.de/community/vmr/api/metadata/liste/search/?docID=10046&detail=page", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "wikidata", "work": "Wikidata: Codex Vaticanus", "locator": "Q209285", "url": "https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Special:EntityData/Q209285.json", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "F. H. A. Scrivener", "work": "A Plain Introduction to the Criticism of the New Testament", "year": "1861", "view": "Reports that the older, continuous section numbers in Vaticanus's Pauline letters end Galatians at 58, begin Ephesians at 70 and begin Hebrews at 59, and infers they were copied from an older manuscript with Hebrews before Ephesians." }, { "author": "Caspar René Gregory", "work": "Canon and Text of the New Testament", "year": "1907", "view": "Notes that in Vaticanus Hebrews follows Thessalonians, yet the continuous chapter numbers of Paul's letters show that Hebrews stood immediately after Galatians in the book where they were first assigned." }, { "author": "Umberto Benigni", "work": "Codex Vaticanus, in The Catholic Encyclopedia, vol. 4", "year": "1908", "view": "Calls the codex's original home uncertain: Hort placed it at Rome, Rendel Harris and Armitage Robinson in Asia Minor, and a more common opinion in Egypt." }, { "author": "Bruce M. Metzger and Bart D. Ehrman", "work": "The Text of the New Testament: Its Transmission, Corruption, and Restoration (4th ed.)", "year": "2005", "view": "Standard handbook on how the New Testament text was copied and transmitted, including a survey of the principal Greek manuscripts." }, { "author": "Bruce M. Metzger", "work": "The Canon of the New Testament: Its Origin, Development, and Significance", "year": "1987", "view": "Traces how the New Testament canon took shape and considers the differences in the sequence of its books." }, { "author": "David Trobisch", "work": "Paul's Letter Collection: Tracing the Origins", "year": "1994", "view": "Traces the growth of the collection of Paul's letters and suggests that Paul himself may have played a major role in publishing its first collection." }, { "author": "T. C. Skeat", "work": "The Codex Sinaiticus, the Codex Vaticanus and Constantine (Journal of Theological Studies)", "year": "1999", "view": "Argues that both codices were produced at Caesarea in connection with Constantine's order for Bibles from Eusebius. The proposal is debated." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q209285", "label": "Codex Vaticanus" } ], "title": "Ny Codex Vaticanus (B) sy ny taratasin’i Paoly", "summary": "Ny Codex Vaticanus (Vat. gr. 1209, Gregory-Aland 03), Baiboly amin’ny teny grika tamin’ny taonjato fahefatra, dia mitahiry ny Romana ka hatramin’ny 2 Tesaloniana sy ny Hebreo hatramin’ny 9:14, izay ifaranan’ireo ravin-taratasy tany am-boalohany. Nilaza i Scrivener (1861) fa mitsambikina avy amin’ny Galatiana (58) mankany amin’ny Efesiana (70) ireo laharam-pizarana mitohy amin’ny taratasin’i Paoly, ary manomboka amin’ny 59 ny Hebreo, ka manondro dika taloha kokoa nametraka ny Hebreo taorian’ny Galatiana. Tsy afaka mampiseho ilay fiafarana very raha nanaraka azy ny 1 Timoty sy 2 Timoty, ny Titosy ary ny Filemona.", "dating": "Taonjato fahefatra (Liste an’ny INTF: IV; Vatican Library: sec. IV); nampiana tamin’ny taonjato fahadimy ambin’ny folo ny Hebreo 9:14 ka hatramin’ny farany ary ny Apokalipsy", "currentLocation": "Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana, Vatican City (Vat. gr. 1209)", "establishes": [ "Mitahiry ny Romana, 1 Korintiana sy 2 Korintiana, Galatiana, Efesiana, Filipiana, Kolosiana, 1 Tesaloniana sy 2 Tesaloniana ary Hebreo 1:1–9:14 ny boky sora-tanana amin’ny teny grika tamin’ny taonjato fahefatra ao amin’ny Vatican Library (Vat. gr. 1209, Gregory-Aland 03). Manaraka ny Filazantsara, ny Asan’ny Apostoly ary ireo taratasy katolika ireo, eo amin’ny p. 1445–1518 amin’ilay boky.", "Manomboka eo amin’ilay pejy ifaranan’ny 2 Tesaloniana ny Hebreo (p. 1512), ka manaraka avy hatrany ny taratasin’i Paoly ho an’ny Tesaloniana izy io ao amin’ity boky ity ary isan’ny fizarana misy ny taratasin’i Paoly.", "Araka ny nolazain’i Scrivener (1861), manana andian-daharan’ny fizarana iray mitohy ny taratasin’i Paoly ao amin’ilay tranainy kokoa amin’ireo rafitra roa fanasokajiana ao amin’ilay boky: mifarana amin’ny 58 ny Galatiana, manomboka amin’ny 70 ny Efesiana ary amin’ny 59 ny Hebreo. Nanatsoaka hevitra izy sy Gregory (1907) fa natao ho an’ny dika taloha kokoa nametraka ny Hebreo teo anelanelan’ny Galatiana sy Efesiana ireo laharana.", "Mifarana amin’ny Hebreo 9:14 ny soratr’ilay mpandika tany am-boalohany. Fanampiny tamin’ny taonjato fahadimy ambin’ny folo ny sisa amin’ny Hebreo sy ny Apokalipsy (p. 1519–1536), voarakitra mitokana ho Gregory-Aland 1957." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Raha nisy ny 1 Timoty sy 2 Timoty, ny Titosy ary ny Filemona tao amin’ilay boky. Very ireo amboaran-dravin-taratasy farany ary tsy fantatra ny isan’ireo raviny tsy hita, ka mangina momba ny taratasy pastoraly sy ny Filemona ilay boky. Tsy porofo manohitra azy ireo izany.", "Fa i Paoly no nanoratra ny Hebreo. Ny fametrahana azy eo amin’ny taratasin’i Paoly dia mampiseho ny fomba nanakambanan’ny mpandika tamin’ny taonjato fahefatra taratasy iray tsy milaza ny mpanoratra azy. Tsy mampiseho ny mpanoratra azy izany.", "Ny fotoana na ny olona namorona voalohany ireo laharam-pizarana mitohy, na ny daty sy toerana nanaovana ilay dika taloha kokoa izay hita taratra amin’ny filaharany." ], "debate": "Tsy iadian-kevitra ny votoaty mbola voatahiry, ary efa notaterina hatramin’ny taonjato fahasivy ambin’ny folo ny fitsambikinan’ireo laharam-pizarana; tsy dia raikitra kosa ny fandikana ny heviny. Tsy azo antoka ny fotoana sy ny olona namorona ireo laharana mitohy, ary raha avy amin’ny dika niavian’ny lahatsoratr’ilay boky ihany izany na avy amin’ny dika hafa. Tombanana avy amin’ny loharano hafa ny votoatin’ireo amboaran-dravina very: samy mitohy avy amin’ny Hebreo mankany amin’ny 1 Timoty sy 2 Timoty, ny Titosy ary ny Filemona ny Sinaiticus sy Alexandrinus; nefa ny P46, izay mametraka ny Hebreo taorian’ny Romana, dia mampiseho fa samy hafa ireo fitambarana tany am-boalohany. Mbola iadian-kevitra ny datin’ilay boky ao anatin’ny taonjato fahefatra sy ny niaviany: efa naroso tamin’ny 1908 na talohan’izay ny Roma, Asia Minora ary Ejipta, ary tatỳ aoriana i Skeat dia nanohana an’i Kaisaria.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Laharana nolovaina (ny famakiana mahazatra)", "statement": "Nadika avy amin’ny sora-tanana taloha kokoa nametraka ny Hebreo taorian’ny Galatiana ireo laharam-pizarana mitohy. Ilay boky mihitsy kosa nametraka ny Hebreo taorian’ny 2 Tesaloniana, filaharana hita koa ao amin’ny Codex Sinaiticus sy Codex Alexandrinus." }, { "label": "Laharana avy amin’ny loharano hafa", "statement": "Mety ho avy amin’ny dika hafa noho ilay niavian’ny lahatsoratra ny rafitra fanasokajiana. Raha izany, dia ny filaharana tao amin’ny loharanon’io rafitra io no voarakiny, fa tsy tao amin’ny dika niavian’ny lahatsoratr’ilay boky mivantana." }, { "label": "Votoatin’ilay fiafarana very", "statement": "Azo inoana fa nanaraka ny Hebreo ny taratasy pastoraly sy ny Filemona, ary angamba ny Apokalipsy, toy ny ao amin’ny Codex Sinaiticus sy Codex Alexandrinus. Fanatsoahan-kevitra mitombina avy amin’ny Baiboly mitovy aminy izany, saingy tsy misy ravin-taratasy mbola voatahiry manamafy izany ho an’ity boky ity." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-codex-vaticanus-paul" }, { "id": "paley-horae-paulinae", "kind": "study", "dateFrom": 1790, "dateTo": 1790, "corpusReferences": [], "confidence": "medium-high", "epistemicStatus": "debated", "scriptureReferences": [ "Romans 15:24-28", "Acts 20:2-3", "Acts 20:16", "Acts 24:17-19", "1 Corinthians 16:1-4", "2 Corinthians 8:1-4", "2 Corinthians 9:2", "1 Corinthians 4:17-19", "1 Corinthians 16:10-11", "Acts 19:21-22", "Acts 16:1", "2 Timothy 1:5", "2 Timothy 3:15", "Galatians 2:1-10", "Acts 15:1-29" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul", "person.timothy", "person.erastus" ], "placeIds": [ "place.macedonia", "place.achaia", "place.jerusalem", "place.corinth", "place.ephesus", "place.lystra" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "paley-horae-paulinae", "author": "William Paley", "work": "Horae Paulinae", "year": "1790", "locator": "ch. 1 (Exposition of the Argument); Works (London, 1819) vol. 2, p. 132", "url": "https://archive.org/details/paleyworks02paleuoft", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "In examining, therefore, the agreement between ancient writings, the character of truth and originality is undesignedness: and this test applies to every supposition", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "paley-horae-paulinae", "author": "William Paley", "work": "Horae Paulinae", "year": "1790", "locator": "ch. 1 (Exposition of the Argument); Works (London, 1819) vol. 2, p. 133", "url": "https://archive.org/details/paleyworks02paleuoft", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "As to the history, it extends to these points:—It proves the general reality of the circumstances: it proves the historian's knowledge of these circumstances.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "paley-horae-paulinae", "author": "William Paley", "work": "Horae Paulinae", "year": "1790", "locator": "ch. 1 (Exposition of the Argument); Works (London, 1819) vol. 2, p. 139", "url": "https://archive.org/details/paleyworks02paleuoft", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "If the reader, therefore, meets with a number which contains an instance that appears to him unsatisfactory, or founded in mistake, he will dismiss that number from the argument, but without prejudice to any other.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "paley-horae-paulinae", "author": "William Paley", "work": "Horae Paulinae", "year": "1790", "locator": "ch. 2 (Romans), no. 1; Works (London, 1819) vol. 2, p. 145", "url": "https://archive.org/details/paleyworks02paleuoft", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Here therefore, at length, but fetched from three different writings, we have obtained the several circumstances we inquired after, and which the Epistle to the Romans brings together", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "paley-horae-paulinae", "author": "William Paley", "work": "Horae Paulinae", "year": "1790", "locator": "ch. 3 (First Corinthians), no. 3; Works (London, 1819) vol. 2, p. 178", "url": "https://archive.org/details/paleyworks02paleuoft", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "One thing at least concerning it is certain: that if this passage of St. Paul's history had been taken from his letter, it would have sent Timothy to Corinth by name, or expressly however into Achaia.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "paley-horae-paulinae", "author": "William Paley", "work": "Horae Paulinae", "year": "1790", "locator": "ch. 5 (Galatians), no. 2; Works (London, 1819) vol. 2, p. 235", "url": "https://archive.org/details/paleyworks02paleuoft", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "the discrepancy in the two accounts is so considerable, that it is not without difficulty they can be adapted to the same transaction: so that upon this supposition, there is no place for suspecting that the writers were guided or assisted by each other.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "paley-horae-paulinae", "author": "William Paley", "work": "Horae Paulinae", "year": "1790", "locator": "ch. 12 (Second Timothy), no. 2; Works (London, 1819) vol. 2, p. 355", "url": "https://archive.org/details/paleyworks02paleuoft", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Here we have a fair unforced example of coincidence.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "paley-horae-paulinae", "author": "William Paley", "work": "Horae Paulinae (Dublin printing)", "year": "1790", "locator": "Title page and contents, Dublin printing of 1790 (Princeton Theological Seminary Library copy)", "url": "https://archive.org/details/horaepaulinaeo00pale", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "edition" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Lydia McGrew", "work": "Hidden in Plain View: Undesigned Coincidences in the Gospels and Acts", "year": "2017", "view": "Revives the long-neglected argument from undesigned coincidences, applying it within the Gospels and between Acts and Paul's letters, and argues that such puzzle-like fits are best explained by authors who knew the truth about the events and point to honest eyewitness sources." }, { "author": "J. J. Blunt", "work": "Undesigned Coincidences in the Writings both of the Old and New Testament, an Argument of their Veracity", "year": "1847", "view": "Applies the method of undesigned coincidences to the books of Moses, the Gospels and Acts, and other books of Scripture. The book rearranges studies Blunt published from 1828 onward." }, { "author": "F. C. Baur", "work": "Paulus, der Apostel Jesu Christi", "year": "1845", "view": "Accepts only Galatians, 1-2 Corinthians and Romans as authentic and reads Acts as a later account that embellished its traditions and drew artificial parallels between Peter and Paul. This undercuts Paley's premise of thirteen genuine letters and a well-informed Acts." }, { "author": "John Knox", "work": "Chapters in a Life of Paul", "year": "1950", "view": "Treats Paul's letters as the primary source for his life and Acts as a secondary one; where the two conflict, the letters are to be followed. Paley instead treats them as independent witnesses that check each other." }, { "author": "Richard I. Pervo", "work": "Dating Acts: Between the Evangelists and the Apologists", "year": "2006", "view": "Dates Acts to about 115 and argues that its author used Josephus and a collection of Paul's letters, the kind of dependence Paley's test is meant to rule out." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q433739", "label": "William Paley" } ], "title": "Ny Horae Paulinae (1790) an’i William Paley: fifanarahana tsy nomanina eo amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly sy ny taratasin’i Paoly", "summary": "Mampitaha ny taratasin’i Paoly sy ny Asan’ny Apostoly ny Horae Paulinae (1790) an’i William Paley, ary manohana ny hevitra fa mampiseho ny fifotoran’izy roa amin’ny tena zava-nitranga ireo fifanarahana toa tsy nomanina. Ny famoriam-bola ho an’i Jerosalema no ohatra lehibe indrindra omeny: lazain’ny Romana 15 ao amin’ny toerana iray izany, fa ny Asan’ny Apostoly sy ny 1 Korintiana ary 2 Korintiana kosa manome ny antsipiriany miparitaka. Tohan-kevitra avy amin’ny fampitahana ny loharano ao anatiny izany, fa tsy porofo vaovao, ary rehefa tsy nomanina sady mahaleo tena ihany ireo fifanarahana vao manan-kery izany, nefa toherin’ny mpikaroka sasany izany fepetra izany.", "dating": "1790 (navoaka voalohany); avy amin’ny Works natambatra tamin’ny 1819 ireo teny nalaina eto", "currentLocation": "Boky vita pirinty; efa natao nomerika ao amin’ny archive.org ny fanontana tany Dublin tamin’ny 1790 sy ny Works tamin’ny 1819", "establishes": [ "Ny fitsapana ataon’i Paley (toko 1): tsy isaina ho porofo ny fifanarahana eo amin’ny tantara sy ny taratasy raha tsy toa tsy nomanina. Samy hiteraka fifanarahana nomanina ny tantara natsangana avy amin’ny taratasy, ny taratasy noforonina avy amin’ny tantara, na izy roa nalaina avy amin’ny loharano iray iombonana. Ampihariny amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly sy taratasy telo ambin’ny folo izany fitsapana izany, ary omeny laharana ny ohatra tsirairay mba hahafahan’ny mpamaky mandà izay malemy nefa tsy manary ny ambiny.", "Mifototra amin’ny fandinihana marina ny lahatsoratra ny ohatra lehibe indrindra omeny (toko 2, laharana 1). Ampifandraisin’ny Romana 15:25–26 amin’ny dia efa akaiky ho any Jerosalema ny fanomezan’ireo any Makedonia sy Akaia. Milaza ny fijanonana tany Gresy sy ny fahamaikana ho any Jerosalema ny Asan’ny Apostoly 20:2–3 sy 20:16, nefa tsy ny famoriam-bola, izay tsy tononin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly afa-tsy ao amin’ny fiarovan-tenan’i Paoly teo anatrehan’i Feliksa (24:17). Manome ny fanomezan’ireo any Akaia sy Makedonia ny 1 Korintiana 16:1–4 sy ny 2 Korintiana 8:1–4 ary 9:2.", "Ohatra faharoa (toko 3, laharana 3–4): alefan’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 19:21–22 mialoha an’i Paoly ho any Makedonia i Timoty sy Erasto. Milaza ny 1 Korintiana 4:17 fa efa nalefa i Timoty, fa mbola raisin’ny 16:10–11 ho tsy azo antoka kosa ny fahatongavany any Korinto. Ampifanarahan’i Paley ireo amin’ny lalana mandalo an’i Makedonia. Fanatsoahan-keviny manokana io lalana io, ary asehony ho azo inoana, fa tsy ho voalazan’ny lahatsoratra.", "Ireo ohatra lehibe roa ireo dia tsy miankina afa-tsy amin’ireo taratasy izay eken’ny saika mpikaroka rehetra ho an’i Paoly (Romana, 1 Korintiana ary 2 Korintiana)." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Fa marina manontolo ny Asan’ny Apostoly. Ny drafi-dia, ny namana sy ny famoriam-bola no voakasik’ireo fifanarahana, fa tsy ny kabary, ny fahagagana na ny fandikan’ny mpitantara ny zava-nitranga.", "Fa an’i Paoly avokoa ireo taratasy telo ambin’ny folo nampiasain’i Paley. Ny tanjaky ny ohatra avy amin’ny taratasy iadian-kevitra, toy ny 2 Timoty, dia miankina amin’ny tanjaky ny antony ametrahana ny datin’ireny taratasy ireny amin’ny andron’i Paoly.", "Fa tsy misy isalasalana ny fahaleovantenan’ireo fifanarahana. Raha nahalala ireo taratasy ny mpanoratra ny Asan’ny Apostoly, dia ho vokatry ny fiankinan-doha ny sasany amin’ireo fifanarahana fa tsy fanamafisana avy amin’ny loharano hafa." ], "debate": "Tsy manan-kery ny fanatsoahan-kevitr’i Paley raha tsy mahaleo tena ireo fifanarahana. Hatramin’i F. C. Baur, maro amin’ny mpikaroka mpitsikera no namaky ny Asan’ny Apostoly ho fitantarana tatỳ aoriana novolavolaina, ary taratasy fito monja no eken’ny ankamaroany ho azo antoka fa an’i Paoly. Nanohana ny hevitra i Richard Pervo fa tamin’ny fiandohan’ny taonjato faharoa ny datin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ary nampiasa ny taratasin’i Paoly izy io, dia ilay fiankinan-doha izay kendren’ny fitsapana ataon’i Paley hialana indrindra. Ny valin’io fomba fiasa io, hatramin’i Paley ka hatramin’i Lydia McGrew, dia hoe tsy mivantana loatra ireo fifanarahana ka tsy tokony ho fakana tahaka: amin’ireo ohatra omen’i Paley, zara raha tononin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ny famoriam-bola, ary amin’ny 19:22 dia any Makedonia ihany no alefany i Timoty. Iadian-kevitra koa raha kisendrasendra na niniana ireny fahanginana ireny. Maro ny mpikaroka mihevitra fa tsy nahalala ireo taratasy ny mpanoratra ny Asan’ny Apostoly, ka ekeny ilay fepetra momba ny fahaleovantena iaingan’i Paley. Ny valin’izy ireo kosa dia hoe mampiseho vaovao tsara momba ny fivezivezen’i Paoly ny fifanarahana momba ny dia sy ny namana, fa tsy ny fahamarinan’ny kabary na ny teolojian’ny Asan’ny Apostoly; omeny laharam-pahamehana ny taratasy rehefa misy fifanoherana eo amin’izy roa (Knox).", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Nampiasa ireo taratasy ny Asan’ny Apostoly", "statement": "Misy mpikaroka, indrindra i Richard Pervo, mihevitra fa nahalala taratasin’i Paoly maromaro ny mpanoratra ny Asan’ny Apostoly. Araka io fomba fijery io, fakana tahaka ny fifanarahana sasany, fa tsy fanamafisana mahaleo tena. Ilay fifanarahana tsy tena mifanindry asehon’i Paley (saika mangina momba ny famoriam-bola ny Asan’ny Apostoly, ary any Makedonia ihany no alefa i Timoty) dia hidika fa nampiasaina an-kalalahana ireo taratasy, fa tsy nadika fotsiny." }, { "label": "Niniana ny fahanginana", "statement": "Misy mpivaofy manazava ny fahanginan’ny Asan’ny Apostoly saika tanteraka momba ny famoriam-bola ho fifehezan-tena niniana, ohatra raha tsy noraisina tamin-kafanam-po ilay fanomezana na nifamatotra tamin’ny fisamborana an’i Paoly. Raha izany, dia ho nomanina ilay tsy fanononana, fa tsy kisendrasendra. Mbola hidika ihany anefa izany fa nahafantatra ny famoriam-bola ilay mpanoratra." }, { "label": "Taratasy tatỳ aoriana nampiasa ny Asan’ny Apostoly", "statement": "Maro amin’ny mpikaroka mpitsikera no mihevitra fa taorian’ny andron’i Paoly no nanoratana ny 2 Timoty. Mety ho naka ny renin’i Timoty izay jiosy tao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 16:1 ny mpanoratra tatỳ aoriana, izay atolotr’i Paley ho fifanarahana tsy nomanina amin’ny 2 Timoty 1:5 sy 3:15 (toko 12, laharana 2–3). Noho izany, tsy manan-danja ireo ohatra ireo afa-tsy ho an’ny mpamaky izay efa mametraka ilay taratasy amin’ny andron’i Paoly." }, { "label": "Isaina ny fifanarahana, avela ny fifanenjanana", "statement": "Milaza ny mpitsikera an’io fomba fiasa io fa mety hanitatra ny tohan-kevitra ny lisitry ny fifanarahana raha tsy lanjaina miaraka aminy koa ireo fifanenjanana, toy ny eo amin’ny Galatiana 1–2 sy ny Asan’ny Apostoly momba ny fitsidihan’i Paoly tany Jerosalema. I Paley mihitsy dia mandinika ny elanelana eo amin’ny Galatiana 2 sy ny Asan’ny Apostoly 15, ary manohana ny hevitra fa mampiseho izany fa tsy naka tamin’ny iray ny iray hafa; manampy kosa ny mpiaro azy fa tsy maintsy tsaraina araka ny toe-javatra misy azy ny fifanarahana tsirairay." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-paley-horae-paulinae" }, { "id": "codex-sinaiticus-paul", "kind": "manuscript", "dateFrom": 300, "dateTo": 399, "corpusReferences": [ "Gregory-Aland 01", "INTF Liste docID 20001", "British Library Add. MS 43725" ], "confidence": "high", "epistemicStatus": "attested", "scriptureReferences": [ "Romans 1:1-16:24", "1 Corinthians 1:1-16:24", "2 Corinthians 1:1-13:14", "Galatians 1:1-6:18", "Ephesians 1:1-6:24", "Ephesians 1:1", "Philippians 1:1-4:23", "Colossians 1:1-4:18", "1 Thessalonians 1:1-5:28", "2 Thessalonians 1:1-3:18", "Hebrews 1:1-13:25", "1 Timothy 1:1-6:21", "2 Timothy 1:1-4:22", "Titus 1:1-3:15", "Philemon 1:1-25" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul" ], "placeIds": [ "place.ephesus", "place.caesarea" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "museum-record", "author": "Codex Sinaiticus Project", "work": "About the Codex: Content", "locator": "About the Codex: Content (surviving books; New Testament order, Hebrews after 2 Thessalonians, Acts between the Pastoral and Catholic Epistles)", "url": "https://www.codexsinaiticus.org/en/codex/content.aspx", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "museum-record", "author": "Codex Sinaiticus Project", "work": "About the Codex: Date", "locator": "About the Codex: Date (fourth century, sometimes mid-century, by palaeography; Vaticanus of similar date)", "url": "https://www.codexsinaiticus.org/en/codex/date.aspx", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "museum-record", "author": "Codex Sinaiticus Project", "work": "About the Codex: Significance", "locator": "About the Codex: Significance (corrections from the fourth to the twelfth century; order of books)", "url": "https://www.codexsinaiticus.org/en/codex/significance.aspx", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "museum-record", "author": "Codex Sinaiticus Project", "work": "About the Codex: History", "locator": "About the Codex: History (holdings: British Library 347 leaves; Leipzig 43 leaves; parts of six leaves in St Petersburg; further leaves at St Catherine's)", "url": "https://www.codexsinaiticus.org/en/codex/history.aspx", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "museum-record", "author": "Codex Sinaiticus Project", "work": "Transcription of Codex Sinaiticus, quire 36, folio 5 recto", "locator": "Quire 36, folio 5 recto: colophon after 2 Esdras stating that the text was collated with a very old copy corrected by the martyr Pamphilus", "url": "https://www.codexsinaiticus.org/handler/transcription.ashx?q=36&f=5&s=r&type=0", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "edition" }, { "sourceKey": "museum-record", "author": "Codex Sinaiticus Project", "work": "Transcription of Codex Sinaiticus, quire 37, folio 3 recto", "locator": "Quire 37, folio 3 recto: colophon after Esther stating that the text was collated with a very old copy corrected by the martyr Pamphilus, whose own subscription cites Origen's Hexapla", "url": "https://www.codexsinaiticus.org/handler/transcription.ashx?q=37&f=3&s=r&type=0", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "edition" }, { "sourceKey": "ntvmr-liste", "author": "Institut für Neutestamentliche Textforschung", "work": "Kurzgefasste Liste record and page index: GA 01", "locator": "Gregory-Aland 01 (docID 20001): IV century; British Library Add. 43725; page index Romans from 261r to Philemon at 298r, Hebrews 288v-293v, Acts from 299r", "url": "https://ntvmr.uni-muenster.de/community/vmr/api/metadata/liste/search/?docID=20001&detail=page", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "ntvmr-liste", "author": "Institut für Neutestamentliche Textforschung", "work": "NTVMR transcription of GA 01, folio 280v", "locator": "GA 01 folio 280v (pageID 1620), Ephesians 1:1: first hand omits the place-name; corrector supplies it", "url": "https://ntvmr.uni-muenster.de/community/vmr/api/transcript/get/?docid=20001&pageID=1620&format=xhtml", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "edition" }, { "sourceKey": "ntvmr-liste", "author": "Institut für Neutestamentliche Textforschung", "work": "Kurzgefasste Liste record and page index: GA 03", "locator": "Gregory-Aland 03 (docID 20003): IV century; Vat. gr. 1209; page index has Hebrews after 2 Thessalonians and ends at Hebrews 9:14", "url": "https://ntvmr.uni-muenster.de/community/vmr/api/metadata/liste/search/?docID=20003&detail=page", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "ntvmr-liste", "author": "Institut für Neutestamentliche Textforschung", "work": "NTVMR transcription of GA 03, page 1493", "locator": "GA 03 page 1493 (pageID 2620), Ephesians 1:1: first hand omits the place-name; corrector supplies it", "url": "https://ntvmr.uni-muenster.de/community/vmr/api/transcript/get/?docid=20003&pageID=2620&format=xhtml", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "edition" }, { "sourceKey": "ntvmr-liste", "author": "Institut für Neutestamentliche Textforschung", "work": "Kurzgefasste Liste record and page index: P46", "locator": "Gregory-Aland P46 (docID 10046): dated 200-225; page index Romans, Hebrews, 1-2 Corinthians, Ephesians, Galatians, Philippians, Colossians, 1 Thessalonians", "url": "https://ntvmr.uni-muenster.de/community/vmr/api/metadata/liste/search/?docID=10046&detail=page", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "ntvmr-liste", "author": "Institut für Neutestamentliche Textforschung", "work": "NTVMR transcription of P46, folio 75r", "locator": "P46 folio 75r (pageID 1310), Ephesians 1:1: no place-name", "url": "https://ntvmr.uni-muenster.de/community/vmr/api/transcript/get/?docid=10046&pageID=1310&format=xhtml", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "edition" }, { "sourceKey": "ntvmr-liste", "author": "Institut für Neutestamentliche Textforschung", "work": "Kurzgefasste Liste record and page index: GA 02", "locator": "Gregory-Aland 02 (docID 20002): V century; British Library Royal 1 D.VIII; page index has Hebrews after 2 Thessalonians", "url": "https://ntvmr.uni-muenster.de/community/vmr/api/metadata/liste/search/?docID=20002&detail=page", "publicDomain": false, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius", "work": "Church History, Book III", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 3.3.5", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250103.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Paul's fourteen epistles are well known and undisputed. It is not indeed right to overlook the fact that some have rejected the Epistle to the Hebrews, saying that it is disputed by the church of Rome, on the ground that it was not written by Paul.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius", "work": "Church History, Book VI", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 6.25.11-14", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250106.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "But who wrote the epistle, in truth, God knows. The statement of some who have gone before us is that Clement, bishop of the Romans, wrote the epistle, and of others that Luke, the author of the Gospel and the Acts, wrote it.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius", "work": "Church History, Book VII", "translator": "Arthur Cushman McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "HE 7.32.24-25 (Pamphilus a presbyter of the church at Caesarea in Palestine)", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250107.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "In his time we became acquainted with Pamphilus, that most eloquent man, of truly philosophical life, who was esteemed worthy of the office of presbyter in that parish.", "role": "primary-text" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "D. C. Parker", "work": "Codex Sinaiticus: The Story of the World's Oldest Bible", "year": "2010", "view": "Bibliography only for this entry. A book-length introduction to the codex by the director of the University of Birmingham (ITSEE) team on the Codex Sinaiticus Project. The book's existence and authorship were verified; its arguments were not checked, and it is not cited here as support for any claim." }, { "author": "T. C. Skeat", "work": "The Codex Sinaiticus, the Codex Vaticanus and Constantine (Journal of Theological Studies 50)", "year": "1999", "view": "Bibliography only for this entry. The article discusses the two codices in relation to Constantine. Its title and journal were verified, but its argument was not checked against the text, so it is not cited here as support for any position on where the codex came from." }, { "author": "J. F. Fenlon", "work": "Codex Sinaiticus (The Catholic Encyclopedia, vol. 4)", "year": "1908", "view": "Reports that the codex's origin had been assigned to Rome, southern Italy, Egypt and Caesarea but could not be determined. Dates the corrector who added the Pamphilus note at the end of 2 Esdras probably to the seventh century, and notes that, although some linked the codex with Constantine's fifty copies, there is no sign it was ever at Constantinople." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q152962", "label": "Codex Sinaiticus" } ], "title": "Ny taratasin’i Paoly ao amin’ny Codex Sinaiticus", "summary": "Ny Codex Sinaiticus, Baiboly amin’ny teny grika nadika tamin’ny taonjato fahefatra ary voatahiry ao amin’ny British Library ny ankamaroany ankehitriny, no sora-tanana tranainy indrindra fantatra mirakitra ireo taratasy telo ambin’ny folo rehetra mitondra ny anaran’i Paoly. Eo anivon’ireo, aorian’ny 2 Tesaloniana, no ametrahany ny Hebreo. Mampiseho ny fomba nanangonana sy namakiana ny taratasin’i Paoly tokony ho telonjato taona taoriany izany; amin’ny maha-dika nasiam-panitsiana azy anefa, dia tsy mamaritra ny teny tany am-boalohany isaky ny toerana izy io ary tsy mamaha ny resaka mpanoratra ny Hebreo.", "dating": "Taonjato faha-4 taor. J.K. (araka ny endriky ny soratra; indraindray ferana mazava kokoa ho teo antenatenan’ilay taonjato)", "currentLocation": "British Library, London (Add. MS 43725, izay ahitana ny Testamenta Vaovao manontolo); misy ravin-taratasy hafa ao amin’ny Leipzig University Library, ny National Library of Russia any St Petersburg ary ny St Catherine’s Monastery any Sinai", "establishes": [ "Mitahiry ny Testamenta Vaovao manontolo ny boky sora-tanana amin’ny hodi-biby sy teny grika, nomena daty tamin’ny taonjato fahefatra araka ny sorany. Izao ny filaharan’ny fizarana misy ny taratasin’i Paoly: Romana, 1 Korintiana sy 2 Korintiana, Galatiana, Efesiana, Filipiana, Kolosiana, 1 Tesaloniana sy 2 Tesaloniana, Hebreo, 1 Timoty sy 2 Timoty, Titosy ary Filemona, ary manaraka avy hatrany ny Asan’ny Apostoly (British Library Add. MS 43725, ravina 261r–298r ao amin’ny fanondroam-pejin’ny INTF).", "Io no sora-tanana tranainy indrindra fantatra mirakitra ny taratasy rehetra mitondra ny anaran’i Paoly. Tsy ahitana ny 2 Tesaloniana, 1 Timoty sy 2 Timoty, Titosy na Filemona ny Papyrus 46 (tokony ho 200–225) amin’ny endriny mbola voatahiry. Mifarana amin’ny Hebreo 9:14 ny Codex Vaticanus, izay mitovitovy daty aminy, ka tsy fantatra raha efa nisy ny 1 Timoty sy 2 Timoty, Titosy ary Filemona tao aminy.", "Ao amin’ireo boky sora-tanana lehibe roa amin’ny teny grika tamin’ny taonjato fahefatra, dia ny Sinaiticus sy Vaticanus, dia tao anatin’ny fitambaran’ny taratasin’i Paoly no nandikana ny Hebreo; eto dia eo anelanelan’ny 2 Tesaloniana sy 1 Timoty izy io. I Eusebius, tamin’io taonjato io ihany, dia manisa taratasin’i Paoly efatra ambin’ny folo, nefa milaza fa nisy nandà ny Hebreo satria niadian’ny fiangonana tany Roma hevitra ny maha-mpanoratra azy an’i Paoly.", "Tsy misy ilay teny manonona an’i Efesosy ao amin’ny soratr’ilay mpandika voalohany eo amin’ny Efesiana 1:1, ary mpanitsy tatỳ aoriana no nanampy azy. Tsy misy io teny io koa ao amin’ny Papyrus 46 sy ny soratr’ilay mpandika voalohany tao amin’ny Codex Vaticanus, ka iray amin’ireo sora-tanana tranainy indrindra mijoro ho vavolombelona amin’io fanontaniana momba ny lahatsoratra io ity boky ity." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Ny mpanoratra ny Hebreo. Ny fomba nanasokajian’ny mpandika tamin’ny taonjato fahefatra azy no asehon’ny toerana misy ilay taratasy, fa tsy ny mpanoratra azy. Araka ny tatitr’i Eusebius, noheverin’i Origen fa an’i Paoly ireo hevitra fa an’olon-kafa ny fomba filaza azy, ary nilaza izy fa Andriamanitra ihany no mahalala ny mpanoratra.", "Ny teny tany am-boalohany isaky ny toerana. Sora-tanana vavolombelona iray ny Sinaiticus, nasiam-panitsiana tamin’ny tanan’olona maro nanomboka tamin’ny taonjato fahefatra ka hatramin’ny faharoa ambin’ny folo, ary tsy maintsy ampitahaina amin’ny papiry sy sora-tanana hafa ny famakiana omen’izy io.", "Ny toerana nandikana azy, ny olona nandoa ny vidiny, na raha tena nitranga ny zava-nitranga ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly na ny taratasy. Misy petra-kevitra naroso hatramin’i Tischendorf mampifandray azy amin’ireo dika dimampolo nasain’i Constantine nataon’i Eusebius (Eusebius, Life of Constantine 4.36), nefa tsy misy firaketana manaporofo ilay fifandraisana. Ny dika marina amin’ny taratasy iray dia vavolombelon’ny lahatsorany, fa tsy ny tantara lazain’ilay lahatsoratra." ], "debate": "Ny niandohany: tsy misy ao amin’ilay boky milaza ny toerana na ny olona nanaovana ny fandikana voalohany. Milaza ireo fanamarihan’ny mpanitsy tatỳ aoriana aorian’ny 2 Esdras sy Esther fa nohamarinina tamin’ny dika tena tranainy nasiam-panitsiana nataon’ilay maritiora Pamphilus, loholona tany Kaisaria, ny lahatsoratra. Mampifandray ilay boky amin’i Kaisaria taonjato maro taorian’ny nandikana azy izany (napetrak’i Fenlon tamin’ny 1908 ho azo inoana fa tamin’ny taonjato fahafito ilay mpanitsy). Samy naroso ho toerana niaviany ny Kaisaria, Ejipta (matetika Aleksandria), Roma ary ny faritra atsimon’i Italia. Misy petra-kevitra naroso hatramin’i Tischendorf mampifandray azy amin’ireo dika dimampolo nasain’i Constantine nataon’i Eusebius (Eusebius, Life of Constantine 4.36), nefa tsy misy firaketana manaporofo ilay fifandraisana. Ny daty: mametraka azy amin’ny taonjato fahefatra ny endriky ny soratra, indraindray eo antenatenan’ilay taonjato, saingy tombana ny daty avy amin’ny soratra. Ny filaharana: mametraka ny Hebreo aorian’ny 2 Tesaloniana koa ny Codex Vaticanus sy ny Codex Alexandrinus tamin’ny taonjato fahadimy; ny Papyrus 46 kosa mametraka azy aorian’ny Romana, ary ny Baiboly tandrefana maoderina aorian’ny Filemona. Ny lahatsoratra: tsy mifanaraka ny mpikaroka raha tany am-boalohany ilay anaran-toerana ao amin’ny Efesiana 1:1 ka very tany aloha, na nampiana tatỳ aoriana.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Ny Hebreo novakina ho taratasin’i Paoly", "statement": "Misy mpivaofy taloha sy maoderina mandray ny toeran’ny Hebreo eo anivon’ny taratasin’i Paoly ho fanohanana an’i Paoly ho mpanoratra, na mpanoratra iray tao amin’ny manodidina azy. Tena mampiseho ilay fanakambanana fa ampahany lehibe amin’ny fiangonana nampiasa ny teny grika no nanisa ny Hebreo ho isan’ny taratasin’i Paoly. Mirakitra ny fisalasalana tany Roma sy ny hevitr’i Origen fa tsy an’i Paoly ny fomba filaza azy koa ireo loharano tamin’io vanim-potoana io, ka tsy mamaha ho azy ny resaka mpanoratra ilay fametrahana azy." }, { "label": "Ny baikon’i Constantine", "statement": "Misy petra-kevitra naroso hatramin’i Tischendorf mampifandray ny Sinaiticus, ary indraindray ny Codex Vaticanus, amin’ireo dikan’ny Soratra Masina dimampolo amin’ny hodi-biby nasain’i Constantine nataon’i Eusebius ho an’ireo fiangonana tao amin’ilay tanànany vaovao (Eusebius, Life of Constantine 4.36). Mahatonga izany ho azo heverina ny haben’ilay boky sy ny datiny, nefa tsy misy firaketana mbola voatahiry mampifandray ity sora-tanana ity amin’izany baiko izany. Nanamarika i Fenlon (1908) fa tsy misy famantarana hoe efa tany Constantinople izy io." }, { "label": "Ny Efesiana ho taratasy natao hiparitaka amin’ny fiangonana maro", "statement": "Tsy ahitana ilay anaran-toerana eo amin’ny Efesiana 1:1 ny sora-tanana tranainy maromaro, anisan’izany ny soratr’ilay mpandika voalohany tao amin’ity boky ity. Noho izany, misy mihevitra fa natao ho an’ny fiangonana maromaro ilay taratasy. Ny hafa kosa mandray ilay anarana ho tany am-boalohany ary ny tsy fisiany ho fiovana tany aloha teo amin’ny fandikana, izay naverin’ny mpanitsy an’ity boky ity tamin’ny endriny teo aloha." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-codex-sinaiticus-paul" }, { "id": "smith-acts-27-seamanship", "kind": "study", "dateFrom": 1848, "dateTo": 1848, "corpusReferences": [], "confidence": "medium-high", "epistemicStatus": "reconstructed", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 27:12", "Acts 27:13-20", "Acts 27:21-26", "Acts 27:27-29", "Acts 27:39-44", "Acts 28:1" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul", "person.luke" ], "placeIds": [ "place.crete", "place.fair-havens", "place.malta" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "smith-voyage-shipwreck-1848", "author": "James Smith", "work": "The Voyage and Shipwreck of St. Paul", "year": "1848", "locator": "Introduction, p. ix, note", "url": "https://archive.org/details/voyageandshipwr01smitgoog", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "I question if modern science has ever done more to confirm an antient author than Captain Smyth's survey of St. Paul's Bay has done in the present case. The soundings alone would have furnished a conclusive test of the truth of the narrative.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "smith-voyage-shipwreck-1848", "author": "James Smith", "work": "The Voyage and Shipwreck of St. Paul", "year": "1848", "locator": "Introduction, p. xiii", "url": "https://archive.org/details/voyageandshipwr01smitgoog", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "My knowledge of these subjects is only that of an amateur, yet a yacht sailor of more than thirty years' standing can scarcely fail to have acquired some skill in those principles of nautical science which are common to all times", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "smith-voyage-shipwreck-1848", "author": "James Smith", "work": "The Voyage and Shipwreck of St. Paul", "year": "1848", "locator": "Introduction, p. xix", "url": "https://archive.org/details/voyageandshipwr01smitgoog", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "no man not a sailor could have written a narrative of a sea voyage so consistent in all its parts, unless from actual observation.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "smith-voyage-shipwreck-1848", "author": "James Smith", "work": "The Voyage and Shipwreck of St. Paul", "year": "1848", "locator": "Crete to Melita, p. 60", "url": "https://archive.org/details/voyageandshipwr01smitgoog", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "In the dissertation on the wind Euroclydon I have stated my reasons for preferring the reading of the most ancient manuscripts and versions, Euro-aquilo, which must be between Eurus and Aquilo, or E. N. E.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "smith-voyage-shipwreck-1848", "author": "James Smith", "work": "The Voyage and Shipwreck of St. Paul", "year": "1848", "locator": "Crete to Melita, p. 64", "url": "https://archive.org/details/voyageandshipwr01smitgoog", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Upon reaching it they availed themselves of the smooth water under its lee, to prepare the ship to resist the fury of the storm.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "smith-voyage-shipwreck-1848", "author": "James Smith", "work": "The Voyage and Shipwreck of St. Paul", "year": "1848", "locator": "Crete to Melita, p. 81", "url": "https://archive.org/details/voyageandshipwr01smitgoog", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "on the 10th of August, 1810, the Lively, frigate, coming from the westward with a fair wind, made the land of Gozo, and the west end of Malta, before it was dark.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "smith-voyage-shipwreck-1848", "author": "James Smith", "work": "The Voyage and Shipwreck of St. Paul", "year": "1848", "locator": "Crete to Melita, p. 82", "url": "https://archive.org/details/voyageandshipwr01smitgoog", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "This was upon the point of Koura, the very spot where a ship driving from the east into St. Paul's Bay must have seen and heard the breakers, and the only spot where she could have done so.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "smith-voyage-shipwreck-1848", "author": "James Smith", "work": "The Voyage and Shipwreck of St. Paul", "year": "1848", "locator": "Crete to Melita, p. 85", "url": "https://archive.org/details/voyageandshipwr01smitgoog", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "The mean of these extremes is thirty-three miles in twenty-four hours, and the mean of both estimates is thirty-six and a half miles in twenty-four hours.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "smith-voyage-shipwreck-1848", "author": "James Smith", "work": "The Voyage and Shipwreck of St. Paul", "year": "1848", "locator": "Crete to Melita, p. 87", "url": "https://archive.org/details/voyageandshipwr01smitgoog", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "I admit that a coincidence so very close as this is, is to a certain extent, accidental, but it is an accident which could not have happened had there been any inaccuracy on the part of the author of the narrative", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "smith-voyage-shipwreck-1848", "author": "James Smith", "work": "The Voyage and Shipwreck of St. Paul", "year": "1848", "locator": "The Shipwreck, p. 102", "url": "https://archive.org/details/voyageandshipwr01smitgoog", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "I am, however, inclined to think that the point of appulse was in the creek, which has no longer a sandy beach, but which must have had one formerly, although now worn away by the wasting action of the sea", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "ramsay-st-paul-traveller", "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen", "year": "1896", "locator": "ch. XIV, p. 326", "url": "https://archive.org/details/stpaultravellerr00rams", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Smith tries to interpret the Greek words in that sense; but it must be observed that Luke never saw the harbour, and merely speaks on Paul's report of the professional opinion.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "ramsay-st-paul-traveller", "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen", "year": "1896", "locator": "ch. XIV, p. 329", "url": "https://archive.org/details/stpaultravellerr00rams", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "I must with Smith believe that cables were passed underneath round the ship transversely to hold the timbers together. This is a possible operation in the circumstances, and a useful one.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "ramsay-st-paul-traveller", "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen", "year": "1896", "locator": "ch. XIV, p. 334", "url": "https://archive.org/details/stpaultravellerr00rams", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Luke seems to have had the landsman's idea that they drifted to and fro in the Mediterranean. A sailor would have known that they drifted in a uniform direction", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "ramsay-st-paul-traveller", "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen", "year": "1896", "locator": "ch. XIV, p. 341", "url": "https://archive.org/details/stpaultravellerr00rams", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "one of the completest services that has ever been rendered to New Testament scholarship is James Smith's proof that all these circumstances are united in St. Paul's Bay. The only difficulty to which he has applied a rather violent solution is the sandy beach", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "wikidata", "work": "Wikidata", "locator": "Q6143365", "url": "https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q6143365", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Colin J. Hemer", "work": "First Person Narrative in Acts 27-28 (Tyndale Bulletin 36)", "year": "1985", "view": "Rejects Robbins's proposed first-person sea-voyage genre and builds on Smith, while conceding that nautical precision alone shows only that the writer had made such a voyage." }, { "author": "Colin J. Hemer", "work": "The Book of Acts in the Setting of Hellenistic History", "year": "1989", "view": "Tests details of Acts against literary, epigraphic and papyrological evidence, including records of the Alexandrian grain fleet, and presents Acts as a coherent product of its day (publisher's description). Its treatment of the voyage was not checked for this entry." }, { "author": "C. J. Hemer", "work": "Euraquilo and Melita (Journal of Theological Studies)", "year": "1975", "view": "Defends the wind-name read by the oldest manuscripts at Acts 27:14 and the Malta identification, in reply to Acworth's case for Mljet." }, { "author": "A. Acworth", "work": "Where was St. Paul Shipwrecked? A Re-examination of the Evidence (Journal of Theological Studies)", "year": "1973", "view": "Argues for Mljet, the Adriatic Melita, as the island of the shipwreck rather than Malta, as reported by Hemer (1985); the article itself was not checked." }, { "author": "Vernon K. Robbins", "work": "By Land and by Sea: The We-Passages and Ancient Sea Voyages (in C. H. Talbert, ed., Perspectives on Luke-Acts)", "year": "1978", "view": "Argues that first-person plural narration was a convention of ancient sea-voyage accounts, so the we-passages need not indicate an eyewitness (thesis as reported and contested by Hemer 1985)." }, { "author": "Dennis R. MacDonald", "work": "The Shipwrecks of Odysseus and Paul (New Testament Studies 45)", "year": "1999", "view": "According to its abstract, argues that Acts 27-28 repeatedly points to Odysseus's shipwrecks in Odyssey books 5 and 12, and that Luke related Paul's shipwreck to them to exalt Paul and his God by comparison." }, { "author": "Heinz Warnecke", "work": "Die tatsächliche Romfahrt des Apostels Paulus (Stuttgarter Bibelstudien 127)", "year": "1987", "view": "Argues that the shipwreck took place on Kephallenia in western Greece rather than on Malta." }, { "author": "Richard I. Pervo", "work": "Profit with Delight: The Literary Genre of the Acts of the Apostles", "year": "1987", "view": "Bibliography only for this entry; argument not checked." }, { "author": "Lionel Casson", "work": "Ships and Seamanship in the Ancient World", "year": "1971", "view": "Bibliography only for this entry; argument not checked." }, { "author": "Brian M. Rapske", "work": "Acts, Travel and Shipwreck (in D. W. J. Gill and C. Gempf, eds., The Book of Acts in Its Graeco-Roman Setting)", "year": "1994", "view": "Bibliography only for this entry; argument not checked." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q6143365", "label": "James Smith" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q20922918", "label": "St Paul's Bay" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q755984", "label": "St Paul's Island" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q213895", "label": "Gavdos" }, { "scheme": "pleiades", "id": "589858", "label": "Kaudos (island)" } ], "title": "Ny fanadihadiana ara-pitaterana an-dranomasina nataon’i James Smith momba ny fiantsambo sy fahavakisan-tsambon’i Paoly (1848)", "summary": "Tao amin’ny The Voyage and Shipwreck of St. Paul (1848), i James Smith avy any Jordanhill, Ekosey mpitondra sambo fialam-boly sady jeolojista, dia nanamarina ny Asan’ny Apostoly 27 tamin’ny alalan’ny sarintanin-dranomasina, toromarika momba ny fitondrana sambo ary torohevitr’ireo manamboninahitra an-dranomasina. Nanohana ny hevitra izy fa mifanaraka amin’ny fahatongavana tao St Paul’s Bay any Malta ny tafio-drivotra, ny fialofana tao ambadik’i Cauda, ny famehezana ny vatana ambany amin’ny sambo, ny fifindran’ilay sambo ary ny fandrefesana ny halalin’ny rano. Mampiseho firindrana ara-pitaterana an-dranomasina izany, na dia avy tamin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ihany aza ny antontan-kevitra sasany nampiasaina. Tsy afaka manaporofo ny mpanoratra na ny zava-nitranga tsirairay izany.", "dating": "1848 (fanontana voalohany; fanontana tatỳ aoriana tamin’ny 1856, 1866 ary 1880)", "currentLocation": "Boky navoaka; natao nomerika ao amin’ny Internet Archive ny fanontana voalohany tamin’ny 1848, avy amin’ny dika tao amin’ny Harvard College Library", "establishes": [ "Narafitr’i Smith indray ny tafio-drivotra ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 27:13–17 ho rivotra mahery avy any atsinanana-avaratra-atsinanana. Teo amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 27:14, naleony ilay anaran-drivotra ao amin’ireo sora-tanana sy dika tranainy indrindra, izay noraisiny ho manondro rivotra avy eo anelanelan’ny atsinanana sy avaratra-atsinanana, toy izay ilay famakiana tatỳ aoriana. Nanosika ilay sambo avy teo akaikin’ny faritra atsimo-afovoan’i Kreta ho any amin’ny lafiny voaro amin’ny rivotra tao Cauda (Gavdos ankehitriny) izany, ka afaka nampiakatra ny sambo kely sy namatotra tady nanodidina ny vatam-tsambo ireo tantsambo.", "Avy amin’ny tomban’ny kapiteny roa tao amin’ny Royal Navy no nandraisan’i Smith ny salan’ny fifindran’ilay sambo, tokony ho enina amby telopolo miles sy tapany isan’andro. Raha izany hafainganana izany, ny sambo napetraka tsy handroso (hove-to) avy ao Cauda dia hahavita ireo 476.6 miles mankany Koura Point any Malta tao anatin’ny telo ambin’ny folo andro mahery kely. Mifanaraka amin’ilay alina fahefatra ambin’ny folo ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 27:27 izany, ary mifanaraka amin’ny fitodihana mankany St Paul’s Bay ny lalana nokajina.", "Nampifandraisin’i Smith tamin’ny fandrefesan’ny kapiteny Smyth an’i St Paul’s Bay ireo fandrefesana halalin-drano roapolo, avy eo dimy ambin’ny folo fathoms (Asan’ny Apostoly 27:28). Notononiny koa ny fitsarana miaramila tamin’ny 1810 momba ilay frigate Lively, izay nahitan’ny mpitily azy ny onja nisamboaravoara teo Koura Point talohan’ny nahitany tany (Asan’ny Apostoly 27:27). Napetrany teo akaikin’i Salmonetta (St Paul’s Island) ny fahatafintohinan’ilay sambo tamin’ny tany, ary niaiky izy fa kisendrasendra ny ampahany amin’ny fifanarahana momba ny fifindran’ilay sambo ary efa tsy misy intsony ny morontsiraka fasika tao amin’ilay helodrano kely.", "Nantsoin’i Ramsay (1895) ho iray amin’ireo fandraisana anjara feno indrindra natao ho an’ny fikarohana ny Testamenta Vaovao ny tohan-kevitr’i Smith momba an’i St Paul’s Bay. Niombon-kevitra taminy izy fa napetraka niampita ny sakany teo ambanin’ny vatam-tsambo ireo tady namatorana azy, saingy noheveriny ho somary an-tery ny vahaolana hoe nanjavona ilay morontsiraka. Nolaviny koa ny fomba nandikan’i Smith ny teny grika momba an’i Foiniksa sy ny fifindran’ilay sambo: i Lioka, izay tsy nahita an’i Foiniksa mihitsy, dia nampita filazalazana diso fifangaro, ary nanoratra momba ny fifindran’ilay sambo araka ny fiheveran’ny olona tsy mpandeha an-dranomasina." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy vavolombelona mahaleo tena momba ilay fiantsambo izany. Avy amin’ny jeografia ao amin’ilay fitantarana ihany no nanatsoahan’i Smith ny fitodian’ny rivotra, ary avy amin’ny tomban’ny manamboninahitra tamin’ny taonjato fahasivy ambin’ny folo ny hafainganam-pifindran’ilay sambo; nampiasainy koa ilay toerana famaranana nentin-drazana any Malta. Noho izany, mampiseho ny fifanarahan’ilay fitantarana amin’ny tena rivotra, sarintany sy morontsiraka ilay fifanandrifiana; tsy manamafy ny antsipiriany tsirairay amin’ny porofo avy any ivelany izy io.", "Tsy mampiseho izany fa nanoratra ho vavolombelona nahita maso i Lioka, na tena nitranga ireo zavatra tsy azo tsapaina amin’ny fahalalana ny sambo, toy ny hafatry ny anjely sy ny toky nomen’i Paoly ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 27:21–26. Ny filazan’i Smith fa tsy misy olona tsy tantsambo afaka manoratra mirindra toy izany raha tsy tena nandinika dia fanatsoahan-kevitra avy amin’ny firindran’ilay fitantarana, ary toherin’ny hafa. Na i Ramsay aza dia nihevitra fa nampita vaovao avy tamin’olon-kafa momba an’i Foiniksa i Lioka ary nilazalaza ny fifindran’ilay sambo toy ny olona tsy mpandeha an-dranomasina.", "Tsy mamaritra ny tena toerana niantsonana izany, ary tsy mamaha ny antsipiriany ara-teknika rehetra. Mila morontsiraka tsy misy intsony ilay helodrano kely nofidin’i Smith, ary mbola iadian-kevitra ny fomba namatorana ny vatana ambany amin’ny sambo sy ny fitodihan’ny seranana tao Foiniksa." ], "debate": "Ireo mankasitraka an’i Smith, hatramin’i Ramsay ka hatramin’i Colin Hemer, dia mandray ny firindran’ilay fitantarana ara-pitaterana an-dranomasina ho mariky ny fitaterana avy amin’ny nahita maso. Ny hafa kosa mamaly fa fomba ara-literatiora mahazatra ny fitantarana dia an-dranomasina mampiasa mpisolo tena olona voalohany (Vernon Robbins), na maka tahaka ny fahavakisan-tsambon’i Odysseus ny Asan’ny Apostoly 27–28 (Dennis MacDonald). Amin’ireny famakiana ireny, mety hampiseho fahalalana ny fitondrana sambo ny fahamarinan’ny antsipiriany, fa tsy ny fisiana tao an-tsambo. Namaly i Hemer fa tsy manaporofo izany fomba fanao izany ireo fitoviana nomen’i Robbins, nefa niaiky fa ny fahitsiana ara-pitaterana an-dranomasina ihany dia mampiseho fotsiny fa efa nanao dia toy izany ilay mpanoratra. Mbola misokatra koa ireo fanontaniana ara-teknika: niampita ny sakany sa nanaraka ny halavan’ny vatam-tsambo ireo tady namatorana ny faritra ambany, nitodika taiza i Foiniksa, ary i Malta tokoa ve i Melita? Nanohana an’i Kephallenia i Heinz Warnecke, ary i A. Acworth sy O. F. A. Meinardus kosa an’i Mljet.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Fomba ara-literatiora mahazatra", "statement": "Manohana ny hevitra i Vernon Robbins fa anisan’ny fomba fanao tamin’ny fitantarana dia an-dranomasina fahiny ny fampiasana mpisolo tena olona voalohany milaza maro. Araka io famakiana io, mampiseho ireo fitsapana nataon’i Smith fa nahalala ny fihetsiky ny sambo sy ny rivotra ao amin’ny Ranomasina Mediteranea ilay mpanoratra, fa tsy hoe tao an-tsambo izy. Namaly i Hemer fa tsy manaporofo izany sokajy ara-literatiora izany ireo ohatra nomen’i Robbins." }, { "label": "Fakan-tahaka an’i Homera", "statement": "Manohana ny hevitra i Dennis MacDonald fa manondro matetika ny fahavakisan-tsambon’i Odysseus ny Asan’ny Apostoly 27–28, ka samy ahitana sary momba ny fitondrana sambo, fampanantenana fiarovana avy amin’ny andriamanitra ary maherifo noraisin’ny mponin’ny nosy. Izany dia natao hanandratana an’i Paoly sy an’Andriamanitra ivavahany amin’ny alalan’ny fampitahana. Raha izany, dia ara-literatiora ny firafiny na dia misy aza ny jeografia mifanaraka amin’ny tena zava-misy." }, { "label": "Nosy hafa", "statement": "Napetrak’i Heinz Warnecke tany Kephallenia, any andrefan’i Gresy, ny fahavakisan-tsambo. Ny hevitra taloha kokoa, nolavin’i Smith ary novelomin’i A. Acworth (1973) sy O. F. A. Meinardus, dia nametraka an’i Melita ho i Mljet (Meleda) any amin’ny Ranomasina Adriatika. Mbola i Malta, indrindra i St Paul’s Bay, no toerana eken’ny ankamaroan’ny mpikaroka." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-smith-acts-27-seamanship" }, { "id": "ramsay-acts-accuracy", "kind": "study", "dateFrom": 1895, "dateTo": 1896, "corpusReferences": [], "confidence": "medium-high", "epistemicStatus": "debated", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 13:49", "Acts 14:1-7", "Acts 14:11", "Acts 16:6", "Acts 18:23", "Galatians 1:2", "Galatians 3:1" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul", "person.barnabas", "person.luke" ], "placeIds": [ "place.iconium", "place.lystra", "place.derbe", "place.galatia", "place.pisidian-antioch" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "ramsay-st-paul-traveller", "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen", "year": "1895 (tenth edition, 1907)", "locator": "ch. 1 §1 (Trustworthiness)", "url": "https://ccel.org/ccel/ramsay/paul_roman/paul_roman.iv.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "On the contrary, I began with a mind unfavourable to it, for the ingenuity and apparent completeness of the Tübingen theory had at one time quite convinced me.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "ramsay-st-paul-traveller", "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen", "year": "1895 (tenth edition, 1907)", "locator": "ch. 5 §6 (The Cities of Lycaonia)", "url": "https://ccel.org/ccel/ramsay/paul_roman/paul_roman.viii.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "it was accurate at the period when Paul visited Lycaonia; that it was accurate at no other time except between 37 and 72 A.D.; and that its only meaning is to distinguish between the Roman part of Lycaonia and the non-Roman part ruled by Antiochus.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "ramsay-st-paul-traveller", "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen", "year": "1895 (tenth edition, 1907)", "locator": "Preface to the second edition (dated 25 March 1896)", "url": "https://ccel.org/ccel/ramsay/paul_roman/paul_roman.iii.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "With the Galatian question the date and authorship of Acts are bound up: the more I study, the more clearly I see that it is impossible to reconcile the “North-Galatian theory” with the first-century origin and Lukan authorship of Acts", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "wikidata", "work": "Wikidata item for William Mitchell Ramsay", "locator": "Q326308", "url": "https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Special:EntityData/Q326308.json", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "catalogue-record" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "W. Ward Gasque", "work": "Sir William M. Ramsay: Archaeologist and New Testament Scholar", "year": "1966", "view": "A sympathetic survey. It counts the reliability of Luke-Acts, the South Galatian identification and the stress on historical context as Ramsay's lasting contributions. It reports that Ramsay's 1915 retelling made Acts 14:5-12 the first prompt for his change of mind, and it concedes that the South Galatian case cannot be proved to every scholar's satisfaction." }, { "author": "F. F. Bruce", "work": "Foreword to W. W. Gasque, Sir William M. Ramsay: Archaeologist and New Testament Scholar", "year": "1966", "view": "Says the nineteenth-century Ramsay, if inclined to overstate his case, had a good case to overstate, and that his later role as a popular apologist harmed his scholarly reputation." }, { "author": "Stephen Neill", "work": "The Interpretation of the New Testament 1861-1961", "year": "1964", "view": "As reported by Gasque, names two abiding results of Ramsay's work: his case for the accuracy of the Lukan writings and his South Galatian identification. Notes that many German scholars had little first-hand acquaintance with the archaeological evidence." }, { "author": "Ernst Haenchen", "work": "Die Apostelgeschichte (English translation: The Acts of the Apostles, 1971)", "year": "1956", "view": "Bibliography only for this entry; argument not checked." }, { "author": "C. K. Barrett", "work": "Luke the Historian in Recent Study", "year": "1961", "view": "According to Gasque, suggests a date for Acts as late as AD 95-115." }, { "author": "J. C. O'Neill", "work": "The Theology of Acts in Its Historical Setting", "year": "1961", "view": "Dates Acts to the second century. Gasque cites the book as an example of the position Ramsay had abandoned." }, { "author": "Colin J. Hemer", "work": "The Book of Acts in the Setting of Hellenistic History", "year": "1989", "view": "Tests details of Acts against literary, epigraphic and papyrological evidence and presents Acts as a coherent product of its day (publisher's description). Secondary summaries report that it dates Acts to about AD 62; the chapters were not checked for this entry." }, { "author": "J. B. Lightfoot", "work": "Saint Paul's Epistle to the Galatians", "year": "1865", "view": "The classic defence, in Ramsay's day, of the North Galatian view: Paul's Galatians were the Gaulish population of central Asia Minor (as summarised by Gasque; the first-edition preface is dated February 1865)." }, { "author": "James Moffatt", "work": "An Introduction to the Literature of the New Testament", "year": "1911", "view": "Defends the North Galatian destination against Ramsay's South Galatian case (checked in the revised third edition of 1918). Gasque calls him Ramsay's faithful antagonist on this question." }, { "author": "F. H. Chase", "work": "The Galatia of the Acts (articles in The Expositor)", "year": "1893-1894", "view": "Criticised Ramsay's South Galatian argument. Ramsay credited this criticism with prompting the renewed work behind St Paul the Traveller." }, { "author": "Hans Dieter Betz", "work": "Galatians (Hermeneia)", "year": "1979", "view": "Bibliography only for this entry; argument not checked." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q326308", "label": "William Mitchell Ramsay" } ], "title": "Ny St Paul the Traveller (1895) an’i W. M. Ramsay sy ny tohan-kevitra momba ny fahamarinan’ny Asan’ny Apostoly", "summary": "Tao amin’ny St Paul the Traveller (1895), i W. M. Ramsay, mpikaroka momba ny tontolo klasika tany Aberdeen, dia nanoratra fa efa nanaiky ny fomba fijerin’ny sekolin’i Tübingen ny Asan’ny Apostoly ho asa tamin’ny taonjato faharoa izy taloha. Ny fikarohana nandritra ny taona maro tany Asia Minora no nandresy lahatra azy fa mifanaraka amin’ny Galatia teo ambany fahefan’i Roma tamin’ny taonjato voalohany ireo voambolana ara-paritra ao anatiny, toy ny tamin’ny fandosirana avy any Ikonioma ho any Lykaonia (Asan’ny Apostoly 14:6). Raha mitombina ireo fandikany, dia mampiseho ny fahafantaran’ilay mpanoratra ny faritra izany; tsy manamarina ny zava-nitranga tsirairay izy ireo, ary mbola iadian-kevitra ny elanelan-taona omeny sy ny tohan-keviny momba ny faritra atsimon’i Galatia.", "dating": "Navoaka voalohany tamin’ny 1895 (17 Septambra ny datin’ny fanokanana, 23 Septambra 1895 ny teny fampidirana); nohamarinina tamin’ny fanontana fahafolo, Hodder and Stoughton, 1907, ireo teny nalaina", "currentLocation": "Boky navoaka; nataon’ny Christian Classics Ethereal Library nomerika ny fanontana fahafolo (Hodder and Stoughton, 1907)", "establishes": [ "Tamin’ny 1895, nanoratra i Ramsay fa efa naharesy lahatra azy tanteraka ny petra-kevitry ny sekolin’i Tübingen ary noraisiny ho asa nosoratana tamin’ny taonjato faharoa ny Asan’ny Apostoly. Nilaza izy fa niova tsikelikely ny fomba fijeriny rehefa nampiasa ny Asan’ny Apostoly ho loharano momba ny endriky ny tany, ny zavatra fahagola sy ny fiarahamonina tany Asia Minora.", "Nanohana ny hevitra izy fa manamarika sisintany tena nisy ny Asan’ny Apostoly 14:6. Araka ny fanazavany, tao amin’ny faritra Frygia ao amin’ny faritanin’i Galatia i Ikonioma, fa i Lystra sy Derbe kosa tao amin’ny ampahan’i Lykaonia teo ambany fahefan’i Roma (nantsoina hoe Galatika). Noheveriny fa teo anelanelan’ny 37 sy 72 taor. J.K. ihany no marina izany filazalazana izany.", "Noheverin’i Ramsay fa tsy afa-misaraka amin’ny niandohan’ny Asan’ny Apostoly tamin’ny taonjato voalohany sy ny nanoratan’i Lioka azy ny famakiana ny Galatiana ho natao ho an’ny faritra atsimon’i Galatia. Efa hatramin’ny voalohany no nanohitra ny tohan-keviny momba an’i Galatia i Dr Chase tao amin’ny Expositor (1893–94), ary tatỳ aoriana i James Moffatt. Na ny mpandinika nankasitraka azy toa an’i F. F. Bruce (1966) aza dia nihevitra fa nirona hanitatra ny tohan-keviny izy, na dia tohan-kevitra tsara aza izany." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Tsy mampiseho izany fa tena nitranga araka ny fitantarana azy ireo zava-nitranga, kabary na fahagagana ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly. Ny sisintany, anaram-pahefana na faritra voatonona marina dia mampiseho fa nahalala ny toerana ilay mpanoratra, fa tsy manaporofo fa ara-tantara ny fizarana tsirairay.", "Ny fitantaran’i Ramsay ny fiovan-keviny dia porofo fa niova hevitra izy, fa tsy fanamafisana mahaleo tena ny Asan’ny Apostoly. Ao amin’ny fitantarany indray tamin’ny 1915, araka ny famintinan’i Gasque azy, ny zava-nitranga tany Lykaonia ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 14:5–12 no teboka nampiodina azy. Ny lahatsoratra tamin’ny 1895 kosa manasongadina ny adihevitra raha namakivaky ny faritra avaratr’i Galatia i Paoly na an’i Lykaonia.", "Tsy mamaha izany raha ny faritra atsimon’i Galatia no nandefasana ny Galatiana, na manaporofo daty tany aloha sy an’i Lioka ho mpanoratra ny Asan’ny Apostoly. Mbola iadian-kevitra ireo telo ireo." ], "debate": "Mbola misokatra ny fanontaniana telo. Voalohany, manondro naman’i Paoly ve ny fahalalana marina ny toerana (Ramsay, Hemer), sa mifanaraka amin’ny mpanoratra tatỳ aoriana nahalala tsara ny zava-misy nefa namolavola ny zava-nitranga araka ny teolojia? Manomboka amin’ny fiandohan’ny taona 60 (Hemer), mandalo amin’ny taona 80 izay eken’ny maro, ka hatramin’ny taonjato faharoa (O’Neill) ny daty aroso ho an’ny Asan’ny Apostoly. Milaza i Gasque fa neken’i Barrett ho mety ny daty tara hatramin’ny 95–115. Faharoa, tany amin’ireo tanàna atsimon’ny faritany teo ambany fahefan’i Roma ve no nonina ireo Galatiana nanoratan’i Paoly, sa tany amin’ny faritra avaratra nisy ny vahoaka Galatiana ara-poko (Lightfoot, Moffatt)? Fahatelo, tena hentitra araka ny nambarany ve ilay elanelana 37–72 omen’i Ramsay, izay mifototra amin’ny fizarana an’i Lykaonia ho ampahany fehezin’i Roma sy ampahany antsoina hoe Antiokiana, raha i Ramsay ihany aza niaiky fa vitsy ny porofo momba ireo fizarana tao amin’ilay faritany?", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Mpanoratra tatỳ aoriana nahalala tsara ny zava-misy", "statement": "Mety ho avy amin’ny loharano, ny fahalalana ny dia na ny fomba fiteny ara-paritra naharitra ela ny jeografia sy ireo voambolana ara-pitantanana marina. Noho izany, mifanaraka amin’ny mpanoratra tamin’ny faramparan’ny taonjato voalohany na taorian’izay izy ireo, izay namolavola ny tantara ho amin’ny tanjona ara-teolojia. Araka io fomba fijery io, nampiseho i Ramsay fa nahalala an’i Asia Minora ilay mpanoratra, fa tsy hoe naman’i Paoly izy." }, { "label": "Famakiana mifototra amin’ny faritra avaratr’i Galatia", "statement": "I J. B. Lightfoot, mpiaro malaza an’io fomba fijery io tamin’ny andron’i Ramsay, dia nandray ireo Galatiana nanoratan’i Paoly ho ilay vahoaka galika tao afovoan’i Asia Minora, notsidihina nandritra ireo dia ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 16:6 sy 18:23. Nitana izany fomba fijery izany nanohitra an’i Ramsay i Moffatt, toy ny ankamaroan’ny fikarohana alemà araka ny tatitr’i Gasque. Mampiasa ny Asan’ny Apostoly koa ireo mpiaro azy mba hamaritana ny lalan’i Paoly, ka fanatsoahan-kevitr’i Ramsay manokana ny filazany fa tsy mety hifanaraka amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly nosoratan’i Lioka tamin’ny taonjato voalohany ny fomba fijerin’izy ireo." }, { "label": "Fanatsarana an’i Ramsay fa tsy fandavana azy", "statement": "Mitana ny fomba fiasan’i Ramsay amin’ny fanamarinana ny Asan’ny Apostoly amin’ny soratra voasokitra sy ny jeografia ireo mpandimby mankasitraka azy toa an’i Gasque sy Hemer. Heverin’i Gasque fa mankasitraka ny tohan-kevitra momba ny faritra atsimon’i Galatia ny porofo, saingy tsy azo porofoina hahafa-po ny mpikaroka tsirairay izany. Tao amin’ny sasin-teniny ho an’ny bokin’i Gasque, nihevitra i Bruce fa nanimba ny lazany ara-pikarohana ny anjara asan’i Ramsay tatỳ aoriana ho mpiaro finoana ho an’ny besinimaro." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-ramsay-acts-accuracy" }, { "id": "lukan-titles-overview", "kind": "study", "dateFrom": -22, "dateTo": 160, "corpusReferences": [ "IG XIV 601" ], "confidence": "high", "epistemicStatus": "source-supported", "scriptureReferences": [ "Acts 13:6-12", "Acts 16:12-40", "Acts 17:5-9", "Acts 18:12-17", "Acts 19:29-41", "Acts 21:30-40", "Acts 22:24-29", "Acts 23:10-30", "Acts 24:22", "Acts 28:7-10" ], "personIds": [ "person.paul", "person.silas", "person.sergius-paulus", "person.gallio", "person.claudius", "person.jason", "person.lysias", "person.publius" ], "placeIds": [ "place.cyprus", "place.paphos", "place.achaia", "place.corinth", "place.macedonia", "place.thessalonica", "place.philippi", "place.ephesus", "place.malta", "place.jerusalem" ], "sources": [ { "sourceKey": "dio-cassius-cary", "author": "Cassius Dio", "work": "Roman History", "translator": "Earnest Cary", "year": "1917", "locator": "54.4.1 (22 BC)", "url": "https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Cassius_Dio/54*.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "It was at this time that he restored to the people both Cyprus and Gallia Narbonensis as districts no longer needing the presence of his armies; and thus proconsuls began to be sent to those provinces also.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "tacitus-annals-church-brodribb", "author": "Tacitus", "work": "Annals", "translator": "A. J. Church and W. J. Brodribb", "year": "1876", "locator": "Ann. 1.76 (AD 15)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.02.0078:book=1:chapter=76", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Achaia and Macedonia, on complaining of their burdens, were, it was decided, to be relieved for a time from pro-consular government and to be transferred to the emperor.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "dio-cassius-cary", "author": "Cassius Dio", "work": "Roman History", "translator": "Earnest Cary", "year": "1924", "locator": "60.24.1 (AD 44)", "url": "https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Cassius_Dio/60*.html", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "Achaia and Macedonia, which ever since the reign of Tiberius had been assigned to governors directly appointed, Claudius now made to depend upon the lot once more.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "ramsay-st-paul-traveller", "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen", "year": "1895", "locator": "ch. X sect. 3, p. 218 (praetors at Philippi)", "url": "https://archive.org/download/stpaultraveller02ramsgoog/stpaultraveller02ramsgoog_djvu.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "The title Praetors was not technically accurate, but was frequently employed as a courtesy title for the supreme magistrates of a Roman colony; and, as usual, Luke moves on the plane of educated conversation in such matters, and not on the plane of rigid technical accuracy.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "eusebius-history-mcgiffert", "author": "Eusebius", "work": "Church History", "translator": "A. C. McGiffert", "year": "1890", "locator": "Hist. eccl. 4.15.27 (quoting Mart. Pol. 12.2)", "url": "https://www.newadvent.org/fathers/250104.htm", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "they cried out and asked the Asiarch Philip to let a lion loose upon Polycarp. But he said that it was not lawful for him, since he had closed the games.", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "ramsay-st-paul-traveller", "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen", "year": "1895", "locator": "ch. XII sect. 5, p. 281 (Asiarchs)", "url": "https://archive.org/download/stpaultraveller02ramsgoog/stpaultraveller02ramsgoog_djvu.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "The Asiarchs, or High Priests of Asia, were the heads of the imperial, political-religious organisation of the province in the worship of \"Rome and the Emperors\"", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "ramsay-st-paul-traveller", "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen", "year": "1895", "locator": "ch. XII sect. 5, p. 281 (town clerk)", "url": "https://archive.org/download/stpaultraveller02ramsgoog/stpaultraveller02ramsgoog_djvu.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "The Clerk was probably the most important official in Ephesus, and therefore in close contact with the court of the proconsul, who generally resided in that city", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "ramsay-st-paul-traveller", "author": "W. M. Ramsay", "work": "St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen", "year": "1895", "locator": "ch. XIV sect. 9, p. 343 (Malta)", "url": "https://archive.org/download/stpaultraveller02ramsgoog/stpaultraveller02ramsgoog_djvu.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "The title \"first\" is technically correct in Melita: it has inscriptional authority.", "role": "early-study" }, { "sourceKey": "kaibel-ig-xiv", "author": "G. Kaibel", "work": "Inscriptiones Graecae XIV: Inscriptiones Siciliae et Italiae", "year": "1890", "locator": "IG XIV 601 (p. 112)", "url": "https://archive.org/download/bub_gb_WNFOCQoUpq4C/bub_gb_WNFOCQoUpq4C_djvu.txt", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "", "role": "edition" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-war-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "The Jewish War", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "War 5.243-244 (Whiston 5.5.8; his 'legion' renders a general Greek word for a military unit)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0148:book=5:whiston%20chapter=5:whiston%20section=8", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "it had passages down to them both, through which the guard (for there always lay in this tower a Roman legion) went several ways among the cloisters, with their arms, on the Jewish festivals, in order to watch the people, that they might not there attempt to make any innovations", "role": "primary-text" }, { "sourceKey": "josephus-antiquities-whiston", "author": "Flavius Josephus", "work": "Antiquities of the Jews", "translator": "William Whiston", "year": "1737", "locator": "Ant. 20.136 (Whiston 20.6.3)", "url": "https://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.01.0146:book=20:whiston%20chapter=6:whiston%20section=3", "publicDomain": true, "quote": "He also gave order that Celer the tribune should be carried back to Jerusalem, and should be drawn through the city in the sight of all the people, and then should be slain.", "role": "primary-text" } ], "modernScholarship": [ { "author": "Ernest DeWitt Burton", "work": "The Politarchs (American Journal of Theology 2)", "year": "1898", "view": "Collected the known politarch inscriptions, chiefly Macedonian with a few from Thrace, Bithynia, the Bosporus and Egypt and none from Greece proper. Found the office at Thessalonica from Augustus to the mid-second century, and noted that the form used in Acts was otherwise unknown in surviving literature, a related form appearing in Aeneas Tacticus." }, { "author": "E. L. Hicks", "work": "The Collection of Ancient Greek Inscriptions in the British Museum, Part III: Priene, Iasos and Ephesos", "year": "1890", "view": "From the Ephesian inscriptions, including the Salutaris bequest of AD 104, found the clerk of the people drafting decrees with the strategoi and managing public business, and judged Acts 19:35-41 one more instance of Luke's accuracy with titles. Treated Asiarch as another title of the provincial high priest of Asia." }, { "author": "A. N. Sherwin-White", "work": "Roman Society and Roman Law in the New Testament", "year": "1963", "view": "Writing as a Roman historian, argued that Acts' picture of provincial government, civic and colonial magistrates and legal procedure fits the first century AD closely, and judged its historicity in such matters strongly confirmed." }, { "author": "Colin J. Hemer", "work": "The Book of Acts in the Setting of Hellenistic History", "year": "1989", "view": "Examined numerous details of Acts against literary, epigraphic and papyrological evidence, official titles among them, presenting Acts as a coherent and consistent product of its own day; defended Lukan authorship and a date before AD 70." }, { "author": "Richard I. Pervo", "work": "Profit with Delight: The Literary Genre of the Acts of the Apostles", "year": "1987", "view": "Compared Acts with ancient novels, arguing that it shares their blend of edification and entertainment; noted that many novels also feature real persons and historiographical techniques, and treated historicity as a question separate from genre." }, { "author": "Richard I. Pervo", "work": "Dating Acts: Between the Evangelists and the Apologists", "year": "2006", "view": "Dated Acts to about AD 115, arguing among other points that its author knew Josephus's later writings, so accurate period detail is compatible with a late date." }, { "author": "Stephan Witetschek", "work": "Artemis and Asiarchs: Some Remarks on Ephesian Local Colour in Acts 19 (Biblica 90)", "year": "2009", "view": "Argued that the Asiarchs of Acts 19:31 call into question their identification with the high priests of the provincial imperial cult, and that Acts' Ephesian local colour is a source less for Paul's time than for Luke's own." } ], "authorityIds": [ { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q40309", "label": "Acts of the Apostles" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q2912782", "label": "proconsul" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q7210123", "label": "Politarch" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q727844", "label": "Asiarch" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q59671", "label": "lictor" }, { "scheme": "wikidata", "id": "Q849288", "label": "military tribune" } ], "title": "Anaram-pahefana ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly, isaky ny tanàna", "summary": "Manome anaram-pahefana mifanaraka amin’ny toerana tsirairay lazainy ny Asan’ny Apostoly: prokonsily any Kyprosy sy Akaia, politarka any Tesalonika, pretora miaraka amin’ny liktora ao amin’ny zanatany Filipy, asiarka sy mpitan-tsoratry ny tanàna any Efesosy, lehilahy voalohany any Malta ary komandin’ny miaramila avy amin’ny tafik’i Roma any Jerosalema. Voalazan’ny soratra voasokitra sy mpanoratra fahiny ny ankamaroan’ireo; tany Filipy dia fanajana no niantsoana azy ireo hoe pretora. Mampiseho fahalalana tsara ny toerana na loharano tsara izany; tsy manaporofo ny zava-nitranga tsirairay na manome daty ny Asan’ny Apostoly.", "dating": "Fampiasana voaporofo nanomboka tamin’ny 22 tal. J.K. (naverina teo ambany prokonsily i Kyprosy) ka hatramin’ny antenatenan’ny taonjato faharoa taor. J.K. (i Filipo Asiarka tany Smyrna, tokony ho 155–160 araka ny daty mahazatra; didin’ny tanàna tany Efesosy hatramin’ny 160 taor. J.K.). Tatỳ aoriana ny loharano mitatitra sasany (Cassius Dio, fiandohan’ny taonjato fahatelo; Eusebius, fiandohan’ny fahefatra). Tokony ho 46–60 taor. J.K. ireo zava-nitranga ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly araka ny fizotry ny fotoana mahazatra.", "currentLocation": "Tsy mihatra eto: topimaso momba ny lahatsoratra sy soratra voasokitra maromaro ity; jereo ireo lahatsoratra ampifandraisina aminy hahitana ny toerana misy ny zavatra tsirairay.", "establishes": [ "Mifanaraka amin’ny satan’ny faritany tsirairay tamin’izany ny prokonsily any Kyprosy sy Akaia ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly (Asan’ny Apostoly 13:7; Asan’ny Apostoly 18:12). Naverin’i Augustus teo ambany fahefan’ny vahoaka i Kyprosy tamin’ny 22 tal. J.K., ary prokonsily no nitantana azy taorian’izay (Dio 54.4.1). Nifindra teo ambany emperora i Akaia tamin’ny 15 taor. J.K. ary niverina teo ambany prokonsily voafidy tamin’ny antsapaka tamin’ny andron’i Klaodio tamin’ny 44 taor. J.K. (Tacitus, Annals 1.76; Dio 60.24.1), talohan’ny fotoana naha-prokonsily an’i Galiona, izay apetraka matetika amin’ny fiandohan’ny taona 50.", "Anaram-pahefana sivily tany Makedonia indrindra ny politarka (Asan’ny Apostoly 17:6 sy 17:8). Tamin’ny 1898, nanamarika i Burton fa soratra voasokitra ihany no nahafantarana io endrik’ilay teny io ivelan’ny Asan’ny Apostoly tamin’izay (misy endrika akaiky aminy ao amin’i Aeneas Tacticus). Tany Makedonia ny ankamaroan’ny tao amin’ny lisiny, niaraka tamin’ny ohatra vitsivitsy tany Thrace, Bitynia, Bosporus sy Ejipta, ary tsy nisy tany Gresy amin’ny heviny tery; tany Tesalonika dia nanomboka tamin’ny andron’i Augustus ka hatramin’ny antenatenan’ny taonjato faharoa izy ireo.", "Ao amin’ny zanatany teo ambany fahefan’i Roma tany Filipy (Asan’ny Apostoly 16:12), antsoin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly amin’ilay teny grika mahazatra ilazana ny pretora ireo mpitsara, ary omeny liktora (Asan’ny Apostoly 16:20–38). Noheverin’i Ramsay fa tsy ilay anaram-pahefana tena marina ara-teknika ny pretora, fa anaram-panajana fampiasa matetika ho an’ny mpitsara ambony indrindra amin’ny zanatany; manoratra araka ny fifampiresahan’ny olona nahita fianarana i Lioka, fa tsy mikatsaka fahitsiana ara-teknika hentitra.", "Any Efesosy, mitondra anaram-pahefana ara-paritany voalaza ivelan’ny Asan’ny Apostoly ireo asiarka ao amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly (Asan’ny Apostoly 19:31). Ao amin’ny Martyrdom of Polycarp, izay nakan’i Eusebius teny (Church History 4.15.27), dia mangataka amin’i Filipo Asiarka tany Smyrna ny vahoaka mba handefa liona hanafika an’i Polycarp. Noheverin’i Ramsay fa ilay mpitan-tsoratry ny tanàna angamba no manam-pahefana lehibe indrindra tany Efesosy; asehon’ny fanontana ireo soratra voasokitra nataon’i Hicks tamin’ny 1890 fa nanomana didin’ny tanàna sy nitantana ny raharaham-bahoaka ilay mpitan-tsoratra.", "Any Malta, misy soratra voasokitra amin’ny teny grika (IG XIV 601) miantso mpikambana iray tao amin’ny sarangan’ny equites tao Roma hoe protos Melitaion, izany hoe voalohany amin’ny mponin’i Malta, ary mampitaha izany amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 28:7 ny fanamarihan’i Kaibel. Any Jerosalema, milaza i Josefa fa nisy antokon’ny tafik’i Roma nipetraka mandrakariva tao amin’ny toby mimanda Antonia, izay nisy lalana nidina nankany amin’ny lavarangan’ny tempoly nampiasainy tamin’ny fety (War 5.243–244). Manonona komandin’ny miaramila (chiliarch) antsoina hoe Celer tany Jodia tamin’ny andron’i Klaodio koa izy (Ant. 20.136)." ], "doesNotEstablish": [ "Fa tena nitranga araka ny fitantarana azy ny toe-javatra iray. Ny anaram-pahefana marina ho an’ireo manam-pahefana tany Tesalonika na Malta dia tsy manamafy ny fanafihana ny tranon’i Jasona na ny fanasitranana ny rain’i Poblio; mila tombana manokana ny zava-nitranga tsirairay.", "Ny daty na ny mpanoratra ny Asan’ny Apostoly amin’izy irery. Nampiasaina nandritra ny taranaka maro ny ankamaroan’ireo anaram-pahefana ireo (politarka tany Tesalonika hatramin’ny taonjato faharoa, asiarka mbola tamin’ny antenatenan’ny taonjato faharoa), ka afaka nahamarina azy ireo koa ny mpanoratra tatỳ aoriana nanana loharano tsara.", "Fahitsiana ara-teknika mitovy hatrany. Tany Filipy, raha ny tomban’i Ramsay, anaram-panajana ny pretora fa tsy anarana ofisialin’ny zanatany, ary mampiasa teny ankapobeny ilazana ny mpitondra koa ny Asan’ny Apostoly ao (Asan’ny Apostoly 16:19). Fahamarinan’ny fomba fitenin’ny olona nahita fianarana sy nahalala vaovao izany, fa tsy voambolana ara-dalàna.", "Fa voamarina tsirairay amin’ny loharano mahaleo tena ireo manam-pahefana voatonona anarana, na nanana heviny raikitra iray ny anaram-pahefana tsirairay. Mbola iadian-kevitra avokoa raha misy soratra voasokitra manonona an’i Sergio Paolo prokonsily, ny tena asan’ireo asiarka, ary raha andraikitra ofisialy na laharam-panajana ilay hoe voalohany tany Malta (milaza fotsiny ny fanamarihan’i Kaibel fa mari-panavahana sivily voafaritra no tiana holazaina)." ], "debate": "Noraisin’i Ramsay, Sherwin-White ary Hemer ho porofo mitambatra ireo antsipiriany momba ny toerana voalaza marina, anisan’izany ny anaram-pahefana, fa mifototra amin’ny fahalalana tany aloha sy vaovao tsara ny Asan’ny Apostoly. Nanohana an’i Lioka ho naman’i Paoly i Ramsay; i Hemer kosa niaro an’i Lioka ho mpanoratra sy daty talohan’ny 70 taor. J.K. Mamaly i Pervo fa nampiasa olona tena nisy sy fomba fanao tamin’ny fanoratana tantara koa ny tantara noforonina fahiny, ary napetrany tokony ho 115 ny datin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly; i Witetschek kosa mandray ny antsipirian’ny toerana any Efesosy ho porofo momba ny andron’i Lioka mihitsy kokoa noho ny andron’i Paoly. Mbola misokatra ireo fanontaniana voafetra kokoa, indrindra raha ny lehiben’ny mpisorona tany Asia ihany no atao hoe asiarka (ny hevitr’i Ramsay, niombonan’i Hicks tamin’ny 1890), na zavatra hafa, fisalasalana alain’i Witetschek avy amin’ny Asan’ny Apostoly 19:31 ihany.", "alternatives": [ { "label": "Namana nahalala tsara ny zava-misy", "statement": "Mampiseho mpanoratra niara-dia tamin’i Paoly na nahafantatra mivantana ireo tanàna ireo ny karazan’anaram-pahefana marina mifanaraka amin’ny toerana, araka ny tohan-kevitr’i Ramsay sy Hemer. Mifanaraka amin’ireo andalana mampiasa ny hoe izahay izany, saingy fanatsoahan-kevitra avy amin’ny fahamarinan’ny antsipiriany, fa tsy porofon’ny mpanoratra." }, { "label": "Mpanoratra tatỳ aoriana nanana loharano tsara", "statement": "Ny mpanoratra tamin’ny faramparan’ny taonjato voalohany na fiandohan’ny faharoa, niantehitra tamin’ny fanamarihana momba ny dia, olona teo an-toerana nanome vaovao na fitantarana taloha kokoa, dia afaka namerina ireo anaram-pahefana mbola nampiasaina tamin’ny androny. Araka io fomba fijery io, manamarina ny hatsaran’ny loharano na ny andron’ilay mpanoratra mihitsy ireo anaram-pahefana, mihoatra noho ny daty tany aloha (Pervo; Witetschek)." }, { "label": "Fampisehoana toa tena izy ao amin’ny literatiora", "statement": "Nampiasa olona sy toerana tena nisy ary fomba fanao tamin’ny fanoratana tantara koa ny tantara noforonina fahiny, ka mampiseho fahaizana ny antsipirian’ny toerana voalaza marina, nefa tsy afaka manavaka ho azy ny tantara tena nitranga sy ny foronina. Tsy maintsy tsaraina amin’ny porofo momba azy manokana ny zava-nitranga tsirairay." } ], "canonicalUrl": "https://paulineletters.com/mg/explore/evidence#evidence-lukan-titles-overview" } ], "contentDigest": "0886136697f547ce80e425aba55ac9667eaf94b1bcbdcb2d5d5e478a34eddbd2" }